THETHETHE KERALA TREASURY CODE

THETHETHETHETHE

KERALA TREASURY CODEKERALA TREASURY CODEKERALA TREASURY CODEKERALA TREASURY CODEKERALA TREASURY CODE

VOLUME I

FOURTH EDITION2013

(Incorporating Amendments upto 31-12-2012)

Issued by the Authority of the Government of Kerala

FINANCE DEPARTMENT

Price: `

website: www.finance.kerala.gov.in

GOVERNMENT OF KERALA

©


2013

PREFACE

Under Article (283) (2) of the Constitution of India, the custodyof the Consolidated Fund of the State of Kerala, the ContingencyFund of the State, the payment of moneys into such Funds, thewithdrawal of money therefrom, the custody of public moneys otherthan those credited to such Funds received by or on behalf of theGovernment of the State of Kerala, their payments into the publicaccount of the State and the withdrawal of moneys from such accountand all other matters connected with or ancillary to matters aforesaidshall be regulated by the law made by the Legislature of the Stateand, until provision in that behalf is made, shall be regulated by theRules made by the Governor. In pursuance of this provision,immediately on the formation of the State of Kerala, i.e., on 1stNovember, 1956, the Governor by notification No. Fin. BG (5) 32727/56, dated 1st November, 1965 directed that the rules which were inforce on the 31st day of October, 1956 in the territories concernedin respect of such matters would continue to regulate matter in relationto moneys received on account of the revenues of the State. Accordinglythe treasury transactions in the Travancore-Cochin and Malabar areasof the State are being regulated by the rules in the Travancore TreasuryCode and the Travancore Financial and Account Code and the rulein the Madras Treasury Code and the Madras Account Coderespectively.

2. Since then the question of unifying these rules so as to bringingin uniformity of procedure in the monetary transactions of Governmenthas been engaging the attention of Government. Accordingly thiscompilation, the Kerala Treasury Code, containing the unified rules,is being issued. This code, comprises two volumes the first containingthe text of the Code, with its appendices and the forms in the second.

3. The rules in the Code primarily deal with the procedure whichshould be followed in treasuries, including the agencies of the Reservebank of India conducting the cash business of the treasuries and byGovernment offices generally, in their dealings with treasuries andthe Bank.As regards receipt, custody and disbursement of moneysin offices of the various departments, these Rules provide for vitalprinciples and important safeguards of general applicability and specialinstructions to particular departments. Details of departmentalinstructions on matters of minor importance or on subjects specialor peculiar to the department concerned have been left to be prescribedin the departmental manuals.

4. With regard to the procedure to be followed by TreasuryOfficers, etc., in connection with the payment of interest on Governmentsecurities, repayment of principal of loans, receipt of subscriptionto new loans and allied transactions, the relevant rules contained inthe Government Securities in the Government Securities Manual shouldbe followed.

5. The rules contained in this Code supersede all existing ordersandinstructions on matters with which they deal. Any officer whonotices any error or omission in this Code should report it to thehead of his department; if the head of department considers that thereis a real error or omission requiring amendment, he should submitsuitable proposals to the Government in the Administrative Department.Important proposals of this kind should be submitted through theAccountant General, who will forward them with his comments tothe Government in the Administrative Department. The AdministrativeDepartment will pass on the proposals to the Finance Departmentwith its remarks for final disposal.

Trivandrum, C. THOMAS,6th April 1963. Finance Secretary.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION

During the span of ten years after the issue of the first editionof the Kerala Treasury Code (Volume I) several amendments wereissued to the rules in the Code, Consequent on the change ofadministrative control of treasuries from the Revenue Departmentto a newly formed Treasury Department under the Director ofTreasuries, since August 1963 the rules of procedure in the workingof the treasuries had undergone may changes. So a general reviewof the rules was conducted and amendments were issued wherevernecessary. All these amendments have been incorporated in thisnew edition.

2. Wherever the Director of Treasuries or any other head of theDepartment considers that any existing rule requires modificationin the keeping with the present practice or as a result of changes inthe system rendered necessary in the course of actual working hemay move the Government in the Finance Department through theAccountant General to amend the rules, furnishing the details ofprocedure in vogue and changes proposed with reasons therefor.

P. VELAYUDHAN NAIR,Finance Secretary.

PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION

The present edition of the Kerala Treasury Code, Volume Icontains all the amendments issued to the Rules till 19-5-1984.

Whenever the Director of Treasuries or any other Head ofDepartment considers that any existing rule requires modificationin keeping with the present practice or as a result of changes in thesystem rendered necessary in the course of actual working, he maymove the Government in the Finance Department through theAccountant General to amend the rules, furnishing the details ofprocedure in vogue and changes proposed with reasons therefor.

Trivandrum, K. V. RABINDRAN NAIR,26th April 1963. Commissioner & Secretary,

Finance.

PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION

The third edition of Kerala Treasury Code Volume I was publishedincorporating corrections up to 19-5-1984. Several amendments havebeen issued to the Rules during the last 28 years. The rules in thecode primarily deal with the procedure which should be followed inTreasuries, including the agencies of the Reserve Bank of Indiaconducting the cash business of the Treasuries and by Governmentofficers generally, in their dealings with the Treasuries and Bank.

As regards receipts, custody and disbursement of moneys inoffices of various departments, these Rules provide the principlesand important safeguards of general applicability and specialinstructions to particular departments. Details of departmentalinstructions on matters of minor importance or on subjects specialor peculiar to the department concerned, have been left to be prescribedin the department manuals.

The rules contained in this code supersede all existing ordersand instructions on matters with which they deal. Any officer whonotices any omission in this Code should report it to the concerneddepartment head. If the head of the department considers that thereis a real error or omission requiring amendment, he should submitsuitable proposals to the Government in the Administrative Department.The Administrative Department will pass on the proposals with itsremarks to Finance Department for final disposal.

Thiruvananthapuram, DR. V. P. JOY,31st December 2012. Principal Finance Secretary.


Finance Department

NOTIFICATION

No.54282/CR/59/Fin. Dated, Trivandrum, 6th April 1963.

In exercise of the powers conferred by Article 283(2) of theConstitution of India and in supersession of NotificationNo. Fin. (BG) 5-327-7/56, dated 1st November 1956, the Governorof Kerala hereby makes the following rules:—

By order of the Governor,

C. THOMAS,

Finance Secretary.

iCONTENTS

Part I

GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND RULES

Section Pages No.

I Short title and Commencement .. 1 II Definitions .. 1–2 III Location of moneys standing in .. 3

the Government Account IV General system of control over Treasury—

District Treasuries .. 3–4 Sub Treasuries .. 4

V Payment of moneys into the Government .. 4–10Account

VI Custody of moneys relating to, or standing .. 10in the Government Account

VII Withdrawal of moneys from the Government Account— Definition .. 10 General Rules .. 10 Power of the Accountant General .. 11 Special instructions to Treasury Officers .. 12–15 Payments under special authorisation of the Collector .. 15 Instructions to drawing officers .. 15-16

VIII Transfer of moneys standing in the Government .. 17 Account

IX Responsibility for moneys withdrawn:

Treasury Officer .. 17

Drawing Officers .. 17

X Inter-Government transactions .. 18–19

ii Section Pages No.

XI Receipts and disbursements of the State in the .. 19United Kingdom

XII Supplemental .. 20

Part IIGENERAL ORGANISATION AND WORKING OF THE TREASURIES

I District Treasuries:

Responsibilities of the Director .. 21-24

Responsibilities of the Treasury Officer .. 24–27

Responsibilities of the Chief Treasurer .. 27

Verification of treasury balance when there .. 27–28 is a change of Treasury Officer or Chief Treasurer

Responsibility of the Section Heads in the .. 28 Accounts Department

Sub Treasuries.—

Location of Sub Treasuries .. 28

Sub Treasury Officer .. 29-30

Other employees of the Sub Treasury .. 30

Inspection of Sub Treasuries .. 30-31

Banks conducting treasury business .. 31–32

II Treasury Accounts.—

Treasurer’s records .. 33

Books of the Department of Accounts .. 33–34

Closing for the day .. 35–38

Closing for the month .. 38–39

Monthly account and returns .. 39

Miscellaneous .. 40

iii

Section Pages No.

Responsibilities of the Chief Treasurer and the .. 41Treasurer

Precautions against substitution of coins in .. 41treasuries

Part III

RECEIPT OF GOVERNMENT MONEYS AND PAYMENT OF SUCHMONEYS INTO THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

I General Rules— General Instructions for handling Cash Rules applicable to

Departments generally .. 42–53Charitable Endowments .. 53-55Issue of duplicates or copies of receipts .. 55Special instructions for certain departments .. 56Special to the Judicial Department .. 56Special to the Public Works Department .. 56–58

II Receipt of moneys by the Treasury or the Bank .. 58–66 Special to the Forest Department .. 66-67 Special to the Public Works Department and .. 67 Commercial Services

III Procedure in Treasuries which do not transacttheir cash business through the Bank:

District Treasuries .. 68–69

Sub Treasuries .. 69

General for all Treasuries .. 69- 70

Numbering of chalans .. 70

Village remittances .. 70-71 Anamaths .. 71-73 Undisbursed balances ..

73

ivSection Pages No.

Receipts for money .. 73--75

Special to Judicial Department .. 76

Issue of consolidated receipts relating to .. 76 certain departments

Forest Department .. 77

Public Works Department and commercial .. 77 services

Procedure in Treasuries which transact their cash business through the Bank:—

Payment into the Bank by private persons .. 77–79

Special to Judicial department .. 79

Payment into the bank by Governmentservants .. 80

Anamaths .. 80

Village remittances .. 80-82Part IV

CUSTODY OF MONEYS RELATING TO OR STANDING INTHE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

I Cash in Departmental chests:— Rules applicable to departments generally .. 83–84 Special to the Forest Department .. 85 Special to the Public Works Department .. 85

II Moneys held in the Treasury—Custody ofTreasury cash balances—District treasuries: Custody and verification of the treasury .. 86–87 balance Treasury balance and currency chest balance .. 87 Deposit in currency chest of sealed bag .. 87–89

vSection Pages No.

Treasury Strong Room .. 89–90 Treasury padlocks and keys .. 90–94 Storage of treasure .. 94–95 Receipt of moneys into and issue of moneys .. 95–97 from double locksSub Treasuries— General .. 97

III Verification and certification of cash balance .. 97–100 of treasuries:IV Currency chest balance:

Location of currency chests .. 100–101 Custody .. 101–103 Verification of currency chest balances .. 103–104

V Custody, etc., of other valuables:

Stamps .. 104–105

Banderols .. 105

Opium and Ganja .. 105

Cash chests, valuables, etc., received at the .. 106–110 Treasury for safe custody

Departmental cash chests .. 110–112

Part V

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

I Rules applicable to government officers in general:

General .. 113–115

Form of Bills, etc.,—General to all departments .. 115-125

Pay and allowances (including leave salary ) of Government servants:

Gazetted Government servants .. 125–132

Place of payment .. 132–133

viSection Pages No.

Non-Gazetted Government servants .. 133–139

Absentee statement .. 139-140

First drawal of pay .. 140

Increment certificate .. 140-141

Arrear bills .. 141–142

Private police guards and additional police .. 142–143 Travelling allowances .. 143 Special to the Police Department .. 143 Other Miscellaneous payments to Government .. 144

servants Last Pay Certificate .. 144–146 Pensioners .. 146–148 Contingencies and other miscellaneous expenditure: Permanent advances: . Office contingent bills .. 148–152 Supply of water .. 153 Works expenditure charged as contingent .. 153

expenditure Renting of private building for Office and .. 153–155 residential purposes Service postage stamps .. 155 Discount on Stamps .. 155 Recovery of amounts attached by courts .. 155–156 Grants in lieu of magisterial fines .. 156–157 Educational grants-in –aid, scholarships, .. 157–160 stipends and book allowances Statement of amounts due to the Government .. 161 by a local body Compensation awarded by Courts out of .. 161 fines to injured parties

viiSection Pages No.

Refunds of revenue .. 161–162 Refunds of Land revenue .. 162–163

Refunds on account of stamps .. 163 Refunds of process and poundage fees by .. 163 Courts of law Refunds of registration fees .. 164 Refunds of excess receipts on account of .. 164 advertisements in the Gazette and other official publications Refunds of College and examination fees .. 164 Refunds of fines .. 164-165 Refunds of Sales Tax and Agricultural .. 165 Income Tax Loans and advance .. 165–167 Survey Department bills .. 167 Bills for survey charges in the Revenue .. 167 Department Repayment of deposits .. 167 –168 Repayment of revenue deposits .. 168–169 Repayment of civil Courts deposits .. 169 Repayment of revenue deposits and Criminal .. 169

Court’s deposits Repayment of personal deposits .. 170 –171 Special to the Forest Department .. 171

II Procedure in Treasuries— Treasuries which do not transact their cash business through the Bank: District Treasuries— General .. 172-184 Claims of deceased Government Servants .. 184–189 Payments of persons not in Government Service .. 189–190 Payment of Pensions .. 190

viiiSection Pages No.

Payment of endorsed bills .. 190 Payment by Postal money order .. 190 Refunds of revenue and deposits .. 190–191 Repayment of Civil Courts deposits .. 192 Receipt stamps —Defacing .. 192 Transfer payments .. 192-193 Duplicate ‘Not payable’ copies of bills .. 193–194 Treasury bill book .. 194–198 Memorandum of deductions from bills .. 198

Sub Treasuries:— General .. 198–200 Payments of land cess and fishery rentals .. 200–201 to Panchayat Payment of surcharge on stamp duty, etc., .. 201 to PanchayatsTreasuries which transact their cash businessthrough the banks— General .. 201–205 Treasury Bill Book .. 205 Special to Judicial Department .. 205–206 Repayment of Revenue and Criminal Court’s.. 206 deposits Special to Local Funds .. 206

III Cheques— General—Applicable to departments generally.. 207-210 Local Fund cheque .. 210-211 Time expired cheques .. 211 Lost cheques .. 212 Cancelled cheques .. 212-215 Letters of credit .. 215-219

ixSection Pages No.

Special Rules for drawal of cheques when the Treasury transacts its cash business through the Bank—

Rules applicable to departments generally— Cheques .. 220–221 Letters of credit .. 221

IV Payment of pensions— General .. 222

Manner of payment of pensions and identification of pensioners—

Pension Payment Orders .. 223-226 Register of Pension Payment Orders:—

Service pensions paid at District Treasury .. 226 Service pension paid at Sub Treasury .. 226 Political pensions .. 226 General Rules of payment .. 227-229 Leper pensioners .. 230–233 Payment of pensions by Postal Money Order .. 234–238 Payment of Pension through Treasury saving .. 238–240 Bank Account Periodical appearance of pensioners for .. 240–241 identification

Transfer of Pension: Transfer service pensions .. 242 Transfer of political pension .. 242–243 Renewal of Pension Payment Orders .. 243–245

Lapse of pensions— Service pensions .. 245–246 Political pensions .. 246 Deceased pensioners .. 247–252 Gratuities .. 252–253

Commutation of pensions:

xSection Pages No.

Service pensions .. 254 Revenue pensions .. 254 Political pensions .. 254 Medical Allowance to Pensioners .. 254–255

V Special Instructions to Treasury Officers— Authority of the Treasury Officer to make .. 255-256 payment Doubtful claims .. 257 Payment under special authorizations .. 257

Part VI

TRANSFER OF MONEYS STANDING IN THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

General .. 258

Resource:

Maximum normal cash balance .. 258-259

Weekly cash balance report .. 259

Monthly cash balance report .. 259–260

Supply of funds to Treasuries and Sub Treasuries :

General .. 261–262

Treasuries which do not transact their cash .. 262-263 business through the Bank

Treasuries which transact their cash business.. 263 through the Bank

Remittances—

Transfers through currency .. 263

Remittances of coin and notes .. 264

Transfers through currency—

xiSection Pages No. In a district where there is no treasury which transacts its cash business through the Bank—

At a District Treasury .. 265

At a Sub Treasury .. 265–266

In a district where there is at least one treasury which transacts its cash business through the Bank:

Transfers of funds from and to a currency .. 266chest in custody of the Bank

Transfers of funds between the treasury .. 266-267balance and the currency chest at aTreasury

Remittances of coin and notes— Transfers of funds from and to a Sub .. 267

Treasury where there is no currency chestGeneral .. 267Despatch of remittances .. 267–268Remittance of coin .. 269–270Remittance of uncurrent coin .. 270–271Remittance of notes .. 271–272Duties of the Officer-in-charge of the escort .. 272for a remittanceTreasurers accompanying remittances .. 273–274Receipt of remittance .. 274–279T.A. of Treasurers, Clerks etc., who accompany .. 279–281 remittanceAdditional rules for remittances by railway .. 281–284Remittances to and from branches of the .. 284–287State Bank of IndiaReserve Bank of India remittances—

xiiSection Pages No.

Introductory .. 288–289Telegraphic transfers .. 290–291

Drafts, Drawings and Encashments—Explanations .. 291–292Form of drafts .. 292–293Issue of drafts .. 293–294Advice of remittances drawn .. 294-295Regularity of signature .. 295–296Encashment of drafts .. 296–298Doubtful drawings .. 298-299Form of receipt .. 299Record of drawings and encashments .. 300

Other rules— ..Issue of duplicates .. 301-302Cancellation and refund .. 302–303Exchange of draftsUnpaid drafts .. 304Lapse of drafts .. 304Supply of forms .. 304Special Rules for remittance of Policemen .. 304

Part VII

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MONEYS WITHDRAWN

I Responsibility of Treasury Officer in .. 305–306 Recovering amounts disallowed by the Accountant General

Register of recoveries .. 306II General Rules applicable to all drawing Officers—

Responsibility in clearing audit objections .. 307

xiii

Section Pages No.

General rules regarding the form of .. 307–310 vouchers for disbursements made, etc. Disbursement of pay and allowances of .. 311–313 Government servants Disbursements out of the permanent advance .. 313 Custody of vouchers and acquittances .. 314 Cancellation and destruction of sub-vouchers .. 314

III Special rules for drawing officers of certain .. departments:

Special to Public Works Department .. 314–316 Special to cheque drawing Departments .. 316–317

mentioned in sub-rule (d) of rule 162 Budgetary Control .. 317–323

Part VIIIMISCELLANEOUS STATUTORY RULES AND EXECUTIVE INSTRUCTIONS

The Indian Coinage Rules .. 324 Denomination-wise details of coins under .. 325–332

circulationCurrency and Bank notes—Instructionsissued by the Reserve Bank of India Denominations of notes .. 333 Receipt and issue of notes .. 333–335 Forged, defective and lost notes .. 335–337 Procedure in Treasuries the cash .. 337 business of which is conducted by the Bank Indents for notes .. 337-338

Cypher Code and Treasury Agencies .. 338 Private Check Signal book

Safe custody of Code and Check Signal .. 338 Books

xivSection Pages No.

Procedure to be followed in connection .. 339 with the distribution and acknowledgement

of amendment slips Procedure to be followed in dealing with .. 339 amendment slips Procedure to be followed in event of the .. 339-340 Cypher Code, etc., being lost or falling into unauthorised hands Procedure to be followed in the event .. 340

of transfer of charge Annual Possession Certificate .. 340-341

Instructions on miscellaneous subjects— Local Funds .. 341-342

Public Debt: Permanent and temporary loans .. 343 Floating debt— Treasury Bills .. 343 Ways and Means Advances .. 343–344 Transactions relating to Government of .. 344 other countries Destruction of accounts records .. 345 Rounding off of Paise in Government` ` .. 345–348 Accounts Remittance of moneys due from .. 348 Government by postage stamps Government Order No. 402/2011/Fin .. 349–353

dated 23.09.11 Index .. 354–401

THE KERALA TREASURY CODE

VOLUME I

MAIN RULES

PART I

GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND RULES

SECTION I

Short Title and Commencement

1. These rules may be called the “Kerala Treasury Rules” and theyshall come into force on the 1st July, 1963.

SECTION II

Definitions

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, thefollowing expressions have the meaning hereby assigned to them, thatis to say :—

(a) “The Accountant General” means the Head of the Officeof Audit and Accounts subordinate to the Comptroller and Auditor Generalof India, who keeps the accounts of the State and exercise audit functionsin relation to those accounts on behalf of the Comptroller and AuditorGeneral of India.

(b) “The Bank” means any office or branch of the BankingDepartment of the Reserve Bank of India, any branch of the State Bank ofIndia, acting as the agent of the Reserve Bank of India in accordance withthe provisions of the Reserve Bank of India Act,1934 (Act II of 1934), andany branch of a Subsidiary Bank as defined in section 2 of the State Bankof India (Subsidiary Banks) Act, 1959 (Act 38 of 1959), which is authorisedto transact Government business as agent of the State Bank of India, orany other agency appointed by the Reserve Bank of India.

(c) “Cheque” means a written order (not expressed to be payableotherwise than on demand) addressed by a person called the “drawer” toa bank or a treasury to pay a specified sum of money to himself or a thirdparty known as the “payee” and includes a demand draft drawn on anyspecified bank or banker (including the Reserve Bank of India).

1

2

KERALA TREASURY CODE

(d) “Collector” means the head of a district and includes anyother officer for the time being authorised to discharge the duties of theCollector for the purpose of these rules.

(e) The “Constitution” means the Constitution of India.

(f) “Director” means the Head of the Department of Treasuriesand includes any other officer for the time being authorised to dischargethe duties of the Director for the purpose of these rules.

(g) “Government Account” means the total of the ConsolidatedFund Account, the Contingency Fund Account and the Public Accountof the State.

NOTE.—In this clause the expression “the Consolidated Fund Account”,“the Contingency Fund Account” and “the Public Account” shallhave the meaning respectively assigned to them in theConstitution.

(h) “The State”, “the Governor” and “the Government” meansrespectively the State, the Governor and the Government of Kerala and“the President” means the President of the Indian Union.

(i) “Government servant” means any person serving inconnection with the affairs of the State whether remunerated by salaryor not, and includes every person who is authorised to receive, keep,carry or spend moneys on behalf of the Government.

(j) “Indian Audit Department” means the officers and establishment,being in India and subordinate to the Comptroller and Auditor General ofIndia, that are employed upon the keeping and audit of the accounts ofthe Union and of the States or upon one or other of these duties.

(k) “Treasury” means any treasury of the State and includes asub-treasury.

RULE 2PART I

3


SECTION III

Location of Moneys standing in the Government Account

3. Subject to the provision of sub-rule (2) of rule 6 and rule 7 moneystanding in the Government Account must be held either in the treasuryor in the Bank. Moneys deposited in the Bank shall be considered asone general fund held in the books of the Bank on behalf of the State.

The deposit of such moneys in the Bank shall be governed by theterms of the agreement made between the Government and the Bankunder section 21 of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (Act II of 1934).

NOTE.—The agreement between the Government and the Reserve Bank ofIndia is given in Appendix I. The name of the Bank which conductthe cash business of the Government is given inAppendix 2.

SECTION IVGeneral System of Control over Treasury

DISTRICT TREASURIES

4. (1) Unless the Government, after consultation with the AccountantGeneral, otherwise directs in any special case, there shall be a treasuryin every district. If moneys standing in the Government Account are,in any district, not deposited in the Bank, the treasury of that districtshall be divided into two departments; a department of accountscomprising of a number of sections each under the charge of a SectionHead and a cash department under the charge of a Treasurer.

Subject as hereinafter provided in this rule, the general procedurefor conduct of business in a district treasury shall be regulated by theprovisions contained in Part II.

(2) The treasury shall be under the control of a Treasury Officerwho shall be under the administrative control of the Director. The TreasuryOfficer shall be responsible for the proper observance of the procedureprescribed by or under these rules and for the punctual submission ofall returns required from the Treasury by the Government, the AccountantGeneral and the Reserve Bank of India.

Subject to the provisions of this rule, the respective responsibilitiesof the Director and the Treasury Officer for business of the treasuryshall be defined in the provisions contained in Part II.

RULES 3-4PART I

4


(3) The duty of verifying and certifying the monthly cash balance,if any in the treasury in the manner prescribed in Part II of these rulesand of submitting the monthly accounts of such balance in such formand after such verification as the Accountant General may require, shallbe undertaken by the Treasury Officer or by such other officer as maybe authorised by or under these rules to act in this behalf.

(4) [Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 111/76/Fin., dated 3rd April 1976]

(5) No portion of the responsibility for the proper managementand working of treasuries shall devolve upon the officers of the IndianAudit Department. The inspection of treasuries by officers of the IndianAudit Department shall not relieve the Director of his responsibilitiesfor management and inspection.

SUB TREASURIES

5. If the requirements of the public business make necessary theestablishment of one or more sub treasuries under a district treasury,the arrangements for the administration thereof and for the proper conductof business therein shall be as prescribed in Part II of these rules.

The daily accounts of receipts and payments at a sub treasury mustbe included in the accounts of the district treasury.

SECTION VPayment of Moneys into the Government Account

6. (1) (i) All moneys received by or deposited with any officeremployed in connection with the affairs of the state in his capacity assuch other than revenues or public moneys, raised or received byGovernment shall be paid into the public account *or by transfer creditof bills, cheques etc., payable at the same Treasury provided all thedocuments required for the opening of an account such as application,specimen signature card and transfer pay-in-slip are attached with thebill/cheque.

(ii) All moneys received by or deposited with any court tothe credit of any cause, matter, account or persons, shall also be paidinto the public account.

*Addition [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992.

RULES 4-6PART I

5


(iii) The head of account to which such moneys shall becredited and withdrawal of moneys there from shall be governed by therelevant provisions of the Kerala Account Code, Volumes I and II orthe Kerala Treasury Code or such other general or special orders asmay be issued in this behalf.

(2) Save as hereinafter provided in this section, all moneys asdefined in Articles 266,267 or 284 of the Constitution received by ortendered to government servants in their official capacity shall, withoutundue delay, be paid in full into the treasury or into the Bank. Moneysreceived as aforesaid shall not be appropriated to meet departmentalexpenditure, nor otherwise kept apart from Government Account. Nodepartment of Government may require that any moneys received byit on Government Account be kept out of that account. If any questionarises whether moneys received by government servants in any capacityform part of the Government Account or not, the question will be referredto the Government, whose decision shall be final.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (i) of thisrule, direct appropriation of departmental receipts for departmentalexpenditure is authorized in the following cases:—

(a) Moneys received on account of the service of summons,diet money of witnesses and similar purposes in civil, revenue and criminalcases and in the Registration Department, for payment of charge for whichthe moneys have been received.

NOTE.—The following items are included within the scope of clause(a) of rule 6 (3):—

(1) Moneys received in civil courts on account of—(i) Commissioner’s fees,(ii) Fees for copying maps, plans and genealogical trees(iii) Judgment-debtors, subsistence money,

(iv) Petty items such as money order commission for thetransmission of Commissioner’s fees, tom-tom charges, charges for theconveyance of attached property, charges for feeding attached cattle,postage and other charges for calling for records for reference, and forthe transmission of decrees to other courts for execution, and

RULE 6PART I

6


(v) Other similar items ordered by the High Court.

(2) Process fee levied under section 36 of the Indian RegistrationAct, 1908 (Indian Act XVI of 1908).

(3) Fees levied for the preparation of copies of maps, plans orrecords under Article 14 of the Registration Table of Fees.

(4) Process fee levied by village panchayat courts for paymentto the establishment employed in the service of processes.

(5) Moneys received for batta to be paid to witnesses who haveto give evidence in inquiries before the Commissioner and Deputy andAssistant Commissioners of Hindu Religious and Charitable Endowments(Administration) Department.

All such moneys should, however, be forthwith paid in full into theTreasury or the Bank, if the disbursement or refund is not likely to be madewithin a month. Amount not disbursed or refunded within a month from thedate of receipt should also be paid in full into the treasury or the bank.

(a) With regard to item (4) mentioned above, viz., process feeslevied by a Village Panchayat Court, the President of the Court should notkeep with him more than `15 at any time and he should pay any amountin excess of the limit into the treasury or the bank at once.

(b) Maintenance amounts deposited in court under section 488of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (V of 1898), for payment to the partiesconcerned.

(c) Fees received by Government Servants appointed as NotariesPublic under the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (XXVI of 1881) to defraylegal expenses incurred by them in the discharge of their duties as suchNotaries Public.

(d) Cash receipts in the Public Works Department to defrayexpenditure on current works which cannot be met from the imprest orpermanent advance of the officer incurring the expenditure, or to defray payand traveling allowance charges when this is necessary in exceptional casesto prevent abnormal delay in making payments.

RULE 6PART I

7


(e) Cash receipts of Range Officers in the Forest Departmentto meet immediate local expenditure when there is no treasury at theRange headquarters and the Divisional Forest Officer considers it necessaryto permit appropriation of receipts.

(f) Cattle pound receipts, to meet feeding charges, disbursementof commissions to pound keepers, expenses connected with the saleof cattle and money order commission in accordance with the ordersof Government.

(g) Value of stamps issued to licensed stamp vendors, to paydiscount due to them.

(h) Initial deposits and earnest money deposits made byintending bidders at all auction sales in any department of the Governmentfor returning the deposits of unsuccessful bidders at the close of thesale on each day.

(i) Moneys received by jail authorities, for the subsistenceallowance of civil debtors.

(j) Moneys realised by the subordinates of the FisheriesDepartment of the Government on sale of fish, to meet urgent contingentexpenditure in connection with the deep-sea fishing operations.

(k) Daily collection of hospital stoppages and pay ward chargesfor making refunds of excess collection of hospital stoppages and payward charges due to the discharged patients by the Superintendents andthe Medical Officers-in-charge of the Government hospitals and otherGovernment medical institutions in the State.

(l) Daily collection of veterinary hospital fee, for making refundsof excess collection of hospital stoppages due to the parties at the timeof discharge of animals by the Principal, Veterinary College, Ollukaraand other officers in charge of the veterinary hospitals or dispensaries.

(m) Revenue realised from the auction sale of unserviceablearticles, etc., may be utilised for meeting such items of expenditureas tom-tom charges, cart-hire, etc., to be incurred in connection therewith.

RULE 6PART I

8


(n) Cash property found on the person of a prisoner at the timeof his admission to jail should be deposited in the Treasury for creditto the personal ledger account opened in the Treasury under “Transactionsin connection with the cash property of prisoner in jails”. But the Jailormay retain a small sum for immediate disbursement of similar sumsdue to other prisoners on their release and remit the balance into Treasury.

(o) Medical inspection fees realised from the students in theGovernment Colleges.

(p) Moneys received in the Government Press on account ofsale of publications and advertisement charges may be utilised forrefunding excess amounts realised from parties.

*(pp) Moneys realised by the subordinates of the DairyDevelopment Department on the sale of milk and milk products to meetrefund charge of advances received for which supply of milk and milkproducts has not been effected.

**(ppp) Sale proceeds of “Teacher’s Hand Book” received byAssistant Educational Officers who have been authorised to distributethe book may be utilised by such officers to meet sundry expenses likepacking, transport of books and expenses for remittances of sale proceedsof the books.

† (pppp) Payment of route-war batta to the crewmen of theState Water Transport Department from the daily collection.

‡ ppppp Sale proceeds of lottery tickets received by the DistrictLottery Officer, may be utilized for meeting the expenditure towardspayment of prize money upto 5,000 (Rupees Five thousand only) subjectto the following conditions:-

(i) The Departmental receipts shall be appropriated only formeeting the expenditure for the payment of prize money, agent’s andSeller’s prize and additional commission, which are now met from thepermanent advance allotted for the purpose;

* Insertion [G.O.(P) No.368/73/Fin., dated 29th August, 1973]** Insertion [G.O.(P) 189/77/Fin., dated 17th June, 1977]

† Insertion[G.O. (P) No.3/81/Fin., dated 1st January, 1981]‡ Insertion [G.O. (P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992].

RULE 6PART I

9


(ii) The net sale proceeds of a day after defraying the aboveexpenditure should be remitted in the Treasury on the succeeding dayitself;

(iii) The Department should maintain subsidiary accounts foreach draw, category-wise and agent-wise;

(iv) Gross receipts as per the sales account and payment asper subsidiary accounts should be entered in the cash book daily;

(v) The Director of State Lotteries shall take steps to checkthe transactions; and

(vi) The Director of State Lotteries shall present a consolidatedbill every month in respect of all districts at the District Treasury,Thiruvananthapuram for transfer crediting the total amount paid fromDepartmental receipts during the previous month to the receipt head by debitto the departmental expenditure head concerned as provided in Rule 221of the Kerala Treasury Code. The adjustment bill should be supported bydetailed statements of payments made for each district with supportingvouchers and necessary certificates prescribed under Treasury Rules foraudit by the Accountant General.

NOTE.—Amendment to Sub rule (3) of Rule 6 shall be deemed to have comeinto force from the 6th day of April, 1988.

#(pppppp) Sale proceeds of lottery tickets received by theAssistant District Lottery Officers may be utilized for the payment of prizeup to ` 100 and for payment of commission to agents upto ` 100.

#This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 26thMarch, 1997.

(q) Any other cases where the rules and codes applicable to aparticular department or departments of the Government permit theappropriation of departmental receipts for departmental expenditure:

Provided that the authority hereby given to appropriate departmentalreceipt for departmental expenditure shall not be construed as authority tokeep the departmental receipts and expenses defrayed there from outsidethe account of payments into and the withdrawal from the GovernmentAccount.#Insertion [G.O. (P) 270/2007/Fin. dated 25th June, 2007.

RULE 6PART I

10


7. A Government servant may not, except with the special permissionof the Government deposit in a bank moneys withdrawn from theGovernment Account under the provisions of Section VII of this Part.

8. The procedure to be adopted by government servants in receivingmoneys on account of the revenues of the State, granting receipts forsuch moneys and for paying them into the Government Account and bythe Treasury and the Bank in receiving such moneys and granting receiptsfor them shall be regulated by the provisions contained in Part III.

SECTION VI

Custody of moneys relating to, or standing in theGovernment Account

9. (1) The procedure for the safe custody of money in the handsof government servants, or held in the Treasury shall be regulated bythe provisions contained in Part IV.

(2) The Bank is responsible for the safe custody of governmentmoneys deposited in the Bank.

SECTION VII

Withdrawal of moneys from the Government Account

DEFINITION

10. In this section “withdrawal” with its cognate expressions refers tothe withdrawal of funds from the Government Account for disbursements of,or on behalf of, the State other than disbursements in the United Kingdom.

GENERAL RULES

11. Save as expressly provided by or under these rules, or unless theGovernment after consultation with the Accountant General otherwise directin any case, moneys may not be withdrawn from the Government Accountwithout the written permission of the Treasury Officer or of an officer ofthe Indian Audit Department authorised in this behalf by the AccountantGeneral.

RULES 7-11PART I

11


POWER OF THE ACCOUNTANT GENERAL

12. The Accountant General may permit withdrawal for any purpose.

13. (a) Subject as hereinafter provided in this section a Treasury Officermay permit withdrawal for all or any of the following purposes, namely:—

(i) to pay sums due from the Government to the drawing officer;

(ii) to provide the drawing officer with funds to meet claims likely tobe presented against the Government in the immediate future by—

(1) other government servants, or

(2) private parties;

(iii) to enable the drawing officer to supply funds to anothergovernment servant from which to meet similar claims;

(iv) to pay direct from the Treasury or from the Bank sums due bythe Government to a private party;

(v) in the case of an officer or authority empowered to makeinvestments of moneys standing in the Government Account for the purposeof such investments † ;

(vi) to pay sums on account of loans and advances; and †

*(vii) to pay sums to the drawing officer on account ofpermanent advance sanctioned to his office.

(b) Unless expressly authorised by the Accountant General, aTreasury Officer shall not permit withdrawal for any purpose not specified inclause (a) of this rule.

14. Except as provided in rule 22 and 23, a Treasury Officer shall notpermit withdrawal for any purpose unless the claims for withdrawal complieswith the provisions contained in Part V as to the person by whom and theform in which, the claim shall be preferred and the checks to which theclaim shall be submitted by the Treasury Officer before directing paymentthereof.

†“and” occurring at the end of item (v) deleted and added at the end of item(vi) [G.O.(P) 4/75/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1975]

*Addition [G.O.(P) No.4/75/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1975].

RULES 12-14PART I

12


SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TREASURY OFFICERS

15. A Treasury Officer has no general authority to make payments ondemands presented at the Treasury, his authority being strictly limited to themaking of payments authorised by or under these rules. If a demand of anykind is presented at a Treasury for a payment which is not authorised by orunder these rules, or is not covered by a special order received from theAccountant General, the Treasury Officer shall decline payment for want ofauthority. A Treasury Officer has no authority to act under an order of theGovernment sanctioning a payment, unless the order is an express order tohim to make payment; and even such special order should, in the absence ofurgency, be sent through the Accountant General.

NOTE.—See Rules 210(2)(m) and 306(a)(2) regarding payment of loansand advances and grants-in-aid.

* No authorization from the Accountant General shall be necessary forthe drawal of amounts by the Government for the repayment of principal orpayment of interest in respect of loans raised by the Government.

16. A Treasury Officer shall not honour a claim which he considersto be disputable. He shall require the claimant to refer it to the AccountantGeneral.

17. Except as provided by rules in Part V, a payment shall, unless theGovernment by general or special order otherwise direct, be made in the districtin which the claim arises.

18. No withdrawal shall be permitted in order to meet the pay, leavesalary, or allowances of a gazetted government servant or a reward orhonorarium payable to a gazetted government servant or the transit pay andallowances of a non-gazetted government servant promoted as a gazettedgovernment servant in respect of the period of transit availed of by himafter relief from the non-gazetted post and before joining the gazetted post,or any pension, until the Accountant General has intimated to the TreasuryOfficer the rate at which payment shall be made: provided that theGovernment may, for special reasons and with the concurrence of theAccountant General waive the provisions of this rule.

* Exception added vide G.O. (P) 546/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987.

RULES 15-18PART I

13


Exceptions.—*(a) for payment of honorarium of an occasional natureby government to a gazetted government servant.

(b) for payment of honorarium to gazetted governmentservant by the Kerala Public Service Commission.

(c) for payment of over-time allowance, whereadmissible to a gazetted government servant.

**(d) for payment of honorarium to the Teaching Staff ofthe Engineering Colleges and Polytechnics forconducting classes for part time courses, providedsuch claims are countersigned by the Heads ofInstitutions concerned.

***(e) For the payment of honorarium/ remuneration/allowance to the Teaching Staff of Colleges;

(i) for taking classes under Indian AdministrativeService coaching scheme;

(ii) for special remedial coaching to studentsbelonging to Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribesubject to a maximum of `150 per month perteacher;

(iii) for taking classes in Pre-examination TrainingCentres subject to a maximum of † 300 per monthper teacher;

†This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force fromthe 11th day of January, 1985.

(iv) for taking evening classes by the teachers of daycolleges;

(v) for taking classes in Banking and SecretariatPractice in colleges where qualified staff are notavailable;

* Substitution [G.O.(P) No.36/75/Fin., dated 28th January, 1975]** Substitution [G.O.(P) No.716/82/Fin., dated 24th November, 1982]

*** Insertion [G.O.(P) 604/84/Fin. dated 20th October, 1984]† Substitution[G.O.(P) 86/88/Fin. dated 3rd February, 1988].

RULE 18PART I

14


(vi) for providing practical training to students ofGovernment Colleges where facilities for thesame are not available; and

(vii) for taking classes in English, Economics,Mathematics, Hindi etc. in GovernmentPolytechnics/Engineering Colleges/College ofFine Arts:

(f) for payment of National Cadet Corps honorariumprovided the bills in respect of the claims enumeratedabove are countersigned by the Head of the Institutionconcerned.

NOTE.—The sanctioning authority should authorise the Gazetted Officerto draw the amount of honorarium by debit to the proper head afterdeducting the income tax due.

19. No withdrawal shall be permitted on a claim for the first of anyseries of payments in a district of pay or allowances to a government servant,other than a person newly appointed to Government service unless the claimis supported by a last pay certificate in such form, as may be prescribed bythe Comptroller and Auditor General of India. A Treasury Officer may notpermit any withdrawal in respect of pay or allowances of a government servantto whom he has granted a last pay certificate unless the certificate is firstsurrendered.

*NOTE.1—The above provision will apply in the case of a non-gazettedofficer promoted to a gazetted cadre also.

**NOTE. 2—Exception (2) under sub rule (a) of rule 169 and theexceptions under the rule 182 shall be applicable in thecase of a claim under this rule also.

20. The Treasury Officer shall be responsible to the Accountant General foracceptance of the validity of a claim against which he has permitted withdrawal and forevidence that the payee has actually received the sum withdrawn.

* Insertion [G.O.(P) No.7/73/Fin., dated 2nd January, 1973].**Addition [G.O.(P) No. 616/82/Fin., dated 22nd October, 1982].

RULES 18-20PART I

15


21. The Treasury Officer shall obtain sufficient information as to thenature of every payment he is making and shall not accept a voucher whichdoes not formally present that information unless there are valid reasons,which he shall record in writing, for omitting to require it.

22. A Treasury Officer may correct an arithmetical inaccuracy or anobvious mistake in any bill presented for payment, but shall intimate to thedrawing officer any correction which he makes.

PAYMENTS UNDER SPECIAL AUTHORISATION OF THE

COLLECTOR

23. A Collector may, in circumstances of urgency, by an order in writingauthorise and require a Treasury Officer to make a payment not being a paymentof pension, without complying with the provision of these rules. In any case,the Collector shall at once forward a copy of his order and a statement of thecircumstances requiring it, and the Treasury Officer shall at once report thepayment to the Accountant General.

NOTE.—The need for exercising the special power under this rule should notarise at all in normal conditions. The power should be exercised onlyin real cases of urgency, e.g., floods, earthquake and the like andwithdrawals of money under this rule should, as far as possible,exclude all personal claims of government servants.

INSTRUCTIONS TO DRAWING OFFICERS

24. A government servant who is authorised to draw moneys by meansof cheques shall notify to the Bank or the Treasury upon which he draws thenumber of each cheque book brought into use and the number of cheques itcontain.

NOTE.—A government servant who is authorised to draw moneys by meansof cheques should notify to the Bank or the Treasury upon whichhe draws the numbers of cheque books withdrawn from use andnumbers of cheques they contain, immediately after theirwithdrawal.

RULES 21-24PART I

16


25. *(a) Every government servant who is authorised to draw chequesor bills payable at a Treasury or Bank shall send a specimen of his signatureto the Treasury or the Bank, as the case may be, through some superior orother government servant whose specimen signature is already with theTreasury or the Bank. When such a government servant makes over chargeof his office to another, he shall likewise send a specimen of the signatureof the relieving Government Servant to the Treasury Officer or the Bankconcerned.

(b) When such bills or cheques are drawn by a person who is not adrawing officer on such Treasury or the Bank and the bill or cheque iscountersigned by a Departmental Authority, the specimen of the signatureof such Departmental Authority shall be sent to the Treasury or the Bank asthe case may be, through some superior officer or other Government Servantwhose specimen signature is already available at the Treasury or Bank. Whensuch a Departmental Authority makes over charge of his office to another,he shall likewise send a specimen of the signature of the relievingGovernment Servant to the Treasury Officer or the Bank concerned.

(c) Specimen signature shall be forwarded to the Treasuries onlyin specimen signature cards in Form T.R.74A, which shall be obtained fromthe Treasuries concerned.

NOTE 1.—A Government Servant who is authorized to draw, or aDepartmental Authority referred to in sub-rule (b) who isauthorized to countersign bills, cheques or other documentspayable at more than one Treasury shall send a specimen ofthe relieving Government Servant’s signature to the TreasuryOfficers concerned in specimen signature cards obtainedfrom the respective treasuries.

NOTE 2.—The Treasury Officer shall keep specimen signature cardsof Government Servants who draw on his Treasury orcountersign bills, cheques etc., in the circumstancesreferred to in sub-rule (b) above, duly arranged in serialnumerical order. The cards so arranged shall be kept safelyunder lock and key.

NOTE 3.—Specimen signature to be sent to a Bank need not be in cards inForm T.R.74A, but may be furnished duly countersigned in slipsof papers.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 207/88/Fin., dated 9th March, 1988.]

RULE 25PART I

17


SECTION VIIITransfer of moneys standing in the Government Account

26. The transfer of government moneys from one Treasury to anotherand between the currency chest balance and treasury balance of a treasuryand between a treasury and the Bank shall be governed by such instructionsas may be issued in this behalf by the Governor after consultation with theReserve Bank of India.

The transfer of moneys from or to a small coin depot to or from a treasuryunder the control of the Government of the State shall be governed byinstructions issued by the President in this behalf.

Save as provided above, the provisions of Part VI and subsidiaryinstructions issued thereunder shall regulate the procedure with regard to thematter aforesaid.

SECTION IX

Responsibility for moneys withdrawn

TREASURY OFFICER

27. If a Treasury Officer receives intimation from the AccountantGeneral that moneys have been incorrectly withdrawn and that a certain sumshould be recovered from a drawing officer, he shall effect the recovery withoutdelay and without regard to any correspondence undertaken or contemplatedwith reference to the retrenchment order; and the drawing officer shall withoutdelay repay the sum in such manner as the Accountant General may direct.

DRAWING OFFICERS28. (a) Subject as hereinafter provided in this rule, the procedure to be

observed by a government servant in regard to moneys withdrawn from theGovernment Account for expenditure shall be regulated by the provisions madein this behalf in Part V.

(b) A government servant supplied with funds for expenditure shall beresponsible for such funds until an account of them has been rendered to thesatisfaction of the Accountant General. He shall also be responsible for seeingthat payments are made to persons entitled to receive them.

(c) If any doubt arises as to the identity of the government servant bywhom an account of such funds shall be rendered, it shall be decided by theGovernment.

RULES 26-28PART I

18


SECTION X

Inter-Government Transactions

29. (1) Save as provided hereinafter in this section, no transactions ofthe State with another government shall be adjusted against the balance ofthe State except in accordance with such directions as may be given by theComptroller and Auditor General of India with the approval of the Presidentto regulate the procedure for the accounting of the transactions betweendifferent governments.

(2) Moneys presented within the jurisdiction of anothergovernment for credit to the Government Account or a payment made byanother Government as a withdrawal affecting the balance of the GovernmentAccount shall not be credited or debited to the Government Account exceptunder express authority of the Accountant General of the receiving or thepaying government concerned or any other Accounting Officer authorisedin this behalf by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India.

(3) All adjustments against the balance of the State by debit or creditto another government shall be made through the Central Accounts Sectionof the Reserve Bank of India.

30. Where such a course is authorized in consequence of a delegationof functions made under Article 258(1) of the Constitution, the TreasuryOfficer may receive or authorise the Bank to receive moneys tendered onbehalf of the Union Government, and may make or authorise the Bank tomake disbursements on behalf of the Union Government in accordance withsuch procedure, as may be specified in the rules made by or under theauthority of the President. Such receipts and disbursements on behalf of theUnion Government shall be adjusted, as far as practicable, directly againstthe balance of the Union Government held by the Bank, but where suchtransactions are temporarily taken into account against the balance of theGovernment account, the Accountant General will on receipt of intimationfrom the treasury make the requisite adjustments in respect of the aforesaidtransactions through the Central Accounts Section of the Reserve Bank ofIndia, against the balance in the Government Account of the UnionGovernment held by the bank.

RULES 29-30PART I

19


31. The Treasury Officer may, subject to any general or specific directionof the Government in this behalf, receive or authorise the Bank to receivemoneys tendered on behalf of another State and may, if so required by theAccountant General make or authorise payment of any claim againstanother State. The necessary credits or debits in respect of such receipts andpayments against the balance of the State concerned shall be made by theAccountant General through the Central Accounts Section of the ReserveBank of India but until such adjustments are made, the credits and debits shallbe entered in the Government Account. Moneys paid or received in the Officeof the Accountant General on behalf of another State and the book entriesmade in the office of the Accountant General affecting the accounts ofanother State shall, likewise, be adjusted by the Accountant General throughthe Central Account Section of the Reserve Bank of India against the balancesof the State concerned.

32. The provisions of rule 31 may be extended with or withoutmodifications so payments made or received in the Sate on behalf of theRailway administered by the Government.

SECTION XI

Receipts and disbursements of the State in the United Kingdom

33. Until other provision is made by the Governments in this behalf,moneys received in the United Kingdom on account of the revenues of theState may be paid into, and funds required for disbursements of or on behalfof the State in that country may be withdrawn from, the balances in theGovernment Account of the Union Government in that country, in accordancewith such procedure as may be prescribed by or under the authority of thePresident for the transactions of the Union Government in the United Kingdom.These transactions shall be adjusted in India, at the earliest opportunity againstthe balances of the Government Account according to such directions as maybe given in this behalf by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India withthe approval of the President.

RULES 31-33PART I

20


SECTION XII

Supplemental

34. The Accountant General in the exercise of any of his functionsunder these rules shall be subject to the general control of the Comptrollerand Auditor General of India.

35. Nothing in these rules, shall have effect so as to impede or prejudicethe exercise by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India of the powersvested in him by or under the Constitution to make rules, or to give directionsregulating the submission to the Indian Audit Department of the accountskept in treasuries or in departmental offices and to be accompanied by suchvouchers for their support as the Comptroller and Auditor General may requirefor purposes of audit.

36. Nothing contained, or in the application of, these rules shall haveeffect so as to impose upon the Bank in connection with the business of theGovernment any responsibility not imposed upon the Bank by the terms ofits agreement referred to in rule 3.

37. (1) Where under the provisions of these rules the detailedprocedure with respect to any matter is required to be prescribed or regulatedby departmental regulations and where no rule or order has been made bythe Government as to the authority by which the regulations shall be made,such regulations to be observed by particular departments shall be made bythe Government.

(2) Nothing contained in this rule affects the validity of any order,instruction or direction contained in any authorized departmental regulationin force on the date of promulgation of these rules except in so far as suchorder, instruction or direction is inconsistent with or repugnant to any distinctprovision contained in these rules.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules, the operationof a Savings Bank Account of any person in a treasury of the State shall beregulated by the instructions contained in Appendix 3 to these rules.

RULES 34-37PART I

21


SUBSIDIARY RULESPART II

GENERAL ORGANISATION AND WORKING OF THE TREASURIES 38. Subject to any general or special orders of the Government theresponsibilities of the several officers for the proper management and workingof the treasuries will be as laid down in the following rules of this part.

SECTION IDistrict Treasuries

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTOR

39. (a) The Director as the Head of the Department of Treasuries isresponsible to the Government for the proper functioning of the Treasuries in theState. He shall inspect each district treasury at least once in a year, examinewhether the rules relating to the custody of treasure are closely followed, whetherthe registers are in good order and kept up-to-date and generally whether thetreasury is working satisfactorily and shall take such effective steps as are necessaryto remedy the defects, if any, noticed by him. In the course of the inspection, heshall specifically examine and satisfy himself—

(i) that the actual stock of cash, opium, ganja, stamps and securitiesis kept under joint lock and key and corresponds with the book balance;

(ii) that the Treasurer does not hold a sum larger than is necessaryfor the convenient transaction of the Government business and this sum togetherwith the value of stamps, opium, ganja and other valuable articles held under theorders of the Government in his sole custody, is not larger than the security givenby him;

and(iii) that the stock of draft, cheque, bill and similar forms are carefully

kept under lock and key by the Treasury Officer and periodically tallied with thebalance of such forms on the stock books.NOTE 1.—The word “Stamps” used in the above rule includes Match Excise

Banderols.NOTE 2.—Officers inspecting stamps, opium, etc., should record certificates

of verification in their own hand.NOTE 3.—Appendix 5 contains the detailed rules prescribed by the

Government for the inspection of District Treasuries. The Directorshould see during his inspection of the treasury that the stockof stamps especially those of denominations for which thereis no demand or only occasional demand, is not excessive. Heshould pass orders at the time of inspection regarding thedisposal of any surplus stock of stamps.

RULES 38-39PART II

22


(b) (1) Each district treasury will be inspected periodically by anOfficer of the Indian Audit Department.

(2) A brief report of such inspection will be drawn up and sentto the Director with a copy to the Treasury Officer. The report will be in twoparts, the first part dealing with the observance of the rules regarding thecustody of treasure, coinage, currency, remittance and public debt work aswell as the maintenance of the Currency Chest Accounts and the second partdealing with other points. The Accountant General will also send a copy ofthe first part of the report to the Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India,Madras.

(3) The Treasury Officer shall send his replies on each part ofthe report in duplicate to the Director who shall pass such orders as heconsiders necessary and send a copy of his orders together with one copy ofthe reply received from the Treasury Officer to the Accountant General whowill finally dispose of the report. The Treasury Officer shall also send a copyof his replies on the first part of the report of inspection to the CurrencyOfficer, Madras. The Currency Officer will forward his copy of the reportand of the Treasury Officer’s reply thereon to the Accountant Generalindicating whether, so far as matters dealt with by the Reserve Bank areconcerned, the action taken is adequate or whether any further action isrequired. The Accountant General may again refer to the Director any matterbrought to notice in the report in respect of which he considers that theaction taken by the Treasury and the Director is inadequate. Points whichcannot even then be settled and all important irregularities will be reportedto the Government by the Accountant General.

(4) The Accountant General will include a summary of thegeneral results of the inspections in his annual review of the working oftreasuries submitted to the Government.

*NOTE—The Joint Director/Regional Deputy Directors as the case may be,are empowered to conduct the inspection of District Treasuries onbehalf of the Director, once in every year and notes on suchinspection shall be forwarded to Accountant General (A&E) throughthe Director of Treasuries. The Inspection reports in respect of DistrictTreasuries and Sub Treasuries conducted by Accountant General’sInspection Wing will be forwarded to the Director, who will retransmitreports to Joint Director/Regional Deputy Directors as the case maybe for review and finalisation.

* Insertion [G.O. (P) 581/2004/Fin. dated 13th December, 2004.]

RULE 39PART II

23


*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from6th December, 1996

40. When an irregularity committed by any Treasury is brought to thenotice of the Director by the Accountant General the Director shall make aninvestigation and pass such orders as he considers necessary except in caseswhere the Accountant General has finally disposed of the matter by awarding a“Treasury Irregularity” to the concerned Treasury Officer a copy of the orderspassed by the Director should be sent to the Accountant General.

NOTE.—A list of cases in which the Accountant General usually awards “TreasuryIrregularity” is given in Appendix 26. Part A of the Appendix contains alist of serious irregularities which require disciplinary action and Part Bcontains a list of ordinary irregularities which have the cumulative effectof judging the quality of work of the Officer-in-charge of the Treasury atthe time of committing the irregularity.

41. When an Officer takes charge of the post of Director otherwise thantemporarily, he shall obtain from the outgoing Director, a note prepared by thelatter indicating his general impressions on the working of the Treasuries in theState with special reference to any important item of work to be attended toimmediately as it comes to his knowledge.

42. The Director of Treasuries shall verify the cash balance (including theimprest balance and other anamath balances) in each District Treasury at leastonce in three months, without giving prior intimation about it to any member ofthe staff of the Treasury. The fact of verification should be recorded in the relevantregisters kept in the Treasury. A certificate of verification specifying the amount,should also be sent to the Accountant General and to Government in the FinanceDepartment.

The verification shall be done by the Director of Treasuries in person. If heis unavoidably prevented from conducting the verification himself, he shall deputean officer in the Directorate, not below the rank of a District Treasury Officer** toverify the cash balance on his behalf.

** [G.O.(P) 147/77/Fin., dated 16th May 1977.] & [G.O.(P) 326/80/Fin., dated 31st May 1980.]

* Insertion [G.O. (P) 581/2004/Fin. dated 13th December, 2004.]

RULES 39-42PART II

24


† NOTE.—The Joint Director/Regional Deputy Directors as the case may be arealso empowered to conduct surprise cash balance/imprest balanceverification on behalf of the Director in respect of District Treasuriesunder their control once in three months in the case of BankingTreasuries and every month in the case of Non-Banking Treasuries.Also a certificate of verification specifying the amount may beforwarded to Accountant General (A&E) with copy to Directorate.

†This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from 6thDecember, 1996.

43. [Deleted.]

[G.O. (P) 181/76/Fin., dated 26th June 1976.]

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TREASURY OFFICER44. The Treasury Officer is personally responsible for the due accounting

of all moneys received into and paid out of Government account, for the thoroughobservance of all rules prescribed for his guidance in every branch of his duties,for strict attention to all details of the daily routine of the treasury work, for thecorrectness of the prescribed accounts and returns and punctuality of theirsubmission for the implicit obedience to the instructions issued by the AccountantGeneral, the Currency Officer, the Director or any other competent authority, forthe security of the cash balance, stamps, opium and other Government propertyand for the conduct of the subordinate treasury officials. For the custody of cashbalance, stamps, opium, ganja and other valuables, the Treasury Officer is jointlyresponsible with the Treasurer. The fact that a subordinate has been requiredunder these rules or under special orders of the Government to attend to certainitems of Treasury work shall in no way relieve the Treasury Officer of hisresponsibilities.

The Treasury Officer is responsible for keeping the accounts of the Treasurystrictly in accordance with the directions contained in the Kerala Account Code,for the accuracy of all initial records and vouchers and for regularity of alltransactions taking place at the treasury.

† Insertion [G.O. (P) 581/2004/Fin. Dated 13th December, 2004]

RULES 42-44PART II

25


NOTE.—An officer holding independent charge of a district treasury in thecourse of a prescribed training (vide Appendix 4) will be personallyresponsible for discharging the duties and responsibilities of theTreasury Officer. However, it shall in no way, relieve the regularTreasury Officer of his responsibilities and he should closely watchthe work of the Officer on training and give him proper guidance inall items of work.

45. The District Treasury Officer shall send immediate preliminary reportto the Accountant General, the Director of Treasuries and the Government, ofany defalcation or loss of money, stamps or opium and other propertydiscovered in the treasury or any sub treasury even when such loss has beenmade good by the person responsible for it. Such preliminary report shall besupplemented as soon as possible afterwards by a detailed report, afterpersonal investigation into the case. In dealing with cases of defalcations orlosses as aforesaid and in reporting such cases to the Accountant Generaland other authorities, the District Treasury Officer shall be guided by suchgeneral orders or instructions as may be issued in this behalf by the Government.Petty cases, that is, cases involving losses not exceeding 300 each need notbe reported to Accountant General unless there are, in any case importantfeatures which merit detailed investigation and consideration.

46. (1) The Treasury Officer shall satisfy himself by periodical examinationsat convenient intervals that the actual stock of cash (coins and notes), stamps,opium, ganja and other valuables (including cash chests and sealed boxes andpackets deposited for safe custody under Rule 157) which are put under doublelocks, the actual stock of the forms of drafts, cheque, pass books, cash orders,etc., and the documents pertaining to the securities of the treasury staff which arekept in his personal custody and the actual stock of saleable forms and othervaluables held in the treasury under the orders of the government either underdouble locks or under single locks in the sole charge of the Chief Treasurer,correspond with the book balances. Such verification should invariably be donewhenever there is a change of charge and also periodically as under:

Cash (coins and notes) : Once in every monthStamps, opium, ganja : Once in every six monthsand other valuables

(2) The Treasury Officer shall examine the deposit registers himself atleast once a quarter and ensure that they are kept in accordance with the rulesprescribed for the purpose in the Kerala Account Code or elsewhere and furnishthe certificate prescribed in Article 124 of the Kerala Account Code, Volume II.

RULES 44-46PART II

26


NOTE.—For this purpose the Assistant Treasury Officer of each DistrictTreasury (and one of the Assistant Treasury Officers, if there aremore than one Assistant Treasury Officer in any District Treasury)should be in charge of the maintenance of the Deposit Registers andthe District Treasury Officer should conduct the QuarterlyExamination. The Assistant Treasury Officer shall verify and attestevery entry including the totals of daily transactions in the DepositAccounts. He shall be responsible to the District Treasury Officerfor the correctness of the postings and totals and also for thepreparation and timely dispatch of monthly extracts and otherperiodical returns pertaining to Deposit due to the AccountantGeneral. He shall also be responsible to the District TreasuryOfficer for rendering weekly or other periodical statements dueto the courts for filling up the pass books and for the reconciliationof the Administrator’s figures with the treasury figures.

47. The Treasury Officer shall verify the District Treasury balance(which term includes besides the Treasury balance the balance in the CurrencyChest of the Reserve Bank of India, if any, held in the treasury, the balance inthe small coin depot, if any, attached to the Treasury and the balance of anyimprest amount held by the Treasury Officer) in person on the first of eachmonth and sign the account to be rendered to the Accountant General and theGovernment in the Finance Department. When, however, he is absent ontour on the first of the month, or when he is unable to perform the duties fromphysical inability, the duties may be entrusted to the officer discharging hisduties in the district treasury in his absence. The reason for his inability tosign the accounts must be distinctly noted in the returns and accounts. Insuch cases, the Treasury Officer should verify the balance and satisfy himselfas to the correctness of the monthly accounts immediately on his return tooffice and record that fact in the office copies of the accounts and returns. Inno case should a Treasury Officer allow more than two consecutive months topass without his verifying the monthly closing balance and signing theaccounts.

48. When a Treasury irregularity is brought to the notice of the TreasuryOfficer by the Accountant General, the Treasury Officer shall make a personalinvestigation and his report shall be based on his own knowledge and theresults of the investigation.

RULES 46-48PART II

27


49. The special precautions to be observed by the Treasury Officer inmatters relating to receipt, custody and payment of Government money arespecified in other relevant parts of these rules.

50. The Treasury Officer shall see—(a) that a notice is posted upconspicuously in the Office of the hour at which the treasury closes for thereceipt and payment of money, which shall be at least an hour before the endof the day’s work in order to allow time for closing and reconciling theaccounts; and

(b) that notices which he is required to exhibit under standing ordersor instructions received from time to time such as those regarding theencashment of notes and the supply of small coins are exhibitedconspicuously in places which the public enter freely.

RESPONSIBILITES OF THE CHIEF TREASURER

51. The Chief Treasurer is responsible for the handling of the money atthe treasury. The Treasurers or Nottams working in the district treasury areresponsible for the handling of the money entrusted to them by the ChiefTreasurer.

VERIFICATION OF TREASURY BALANCE WHEN THERE IS A CHANGEOF TREASURY OFFICER OR CHIEF TREASURER

52. (a) Whenever the Treasury Officer hands over charge otherwise thantemporarily, the relieving government servant shall, before taking charge, verifythe cash balance in the district treasury in the manner prescribed in Rule 144 ofpart IV of these rules and report the result of his verification to the AccountantGeneral with a certificate in Form T.R.1. He shall also obtain from the outgoingTreasury Officer a note prepared by him regarding the state of affairs in the districttreasury. Whenever the Chief Treasurer hands over charge, otherwise thantemporarily, the cash balance shall be similarly verified and the result of theverification recorded in the Treasurer’s Balance Sheet.

(b) A government servant who holds charge of a district treasury duringa short temporary absence of the Treasury Officer, e.g., on casual leave, shall beheld responsible for the correctness of the balances in any double-lock receptaclewhich is opened whilst he is in charge, until it is duly verified and taken over bythe permanent Treasury Officer. He should, therefore, verify the contents of anydouble-lock receptacle which is opened whilst he is in charge. The permanentTreasury Officer should verify, on his return, the contents of all double-lockreceptacles which have been opened during his absence.

RULES 49-52PART II

28


(c) If, on any occasion, the Treasury Officer or the Chief Treasurer is soill that he is unable to go in person to the treasury to hand over charge of thetreasury keys to the government servant duly authorised to take charge of theduties of his post from him, the relieving government servant shall go to thegovernment servant who is to be relieved and take over the keys in person. Therelieving government servant shall then verify the balance under double-locks inthe presence of the other double lock officer and record a certificate of verificationand the fact of the illness of the relieved government servant in the registersconcerned.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SECTION HEADS IN THE ACCOUNTSDEPARTMENT

53. Each Section Head is responsible under the order of the TreasuryOfficer for keeping complete records of cash and book transactions of district andsubordinate treasuries and for the compilation of the prescribed accounts andreturns strictly in accordance with the directions and orders in force. He is alsorequired to see that the rules and orders in force are observed in respect of alltransactions of the treasury and to bring all cases of irregularity to the notice ofthe Treasury Officer.

54. Each Section Head may be required to inspect under the orders of theTreasury Officer, the account records of sub treasuries and to check a percentageof the initial accounts.

55. The Section Head’s department and treasurer’s department should bein different rooms, if possible. No person unconnected with the treasury shouldbe allowed admission on any pretence into either the room housing the departmentof account or the Treasurer’s room beyond the bar or counter.

Sub Treasuries56. Location of sub treasuries:—There shall ordinarily be a sub treasury

at the headquarters of every taluk. If there is a district treasury at the talukheadquarters the Government may do away with the establishment of sub treasuryat the station.

57. The sub treasury is in the general charge of a Sub Treasury Officer.58. The duties and responsibilities laid on the Treasury Officer in Rules 44

to 50 and 52 shall apply mutatis mutandis to Sub Treasury Officer also. But thereports and certificates in respect of verification of cash and other valuables etc.,and the accounts are to be sent by the Sub Treasury Officers to the DistrictTreasury Officers and not to Accountant General and the Finance Departmentunless specifically directed otherwise.

RULES 52-58PART II

29


59. The Sub Treasury Officer shall attend to the day to dayadministration of the sub treasury in accordance with the treasury rules andthe instructions issued by the Government, the Accountant General, theDirector and the Treasury Officer.

60. The Sub Treasury Officers shall verify the cash balance in the subtreasury at least twice a month. If he remains at headquarters for a period ofseven days or more at a time, he shall prove the balance in the sub treasuryonce in every seven days during that period. He shall also ordinarily verifythe cash balance and the stock of stamps whenever he leaves or arrives atheadquarters and submit a report to the District Treasury Officer.

When there is a change of incumbent of a post which carries with it thecharge of a sub treasury, the new incumbent shall verify the cash balance andthe stock of stamps and submit a report to the District Treasury Officer.

Explanation.—The scope of the term ‘proving’ is explained in Note 1under Rule 152 (iii) in Part IV.

61. The monthly closing balance of the sub treasury should be verifiedand the result reported to the District Treasury Officer on the last day of themonth by the Sub Treasury Officer. The Sub Treasury Officer shall arrange to beat the headquarters and to be present in the office on the last day of every month.If he is unavoidably prevented from being present in the office on the last day ofthe month, a special report should be submitted to the District Treasury Officerexplaining the circumstances which rendered it impossible for him to verify themonthly closing balance. In that case the verification shall be done and the resultshall be reported to the District Treasury Officer by the Officer entrusted to dischargethe other duties of the Sub Treasury Officer for that day. In no case should a SubTreasury Officer allow more than two consecutive months to pass without hisverifying the monthly closing balance.

(i) Non-Banking Treasuries.—The District Treasury Officer shall verifythe cash balance (which term includes besides the treasury balance, the balancein the Currency Chest of the Reserve Bank of India, if any, held in the sub treasury,and the balance in the small coins depot, if any, attached to the sub treasury) in thenon-banking sub treasuries in his district once in a month. Such verification shallbe made by the District Treasury Officer himself, without prior notice. If owing tounavoidable circumstances, the District Treasury Officer is prevented fromconducting the verification himself in any month, he may authorise his seniorAssistant Treasury Officer to conduct the verification for that particular month.

RULES 59-61PART II

30


But he should not allow more than two months to pass without his verifyingthe cash balance of a non-banking sub treasury in his jurisdiction. The fact ofverification should be certified in the treasury’s daily balance sheet and alsoin such other register maintained to account for the cash kept in the treasury.A report of verification shall also be sent to the Director of Treasuries on thedate of verification. Verification statement in respect of currency chest balance,if any, should be sent to the Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India asstipulated in rule 153(iii) of these Rules.

(ii) Banking Treasuries.—The District Treasury Officer shall verifythe cash balance (including imprest balance and other anamath balances) inthe banking sub treasuries in his district once in three months. Such verificationshall be made without giving prior notice. If owing to unavoidablecircumstances, the District Treasury Officer is prevented from conducting theverification himself in any occasion, he shall authorise his senior AssistantTreasury Officer to conduct the verification on his behalf for that particularoccasion. But in such cases, the next verification of this particular sub treasuryshould be conducted by the District Treasury Officer himself. The fact ofverification should be certified in the relevant registers kept in the Treasuryand a report of verification should be sent to the Director of Treasuries on thevery date of verification.

OTHER EMPLOYEES OF THE SUB TREASURY

62. The duties of the Treasurers, Nottams and Section Heads in theAccounts Department of the district treasuries prescribed in Rules 51 to 55above shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Treasurers, Nottams and the HeadAccountants of the sub treasury.

INSPECTION OF SUB TREASURIES

63. (a) The Director shall arrange for the inspection of the sub treasuriesby * an officer in the Directorate not lower in rank than that of a DistrictTreasury Officer at least once in two years. He shall examine the sub treasurieshimself as far as possible during his tours.

** (b) The Director shall also arrange for a further detailedverification of the accounts and records pertaining to the Treasury SavingsBank transactions of all the sub-treasuries once in a year by an officernot lower in rank than that of a Sub Treasury Officer.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 326/80/Fin., dated 31st May, 1980.]** Addition [G.O. (P) 326/80/Fin., dated 31st May, 1980.]

RULES 61-63PART II

31


†(c) The Joint Director/Regional Deputy Directors as the case maybe are also empowered for the inspection of Sub Treasuries under theirjurisdiction once in every two years on behalf of the Director, and disposethe notes at their level except in major irregularities in which case the matterto be brought to the notice of the Director of Treasuries.

†This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effectfrom 6th December, 1996.

64. The District Treasury Officer shall conduct inspection of all the subtreasuries in the district at least once in a year, without notice.

65. Sub treasuries will be inspected by an officer of the Indian AuditDepartment, if circumstances render it necessary.

NOTE.—Appendix 5 contains the detailed rules prescribed by the governmentfor the inspection of sub treasuries. The Director or other inspectinggovernment servant should see during his inspection of a sub treasurythat the stock of stamps, especially those of denominations for whichthere is no demand or only occasional demand, is not excessive. Heshould pass orders at the time of inspection regarding the disposal ofany surplus stock of stamps.

BANKS CONDUCTING TREASURY BUSINESS

66. If a treasury or sub treasury is located at a place where there is a branchof the State Bank of India or its subsidiary, the government may declare that thecash business of that treasury or sub treasury will be transacted through thebank.

NOTE.—A list of treasuries and sub treasuries in the State is given inAppendix 2.

67. A branch of the State Bank which conducts treasury business shouldbe kept open for the transaction of that business on a recognized holiday if theDistrict Treasury Officer requests the Agent to keep it open for that purpose.

68. If the Agent / Manager of a branch of the State Bank of India or any ofits subsidiaries which conducts treasury business dies or becomes incapacitatedfor duty and it is not possible for the bank or its subsidiary to make immediatearrangements for the transactions of business at the branch, the governmentofficial named hereafter, should, provided the concerned bank has by priorarrangement be requested that he should do so at once—†Insertion [G.O.(P) 581/2004/Fin. dated 13th December, 2004]

RULES 63-68PART II

32


(a) visit the bank in person, take over the keys of the strong roomand other receptacles of treasure, notes or books and ensure that the strongroom is properly secured and direct the guard to report to him;

(b) give telegraph information as the occurrence to the Local HeadOffice/Head Office of the concerned bank; and

(c) arrange for the due transaction of urgent treasury business atthe bank.The responsibility for performing the functions herein stipulatedshould, in the first instance, be primarily that of:—

(i) the Collectors at district headquarters.

(ii) the Revenue Divisional Officers at the headquarters of the Revenue Division, and

(iii) the Tahsildars of the respective taluks at other places.

The concerned government official should, on no account, take any actionin regard to the bank’s private business, which together with the ordinary treasurybusiness which is not of an urgent nature should remain in abeyance till aresponsible official of the concerned bank takes charge of the branch.

When it is impossible for the concerned government official to take theaction mentioned above in person, e.g. on account of absence in camp, he maydelegate his functions in this connection to any other government official notbelow the rank of a confirmed Sub Treasury Officer, who is within easy reach ofthe branch of the bank. He should nominate such government official for thispurpose specially on each occasion when the necessity arises.

Neither the government nor any government servant will incur any sortof responsibility either to the State Bank of India or to its subsidiaries or toany third party by reason of anything done bona fide under this rule. TheGovernment Official concerned would however, be responsible for the safekeeping, as a bailee, of the keys of the strong room, etc., taken over by him andthe accounting for the cash and other contents which he takes out from thestrong room.

RULE 68PART II

33


SECTION II

TREASURY ACCOUNTS

TREASURER’S RECORDS

69. The Treasury shall maintain a simple cash book (withoutsubordinate registers), in which each receipt and payment shall be posted atthe time and on the date on which they actually occur and in the order ofoccurrence. The Treasurer shall sign and immediately return to the concernedSection Head in the Department of Accounts (after the necessary entry inhis accounts) all receipts for money received. He shall stamp all paymentvouchers “Paid” and retain them for delivery to the Accounts Departmentwhen the books are compared.

70. When stamps or opium have been sold, the total sales shall beentered before the cash book is closed, and a memorandum should be preparedand forwarded to the concerned Section Head in the Department of Accounts,so that the necessary entry may be made in the accounts.

BOOKS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

71. The form and procedure with regard to the initial accounts kept inthe treasury and the methods and principles in accordance with which theaccounts are kept, are governed by the directions contained in the KeralaAccount Code, Vol. II. It is the duty of the Treasury Officer to satisfy himselfthat those directions are strictly observed, that the accounts are correct in allrespects and that the record of receipts and payments is so clear, explicit andself-contained as to be produceable if necessary as satisfactory and convincingevidence of facts.

NOTE.—A complete record of cash transactions and book transfer relating tothe district treasury, including those to sub treasuries within itsjurisdiction, will be kept in the Accountant’s Day Book. Every itemreceived or paid as well as all adjustments by transfer should beentered in the Day Book or in some register subsidiary to the DayBook in accordance with the directions contained in the KeralaAccount Code, Vol.II. The daily total from cash subsidiary registershould pass into the Day Book.

RULES 69-71PART II

34


72. The Treasury Officer shall prohibit any erasures or over-writingsin the Day Book and other registers of initial record or in any account orschedule and verify and initial every correction in them.

73. The provisions contained in rules 69 to 72 and rules 75 shall applymutatis mutandis to the sub treasuries also. The daily account of sub treasuriesare incorporated in the accounts of the district treasuries in accordance withthe direction contained in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II. It is the duty ofthe Treasury Officer to scrutinise and examine every item of receipts andpayments shown in the daily accounts and point out, and watch against allirregularities in the same way as those at the district treasury. He shall examineand regulate the procedure of sub treasuries, as far as he can from the dailyexamination of their accounts.

NOTE.—If the Treasury Officer, owing to the volume of sub treasurytransactions finds it difficult to scrutinise each and every subtreasury voucher, he may at his direction leave over the work to theAssistant Treasury Officer and/or the Section Heads of the AccountsDepartment, a percentage check not less than 20 per cent beingeffected by him. All vouchers checked by the Treasury Officerhimself must be initialed by him as a token of the fact that he hasexercised the check.

74. The Treasury Officer shall see that the cash balance of the subtreasury has been actually counted and certified by the Sub Treasury Officeron the closing day. The cash balance of the sub treasury must be written inwords as well as in figures, the words being written in such manner as tohave no room for alteration or interpolation. The Treasury Officer is alsorequired to observe special precautions to satisfy himself that Sub TreasuryOfficer’s signature on the daily sheet and supporting documents is genuineand that the accounts have not been tampered with in transit. Unless there isspecific instruction from the Accountant General to the contrary, the accountsmust invariably be sent by post.

NOTE.—The Sub Treasury Accounts and supporting documents pertainingto a month, if dispatched on or after the first of succeeding month,shall be sent to the district treasury in sealed packets through aspecial messenger or otherwise so that they reach the districttreasury not later than the second working day.

RULES 72-74PART II

35


CLOSING FOR THE DAY

75. Subject to the directions contained in this behalf in the KeralaAccount Code, Volume II, the process of closing accounts for the day shall beas follows:-

(a) The daily total of each subsidiary register will be entered in theappropriate part of the Day Book, which will then be totalled and the balancememorandum at the top of the Section Head’s balance sheet will be drawnup strictly in accordance with the directions contained in the Kerala AccountCode, Volume II. To the account balance thus brought out the additions anddeductions indicated at foot of the Day Book form will be applied so as tobring out the cash balance at the district treasury.

(b) Meantime, the Treasurer will also sum both sides of his DayBook and draw up his balance memorandum in the form of the Treasurer’sdaily balance sheet, Form T.R. 3 or T.R. 4, as the case may be.

(c) If the results shown in the two balance sheets agree, the TreasuryOfficer should sign the two Day Books and the two balance sheets. He shouldfirst satisfy himself of the correctness and good order of all these documentsand should give special attention to the reconcilement of the account balanceof the district with that actually in the headquarters treasury; the latter excludesthe balance in sub treasuries or under remittance within the district which theformer includes.

(d) The following is memorandum of some of the more importantparts of the verification. The Treasury Officer should:—

(i) compare each entry of payment in a register with the paymentorder ticking off each voucher as it is passed. This will not be necessary if theTreasury Officer adopts the alternative plan having the account entrypresented to him for initials at the same time that he signs the order of payment;

(ii) examine at least two of the totalling on each side, marking thetotals as “Exd”;

(iii) see the totallings are correctly carried from the register tothe Day Book, initialling the totals as he thus compares them;

RULES 75PART II

36


NOTE.—This must be done, in the case of receipt registers even when the totalfor the day is blank; but it is not necessary to initial blank paymentregisters. If the number of blank receipt register is large the followingplan may be adopted. Such registers as are only rarely required for entrymay be bound in a single volume and kept under the Treasury Officer’sown lock. When the volume is required for entry, he should give out ofregister for the purpose, and he should receive it back at the time ofsigning the daily accounts, carefully seeing in doing so that all newentries in it are correctly carried to the Day Book and initialling themaccordingly. It is obviously necessary to guard against fraud or mistakeof omitting to bring all entries from these registers upon the Day Book;and this precaution is not complete if the Treasury Officer examinesonly those registers from which an entry is made upon the Day Book.

(iv) verify the totalling of the Day Book or get it done by someprincipal subordinate officer other than the Accountant who should initial it iscorrect;

(v) see twice every week that all vouchers are properly arranged.

(e) Before signing the Treasurer’s daily balance sheet, the TreasuryOfficer should roughly verify the balance in the sole charge of the Treasurer,as shown in that sheet, and satisfy himself on the following points:-

(i) that no uncurrent coins are left in charge of the Treasurer;

(ii) that no more small silver and copper, bronze and nickel coinis so left than is actually required for current use;

(iii) that the whole balance in sole charge of the Treasurer neverexceeds his current requirements.

(f) when a deficiency is found in the cash balance of any day it shouldbe made good at once by the person responsible for it and the closing cashbalance of the day should be the full balance including the amount lost and madegood. If, however, for any exceptional reason the amount of deficiency is notimmediately restored to the treasury balance, it should be charged in the accountsof the day on which the deficiency is discovered under “8550. Civil Advances—Other Advances—Other items” on a voucher signed by the Treasury Officerspecifying the name of the person who should make good the amount. Theamount recovered should be credited to the same head of account. “8550. CivilAdvances—Other Advances—Other items”.

RULE 75PART II

37


When any excess is found in the cash balance, it should be credited toRevenue Deposit on the day on which the excess is found, pending enquiryand disposal of the amount. If the enquiry does not establish beyond doubtthat the excess is due to a particular person, it should be credited toGovernment under “0070 Other Administrative Services-C Other Services-Other receipts-Other items”. If the amount is proved to be payable to anyparticular person, the refund should be made under the orders of the Directorof Treasuries

Such deficiencies or excess should be reported to the Director ofTreasuries and Accountant General.

(g) The Treasury Officer should always be careful to sign theTreasurer’s balance sheet in the evening of the day itself to which it refersbut the signature and comparison of the Day Book need not be made till thefollowing morning unless the office is to be closed for two or more days.The Section Head’s balance sheet must not be signed, until it has beencarefully agreed with the Treasurer’s.

NOTE.—Ordinarily, the Treasurer’s balance sheet should be compared andagreed with that of the Assistant Treasury Officer and/or the SectionHeads of the Accounts Department before closing the treasury forthe day and it is only when pressure of work renders this impossiblethat the comparison may be postponed till the following morning.When this is necessitated, the certificate over the Treasury Officer’ssignature at foot of the Section Head’s balance sheet should bealtered in manuscript by cancelling the words “agreed with the SectionHead’s daily balance sheet and” before the form is signed by theTreasury Officer which must be done before closing the day. Anadditional certificate will then be added and signed by the TreasuryOfficer in the following morning viz., “agreed with the Section Head’sdaily balance sheet”. For the 31st March and the first few days ofApril it will be necessary for the Assistant Treasury Officer and/orthe Section Heads of the Accounts Department to prepare a separaterough balance sheet on each of these days for comparison with thatof the Treasurer as the completion of the Assistant Treasury Officerand/or the Section Heads of the Accounts Department balance sheetfor the 31st march has to await the receipt of the Sub Treasuryaccounts.

RULE 75PART II

38


(h) The foregoing provisions of this rule apply also to treasurieswhich transact their cash business through the Bank subject to themodification that the correctness of the daily accounts should be tested bya comparison of the totals of receipts and payments in the day Book with thecorresponding totals in the daily accounts received from the Bank also.

NOTE.—When with the concurrence of the Accountant General the dailyaccount of the Bank is submitted to a treasury in the morning of theday following that to which it refers, the signature and comparisonof the Day Book may be made in the evening instead of in the morningof the day on which the Bank’s accounts are received, provided thepressure of work renders it necessary to so postpone it.

CLOSING FOR THE MONTH

76. (1) The monthly accounts of the District Treasury shall be keptopen till the receipt of daily sheets of every Sub Treasury subordinate to itfor the entire period of the month. Every effort shall be made to close theaccounts of the each month at the earliest possible date and in any case notlater than the 6th of the succeeding month.

(2) The monthly accounts of each non-banking Sub Treasury shouldbe closed on the last working day of each calendar month. Those of eachbanking Sub Treasury shall be closed on the working day immediatelyfollowing the last working day of each calendar month i.e., after accountingthe transactions taking place at the bank on the last working day of the month.The transactions of every Sub Treasury for each day shall be included in theaccounts of the District Treasury on the day on which the daily sheet isreceived except in the case of daily sheets pertaining to one calendar monthreceived in the District Treasury on or after the first of the succeeding monthin which case the transactions as per such daily sheets shall be included inthe District Treasury accounts for the last working day of the calendar monthto which they relate.

77. (1) In closing the accounts of the District Treasury for the month,the month’s total of the subsidiary registers will be carried into the cashaccount in the case of receipts and into the list of payments in the case ofpayments, the cash account being closed in accordance with directionscontained in the Kerala Account Code Volume II. The cash must be verified byactual counting and the cash balance report made out in accordance with theprocedure prescribed in Part IV.

RULES 75-77PART II

39


(2) The monthly cash account shall be subjected to very carefulcheck by the Treasury Officer when it is laid before him. He must satisfyhimself that the opening and closing balances of this account are not merelydeductions from accounts but are statements of facts certified to have beenverified by actual enumeration of coins and notes. The Treasury Officer shallalso check each entry in the cash account and list of payments with thecorresponding totals in the Day Book and see that the totals of all the registersare correctly carried into the Day Book.

NOTE.—If, at any time, the Treasury Officer be unable to compare all, at leasthe may compare some; notably, he should compare the entries in theplus and minus memorandum of deposits, stamps, etc., with the entriesin the account, for example if the plus and minus memorandum showsa reduction in the stock of judicial stamps to the value of 5,000 andif the credit in account be less, the difference must be traced andsatisfactorily accounted for.

MONTHLY ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS

78. (1) A complete list of treasury accounts and returns to be renderedon different prescribed dates to the Accountant General, the Currency Officerand other authorities shall be kept at each treasury. The accounts and returnsshould be written up in accordance with the directions contained in this behalfin the Kerala Account Code, Volume II, and such orders and instructions asmay be issued by the Director.

(2) With regard to the punctual submission of the accounts andreturn the Government shall view with displeasure any avoidable delay on thepart of the Treasury Officer in the despatch of the prescribed accounts andreturns with complete schedule and vouchers, particularly those required bythe Government, the Accountant General, and the Currency Office concerned.

NOTE.—The returns due for despatch on a holiday may be sent one day (butnot more than one day) late.

79. Vouchers pertaining to each schedule relating to the cash accountor the list of payments shall be numbered consecutively in a separate monthlyseries and kept under lock and key in order of payment till they aredespatched. Before despatch of the lists of payments and schedules, theTreasury Officer shall by inspection satisfy himself that the required vouchersare all attached. He may find it profitable at intervals during the month to takeup a schedule and see that all its vouchers are present in proper order and asno payment can be made without a voucher, there can be no excuse for theabsence of any unless it be that for a specific remittance.

RULES 77-79PART II

40


MISCELLANEOUS

*80. Fidelity Insurance guarantee shall be obtained for the followingsecurity posts in the Treasury Department for the amounts noted againsteach, namely:-—

(a) Treasuries in District Fidelity Insuranceand Sub Treasuries guarantee for 3,000

(b) Nottam and Gollahs Fidelity Insurancein the District and guarantee for 500Sub Treasuries

All the security posts, namely, Treasurers Gollahs and Nottams in theDepartment of Treasuries shall be covered by a Single Fidelity GuaranteeInsurance Policy in the name of the Director of Treasuries subject to thefollowing conditions:—

(1) The Blanket Insurance Policy need not contain the name or namesof the persons covered but shall mention the designation and the number ofpersons in each category.

(2) Whenever there is an increase in the number of post in any of thecategories covered, the Director of Treasuries shall intimate that fact to theState Insurance Department within 15 days of the date of appointment to thepost. The additional premium required shall be paid within the prescribedperiod on receipt of intimation from the State Insurance Department.

(3) Only regular employees shall be allowed to hold these securityposts.

(4) Whenever there is necessity for any substitution and officiatingarrangements, necessary office orders in this regard shall be recorded bythe officer making the arrangement and shall be made available for verificationby the Insurance Authority, if found necessary.

(5) The Blanket Insurance Guarantee Policy shall be renewed at theappropriate time every year.

[Rules 81 to 84 omitted][G.O.(P) 747/79/Fin., dated 16th August 1979]

* Substitution [G.O. (P) 747/79/Fin., dated 16th August, 1979.]

RULE 80PART II

41


85. Responsibilities of Chief Treasurer and the Treasurer in thehandling of money.— A Treasurer should not be placed in charge of thetreasury keys, and should not be made to keep any accounts other than thoseproperty pertaining to his office. If the Chief Treasurer of a district treasurygoes on casual leave, however, he may, at his option, hand over his treasurykeys to the Treasurer or to the Senior Accountant serving under him, on theclear understanding that, in all cases, the Chief Treasurer will be personallyresponsible for any loss that may occur.

Each of the Treasurers or the Nottams should be required to makegood any uncurrent or counterfeit coin received by him and any overpaymentmade by him.

86. Precautions against substitution of coins in Treasuries.—To guardagainst the possibility of uncurrent or counterfeit coin being substituted in atreasury for good coin presented by the public or received in a remittance,every Treasurer and other government servant who handles coin in a districttreasury should be required, on arrival for the day’s work to hand over to theChief Treasurer or a responsible subordinate chosen by the Chief Treasurerfor the purpose, all coins (private cash, etc.) which he is carrying at the timeand to take them back when leaving the office after the day’s work.

The procedure described above should also be followed at a subtreasury, the duties assigned to the Treasurer of a district treasury in thisconnection should be performed by the Sub Treasury Officer in the subtreasuries.

87. Subject to the foregoing Rules 80 to 86* the detailed instructionsregarding the form of security the time limit, the custody and any verification,the release of securities, etc., are contained in the Kerala Financial Code,Volume I.

*Rules 81 to 84 omitted [G.O.(P) 747/79/Fin., dated 16th August 1979]

RULES 85-87PART II

42


PART IIIRECEIPT OF GOVERNMENT MONEYS AND PAYMENT OF SUCH

MONEYS INTO THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTSECTION I

General Rules—General Instructions for handling cash

APPLICABLE TO DEPARTMENTS GENERALLY88. Moneys tendered as dues of the Government or for deposit in the

custody of the Government shall not pass through the hands of a departmentalofficer unless he is authorised to collect such dues/deposits by a general orspecial order of the Government. Direct payment into the treasury or into the Bankby the person who tenders such money shall be insisted on and direct paymentsarranged whenever this is practicable *provided that individual remittances uptoand including 100 shall be accepted by any departmental officer who maintainsa cash book in Form T.R. 7A and remitted at the Treasury in lump on the nextworking day itself.

89. (a) A government servant who receives any moneys on behalf of theGovernment shall receive them only in one or more of the following forms:

(i) Legal tender coin,

(ii) Legal tender currency or bank notes,

(iii) Reserve Bank drafts drawn on the treasury with which thegovernment servant deals and made payable to him**,

#(iii) (a) Remittance through e-payment for Commercial Taxes Department

(iv) Crossed cheques drawn on the Reserve Bank of India, the StateBank of India, the State Bank of Travancore, any other scheduled Bank in India oron any other bank approved by Government and made payable to the governmentservant concerned:

Provided that cheques shall not be accepted in payment of fines,compensation amounts etc., payable in criminal courts, and:

Provided also that a government servant who receives a cheque drawnon a Bank situated at a place where there is no branch of the State Bank of India,State Bank of Travancore or any other subsidiary of the State Bank of Indiashould collect from the party concerned commission charges at 1/64 per cent forcollecting such cheques on behalf of the Government.

* [G.O.(P) 176/84/Fin. Dated 26th March, 1984.** Deletion [G.O.(P) 648/88/Fin.dated 1st October, 1988]# Insertion[G.O.(P) 421/09/Fin. dated 30th September, 2009]

RULES 88-89PART III

43


(v) † Crossed Postal Order drawn in favour of the departmentalOfficer, and

(vi) Postal Money Order in favour of the departmental Officer.

NOTE 1.—The State Bank of India, the State Bank of Travancore or thebranches will collect the cheques tendered in payment ofGovernment dues on the following terms and conditions:—

(i) All Government cheques drawn in places where either theState Bank of India, State Bank of Travancore or any othersubsidiary of the State Bank of India is established, will becollected free of charge.

(ii) In other cases the Banks will claim a nominal charge of 1/64per cent. The government servant receiving such chequesin settlement of government dues will collect this also fromthe parties tendering cheques.

(iii) So as to enable the Treasury Officer to verify theconsolidated treasury receipts of post offices in respectof cheques remitted by the Postal Department and to facilitateearly incorporation of credits in the Treasury accounts, theState Bank of Travancore, while advising the credits to theAccountant General, will furnish a copy of the advice directto the Treasury Officer also. The Accountant General willwatch the clearance of the suspense head “bills receivable”which will initially be credited by him with the proceeds ofcheques advised to him by the bank as credited toGovernment account and debited by the treasuriesconcerned on making the necessary adjustments in thetreasury accounts or receipt of the copies of advices bythem from the bank direct.

NOTE 2.—Cheques drawn in favour of quasi-Government institutions suchas Panchayats, Municipalities, the University, the ElectricityBoard, etc., the transactions of which are mostly conductedthrough their Personal Deposit accounts with the treasuries‡‘and private institutions which are having P.D.Accounts operated

† Addition [G.O.(P) No. 648/ 88/Fin. dated 1st October, 1988.‡Insertion [G.O.(P) 116/74/Fin., dated 10th May, 1974]

RULE 89PART III

44


in treasuries’ will also be accepted at treasuries and the proceeds ofsuch cheques will be credited to the accounts of those institutionswith the treasuries. The collection of such cheques will be made inaccordance with the provisions contained in Note (1) above.

The bank commission and/or other cheques involved in thecollection of cheques received at the treasuries from the aboveinstitutions will be recovered from the proceeds of the cheques andthe next amount alone will be credited to the accounts of theinstitutions concerned.

NOTE 3.—A government servant receiving a cheque which is to be creditedto a Personal Deposit Account or a banking account of a LocalFund kept at a branch of the State Bank of India shall collectfrom the party concerned full commission charges, if any, payableto the State Bank on such cheques.

NOTE 4.—When cheques on which commission charges are payable areaccepted, credit in Government accounts will be afforded onlyfor the net amount realised after deducting such charges.

NOTE 5.—Officers-in-charge of Departmental Hostels and Tourist Bungalowsunder the Tourist Department are authorised to accept the “RupeeTraveller’s Cheques” of the following Banks in settlement ofdues to Government:

1. The State Bank of India.2. The Punjab National Bank.3. The Bank of Baroda.4. The Bank of India.5. The Central Bank of India.

NOTE 6.—†Bank cheques presented by the depositors of Treasury SavingsBank for credit to their account will be collected in accordancewith the provisions contained in Note 1 above:

‡NOTE 7.—When a cheque presented by a Party to a Departmental Officer,in satisfaction of Government dues is not honoured onpresentation, the cheque concerned will be returned by the bank

† Insertion [G.O.(P) 303/73/Fin.dated 23rd July, 1973]‡ Addition[G.O.(P) 221/93/Fin.dated 18th March, 1993]

RULE 89PART III

45


to the Departmental Officer with a request to reimburse thehandling charges. The Departmental Officer shall, within 7days from the date of receipt of the bounced cheque, drawand disburse the amount of handling charges to the Bankdebiting the expenditure under Office Expenses. The amountso disbursed to the Bank shall be realized from the partyin cash and remitted to Government account at the earliest.

(b) A cheque received under clause (a) of this rule shall be treatedas a final payment, only after it has been met and the amount has been actuallycredited to the Government.

90. (a) A government servant who receives† any money includingmoney received in the form of Postal Money Order on behalf of the Governmentshall give the payer a receipt in form T.R.5 unless in any case the Governmenthave by a general or special order dispensed with the grant of receipt.In thesaid Rules, in sub-rule (a) of rule 90, for Note 1, the following Note shall besubstituted, namely:—

*NOTE 1.—All receipts must be written in figures and in words in theoriginal and such other copies of chalans in Form T.R.12 asare required to be given to the tenderers of moneys and signedin full over the “cash received/received payment” stamp. Othercopies of the chalan and interim receipts may however beinitialled against the amount already indicated therein overthe “cash received/received payment” stamp.

NOTE 2.—Receipt Book in Form T.R.5 will be printed with interleavedperforated copies to be taken by carbon process. Copyingpencils and double faced carbon papers should be used forthis purpose. The original should be retained as office copyand the duplicate issued to the party.

$NOTE 3.—The Postal Money Order received shall forthwith be enteredin a register of Money Order received in form T.R. 5A. TheOfficer while signing the money order acknowledgement, willsimultaneously initial the entries in column 5 in the registerin Form T.R. 5A. Total amount received as per the registerin Form T.R. 5A shall be entered as a single entry in the receipt

† Substitution [G.O.(P) 76/95/Fin. dated 21st January, 1995]* Substitution [G.O.(P) 494/75/Fin. dated 24th October, 1975]$ Insertion [G.O.(P) 76/95/Fin. dated 21st January, 1995]

RULES 89-90PART III

46


side of the cash book in form T.R. 7A, giving the details ofT.R. 5 receipts in column 2 *In view of the computerisationin Motor Vehicles Department, the computer generated FormT. R.5 (C) shall be issued in lieu of Form T.R.5. The receiptsshall be in triplicate, the original copy shall be issued to theremitter for the purpose of attaching the same with theapplication for which he seeks service from the office, theduplicate shall be retained in the office as record and thethird copy shall be given to the remitter as acknowledgment

This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effectfrom 25th October, 2002.

(b) When a cheque is received, a preliminary acknowledgement inForm T.R.6 shall be given for the cheque only. ** A final receipt for thepayment in Form T.R.5 shall be issued to the party by the DepartmentalOfficer on receipt of the original chalan receipt from the Treasury/Bank afterthe amount has been realised. If the cheque is not honoured on presentation,the fact shall be intimated to the person from whom the cheque was received,and payment in cash shall be demanded. The Government accept noresponsibility for any loss or damage to the payer on account of delay ingiving intimation that a cheque has not been honoured.

NOTE 1.—When a cheque is not honoured on presentation, theaccompanying chalan should not be returned by the receivingbank but should be retained and destroyed in due course.†Only the dishonoured cheque should be returned to thepresenter along with claim for reimbursement of handlingcharges, if any, and the preliminary acknowledgement of thereceipt of the cheque should be got back from him.

NOTE 2.—The officers who are authorised to collect money should bespecified and they should be asked to give the payer a receiptin the prescribed printed form in all cases. They should keepa complete account of the receipt books that they havereceived and should be able to produce them always usedor unused. The books should be carefully examined to see

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 180/09/Fin. dated 12th May, 2009]** Substitution [G.O.(P) 103/82/Fin., dated 5th March, 1982]† Substitution [G.O.(P) 221/93/Fin. dated 18th March, 1993]

RULE 90PART III

47


that the number of forms contained in each is intact and acertificate of count recorded on the fly-leaf. Ordinarily morethan one book should not be used at one and the same timeand a new book should be brought into use only after theold one is exhausted. The stock register of receipt booksshould show the dates on which a book was brought to useand the date on which it was completed. Counterfoils of usedreceipt books should be kept under lock and keys in thepersonal custody of the head of the office.

NOTE 3.—The required printed receipt books (machine numbered) shouldbe obtained by the head of each department or othercontrolling officer and distributed to all subordinate officersa stock account thereof being maintained showing the numbersof the books (and number of forms contained in each) receivedand issued to each individual officer.

NOTE 4.—At the time of inspection it should be seen that all the receiptbooks supplied to each office have been accounted for properlyand that the amounts received as per receipts granted havebeen brought to the cash book.

91. When Government dues have to be paid by fixed date and paymentas made by cheque with reference to item (iv) in Rule 89 (a), the payershould see that the cheque reaches the government servant authorised toreceive it not later than the day before the fixed date. If the cheque is soreceived and is honoured on presentation, the payment should be treated ashaving been made on the due date. When a cheque is received on the fixeddate or later, the date when the amount is credited in the Government accountafter realization of the cheques should be treated as the date of payment;

*Provided that in the case of dues to the Motor Vehicles Departmentwhich are remitted in the form of Demand Drafts drawn on banks conductingGovernment business, the payment will be treated as having been made intime, even if the Demand Draft is presented to the Officer authorised to receiveit on the due date only.

NOTE.—“Demand drafts” shall not be distinguished from cheques for thepurpose of these rules.

* Addition [G.O.(P) 40/82/Fin., dated 28th January, 1982]

RULES 90-91PART III

48


92. (a) Save as otherwise expressly provided in these rules or in anyauthorised departmental regulations, the following rules shall be observed byall Government Officers who are required to receive and handle cash:—

(i) Every Officer receiving money on behalf of Government shouldmaintain a cash book in Form T.R.7A.

*NOTE.—The cash book shall be bound in convenient volumes and theirpages serially numbered. Before bringing a cash book intouse the head of the office shall count the number of pagesand record a certificate of count on the first page of thecash book.

(ii) All monetary transactions should be entered in the cash book assoon as they occur and attested by the head of the office in token of check

** Provided that in the case of Trivandrum Public Library all amount receivedin the Book Room upto 4 p.m., each day along with the previous day’s receiptfrom 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. shall be brought to the main cash book on the same day. Allreceipts in the Office Room upto 5.15 p.m. each day shall also be accounted for inthe main cash book on the same day itself.

(iii) The cash books should be closed regularly and completely checked.The head of the office should verify the totalling of the cash book or have thisdone by some responsible subordinate other than the writer of the cash booksand initial them as correct.

(iv) At the end of each month, the head of the office should verify thecash balance in the cash book and record a signed and dated certificate to thateffect. The certificate should also be recorded on the monthly cash account,primary abstract or account current, where such account, abstract or accountcurrent is required to be submitted to the Accountant General. Such certificatesmust be signed by the head of the office who should invariably date the signature.

(v) When Government moneys in the custody of a Government officerare paid into the treasury or the Bank, the head of the office, making such paymentsshould compare the Treasury Officer’s or the bank’s receipt on the chalan or hispass book with the entry in the cash book before attesting it, and satisfy himselfthat the amounts have been actually credited into the treasury or the bank.

* Addition [G.O.(P) 639/78/Fin., dated 22nd August, 1978]** Insertion [G.O.(P) 304/76/Fin., dated 29th September, 1976]

RULE 92PART III

49


† When the number of payments made in a month is more than ten andthe total amount involved therein exceeds ` 1,000, he should, as soon aspossible after the end of the month, prepare a statement of all remittancesmade during the month and get it verified and certified by the Treasury Officer,which should be compared with the postings in the cash book.

NOTE.—Notwithstanding the provisions of the clause the Head of Officemay at his discretion prepare a statement of remittance irrespectiveof the number of payments made in a month and the total amountinvolved therein and get it verified and certified by the TreasuryOfficer.

(vi) An erasure or overwriting of an entry once made in the cashbook is strictly prohibited. If a mistake is discovered it should be correctedby drawing the pen through the incorrect entry and inserting the correct onein red ink between the lines. The head of the office should initial every suchcorrection and invariably date his initials

NOTE.—The functions assigned to the head of the office in sub-clauses (i) to(iii) and (v) and (vi) above may be performed by any other gazettedsubordinate officer specifically authorised by Government in thisbehalf. [See also Rule 131(c)].

*(b) When a government servant who does not maintain a cashbook as prescribed in clause (a) above is authorized to receive any money onbehalf of the Government, he shall, on receipt of such money, grant atemporary receipt in Form T.R. 5A to the payer and either remit the moneyinto the treasury with a chalan in duplicate and send the receipted chalan withfull particulars such as the number, and date of the temporary receipt to hisimmediate superior officer who maintains a cash book or where there is notreasury in or near his headquarters remit the money to the same superiorofficer with a remittance slip. The officer who maintains the cash book shall,on receipt of the chalan or the money and the remittance slip, enter the amountin the cash book and send a final receipt in Form T.R. 5B to the subordinatewho received the money in the first instance for delivery to the payer within amonth.

† Insertion [G.O.(P) 176/73/Fin., dated 29th May, 1973]* Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 92PART III

50


*NOTE.—(1) The forms for temporary and permanent receipts (Form T.R.5A and 5B) should be printed and bound in books, in sucha way that the copy to be issued to the party as a receiptand a carbon copy to be retained as the office copy may beprepared simultaneously with carbon paper. The pages of thebooks should be machine-numbered.

*(2) Every receipt book (temporary or permanent) should be carefullyexamined by the Government servant concerned immediately on receipt, andthe number of forms in the book should be counted and a certificate of countshould be recorded in the following form which shall be printed on the innerside of the outer cover of the book.

CERTIFICATE

The receipts in book No………….............… are complete and inconsecutive order from……................…….. to……….....................………

Signature:

Date: Designation:

NOTE.—Amendment to rule 92 (b) shall come into force at once.

(c) Except when he remits money to a superior authority under clause(b) above, a government servant who receives any money in the form of coinand notes on behalf of the Government shall remit it into the treasury withwhich he normally deals (or the nearest treasury into which the money can beremitted) on the date of receipt or as soon afterwards as is possible withoutcausing undue inconvenience to the payer or if a superior authority haspermitted him to make remittances at periodical intervals or when the balancein hand reaches a certain amount, in accordance with those instructions. Agovernment servant who receives a cheque (including a bank draft) on behalfof the Government shall do as follows immediately on receipt:—

† (i) If the officer concerned deals with a treasury or sub treasurywhich transacts its cash business through the Bank, he shall forward thecheque along with chalan duly filled up to the Bank direct, for collectionand credit to Government account;

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin dated 14th December, 1992]† Substitution [G.O. (P) 334/77/Fin.dated 6th September, 1977]

RULE 92PART III

51


(ii) In other cases, he shall forward the cheque (including bankdrafts) to his departmental superior for collection and credit to Governmentaccount.

NOTE 1.—The departmental officers collecting money on behalf ofGovernment shall be responsible for the correctness of theHead of account to which the proceeds are to be credited.

NOTE 2.—The departmental superior officers collecting the proceeds ofthe cheque/bank drafts shall send the chalans to thesubordinate officer who received the Bank drafts/cheques.

NOTE 3.—Classification noted in such chalans shall also be checked upby the Treasury Officer before finally incorporating in thetreasury accounts”

93. (a) When a government servant is permitted to handle in his officialcapacity, moneys, not being revenues of Government institution, such moneysshould be included in Government accounts. When a government servantadministers moneys relating to endowments such as for grant of medals,prizes, scholarships, etc., in Government Educational Institutions, even whenthe corpus of endowments is invested outside the Government accounts andthe income from the endowment is not utilised for the maintenance of aGovernment Institution the interest on the endowments or other receiptsconnected with them shall be included in Government account.

(b) When the moneys of a society or body are included in theGovernment account with reference to clause (a) above, a personal depositaccount shall be opened in the treasury in the name of the government servantconcerned. When any such case arises the government servant concernedshall apply at once to the Government through the proper channel for theopening of the personal deposit account in his name in the treasury for thepurpose, if the Government have not already issued orders on the pointwhen giving him permission to handle the moneys in his official capacity.

(i) [Omitted]

[G.O.(P) 712/81/Fin., dated 28th October, 1981]

*(bb) A Government Servant who is permitted to open a P.D.Account under sub-rule (b) shall account for all moneys received by him

*Addition [G.O.(P) 712/81/Fin., dated 28th October, 1981]

RULES 92-93PART III

52


towards such P.D.Accounts in his office cash book in Form T.R.7A and remitthem into the Treasury on the same day or on the next working day. He shallalso maintain separate detailed accounts of the transactions pertaining tothe fund administered by him in the manner laid down in the departmentalmanuals, codes, rules or orders creating the fund. If there are no specificprovisions in the departmental manuals, codes, orders, etc., creating the fundas to the manner in which detailed accounts of the fund are to be kept, detailedaccounts shall be kept, in the following manner, namely:—

(1) In cases where the amount deposited has to be refunded tothe remitter or in cases where the deposits lapse to Government after aspecific period, the government servant administering the fund shall maintaina simple ledger account in Form T.R.7B and also a register of deposits in FormT.A. 13 and a Register of repayment in Form T.A. 14 of the Kerala AccountsCode, Volume-II by modifying the relevant columns “Initials of T.O. “ into“Initials of the Administrator of P.D. Accounts” and changing the words ‘ daybook’ in Column-8 of T.A. 13 into “T.R. 7B”. Each item of receipt should beentered in the register of deposits as a distinct item assigning serial numbersin chronological order in separate series for each financial year. The directionscontained in Article 64 to 67 of Kerala Account Code, Volume -II shall befollowed mutatis mutandis by the government servants concerned inmaintaining the above registers;

(2) In other cases the government servant administering thedeposit account shall maintain only a simple ledger account in Form T.R.7B for all transactions pertaining to the deposits;

(3) In both the cases specified in clauses (1) and (2), the entriesare to be made in the accounts as and when the transactions occur. When theamounts are received direct by the Government Servant, entries of receipt areto be made while issuing receipts in Form T.R.5 or T.R. 6 and when remittancesare made at the Treasury by the parties when the parties produce the receiptedchalans. Entries of withdrawals are to be made as and when the cheques forwithdrawal are drawn and issued. If the date of actual remittance into theTreasury or date of payment at the Treasury differ from the dates of receiptand withdrawals noted in the above accounts, the actual date of treasurytransactions shall be noted in red ink below the date originally entered. Incases where, government servants subordinate to the Administrator of adeposit account have been authorized to accept remittances towards the

RULE 93PART III

53


deposit account and issue receipts the details of collection so made should begathered at the close of each month and entered in the accounts kept by theAdministrator.

(4) In whatever manner the accounts are maintained, theGovernment servant concerned should reconcile his accounts periodicallyat least once in a month with the accounts kept by the treasury and prepare areconciliation statement at the end of each month and see that the closingbalance of the month (T.R. 7B) agrees with the balance in the account keptby the Treasury, subject to the deductions on account of cheques issued, butnot cashed and additions on account of remittances made at the Treasury, butnot incorporated in the Administrator’s P.D. Accounts. He should also furnishto the Treasury at the end of each financial year a certificate showing theclosing balance in the account as on the 31st March of each year afterreconciling the balance with the Treasury figures. In the case of PersonalDeposits which lapse to Government after a specific period, the GovernmentServant administering the P.D. account, should also prepare and furnish tothe Treasury before the 15th April every year a statement of deposits lapsedto the Government at the close of each financial year and deduct the amountso lapsed from the opening balance for the next year.

(c) A government servant shall not place any private money in acash chest used for keeping money received in his official capacity.

NOTE.—(1) Charitable Endowments.—The following procedure should befollowed in regard to funds of charitable endowments:-

(a) A government servant, in his capacity as administrator of acharitable endowment, should remit into the Government account moneysrepresenting—

(i) interest on securities pertaining to endowments received fromthe Treasurer of Charitable Endowments; and

(ii) income from properties relating tothe endowments andinterest realized in respect of the securities relating to endowments divestedfrom the Treasurer of Charitable Endowments.

RULE 93PART III

54


NOTE—1 (b) Interest realised from the Bank shall be credited in theaccounts to the head ‘Civil Deposits-Personal Deposits’.Normally payments in such cases are made by theTreasurer of Charitable Endowments, only on receiptof requisition from the administrators for amountsrequired for immediate disbursement and it will not benecessary to credit the amount again to the Governmentaccount. In order, however, to ensure that no unutilizedamount is retained by the administrators, they shall sendcertificates of disbursements to the Treasurer ofCharitable Endowments together with unutilized balance,if any, which shall be credited into the Personal DepositAccount.

(c) In the case of cash in the hands of administrators, whichincludes balances relating to endowments transferredto them, amounts of interest realized by them periodicallyand, in a few cases, income from properties in theircustody, it shall be paid into a single deposit accountin the treasury and drawn again when required fordisbursement. These transactions should be exhibitedin the accounts under a separate deposit head “Depositaccount of divested charitable endowments”.

(d) Administrators of endowments, divested from theTreasurer of Charitable Endowments, shall remit intothe treasury for credit under the deposit head mentionedabove, all amounts received by them and draw the sumsagain when required. Administrators having custody ofproperties, other than securities held by the Treasurerof Charitable Endowments, shall remit the income fromsuch properties to the deposit head and draw it againwhen required.

(e) As the deposit will be operated upon by governmentservants belonging to several departments in theircapacity as administrators of the endowments, theGovernment in the Revenue Department shall controlthe transactions in the account and render.

RULE 93PART III

55


(i) monthly certificates of reconciliation of accountfigures with the departmental figures relating to theaccount; and

(ii) an annual certificate of acceptance of balance in theaccount on the 31st March of each year.

(f) The administrators of charitable endowments divested fromthe Treasurer of Charitable Endowments and thosehaving custody of properties other than securities heldby the Treasurer of Charitable Endowments shall submitto the Government in the Revenue Department everymonth a report of their remittances and drawals relatingto “divested” endowments with particulars of theamounts remitted or withdrawn, dates of such remittancesor withdrawals and the name of the treasury or subtreasury concerned.

NOTE—(2) Amounts required for payment of scholarships under the NationalScholarship Scheme, National Loan Scholarship Scheme and theScheme of Merit Scholarships administered by the Ministry ofEducation will be paid in advance in two installments to theinstitutions in which the scholars are undergoing studies. The headof each institution (whether Government or private) receiving suchamounts is permitted to open a personal deposit account in his namein the local treasury. The amounts received by him for payment ofthe above mentioned scholarships should be credited to the personaldeposit account and the amounts actually required for disbursementshould be withdrawn by means of cheques whenever necessary.

94. Issue of duplicates or copies of receipts.—No government servantmay issue a duplicate or copy of a receipt granted for money received byhim on the allegation that the original receipt has been lost or is not available.A certificate may, when necessary, be given that on a specified day a certainsum was received on a certain account from a certain person, and a fee of*two rupees shall be levied for every such certificate issued to a private party.This prohibition extends only to the issue of duplicate on the allegation thatthe original has been lost, and does not apply to cases authorised by theserules or by special orders of the Government in which duplicates may beprepared and tendered with the originals.

RULES 93-94

*Substitution [G.O. (P) 544/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

PART III

56


SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR CERTAIN DEPARTMENT

95. In the Public Works and Forest Departments and in the Governmentcommercial undertakings, cheques accepted in payment of Government duesshould be entered in the cash account as “Receipts” as and when receivedand as “disbursements” when remitted to the treasury for encashment, justlike moneys received by a government servant-vide Rule 92(b) and (c). If alarge number of cheques is received daily, they should be initially enteredin a subsidiary register in Form T.R. 8 for watching the encashment of thecheques and only the daily total of receipts and remittances accounted forin the cash book.

NOTE.—Commission charges collected from parties for collection of chequesshall be entered in a separate column.

SPECIAL TO THE JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT

96. (a) Receipts of moneys by Civil Courts.—In certain cases specifiedby the High Court in which money can be disbursed forthwith, e.g., moneypaid by suitors for the service of summonses and diet money of witnessesdeposits are received direct at the court and the parties are not required to paythe money into the treasury or the Bank. A person who wishes to make anysuch deposit should present with the money a receipt in the prescribed formstating fully the particulars and the purpose of the deposit. The Officer of thecourt who is authorised to receive the money should receive it, sign thereceipt and return it at once to the depositor.

(b) Receipts of moneys by Criminal Courts.—Magistrates trying Railwaycases under sections, 112, 113 and 115 of the Indian Railways Act, shall subject todirections issued by the High Court, in this behalf, deposit the Railway dues (fareand penalty) collected by them, with the Station Master concerned under clearreceipt. The fines levied by the courts and creditable to the State Governmentshall be remitted into the Treasuries/Banks through chalan.

SPECIAL TO THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

97. Receipt of money by government servants in Public WorksDepartment.—Only Divisional Officers, Sub Divisional Officers and otherGovernment servants specially authorised by the Government have power toissue final receipts for money received on behalf of the Government. The HeadClerk or Cashier may, when specially authorised to do so by Divisional or SubDivisional Officer, receive money at headquarters when the latter is in camp.

RULES 95-97PART III

57


Whenever he does so, he should promptly issue a temporary receipt in FormT.R. 9 for the cash actually received by him and simultaneously enter theamount in the cash book. A final receipt in Form T.R. 10 in confirmation of eachtemporary receipt should be signed by the Divisional or Sub Divisional Officer,as the case may be, and issued to the payer as soon as that officer returns toheadquarters.

When a Section Officer collects revenue from parties to whom grassplots, fruit trees, canal berms, etc., are leased or receives money from thesale of materials, etc., and when any government servant who is not in chargeof a cash book similarly receives any money on behalf of the Government inexceptional circumstances, he should keep it separate from the imprest andany other cash in his charge and should remit it at the earliest opportunity tothe Sub Divisional Officer (or other nearer superior officer having a cashbook). Along with the money he should send a remittance slip in Form T.R.11 on the back of which he should enter full particulars of the amount inquestion and the date of receipt by him. He should also send a copy of theremittance slip to the Divisional Officer for check of the receipt entry whichshould appear in the copy of the sub divisional or other cash book. TheSection Officer or other government servant who receives the money in thefirst instance should also issue promptly to the payer a temporary receipt inForm T.R. 9. The Sub Divisional Officer or other nearer superior officer whomaintains a cash book should, on receiving the remittance slip with the moneyfill in the two forms of memorandum of acknowledgement attached thereto induplicate, make the necessary entry in the cash book and send forthwith tothe government servant who collected the money a copy of the memorandumof acknowledgment and final receipt in Form T.R.10 for issue to the payer inconfirmation of the temporary receipt. If the memorandum of acknowledgmentand final receipt are not received by the government servant who collectedthe money within one week of his sending the cash he should forthwith reportthe fact in writing to the Sub Divisional Officer by name and obtain them.

NOTE—1 The forms for temporary and permanent receipts (Forms T.R.9 and T.R. 10) should be printed and bound in books, in sucha way that the copy to be issued to the party as a receiptand a carbon copy to be retained as the office copy may beprepared simultaneously with carbon paper. The pages of thebooks should be machine-numbered.

RULE 97PART III

58


NOTE—2 Every receipt book (temporary or permanent) should becarefully examined by the Government servant concernedimmediately on receipt and the number of forms in the bookshould be counted and a certificate of count should berecorded in the following form which will be printed on theinner side of the outer cover of the book.

“CERTIFICATE

This receipts in book No……………………........... are complete andin consecutive order.

Signature……..............………

Date…………… Designation…............………”

98. A Government servant of the Public Works Department who remitsany cheque received by him to the treasury for credit to the Government shallenter the particulars in his remittance book (See Rule 105), and send the bookto the treasury with a chalan in duplicate. The treasury shall give a preliminaryacknowledgment for the receipt of the cheque in the remittance book, the finalreceipt being given by it on the original chalan after the cheque has beencleared. SECTION II

Receipt of moneys by the Treasury or the Bank

99. (a) When a treasury or the Bank receives any money from a privateparty for credit to the Government, it shall receive it only subject to theprovisions of Rule 89(a) and the notes under it*

(b) Subject to the provisions of Rule 92(b) and 92(c), aGovernment servant who receives money on behalf of the Governmentunder Rule 89(a), shall remit it into the treasury or the Bank on the dayof receipt or as soon afterwards as is possible without causing the payerundue inconvenience**

* Second Sentence and the exception omitted [G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin.,dated 6th September, 1977]

** Second Sentence omitted [G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin., dated 6thSeptember, 1977]

RULES 97-99PART III

59


(c) Every payment into the treasury or the Bank for credit to theGovernment shall be accompanied by a memorandum or chalan containing allthe particulars necessary for crediting the amount correctly in the Governmentaccount and preparing a receipt to be given to the payer. When a payment ismade into the treasury, the treasury shall check the chalan and make sure thatit is in order and complete, test and count of money, bring the payment intoaccount in the prescribed registers and give a receipt to the payer. When apayment is made into the Bank, the Bank shall receive the money and give areceipt to the payer, and the treasury shall bring the payment into account inthe prescribed registers. When a private person makes a payment into theBank on Government Account, the chalan shall, in the absence of special ruleor order to the contrary, be first presented at the treasury, where it shall bechecked and returned enfaced with an order to the Bank to receive the moneysand grant a receipt.

#(d) For remittance through e-payment, a filled up Chalan or detailedmemorandum as prescribed in sub-rule (c) shall not be insisted.

100. Whenever under the provisions of sub-rule (2) of Rule 6 moneysreceived on account of the revenues of the State, instead of being paid into atreasury or the Bank, are utilised to meet departmental payments, the grossreceipts and the payments made therefrom shall be entered as receipts andexpenditure in any record that may be kept of the payments into andwithdrawals from the Government Account and accounted for to theAccountant General. If the receipts are in excess of payments made, the excessshall be remitted to the treasury or the Bank, as the case may be, and savewhere it is otherwise provided in these, the officer making such remittanceshall note on the memorandum or chalan presented under Rule 99(c) the fullamount of cash actually received by him, and per contra, the expensesdisbursed therefrom, and not merely the net receipts.

When a departmental officer remits cheque to the treasury or the Bank inadjustment of departmental receipt temporarily appropriated for departmentalpayments the particulars of the cheques shall be noted on the chalan orremittance note.

101. Whenever a Government servant sends a cheque or bill to thetreasury for credit to the Government, he shall endorse the words ‘Receivedpayment by transfer credit to the head (here insert the head of account)’,

# Insertion[G. O. (P) 421/09/Fin. dated 30th September, 2009]

RULES 99-101PART III

60


on the document and sign the endorsement. The word “transfer” shall bedeleted from this endorsement when entered on a cheque not payable bythe Government. If any Government servant endorses a cheque or bill ofwhich the amount is to be credited to the Government without enteringthese words above his signature, he shall be held primarily responsiblefor any loss which may occur if the cheque or bill is paid in cash.

102. (a) The chalan which accompanies a payment of money into thetreasury or the Bank shall contain full information as to—

(1) the nature of the payment,

(2) the amount paid,

*(3) name and address of the remitter,

(4) the head of account to which the amount should becredited, and

(5) the allocation of the amount between Governmentsand departments, if any, such allocation has to bemade.

**(6) the name of office and designation of the receivingdepartmental officer to whom the remittance relatesto be written in the top of each chalan

(b) When a payment to the Government is to be credited partlyto one head of account and partly to another, a separate chalan shallordinarily be presented for the amount to be credited to each head.If, however, two or more credits relating to the same transaction are soclosely connected that it would be convenient to use separate chalans forthem, they shall be entered on the same chalan.

(c) The chalan shall be prepared in Form T. R. 12, or in such otherform as may be prescribed under these rules or in a departmental manualor code. These forms, shall be printed both in English and Malayalam.

* Substitution G.O.(P) 690/83/Fin., dated 27th October, 1983]** Addition G.O.(P) 690/83/Fin., dated 27th October, 1983]


61


(d) When a payment is made partly in cash and partly by cheque,the amounts paid in cash and by cheque respectively shall not be includedon the same chalan.

(e) The chalan shall ordinarily be presented in duplicate; theoriginal copy shall be returned to the payer signed as a receipt, and thesecond copy shall be retained in the treasury or the bank. [See also Rule90(b) in regard to cheque]. When a private person pays money into thetreasury or the bank to be credited to the Government under a head whichconcerns a departmental officer, the duplicate chalan shall be initialed bythat officer, if he is at the same station as the treasury; otherwise, the chalanshall be presented in triplicate and the treasury shall send the third copyto the departmental officer concerned, unless there are orders issued to thecontrary in individual case or classes of cases—See clause (g) below. Incases where a private person presents a chalan in triplicate thedepartmental officer need not initial the chalan even if he is at the sameplace as the treasury at which the chalan is presented.

Remittances to treasury on account of over-payments should besupported by chalans in triplicate, containing full particulars of the numberand date of encashment of the bill and also the head of account under whichthe amount was originally drawn, one copy of the chalan being forwardedby the Treasury Officers to the Accountant General in support of creditsincorporated in the monthly schedule of receipts of the departmentconcerned.

*Remittances representing recoveries of expenditure previouslydebited to expenditure heads (Revenue Account) will be exhibited directunder the service heads concerned as reduction of expenditure irrespectiveof whether they relate to overpayments pertaining to the current year or toany previous year.

#NOTE 1.—The departmental officers concerned with the levy andcollection of Government taxes and dues of forceable orperiodical nature should maintain a reasonable stock of chalanforms for issue to the intending depositors on demand. Chalanforms duly filled in all respects may as far as practicable, beissued to the persons along with the letter of demand so thatthey may sign and present the chalan at the treasury/bankalong with the money.

* Substitution [G. O. (P) 536/84/Fin. dated 20th September, 1984]# Renumbered vide G. O.(P) 690/83/Fin., dated 27th October, 1983]

RULE 102PART III

62


*NOTE 2.—Whenever there is a departmental remittance throughdeduction from expenditure bills, chalans should beinsisted and the Treasury should also note the details ofsuch chalans in the subsidiary register of receipts maintainedat the sub treasury/ district treasury. This is not applicableto the deductions towards income-tax, house buildingadvance and other similar deductions made in the salarybills/establishment bills which are adjusted in the treasuriesand to the recoveries towards short term loans.

(f) # (i) A single chalan shall be presented with any money tendered forpayment into the treasury or the bank on account of State Excise revenues onpayment for a Reserve Bank draft or a cash order on a sub treasury, and with anymoney tendered for payment into the treasury or the bank along with a pass bookor a remittance book in which the Treasury Officer or the bank is required toacknowledge the receipt of the moneys. The chalans for remittance on account ofState Excise revenues shall, however, be countersigned by the Excise Inspector orany higher departmental authority. Form T.R. 14 shall be used for acknowledgementof receipt of payments on account of State Excise revenues. In the remainingcases, Form T.R. 12 shall be used when necessary.

# (ii) For remittance through e-payment, the conditions under sub-rule (c) shall not be insisted.

(g) (i) An agent or dealer or on oil distributing company shall present achalan in triplicate along with any money tendered for payment into the treasuryor the bank on account of fees for the issue of packed petrol storage licenses. Thetreasury or the bank shall retain the triplicate copy of the chalan and return to thepayer the original and duplicate copies duly receipted. The duplicate copy shallinvariably be stamped with the word “duplicate” in bold characters.

(ii) A person making a payment into the treasury or the bank onaccount of sales tax, agricultural income tax, tax on tobacco, entertainments taxand tax on motor spirit shall present a chalan in triplicate along with the money,

* Addition G.O.(P) 690/83/Fin., dated 27th October, 1983]# Renumbered vide G..O. (P) 421/09/Fin. dated 30th September, 2009.# Insertion [G..O.(P) 421/09/Fin. dated 30th September, 2009]

RULE 102PART III

63


irrespective of the fact whether the departmental officer concerned is residentat the same station or not. The treasury or the bank shall retain the originaland the triplicate copy of the chalan and return to the payer the duplicatecopy duly receipted. The duplicate copy shall invariably be stamped with theword “duplicate” in bold characters. The originals shall be handed over to theSales Tax staff who will arrange to collect them daily from the treasury of thebank.

Departmental officers who remit into the treasury the Sales Tax equivalentcollected on sales of goods shall write the chalans in triplicate for presentationat the treasury. The Treasury Officer shall send one copy to the Sales TaxOfficer of the district, retain one copy with him and give the third copy to theofficer remitting the amount.

#NOTE 1.— Remittance of tax by dealers may be made through e-paymentalso.

#NOTE 2.— Online payment of tax along with e-Return can be done withthe integration of Commercial Taxes Department officialWebsite with the approved Bank’s site. The tax due as perthe return can be remitted by debit from the dealers accountor any other account authorized by him on this behalf inState Bank of India/State Bank of Travancore or any otherBank as and when so specified. When the amount is debitedfrom the dealers account or any other account authorized byhim on this behalf, the bank system will generate a CyberReceipt with a unique number. This transaction will be updatedin the Kerala Value Added Tax Information System.

#NOTE 3.— The designated branch of the bank shall give an abstractof the scroll countersigned and also a soft copy of the datain an encrypted format on a daily basis to the appointedTreasury Officer.

#NOTE 4.— The data received from the bank is to be loaded in theTreasury database and the Treasury Officer will reconcile thescroll received from the Bank with the scroll generated in theTreasury system.

#NOTE 5.— After incorporating the Data in the Treasury system a reportwill be generated with counter date and sequence numberand to be given to the Commercial Taxes Department alongwith the soft copy. Commercial Taxes Department shall uploadthis data in Kerala Value Added Tax Information System.

# Insertion[G.O.(P) 421/09/Fin. Dated 30th September, 2009]

RULE 102PART III

64


(iii) Payments by Government Pleaders and Pleaders doingGovernment work shall be made in triplicate chalans in all cases. The treasuryshall retain the triplicate copy of the chalan and return the original and duplicateduly receipted to the pleader. The duplicate copy shall invariably be stampedwith the word “duplicate” in bold characters. The pleader shall attach theoriginal copy to his report to be submitted to the Collector.

(iv) Payments made into the treasuries of the amounts collected byBench Courts towards the taxes and other dues creditable to municipalitiesshall be made in triplicate chalans in all cases. The treasury shall retain theoriginal copy of the chalan and return the duplicate and triplicate duly receiptedto the Bench Court concerned. The triplicate copy shall invariably be stampedwith the word “triplicate” in bold characters. The Bench Court will keep theduplicate for its record and send the triplicate copy to the municipalityconcerned immediately after payment is made into the treasury.

(v) A local body should, when paying contribution and fee toGovernment, on account of the analysis by the Public Analyst of food samples,present a chalan in triplicate and the treasury will return the original and theduplicate duly receipted. The local body should send the original to the PublicAnalyst, for intimation of credit.

(vi) Local bodies when paying amounts towards the cost ofmaintenance of bore-wells and pumps under the rural water supply schemeshould present chalans in triplicate. The original will be sent to thedepartmental officer concerned. One copy will be retained in the treasury andthe other will be returned to the local body concerned.

(vii) In the case of remittances of principal and interest made in respectof ‘Loans and Advances’ the chalans shall be prepared in triplicate irrespective ofwhether the remittances are made by a private party or by a departmental officer.The original copies of the chalans should be returned to the remitters and theduplicate copies retained in the treasury. In respect of Loans and Advances thedetailed accounts of which are being maintained by the Departmental officers thetriplicate copies of the chalans shall be forwarded by the Treasury Officer to theDepartmental Officers concerned. In respect of loans and advances the detailedaccounts of which are being maintained by the Accountant General as per Article244 (3)(b), Kerala Financial Code, Volume I, the triplicate copies of the chalansshould be forwarded by the Treasury Officer to the Accountant General alongwith the monthly cash account.

RULE 102PART III

65


•(viii) In the case of remittances or recoveries of subscription andrefund of temporary withdrawals in respect of General Provident Fund thechalan shall be prepared in triplicate irrespective of whether the remittancesare made by a private party or by a departmental officer. The name of subscriberand his account number shall be noted in all the three copies. Over and abovethis, a schedule of Provident Fund Deduction in the prescribed form givingfull details should invariably be attached to the Chalan. The original copies ofthe chalans should be returned to the remitters and the duplicate copies retainedin the Treasury. The triplicate copies along with the Provident Fund Schedulesshould be forwarded by the Treasury Officer to the Accountant General alongwith the monthly cash account

* NOTE—Chalans for the remittance of principal or interest on loans andadvances and revenue deposits and security deposits shall bepresented at the treasuries first in the case of banking treasuriesalso.

(h) When the Government have permitted any class of paymentsinto the treasury to be made by sending money orders to the Treasury or SubTreasury Officer, no chalan shall be required with a money order relating toany such payment.

** NOTE—(1) Private persons may obtain chalans in the prescribed formfrom the Treasury. Chalans for use by Departmental Officers maybe obtained direct from the Government Press.

(2) Fines levied by Magistrates in respect of which theGovernment pay grants-in-aid to local bodies and other authorities should beshown separately in the chalans under a district head “Fines for whichcompensation is payable to local bodies and others”. Fines levied under theMotor Vehicles Taxation Act, should also be shown under a separate head.

(3) When any amount is paid to the Government in respect ofloan or advance made by the Government, the chalan presented at the treasuryshould contain the date and amount of the loan or advance or other particularssufficient to identify it. If the amount paid includes interest as well asprincipal, the amount of interest paid should be specified separately in thechalan. If the payment is a periodical fixed payment including both principaland interest, a reference to the order fixing the amount should be entered inthe chalan.

• Insertion [G.O.(P) 545/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]* Substitution [G.O.(P) 839/79/Fin., dated 31st August, 1979]

** Substitution [G.O.(P) 668/79/Fin., dated 30th July, 1979]

RULE 102PART III

66


† In the case of banking treasuries also, chalans for the remittance ofprincipal or interest on loans and advances and revenue deposits and securitydeposits shall be routed through treasuries as stated in the note to rule102 (g) (vii).

(4) In the case of certain deposits, e.g., local fund deposit andpersonal deposits, the account kept in the treasury or the Bank is purely abanking account. Particulars of the deposit head concerned alone need beentered on the chalan accompanying a remittance into the treasury or theBank for credit to such an account. No further information as to the nature ofthe receipts is required.

(5) In cases where the personal deposit accounts and thebanking accounts of Local Funds are kept at the bank (See note under thesecond paragraph to Rule 124 below) all adjustments made to the credit/debitof such accounts either by the treasury or by the Accountant General should,without delay, be communicated by the treasury to the bank.

**(i) The following instructions shall be scrupulously followedthe departmental officers to facilitate reconciliation receipts:—(1) Thedepartmental officers should post the original Chalan received in their officesin a register or statement so that details of remittances will be available forreconciliation.

(2) The third copy of the Chalan received from the treasuriesshall be retained in the office for reconciliation.

SPECIAL TO THE FOREST DEPARTMENT

103. (1) Forest revenues collected at outlying stations may be paid intothe treasury by making remittances to the Treasury Officer by money orders. Nochalan need be presented with any such payment. The money which the postoffice pays to the Treasury Officer should be credited in the accounts. The treasuryshould send the Divisional Forest Officer the usual acknowledgement on therelevant portion of the money order form, and also a daily advice of all theremittances received from him by money order on each day on which there is anysuch transaction.

RULE 102-103

† Substitution [G.O.(P) 839/79/Fin., dated 31st August, 1979]** Insertion G.O.(P) 690/83/Fin., dated 27th October, 1983]

PART III

67


(2) When a Divisional Forest Officer is absent from headquartersand no other Forest Officer is available there, his head clerk may sign for himchalans to be presented with payments of forest revenue into the treasury orthe bank. Similarly, when a Range Officer is absent from headquarters and noother Forest Officer is available there, his head clerk or (if he has only oneclerk) his clerk may sign such chalans for him.

(3) When a Forest Officer receives any deposit from contractorsor purchasers of forest produce, he should pay them into the treasury or thebank as soon as possible and furnish a list showing the name of each depositor.The treasury or the bank, as the case may be, should treat the moneys soremitted in all respects as if they had been paid direct by the depositors, andshould therefore issue a separate receipt for the amount relating to eachdepositor.

When any Forest Officer, other than a Divisional Forest Officer,pays any such deposit into the treasury or the bank, he should forward to theDivisional Forest Officer the receipt obtained for the payment.

SPECIAL TO THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ANDCOMMERICAL SERVICES

104. No deposit account can be opened in a treasury by officers of thePublic Works Department and Commercial Services. Whatever sums are paid intoa treasury by an officer of the Public Works Department or a Commercial Serviceor on his account, must be carried to the credit of that department or service in thecivil accounts. This rule applies also to deposits made at the instance of the PublicWorks Department or Commercial Services by municipalities or other local bodiesto meet the cost of works to be carried out by the Public Works Department orCommercial Services. In this case, the accompanying chalan should state clearlythe name of the Division in the Public Works Department or Commercial Servicesto which the amount is creditable and the work for which the deposit relates.

105. A Public Works Officer who frequently makes remittance to the treasuryor the bank should keep a remittance book (Form T.R. 15) in which he should makean entry of the amount of each remittance and should send this book as well as asingle chalan along with each remittance, so that the Treasury Officer or the Bankmay acknowledge receipt, by signing the entry in the book. As regards remittanceof cheques, see Rule 98.


68


SECTION III

Procedure in Treasuries

(i) TREASURIES WHICH DO NOT TRANSACT THEIR CASH BUSINESSTHROUGH THE BANK

(A) District Treasuries

106. *(a) The chalan with which money is tendered for payment intothe treasury shall be presented first to the Section Head/Junior Superintendent(Receipts) who shall check it to see whether it is in order in all respects and, ifhe is satisfied, put an initial in the chalan and affix a seal in token of havingverified the correctness and sent it to the treasurer for accepting the remittance.

The Treasurer shall receive the money as per the chalan, count and testthe money, enter the amount in his Cash Book, give it a serial number, signthe chalan and then send it back to the Section Head/Junior Superintendent.The Section Head/Junior Superintendent shall make a brief entry of theparticulars in the “Chalan Number Book” (Form T.R. 16) noting the chalannumber assigned by the Treasurer under his initial and put his signature in theoriginal copy of the chalan and return the original chalan to the party if it is forthe amount mentioned in item (a) of sub rule (f) of rule 120. If the remittance isfor the amount mentioned in item(b) of the sub rule (f) of rule 120, the chalanshall be sent along with the Chalan Number Book to the Assistant TreasuryOfficer who shall sign the chalan after initialling the corresponding entry inthe Chalan Number Book. At the end of the day, agreement shall be effectedbetween the Chalan Number Book (T.R. 16) and the Day Book on the one handand the usual agreement between the Day Book and the Treasurer’s CashBook on the other. The Section Head/Junior Superintendent shall examine theChalan Number Book at the close of every day and certify that the amountscredited to Government and the amounts for which receipts have been given,have been agreed to and initial the certificate. The Treasurer’s Cash Bookshall have a continuous serial number for each month both for receipt andpayment items. Entries shall be made in the chalan number book in the serialorder, so that a cross check with the entries in the Treasurer’s Cash Bookwould be easy.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 77/78/Fin., dated 16th January, 1978]

RULE 106PART III

69


Postings of Subsidiary Registers and the Day Book shall be made afterthe issue of original chalans to the parties with reference to the duplicatecopy of the chalan and other connected records.

106. (b) [Omitted.]

[G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin., dated 6th September 1977.]

(B) Sub Treasuries

107. *(a) The procedure prescribed in sub-rule (a) of rule 106 for theDistrict Treasuries shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Sub Treasuries also,except that the Head Accountant/Junior Superintendent and the Sub TreasuryOfficer in Sub Treasuries shall perform the functions prescribed for the SectionHead/Junior Superintendent and the Assistant Treasury Officer respectivelyin the District Treasuries.

107.(b) [Omitted.]

[G.O. (P) 334/77/Fin., dated 6th September 1977.]

(C) General for all Treasuries108. A cheque received at a treasury should be treated as a final payment

only after it has been met and the amount has been actually credited to theGovernment. The provisions of Rules 90(b) and 91 regarding the preliminaryacknowledgment and final receipt to be given by a departmental officer whena payment is made by cheque, the procedure to be followed when a cheque isnot honoured, and the date to be treated as the date of payment if the chequeis honoured, apply mutatis mutandis to a cheque received at a treasury.

109. **Deleted

**This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1stday of October, 1985.

110. When departmental officer has a claim against a Post Office SavingsBank deposit pledged to him as security by a government servant or acontractor, the amount due to the Government should be withdrawn in themanner indicated in Article 313(e) of the Kerala Financial Code. The Postmastershould send a treasury voucher to the departmental officer for the amount


* Deletion [G.O.(P) 82/88/Fin., dated 3rd February, 1988]


70


withdrawn instead of cash. On receiving this voucher, the departmental officershould verify the entries in it, countersign it and forward it to the treasury orsub treasury concerned as soon as possible, to enable the Treasury or SubTreasury Officer to initial the entry in Postmaster’s treasury pass book whenhe receives it and complete the transaction.

111. A Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer should receive payment of arevenue money order in cash. The transaction should be adjusted by a transferin the accounts on a receipt in the prescribed form signed by the Postmasterfor total amount of the revenue money orders to be paid each day.

This procedure applies also to the payment of an ordinary money orderpayable to a Collector, Treasury Officer or Sub Treasury Officer in his officialcapacity. The transaction should be adjusted by a transfer in the accounts,and the necessary entries in the revenue registers should be made from themoney order coupon or treasury advice. Ordinary money orders payable toany other government servant in his official capacity should also be paid bytransfers in the accounts, if the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer sends aPostmaster a written requisition to that effect. Money orders payable to alocal body which has a banking account with the treasury should also be paidby transfers in the accounts.

112. Numbering of chalans.—The chalans relating to each subsidiaryregister shall be numbered in a separate monthly consecutive series, andthose which are entered directly in the day book shall bear a separate series ofnumbers. The chalans which accompany payments of revenue deposits orcivil and criminal courts’ deposits shall however be numbered in a separateannual series for each department.

113. Village remittance.—The money shall be sent to the treasury insealed bags together with a village remittance list in the form prescribed in theDepartmental Manuals or orders and a chalan in the form of an extract of thecash book prescribed in the Departmental Manuals or Orders. After theremittance list and the chalan have been checked, the Treasury Officer shallsign the remittance list and return it to the person who brought the remittanceto be tendered to the Treasurer along with the sealed bags. The Treasurershall take the bags, break the seals in the presence of the village official ormessenger who brought the remittance, and count and test the money. If theamount is found to be correct the Treasury Officer shall certify to that effect atthe foot of remittance list and return it to the person who brought the remittance.


71


If any counterfeit or uncurrent note or coin or any deficiency is found, theTreasurer shall at once bring the fact to the notice of the Treasury Officer, whoshall, if satisfied that the note or coin is counterfeit or uncurrent or that thereis a deficiency, examine the village official or messenger who brought theremittance and record the fact on the remittance list.

114. Anamaths.—All moneys paid into the Government account at atreasury shall be credited immediately on the receipt under the appropriateheads of account in the Government accounts and shall form part of thegeneral treasury balance. As a general rule, no sums of money shall be kept ina treasury strong room unless they have been paid into the Governmentaccount and form part of the general treasury balance, but the following itemsshall be treated as exceptions to this rule and dealt with in accordance with thespecial instructions which apply to them:—

(a) a village remittance which is received, when the treasury is notopen for transactions,

(b) a treasury or currency remittance which is received when thetreasury is not open for transactions,

(c) other money sent by a government servant from a distance forpayment into the treasury (or paid in respect of postal money orders) which isreceived when the treasury is not open for transactions,

(d) money contained in the cash chests, etc., deposited by otheroffices for safe custody (See Rules 157 to 160), and

(e) the balance of the permanent advance and imprests, andundisbursed balances of amounts drawn from the treasury or otherwisereceived for disbursement (See Rules 432 and 433).

The moneys described under items (a) to (e) above shall be placed in thestrong room on the day when they are received and brought to accountimmediately when the treasury opens on the next working day. The treasurershall maintain an Anamath Balance Register in Form T.R. 19 for recordingthese Anamath transactions and a separate column shall be provided for eachclass of items concerned. The opening balance, the totals of the daily receiptsand the daily disbursement respectively and the closing balance shall beentered in each column. The Treasury Officer shall check this register every


72


evening, verify the various closing balances with the actual cash, bags ofcoin and cash chests, etc., in the strong room and initial the register in tokenof the correctness of the entries.

115. If a village remittance arrives at a treasury when it is not open fortransactions, the sealed bag or bags containing it should be placed in thestrong room as soon as possible and kept in a special late remittance chest. Acounterfoil receipt form from a book consecutively numbered should be givenin exchange for the bag. As soon as the treasury opens on the next workingday, the bag should be taken out, the money counted and tested, and theamount brought to account. The receipt given for the sealed bag should betaken back and pasted on to the counterfoil. A register should be maintainedin Form T.R. 20 and the date of receipt and date of return of each sealed bagcontaining a village remittance and the date on which the amount is broughtto account should be noted in it.

NOTE.—Remittances received by 3 p.m. should, if possible, be shroffed andbrought to account that day. The treasury should be closed by sunset.Remittances received after 3 p.m. but before sunset should simply besealed and kept in the strong room for the night, no attempt beingmade to shroff them and bring them to account.

116. If a treasury or currency remittance arrives at a treasury when it isopen for transactions but it is not possible to count and test the moneycompletely on the day of receipt, it should nevertheless be brought to accounton the day of receipt and should also be entered in a register in FormT.R. 21. The counting and testing should be completed as soon as possibleand, if any deficiency or any counterfeit or uncurrent note or coin isdiscovered, it should be made good by the Chief Treasurer or Treasurer, ifany, who came with the remittance. Otherwise, the amount should be drawnon a simple receipt as an advance and placed in the treasury or currency chestand the necessary steps taken for the adjustment of the advance.

If a treasury or currency remittance arrives at a treasury when it is notopen for transactions, it should be entered in the same register in Form T.R. 21and placed in sealed bags in the strong room as soon as possible withoutopening the receptacles in which it arrives (See Rule 158). It should be broughtto account as soon as the treasury opens on the next working day.


73


117. If any money sent by postal money order or by a Governmentservant from a distance, for payment into the treasury arrives at the treasurywhen it is not open for transactions, it should be recorded in the register inForm T.R. 19 mentioned in Rule 114, placed in the strong room in sealedbags as soon as possible and brought to account as soon as the treasuryopens on the next working day.

118. No sums of money which have been sent to a treasury for paymentinto the Government account should be kept in Anamath for want of informationas to the nature of the credit or pending confirmation of a sale.The total cashbalance of all the outstanding items in the Anamath Balance Register (SeeRule 114) should be entered at the close of the day in following places in theaccounts:—

(1) In a sub-treasury : Treasurer’s daily balance sheet(Form T.R. 4) Day Book (Form T.A. 4in the Kerala Account Code, Vol. II).Daily sheet (Form T.A. 7 in the KeralaAccount Code, Vol. II).

(2) In a district treasury : Treasurer’s daily balance sheet(Form T.R. 4).

The Treasury Officer should verify the balance every evening.

119. Undisbursed balance.—Separate registers should be maintainedfor recording the transactions relating to each class of undisbursed balancessuch as those relating to amounts payable for the acquisition of land, cashorders or military pensions. [In regard to undisbursed balances of pay andallowances, See Rule 432 (c)]. Each such register should show the openingbalance, receipt, disbursement and closing balance of each day on whichthere is any transaction. The Treasury Officer should verify daily that theclosing balance in each such register agrees with the balances entered in theAnamath Balance Register (Form T. R. 19).Alternatively, a combined registerin Form T.R. 22 may be maintained for watching all the undisbursed balances,if it is considered more convenient (See Rule 432 (c)].

120. Receipts for money.—(a) When a chalan in duplicate is receivedwith the money, the treasury shall use the original for the receipt to be givento the payer and shall retain the duplicate for record. If there is a third copythe treasury shall forward it to the government servant or other person towhom the credit relates.


74


(b) When a treasury receives a cheque under *[Rules 106(b) and107(b),] the tenderer shall be given a preliminary acknowledgement in Form T.R. 6 for the cheque only. A final receipt for the payment on the original chalanshall be sent to the payer after the amount has been realized.

(c) When money is received on account of State Excise revenues,the treasury shall receive with it only a single chalan countersigned by theExcise Inspector or any higher departmental authority, and shall give thepayer a separate receipt in Form T.R. 14 and send a copy of it to the ExciseInspector or higher departmental authority who has countersigned the chalan,to serve as an advice. When any money is received on being tendered alongwith a single chalan and a pass book or a remittance book, receipt shall beacknowledged in the pass book or remittance book. When any money isreceived in payment for a cash order, no separate receipt need ordinarily begiven as the cash order issued in exchange for the moneys is a sufficientacknowledgment of the receipt of the money; if, however, the payer insistson being given a separate receipt in any such case, he shall be required topresent a chalan in duplicate in Form T. R. 12 with the money and the treasuryshall give him a receipt on the original chalan.

(d) When the fees of a number of candidates for a governmentexamination, e.g. the S.S.L.C. Examination, are paid into the treasury in a lumpsum, only a single receipt shall be given for the lump sum as a whole.

(e) For every payment made by cash or cheque for service postagestamps issued by it, the treasury shall give a receipt in machine numberedform T.R. 23.

**(f) The receipts for money paid into the treasuries shall besigned by the following persons as shown below:

When the amount involved is— District / Sub Treasury

(a) Below 2,500 Head Accountant orJunior Superintendent and theTreasurer

(b) ` 2,500 and above Assistant Treasury Officer/Sub Treasury Officer,Head Accountant orJunior Superintendent and theTreasurer.

* Rules 106(b) and 107 (b) Omitted [G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin., dated6th September, 1977]

** Substitution [G.O.(P) 431/77/Fin., dated 4th November, 1977]

RULE 120PART III

75


(g) Every treasury shall prominently exhibit notices in English andthe local language embodying the substance of clause (f) above one in theroom of the Treasurer or the Sub Treasury Officer, as the case may be, and onenear the Treasurer’s counter, in order that the persons who make paymentsmay verify that the receipts given to them satisfy the rule.

(h) Every receipt issued by a treasury shall show distinctly thename of the treasury, the date of issue, the designation of each governmentservant who signs it and the head of account to which the amount has beencredited. Each signature on it shall be written legibly and in full.

NOTE 1.—Duplicate receipts.—The provisions of Rule 94 regarding theissue of duplicate receipts apply to all government servantsincluding those attached to treasuries. With a view to avoidingthe misuse of duplicate chalan as a duplicate receipt, specialcare should be taken to see that the treasury officialsmentioned in Rule 120(f) sign in full only the copy or copies.See Rule 102(g) of the chalan to be returned to the payer,and merely initial the remaining copy or copies of the chalan.

*NOTE 2.—The receipt for a sum paid by transfer in the accounts ata district/sub treasury shall not be signed by the Treasurer.All such receipts irrespective of the amount involved shallbe signed by the Section Head/Head Accountant/JuniorSuperintendent and the Accountant concerned. Thisinstruction does not apply to receipt for sums paid by transferin the accounts for service postage stamps (See note 3 below).

NOTE 3.—Payments for service postage stamps.—The treasury shouldnot give any receipt for a payment made for service postagestamps by transfer in the accounts.The draft receipt for apayment made by cash or cheque for service postage stampsshould always be sent to the Sub Treasury Officer at asub-treasury or the Assistant Treasury Officer at a districttreasury for signature through a government servant employedin the treasury and not through any person from outside thetreasury. After the receipt has been duly, signed, it shouldbe handed over together with the service postage stampsconcerned simultaneously to the person who paid the costof the stamps into the treasury.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 431/77/Fin., dated 4th November, 1977]

RULE 120PART III

76


121. Special to Judicial Department.—A person who wishes to payany money into a civil court dealing with a treasury, which does not transactits cash business through the Bank, should obtain from the court a chalan inForm T.R. 24 and pay the money into the treasury along with it (See also Rule96).

A person who wishes to pay any money into a court dealing with atreasury which does not transact its cash business through the Bank shoulddeliver the money along with the chalan and counterfoil receipt obtained fromthe court to the treasury, which should retain the chalan and return thecounterfoil receipt duly signed. He should then take the receipt to the court,which should enter the credit in its account and give the person who made thepayment a court receipt for the amount duly signed in exchange for the treasuryreceipt, which the court should retain. The treasury receipt should, when filedin the court, be attached by gum to the office counterfoil chalan.

NOTE—A District Judge or a Subordinate Judge may authorise his Sherishtadarto sign chalans and a District Munsiff may authorise his Head Clerkto do so. The chalan should bear a serial number, it should be dulyfilled in at the court, and particulars of the notes and coin tenderedshould be noted on the reverse. The counterfoil receipt should beduly filled in at the court, except as to the date of payment into thetreasury and the signature of the Treasury Officer.

Issue of consolidated receipts relating to certaindepartments

122. Forest Department.—On the first working day of each month theTreasury Officer shall send to each of the Divisional Forest Officer who deals withthe treasuries in his district a consolidated receipt in Form T.A. 11 in the KeralaAccount Code, Volume II, for the total amount received and credited under ForestRemittances during the previous month in respect of the Forest Officer’s Division.If any remittances relating to a Divisional Forest Officer have been received andcredited to Revenue deposits, the Treasury Officer shall enter in the consolidatedreceipt the numbers assigned to the several deposits in the treasury [See also rule129(b)]. As soon as the consolidated receipt is received from the treasury, it shallbe compared with the postings in the cash book and the Divisional Forest Officershall satisfy himself that the amounts remitted have been actually credited in thetreasury or the Bank.


77


123. Public Works Department and Commercial Services.—A PublicWork Officer or an officer of a Commercial Service who keeps a remittancebook (Form T.R. 15) in which the Treasury Officer is required to acknowledgereceipt of remittances shall prepare at the end of each month a consolidatedreceipt in Form T.R. 25 for the whole of the remittances made during the periodand send it to the Treasury Officer with the remittance book. The TreasuryOfficer shall verify the entries by comparison with the Schedule of Receipts(Form T.A. 9, Kerala Account Code, Volume II) in which the treasury recordsall receipts relating to the Public Works Department and Commercial Services.If the entries are correct he shall sign the book and the consolidated receiptand return them to the officer concerned. The Treasury Officer shall sign theconsolidated receipt himself, however small the amount may be, and, if thereis any difference between the amount shown in the consolidated receipt andthe credit in the treasury account, he shall explain the reasons for the differencein detail in the consolidated receipt (See also rule 129(b)].

{ii) TREASURIES WHICH TRANSACT THEIR CASH BUSINESSTHROUGH THE BANK

(A) Payment into the Bank by private persons

124. When a private person desires to pay any money into the Bankon Government account he shall first present at the treasury concerned achalan (Form T.R. 12) prepared in duplicate, or otherwise, as the rules require.The Government servant whose duty is to examine the chalan shall do so and,if it is in order, he shall specify the head of account, if it has not already beendone.

*NOTE—In the case of income tax chalan form, the Bank may return the‘original’ copy of the chalan direct to the Income Tax Officerconcerned, instead of routing it through the treasury.

If the chalan is in order, the words “Correct” on all parts of itand shall also be initialed at a district/sub treasury by the **SectionHead/Head Accountant/ Junior Superintendent for all the chalansirrespective of the amount involved, and when so initialled, it shallamount to an order to the Bank to receive the money and grant a

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 346/76/Fin., dated 10th November, 1976]** Substitution [G.O.(P) 431/77/Fin., dated 4th November, 1977]


78


receipt to the payer. The person making the payment shall then takethe chalan (both or all parts) to the Bank. The Bank shall receive themoney and credit it to the proper head of account, give anacknowledgment of receipt to the payer on the original chalan andforward the duplicate chalan to the treasury along with the dailyaccount.

[G.O.(P) 40/77/Fin., dated 31st January, 1977]

When private persons have been duly authorised to make paymentsof a particular kind direct into the Bank on Government account anddesire to make payments accordingly, the procedure laid down inRule 126 shall be followed mutatis mutandis.

[G.O.(P) 113/78/Fin., dated 24th January, 1978

*NOTE 1.—If a chalan on which a date of validity has been specifiedby the departmental officer is presented after that date, itshall not be accepted at the bank or money thereof acceptedby the bank until it is revalidated by the departmental officer.

NOTE 2.—[Omitted]

[G.O.(P) 40/77/Fin., dated 31st January, 1977]

NOTE 3.—The acknowledgment on the chalan, for moneys received maybe signed by the officer authorized by the Bank, under hisfull signature, only in the original and such other copies asare required to be returned to the tenderer, theacknowledgment in the other copies being merely initialedby him.

† [G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin., dated 6th September 1977]

NOTE 4.—For rules regarding the acknowledgment of cheques, theprocedure to be followed when a cheque is dishonoured andthe date to be treated as the date of payment, see [Rules 90(b),91 and 108.]

RULE 124

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 839/79/Fin., dated 31st August, 1979]

† Omitted the para beginning the words “Every cheque which is tobe credited to Government” and ending with the words “has beencleared.” [G.O.(P) 334/77/Fin., dated 6th September, 1977]

PART III

79


NOTE 5.—Payments for stamps sold to the public by ex officio vendormay be made direct to the ex officio vendors instead of theBank. At places where the treasury and the bank are closelysituated and it is, therefore, not inconvenient to follow theprocedure laid down in Rule 124 above, that procedure maybe followed.

A government servant should pay for any service postagestamps for which he indents on the treasury by means ofan adjustment bill or a cheque and should not make anypayment direct into the Bank on this account. The treasuryshould not give any receipt for a payment made for servicepostage stamps by transfer in the accounts.

125. Special to Judicial Department.—A person who wishes to paymoney into a civil court dealing with a treasury which transacts its cashbusiness through the Bank should follow the same procedure as thatprescribed in Rule 121 except that he should pay the money into the Bankwith a chalan in Form T.R. 26 together with a counterfoil receipt. The chalanwill be signed by the Bank Agent instead of the Treasury Officer. The chalanand the counterfoil receipt need not be first presented at the treasury.

The procedure laid down in the second paragraph of rule 121 should befollowed mutatis mutandis in regard to the issue of receipts by the Bankand the court concerned for such payments and filing of the Bank receipts inthe court.

Every civil court dealing with a treasury which transacts its cash businessthrough the Bank should maintain a register in Form T.A. 13 in the KeralaAccount Code, Volume II and make the necessary entries in it regarding allmoneys which private persons pay into the court as deposits with referenceto this instruction. Each deposit should be entered separately in the registerand numbered. There should be a fresh series of numbers for each year. TheJudge of the court should carefully check the particulars of each entry andthen write his initials against it in the proper column in token of its correctness.

NOTE—The procedure relating to the receipt of money in the High Court isgoverned by the Original and Appellate Side Rules of the High Courtcontained in the “Civil Rules of Practice”.


80


(B) Payment into the Bank by the government servants

126. When a government servant realises a fine, forfeiture or othermiscellaneous receipt on behalf of the Government, he shall pay the moneydirect into the Bank with a chalan in duplicate which need not be firstpresented at the treasury. The bank shall retain one copy of the chalan andforward it to the treasury with the daily account and shall return the original,duly receipted, to the government servant for record in his office. Thegovernment servant who tenders the money at the Bank shall, before leavingthe Bank, obtain the Bank’s receipt for the money on the original chalan,which may be in the form of a remittance book sent along with the money forsignature.

* NOTE—The chalan for remittances of principal or interest on loansand advances, and revenue deposits and security deposits shallbe routed through treasuries - vide also note below clause(vii) of sub-rule (g) of rule 102.

127. Anamaths.—A district treasury which transacts its cash businessthrough the Bank need not maintain the Anamath Balance Register in FormT.R.19 (See Rule 114; but the closing balance under each of the headsmentioned in Rule 114 under which it is possible for the treasury to havetransactions shall be noted in the Treasurers Daily Balance Sheet(Form T.R.3)

NOTE—The total cash balance of all the outstanding items should be enteredat the close of the day in the accounts of the district treasury orsub treasury in the place specified in Rule 118 and verified in themanner indicated there.

128. Village remittances.—Except where a special order of theGovernment requiring that village remittances be paid directly into the Bankis in force, they shall not be paid directly into the Bank, but shall be paid intotreasury, which shall receive the money and subsequently remit it to the Bank.The procedure laid down in Rule 113 and 115 shall apply also to such moneyreceived at a treasury which transacts its cash business through the Bank.Credit shall be given under the proper heads of account in the treasury accountsfor the amounts received, and they shall be remitted to the Bank as soon aspossible along with chalan in duplicate which shall be prepared in the treasury

* Substitution [G. O. (P) 839/79/Fin. dated 31st August,1979]


81


and entered in the register of chalans issued. Whenever a remittance of thiskind is send to the Bank from the treasury, the Treasury Officer shall send anadvice to the Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India, Madras, on the sameday showing the amount and the date of despatch to the Bank. The TreasuryOfficer shall debit the amount remitted in his accounts under the head “Cashremittances - Reserve Bank of India”. If there are any sums of money of thiskind in the treasury on the same day fixed for the closing of the monthlyaccounts, they shall be remitted to the Bank in full on that day, so that no cashbalance shall be shown against the treasury in the monthly accounts.

In order to ensure that every village remittance is duly credited in thetreasury, which transacts its cash business through the Bank, every treasuryconcerned shall maintain a register in Form T.R. 27 and enter in it with aserial number the particulars of each village remittance as soon as it istendered at the treasury. After the money in a village remittance has been dulycounted and tested and an entry of the receipt made in the day book orsubsidiary register, the Treasury Officer shall tick the entry in the register inForm T.R. 27. When the money has been paid into treasury or the Bank andthe chalan has been received back from the treasury or Bank duly receipted,the Treasury Officer shall write his initials in the last column of the register.

After duly counting and testing the money tendered in a villageremittance, the treasurer shall enter the receipt in his cash book. When closingthe treasury for the day, the Treasury Officer shall verify, by comparing theTreasurer’s cash book with the village remittance register (Form T.R. 27), thatall the village remittance received have been brought to account.

NOTE 1.— Whenever the Bank receives a remittance sent by a subtreasury under the above rule, the Bank Agent should creditthe amount to the Government under the head “Cashremittances-Reserve Bank of India” and send an advice ofthe receipt of the remittance, showing the amount and thedate of receipt, to the Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India,Madras on the day of receipt,

NOTE 2.—In the case of treasuries at the following places, villageremittances shall be paid direct to the Bank:-Cochin, Tellicherry,Palghat and Cannanore.

RULE 128PART III

82


The procedure to be followed in receiving and checking theseremittances is laid down below:

(a) The Bank will make every effort to receive all village remittancestendered before the closing hour and shroff and acknowledge them the sameday. If it receives a remittance, it will invariably complete the shroffing andacknowledge the remittance the same day. If the Bank is unable to receive forshroffing on the same day a remittance tendered shortly before its closinghour, it will direct the village official who tenders it to return to the treasurywith the remittance and will give him a memorandum stating the time when theremittance was tendered and the fact that the Bank is unable to receive it forshroffing on the same day. The bags should then be sealed in the presence ofthe village official and kept in the treasury strong room according to the usualprocedure and should be handed over to the village official to be tendered atthe Bank as soon as it reopens the next day.

(b) The Bank will give the village official who presents a remittancefull facilities for watching the shroffing of it. If the Bank finds that there is ashortage on account of bad or defective coins or otherwise, the village officialwill be given an opportunity of making it good at once. If he does not do so,the Bank will inform the Treasury Officer and the Tahsildar of the talukconcerned the amount and nature of the shortage, and will credit theGovernment account only with the amount actually received by it.

129. (a) When a treasury transacts its cash business through the Bank,the treasury and not the Bank shall issue any advices or certificates of receiptswhich have to be sent to public officers and the periodical consolidated receiptswhich have to be sent to certain public officers, unless the Government, with theconcurrence of the Bank, specially order that in a particular class of cases thisshall be done by the Bank.

(b) The Treasury Officer of a district treasury which transact its cashbusiness through the Bank shall send a monthly consolidated receipt to each ofthe Divisional Forest Officers who deal with the treasuries in the district in themanner laid down in Rule 122. He shall also follow the procedure laid down in Rule123 in regard to signing the remittance books and consolidated receipts preparedby Public Works Department Officers and Officers of Commercial Services at theend of each month.


83


PART IV

CUSTODY OF MONEYS RELATING TO OR STANDING

IN THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

SECTION I

Cash in Departmental Chests

RULES APPLICABLE TO DEPARTMENTS GENERALLY

130. Moneys received by a government servant on behalf of theGovernment and not immediately remitted to a superior authority or a treasury[See Rule 92 (b) and (c) of Part III] shall, until they are so remitted or otherwisedisposed of in accordance with the rules, be lodged in a cash chest, which shall bekept in the government servant’s office or in his personal custody, as may beconvenient. The government servant who is responsible for the moneys shallkeep the key of the chest and the duplicate key shall be deposited in the treasury.When a large amount of cash is frequently kept in the chest, it shall be fitted withdouble locks of different patterns and the keys of the two locks shall be kept in thecustody of two different government servants, unless the Government have givenspecial permission in any case to dispense with this procedure. When an office isprovided with an iron safe for the custody of cash or other valuables, the safeshall, if practicable, be embedded in masonry so as to prevent removal by thieves.

131. (a) Subject to the provisions of clauses (b) and (c) below, the contentsof the cash chest or the cash on hand shall be counted by the head of the officeor, under his orders, by a gazetted subordinate at the close of business on eachworking day and verified with the book balance as shown, in the cash book andother registers after they have been closed for the day. A memorandum ofverification, as shown below, shall be signed and dated by the government servantwho counted the cash:-

Balance shown in cash book .. ..Balance shown in acquittance rolls orRegister of undisbursed pay, etc. .. ..Balance of permanent advance shown incontingent register or permanent advancedisbursement register .. ..Total book balance .. ..

RULES 130-131

Cash balance ascertained by counting

PART IV

84


If there is any difference between the book balance and the actual cashbalance which cannot be reconciled at once, action shall be taken underArticle 315 in the Kerala Financial Code.

(b) In an office in which there are no regular daily transactions orthe transactions are few, the head of the office may, with the previous approvalof his immediate superior, order the closing of the cash book etc., lessfrequently than every day, e.g. once a week; but the registers should beclosed and the cash balances verified often enough to prevent malpracticesand in no case less frequently than once a month.

(c) When the head of office is absent on tour or otherwise theOfficer (Gazetted or non-gazetted) next below in rank and present shall dischargeall the duties of the head of office with regard to the maintenance of cash bookand verification of cash balance in accordance with the rules. The head ofoffice on his return, shall verify the correctness of the entries in the cash bookand other connected records, attest them and verify the cash balance andshall record a certificate to this effect in the cash book.

(d) Cash received and despatched book.—Every office dealing withcash should maintain a small note book in Form T.R. 27-A in which the officerin charge of money will enter items as he hands over money, cheques anddrafts to the last grade government servant messenger and obtain his signatureagainst the entry. The officer will similarly sign in the book when he receivesmoney from the messenger. For amounts handed over to the clerk, the latter’ssignature shall be taken and it shall be seen that these amounts are brought tothe cash book promptly.

132. The Government in the Finance Department shall arrange to holdsurprise inspection of cash, stores and accounts in Government offices bythe Inspection Wing of the Department. Any grave or important irregularitiesdetected during the local inspection shall be intimated to the AccountantGeneral also.

RULES 131-132PART IV

85


SPECIAL TO THE FOREST DEPARTMENT

133. Verification of monthly closing cash balance.—Each DivisionalForest Officer should verify in person his monthly closing cash balance as at theclose of business on the last day of each month and append a certificate ofverification to the monthly classified abstract of cash account

.If, however, a Divisional Forest Officer is absent on tour when his monthlyclosing cash balance has to be verified and certified, or is so incapacitated bysickness that, it is physically impossible for him to attend to these duties, thesenior subordinate Forest Officer present at the Divisional Forest Officer’sheadquarters (excluding the Head Clerk and other office employees) should doso, but in that case the fact of the Divisional Forest Officer’s absence or sicknessshould be distinctly noted in the return. Except with the special permission of theChief Conservator of Forests on each occasion, a Divisional Forest Officer shouldnot allow more than two consecutive months to elapse without personally verifyinghis monthly closing cash balance. The result of each verification of the monthlyclosing cash balance should be reported to the Accountant General.

SPECIAL TO THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

134. Verification of monthly closing cash balance.—The actual balancein the cash chest of each office should be counted on the last working day of eachmonth immediately after closing the cash account of the month or, if this is notpossible, at least on the morning of the next working day before any furthertransactions take place. A statement of the details of the actual cash balanceshould be prepared in the prescribed form. A certificate of verification specifyingthe actual cash balance (exclusive of imprests and temporary advances) both inwords and figures and stating that it was ascertained by actual counting byhimself should be recorded below the closing entries in the cash book and signedand dated by the disbursing officer.

When it is impossible for the disbursing officer, owing to absence fromheadquarters or illness, to count the cash balance on the prescribed date, heshould do so at the earliest opportunity and record the reason for the delay on thecash balance report [Form No. 5, Book of Form (P.W. Accounts)].


86


SECTION IIMoneys held in the Treasury

A. CUSOTDY OF TREASURY CASH BALANCES

(i) District Treasuries135. Custody and verification of the treasury balance.—

(a) The bulk of the treasury cash balance, generally known as the“main store” or the double lock balance, shall be kept in the treasury strongroom under double locks. The Treasury Officer shall hold the key of one of thetwo padlocks placed on the entrance to the double lock strong room of adistrict treasury and the Chief Treasurer, the key of the other.

The Treasury Officer and the Chief Treasurer shall both be present inperson whenever the double lock strong room is opened and shall remainthere till it is closed. When opening the strong room, the Treasury Officer andthe Chief Treasurer respectively shall himself unlock the padlock of which heholds the key and immediately remove the key, similarly, when closing it, eachshall himself lock the padlock of which he holds the key. When closing thestrong room, each double lock officer shall satisfy himself that each doublelock receptacle has been double locked and that no one remains inside thestrong room; the entrance to the strong room shall then be closed and doublelocked, and each double lock officer shall satisfy himself that this has beenproperly done.

When the strong room is finally closed for the day, the TreasuryOfficer and the Chief Treasurer respectively shall, after locking the padlock onthe entrance to the strong room of which he holds the key, place the key in aleather bag and have the bag sealed in the presence of both the officers by asubordinate, who shall not take the key out of the bag. Both the official sealand the private seal of the Treasury Officer shall be affixed to each of the bags.Each double lock officer shall take his bag from the subordinate immediatelyafter it has been sealed. Both the seals shall then be affixed to each of the twopadlocks on the entrance to the strong room and each double lock officershall satisfy himself that this has been properly done before he leaves theplace.

The Treasury Officer and the Chief Treasurer respectively shall never,under any circumstances, hand over the key held by him to anyone other thana government servant who has been duly authorized to take charge of theduties of his post from him.

(For the corresponding rule for a sub treasury, see Rules 140 and 141)

RULE 135PART IV

87


(b) The Treasurer may be allowed to hold in his separate custody asum sufficient for the convenient transaction of Government business. TheTreasury Officer shall see that the amount so held does not ordinarily exceed` 5,000 and that any request by the Treasurer for a larger sum is carefullyscrutinized taking into consideration the cash receipts of the day which mayalso be utilised for the expenditure for the day. Before signing the Treasurer’sdaily balance sheet when closing the treasury for the day, the Treasury Officershall verify the balance in the Treasurer’s sole charge as shown in that sheetand satisfy himself that it does not exceed the current requirements, that itcontains no uncurrent coin and that it does not contain more of any kind ofsmall coin than is needed for current use. He shall also verify that the totalvalue of the cash, stamps, opium, gunja and banderols held in the Treasurer’ssole charge does not exceed the amount of the security furnished by theTreasurer, and shall then have them placed in the double lock strong room.

NOTE 1.—Treasury balance and currency chest balance.—The moneysheld in a treasury as part of the Government’s cash balanceform the treasury balance, from which Governmentdisbursements are made and into which Government receiptsare paid. A separate currency chest also is ordinarily keptin the treasury. The currency chest balance consists partlyof notes which are treated as not “in circulation” and partlyof coin (rupees and gold coin) which is part of the assetsheld by the Issue Department of the Reserve Bank of Indiaagainst the note issued in accordance with the provisionsof the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (India Act II of 1934).The contents of the currency chest are the property of theReserve Bank but the Government are responsible to theReserve Bank, for them. All the government servantsconcerned should take the same care to safeguard the currencychest balances as in the case of the treasury balance.

NOTE 2.—Deposit in currency chest of sealed bag of coin or bundleof notes relating to a loss of cash from the currency chestor the treasury balance.—In cases of losses of money dueto theft from currency chests, the amount recovered is sealedin a packet or bag and deposited into the currency chest.When the loss is due to defalcation, the deficient bags orbundles, from which money has been removed, are also kept

RULE 135PART IV

88


sealed in the currency chest. When it becomes necessaryto take out the sealed packet and/or bag or deficient bag and/or bundle for exhibition in court, the transaction should betreated as a definite withdrawal from the chest on the dayof withdrawal and included in the advice and currency chestslip to be sent on that day to the Currency Officer, Madras.Similarly, when these are deposited into the currency chest(which should be done as soon as possible), the transactionsshould be treated as a deposit into the currency chest andincluded in the transactions of the day and in the chest slipto be sent to the Currency Officer, Madras.

Whenever a sealed packet of notes or bag of coinsis deposited into the currency chest, there should be a clearcertificate attached to the packet or bag as the case may be,in the handwriting of and over the full signature with thedate and designation of the officer whose private seal is affixedon it, stating the contents and value of the sealed packetor bag. The certifying officer should be someone other thanthe officer-in-charge of the treasury or sub treasury andshould be either the Magistrate who is dealing with the casein question or an officer of the Revenue Department not belowthe rank of a Revenue Divisional Officer. In respect of a bagso sealed and till the case is finally disposed of, there is noneed to break open the seal every time the currency chesthas to be verified. The officer verifying the currency chestbalance should accept the certificate so long as the seal isintact and include the amount in the balance. When the caseis over and the sealed bag is no longer required for productionin a court of law, the usual procedure for making up the notesinto bundles or coins into bags and for verifying their contentsshould be followed.

The above instructPART IVions apply also to cases of lossesfrom the treasury balance. If, for any specially strong reason,the Magistrate finds it necessary to seal the bags thefollowing procedure should be observed:—If the sealed bags do not contain any small coin and containonly rupee coin or notes in even hundreds of rupees, thesealed bags should be deposited into the currency chest and

RULE 135PART IV

89


an equivalent amount taken out from it in exchange for thecontents of the sealed bags. Whenever a need arises for takingthe sealed bags out of the currency chest for production incourt, the transaction should be treated as a definite withdrawalon the day of taking them out and included in the adviceand currency chest slip to be sent for that day to the CurrencyOfficer, Madras. Similarly, when sealed bags are replaced inthe currency chest, the transaction should be treated as adeposit into the chest and included in the transactions ofthe day and in the chest slip to be sent to the Currency Office,Madras.If, however, the sealed bags contain small coin or amountswhich are not in even hundreds of rupees, such exchangefrom the currency chest is not permissible. Once a bag issealed by the court as an exhibit in a case, the contents ofthe bag cannot be taken out for treasury disbursements tillthe case is closed. Such sealed bags which cannot bedeposited in the currency chest should be accounted for asvaluable property in the Safe Custody Register Form T.R. 28until the final disposal of the case, i.e., they should be excludedfrom the treasury balance by making a debit to the head“Suspense-Payments in Cash”, which will be cleared on theclose of the case. Each issue of the sealed bag from thetreasury for production in court and receipt of the bag backfrom the court should be noted in red ink in the registermentioned above.

136. Treasury strong room.—

(a) No place should be used as a strong-room, unless an officer ofthe Public Works Department not lower in rank than an Executive Engineerhas certified that it is secure and fit for use as a strong room. He shouldexamine particularly the condition of any part of the enclosing walls whichis not, on the outside, under the observation of the guard. When giving hiscertificate, he should prescribe any conditions that may be necessary as tothe manner of storing the coin e.g., that it should not be piled on trestles butshould be kept in boxes, or that no bag or box should be placed within aprescribed distance of the wall or in any particular part of the room.

(b) An iron safe used in the strong room should be embedded inmasonry, so that the handles of the lid just reach the ground level. Locks andbolts should be kept well oiled and free from dust.


90


(c) Every strong room should be inspected annually by theExecutive Engineer or by an experienced Assistant Engineer or an officerholding sub divisional charge deputed by the Executive Engineer for thepurpose and the Treasury Officer should obtain a certificate of safety from theInspecting Officer after each annual inspection.

(d) The Superintendent of Police should record an order prescribingthe positions of the sentries, and may require any additional precautions to betaken in regard to the strengthening of fastenings, burning of lights, etc. Theresponsibility for the security of the building and its fixtures will, however,remain with the Executive Engineer, and the responsibility for the security ofchests and other treasury furniture not forming part of the building or fixtureswill remain with the Treasury Officer.

(e) A copy of the latest certificate given by an Inspecting PublicWorks Officer under clause (c) above and a copy of the order of theSuperintendent of Police under clause (d) above should be hung up in aconspicuous place inside the strong room. The Treasury Officer should seethat any conditions as to the manner of storage of treasure mentioned in thesedocuments are complied with.

(f) The doors and windows of the strong room should be keptpermanently closed and locked, except during the time necessary for movingcoin or other valuables into or out of it. As an exception to this rule, theopening of shutters is permitted during office hours in an aperture, which isotherwise barred, if it is necessary for the admission of light or air to anyother part of the building, provided that all coins and valuables remain securelypacked in locked receptacles.

(g) Chubbs, Hobbs, Godrej or Dindigul Padlocks or Sparling patentpadlocks manufactured at the Sparling Lock Works at Aligarh should be usedas the double locks on the entrance to a strong room, and also on double lockreceptacles kept in the strong room.

137. Treasury padlocks and keys.—

(a) A register of all the padlocks and keys belonging to the districttreasury and its sub treasuries should be maintained in Form T.R. 29 andkept in the strong room of the district treasury. Separate pages should beassigned to the district treasury and to each sub treasury. Each sub treasuryshould also keep a list of its own padlocks and keys in the same form.


91


*The Treasury Officer or the Treasurer, as the case may be, shall initial in column9 of the register against each original key in his charge as an acknowledgment thathe has received it. In regard to each duplicate key, which is kept in the box ofduplicate keys under the joint custody of the Treasury Officer and the Treasurer,a note shall be made to that effect and initialed by the Treasury Officer and theTreasurer in column 7 of the register. The Treasury Officer shall note the numberand date of safe custody deposit item of the sealed box containing the duplicatekeys of the padlocks used on the entrance of the district treasury strong room,etc., [See clause (e) below] in the appropriate place of the register. The TreasuryOfficer shall obtain the acknowledgment from each Sub Treasury Officer for theoriginal Sub Treasury keys in his possession and the number and date of eachacknowledgement shall be noted in the register.

All padlocked boxes, locks and keys used for remittance purposes arethe property of the Reserve Bank which will be responsible for repairs to, andreplacements of, such boxes, locks, keys, etc. All Treasury Officers and SubTreasury Officers should maintain a separate account of all such articles in theircustody in the form prescribed by the Reserve Bank. The boxes should be marked“R.B.M.” and used for remittance purposes, when necessary. Any charges forrepair or replacement of these boxes, locks and keys should be incurred only withthe previous sanction of the Currency Officer and debited to the Reserve Bank.

(b) Every padlock should have a number impressed upon it or attachedto it by a metal or other label, and the same number should be impressed on, orattached to each key belonging to it. No two padlocks in the same district shouldbear the same number.

(c) Whenever a padlock is out of order or no longer required theTreasury Officer should sent it to the Superintendent, Public Works Department,Engineering Workshop, Trivandrum for repairs or for disposal. If a key is lost, theTreasury Officer should at once report the fact to the Director of Treasuries andsend the padlock to the Superintendent, Public Works Department, EngineeringWork shop, Trivandrum, requesting him to have its lever altered and provide newkeys for it. If the key lost is the property of the Reserve Bank, the loss should bereported to the Bank. No padlock of which a key has been lost may be used againin the districts, until it has been so altered. The Treasury Officer should ordinarilyrecover the cost of the alteration and the new keys from the person or persons towhose carelessness he attributes the loss of the key.No local mechanic may everbe allowed to repair a treasury padlock or to make a new key for one.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 181/76/Fin., dated 26th June, 1976]

RULE 137PART IV

92


(d) No spare padlocks should be kept at a sub treasury or exceptwith the permissions of the Director of Treasuries at a district treasury.

The Director of Treasuries should see that no necessary padlock andkeys and no unnecessary duplicate keys are supplied to, or retained in anytreasury. No duplicate keys should be kept at a sub treasury.

(e) All spare padlocks with their keys which are kept in a DistrictTreasury with the approval of the Director of Treasuries and all duplicate keyspertaining to the District Treasury and the Sub Treasuries in the District,except the duplicate keys of the locks used in the entrance to the strongroom of the District Treasury and the District Stamp Depot if any and that ofthe duplicate key receptacle shall be kept in the District Treasury strongroom in a receptacle with double locks as an item of deposit under safecustody. The key of one of the locks of this duplicate key receptacle shall bekept with the District Treasury Officer and the key of the other with theTreasurer. The District Treasury Officer and the Treasurer shall keep thesekeys in their personal custody and shall not hand them over to any one exceptunder the written orders of the Director of Treasuries. But the District TreasuryOfficer shall hand over the keys in his possession to the Assistant TreasuryOfficer/Officer-in-charge of the District Stamp Depot if any, when he is absentfrom headquarters on account of tour or inspection work or otherwise. TheDistrict Treasury Officer may also authorise another Treasurer of the DistrictTreasury to keep the key in the custody of the Treasurer present when theregular Treasurer is absent on leave or for some other valid reasons.

(f) The District Treasury Officer shall, in the presence of the Treasurer-in-charge of the keys of the strong room of the District Treasury put the duplicatekeys of the locks used on the entrance of the District Treasury strong room as wellas those of the locks of the entrance door of the strong room of the District StampDepot, if any, and those duplicate keys of two locks used on the duplicate keyreceptacle referred to in sub-rule (e) in a box having double lock arrangement andfitted with chubbs, hobbs, godrej or dindigul padlock or sparling patent padlocksand keep one key of the lock of the box, with himself and one key of the other lockbeing kept by the Treasurer; the duplicate keys being kept in duplicate receptacle.The box shall then be wrapped and tied around by means of a tape or thread. TheTreasury Officer and the Treasurer shall affix their seals on the tape or thread insuch a way that the wrapper cannot be opened without tampering with the seals.The District Treasury Officer shall then deposit the box in the nearest branch of

RULE 137PART IV

93


the State Bank of India/State Bank of Travancore. The District Treasury Officerand the Treasurer shall keep their respective keys of the box in their personalcustody and shall never under any circumstances hand over the key held by themto any one other than a government servant who has been duly authorised to takecharge of the duties of their respective posts from them. Once in a year, in April,the District Treasury Officer shall take back the box from the Bank and open thesafe in the presence of a Treasurer, examine the keys, lock the box and seal it againin the aforesaid manner and return it to the appointed person. He should alsomake a note at the same time in the register of padlocks and keys stating that thekeys were examined by him and the Treasurer found them to be correct underattestation by both.

(g) Whenever the Collector, or the Treasury Officer hands overcharge, all padlocks and duplicate keys belonging to or kept in the treasuryshould be examined and compared with the register of padlocks, and keysand the relieving officer should sign a certificate in the register showing whetherhe has found them to be correct. The padlocks and duplicate keys need not,however, be examined when the Collector or the Treasury Officer is transferredonly temporarily or goes on casual leave and the temporary incumbent is notlikely to have any occasion to open the receptacle containing spare padlocksand duplicate keys. If it becomes necessary for the temporary incumbent todo so whilst in charge, he should at once carry out the examination of allpadlocks and duplicate keys and sign a certificate in the register as prescribedabove.

*In sub rule (g) for the words “The Collector or the Treasury Officer”in both the places where they occur, the words “The Treasury Officer or theTreasurer” shall be substituted.

Whenever either of the two government servants who hold the twosets of keys of the double locks in use at a sub treasury hands over chargeotherwise than temporarily, all the padlocks and keys in use in the sub treasuryshould be checked with the register of padlocks and keys and the relievinggovernment servant should sign a certificate showing whether he has foundthem to be correct.

(h) Whenever an officer of the Indian Audit and AccountsDepartment inspects a treasury, he will report whether the rule prescribed bythe government for the custody of the padlocks and keys of the treasurystrong room and chest are duly observed.*Substitution [G.O. (P) 181/76/Fin., dated 26th June, 1976.]

RULE 137PART IV

94


Whenever the Director or one of his assistants inspects a sub treasury,he should check all the padlocks and keys in use in the sub Treasury with theregister of padlocks and keys and record the result in the register. The Assistantshould also report the result of his check to the Director.

(i) The Director of Treasuries may modify these instructions inmatters of detail to suit local convenience, when necessary, but there shouldbe no departure from the essential instructions relating to important matters,such as the responsibility for the custody, of duplicate keys, the examinationof duplicate keys periodically and when there is a transfer of charge, and thereport to be made when the key is lost.

138. Storage of treasure.—

(a) Coin shall be stored in a strong room in one of the followingthree ways.—(i) In bags of uniform size and contents placed in strong ironboxes or safes, or wooden chests, or built recesses or wells, each of whichshall have two independent locks and be so constructed that it is impossibleto have any access to the contents until both locks have been opened. Bagsmade of net material shall always be used for storing whole rupees. TheTreasury Officer shall hold the key of one of the two locks on each doublelock receptacle in a district treasury and the Treasurer, the keys of the other.The Treasury Officer and the Treasurer respectively shall never, under anycircumstance, hand over any double lock key held by him to any one otherthan a government servant who has been duly authorised to take charge ofthe duties of his post from him.

(For the corresponding rule for a sub treasury, See Rule 140).

(ii) In bags of uniform size and contents piled upon trestles. Bagsmade of net material shall always be used for storing whole rupees. Thismethod must not be adopted unless every door, window, drain, sky-light,ventilator, or other aperture in the walls or ceiling of the strong room is soclosed, as to make it impossible to insert any rod or instrument into the strongroom.

(iii) Temporarily in preparation for making a remittance, in stoutboxes capable of containing 4,000 to 6,000 each, nailed down and boundwith iron, without gunny covering or ropes. The iron hoops on each boxshould be rivetted or nailed together where they cross. Each box should beara number and the name of the despatching treasury cut into or painted on it.


95


(b) All notes shall be stored in separate receptacles and not alongwith coin. High value notes shall be stored in a tin box, and the remainingnotes in suitable receptacle that will protect them from injury by damp,insects, etc. They shall be kept in bundles of not more than a hundred notes,each, and each bundle shall contain notes of one denomination only.

Explanation.—Notes of the denomination of ` 100 or more shallbe treated as high value notes.

NOTE—Nottams should not be placed in charge of the keys of the treasurynor should they be made to keep any accounts other than thosepertaining to the Nottams. They should be liable only for bad coinsreceived and over payments made by them during the day. A Treasurergoing on casual leave should hand over his key to an AssistantTreasurer (if there is such a post in the treasury). If there is no postof Assistant Treasurer, the Treasurer going on casual leave shouldhand over his keys to another government servant employed in thetreasury (who may be either an Accountant or a Nottam) as nominatedby him on the clear understanding that the responsibility in the eventof loss during the period of charge of such nominee rests on theTreasurer.

139. Receipt of moneys into and issue of moneys from double locks.—The following procedure shall be followed:—

(a) Coin of each denomination shall be made up in bags of uniform sizeand contents by the Treasurer for reception into the double locks. The TreasuryOfficer shall verify the contents of each bag, and shall then count the bags intothe double lock receptacle.

(b) Notes intended for delivery into double locks shall be made up inbundles according to denomination in the order of receipt. No bundle shall containmore than a hundred notes. The Treasury Officer shall count the notes in eachbundle with his own hands and satisfy himself that it does not contain any noteof a denomination different from that specified on the label in Form T.R. 31 affixedon top of the bundle, and shall sign the label as a token of his verification. He shallthen count the bundles so verified into the tin box containing high value notes orthe double lock receptacle with his own hands and, if the tin box has been takenout of the double lock receptacle shall replace it therein with his own hands.

The detailed check of fresh notes of the denomination of ` 10 and ` 5received in a remittance from the Currency Office may be confined to one bundlein every ten taken at random.


96


(c) Notes shall be given out of double locks by counting the numberof bundles. The bundles shall be arranged in the double lock receptacle in theorder of receipt and given out in the same order, taking first those which werereceived earliest, so that notes of the older issues shall not be storedindefinitely. As soon as the Treasury Officer and the Treasurer have openeda double lock receptacle for the purpose of taking out notes, the TreasuryOfficer shall take out with his own hands the requisite bundles of notes (or,if it is required, the tin box containing the high value notes) and the receptacleshall immediately be closed. The Treasury Officer shall take out with hisown hands all notes that have not be taken out of the tin box containing highvalue notes and, during any period required for counting the notes, the tinbox shall be kept closed. As soon as the transaction relating to the notes keptin the tin box has been completed, the Treasury Officer shall replace it in theappropriate double lock receptacle with his own hands.

(d) A double lock receptacle shall not be kept open or unlockedfor longer than is necessary and in no circumstances shall more than onedouble lock receptacle be kept unlocked at a time. As soon as thetransaction relating to a receptacle has been completed, it shall be properlydouble locked.

(e) The provisions in clauses (b) and (c) above requiring theTreasury Officer to take out notes from double lock receptacles with his ownhands and to count them himself in no way affect the responsibility of theTreasurer for the handling of the moneys in the treasury as laid down in Rule135.

(f) A memorandum in Form T.R. 32 for coin, or one in Form T.R. 33for notes, shall be kept in each double lock receptacle showing its contents.Whenever any amount is passed into or out of double locks, the TreasuryOfficer shall make the necessary entries in these memoranda and in Form T.R.4 (Treasurer’s Daily Balance Sheet) at the time with his own hands.

(g) When notes are prepared in accordance with clause (b) abovefor reception into double locks, a slip in Form T.R. 31 stating the number ofnotes the bundle contains and their denomination, and bearing the fullsignature of the government servant who made up the bundle and thegovernment servant who last counted the notes in it shall invariably be affixedto the top of each bundle, so that if any deficiency or defect of any kind isdetected subsequently, there may be no uncertainty as to who counted andexamined the notes. A slip in Form T.R. 30 shall be duly filled up and placed ineach bag of coin which is prepared for reception into double locks.

RULE 139PART IV

97


(h) The Treasury Officer shall “prove” the balance whenever moneyis transferred from double locks to single lock and vice versa and from doublelocks to the currency chest and vice versa.

Explanation.—The scope of the term “proving” is explained in noteunder Rule 152(iii).

(ii) Sub Treasuries

General

140. Subject to the provisions contained in rule 141 the provisions inrules 133 to 137 shall apply generally to the sub treasuries also. Duties andresponsibilities assigned to the Treasury Officer in the district treasury shallrest with the Sub Treasury Officer in the case of sub treasuries.

141. The amount of cash required for current purposes to be left in thecustody of the Treasurer in a sub treasury shall be fixed by the District TreasuryOfficer and such cash should be kept by the Treasurer under single lock in thestrong room. If on account of the receipt, the amount in the hands of theTreasurer becomes larger than the maximum fixed by the District TreasuryOfficer he shall at once inform the Sub Treasury Officer or other officer-in-charge of the sub treasury so that the latter may transfer the excess to themain sub treasury balance under double locks.

142. [Deleted]

143. [Deleted]

SECTION III

Verification and Certification of Cash Balance of Treasuries

144. The monthly cash balance in the treasury, i.e., the cash balance atthe close of the day on which the accounts of the month are closed, shall beverified as follows:—

(a) Copper, bronze and nickel coin.—The Collector or otherverifying government servant shall adopt such method of verification as hethinks satisfactory, remembering that he is personally responsible for thecorrectness of the balance stated by him. He shall always count the number ofbags at the time of verification, and shall examine their contents at frequentintervals, though it is not essential to do so every month.


98


(b) Notes.—(i) The verifying government servant shall personallyexamine and count all notes of *denominations above ` 100.

(ii) The following method shall be adopted for verifying notes ofother denominations, if the verifying government servant cannot count thempersonally without undue inconvenience:—

The notes shall be kept in bundles of a certain marked number. Ineach bundle a few notes at the top shall be folded back and the rest countedby clerks or assistants, who are not persons responsible for the correctnessof the bundles. The verifying government servant shall then see whether theaddition of the notes folded back to the number already counted makes up thetotal number marked on the bundle.

The verifying government servant shall also satisfy himself that thenotes in each bundle are all of the alleged value, e.g., that a five rupee note isnot counted as one of a bundle of ten rupee notes.

145. These rules shall be printed and pasted on a board and hung up inthe strong room in a conspicuous place.

146. The Collector or other government servant who verifies themonthly cash balance in the treasury shall certify to the balance in the DistrictTreasury Cash Balance Report (Form T.R. 39) in the following form:—

“I hereby certify that I have personally ascertained by counting, that thebalance in the district treasury, for which I am responsible, amounted on the…………………………………………..…….……. to `…………….(in words) …………………………………………………………. I furthercertify that the bulk of the treasure is kept under double locks the key ofone of which is in the exclusive custody of the Treasury Officer and that of theother with the Treasurer. I further certify that the balance under single lockwith the Treasurer amounted on the above date to ` ………………….. andthat at no time did the Treasurer hold in his separate custody a sum larger thanwas necessary for the convenient transaction of Government business or asum which, together with the value of stamps, opium, etc., in his sole custody,was larger than the security given by him.

147. When the cash balance is verified on any date other than the firstworking day of a month, it should be verified in the manner prescribed in Rule144 above and the balance should be reported to the Government in the FinanceDepartment, and to the Accountant General in the usual form of cash balancereport (Form T.R. 35) (vide also Rule 311).* Substitution [G.O.(P) 385/77/Fin., dated 7th October, 1977]


99


This provision regarding reports does not apply to the reports of theverification of the cash balance on account of a transfer of charge; theyshould be sent in accordance with Treasury Rule 4(4) of Part I and Rule 52 ofPart II.

The provisions of Rules 142, 143 and 145 are applicable to the verificationof sub treasury balances also.

148. The Sub Treasury Officer or other government servant who verifiesthe monthly closing cash balance of the sub treasury shall sign a certificate asfollows on the sub treasury cash balance report (Form T.R. 36):

“I hereby certify that the balance in the sub treasury amounted on the……………...........................………. to Rupees …………………….. and that Ihave personally examined and ascertained that the said balance was actuallyin the said sub treasury had agreed with the details of notes and coins enteredabove.”

NOTE 1.—When verifying the stamps kept under double locks, it willbe sufficient for the Sub Treasury Officer or other governmentservant who verifies the cash balance personally to check10 per cent of the stock in each class of stamps and tosupervise the checking of the remaining stock in each classby a reliable subordinate. The clerk who maintains the stampaccounts and the Treasurers, Gollahs and Peons working inthe sub treasury office should not be allowed to assist inverifying the stamps. The result of the verification shouldbe recorded in the stock register of stamps and attested byall the government servants who are required to be presentduring the verification.

NOTE 2.—A sub treasury which transacts its cash business throughthe Bank should have no cash balance at the close of anyaccounts month, and any cash in hand on the last day ofthe accounts month should be remitted into the Bank on thesame day without fail.


100


NOTE 3.—Whenever the whole balance under double lock is verified,a certificate of verification should be entered in the Treasurer’sdaily balance sheet. The fact of verification of the contentsof each double lock chest should also be noted in thememorandum kept in the chest, whenever the contents areverified.

SECTION IV

Currency Chest Balances

LOCATION OF CURRENCY CHESTS

149. Unless in any case the Government after consultation with theReserve Bank of India direct otherwise, permanent currency chests should bemaintained at all treasuries and sub treasuries where the transactions are ofsuch a magnitude that the additional facility for the transfer of funds thusafforded reduces appreciably the locking up of moneys or the frequency ofremittances of coins and notes. At sub treasuries where a permanent currencychest is not maintained, temporary chests for period not exceeding sixmonths may be opened during the revenue collecting season, in order that themoney collected at the sub treasury may be available at once for transferthrough currency. Treasury Officers are authorized to open temporarychests at sub treasuries when required, but they should report the opening ofeach chest and the amount of the first deposit into it by telegram to theCurrency Officer.

Explanation.—Under the provisions of the Reserve Bank of India Act,the amount of currency and bank notes in circulation,which constitute the liabilities of the Issue Departmentof the Bank, should not exceed the assets of thatdepartment held in gold, sterling securities, rupee coin(including rupee notes), and rupee securities. A portionof these assets is held in the various currency chestsin the form of rupee coin and rupee notes. The currencyand bank notes held in these chests are notes incirculation but pass into circulation only when they aretransferred to the treasury balances. Assuming that thereare no transactions elsewhere, the deposit of currencyand bank notes in a currency chest decreases the amountof such notes in a circulation and the deposit of rupees


101


and rupee notes inthe chest increase the assets of theIssue Department of the Bank. A deposit notes or coinin a currency chest thus enables the Bank to issue noteselsewhere upto the amount deposited withoutincreasing the total amount of the notes in circulation.If, therefore, a transfer of funds from the treasury balanceat ‘A’ to the treasury balance at ‘B’ is required, this canbe effected at short notice and without the actualremittance of coin or notes by transferring money fromthe treasury balance to the currency chest at ‘A’ andtransferring the same amount from them enables thetreasury balance at a treasury or sub treasury to be keptat a low figure, as it is always possible to replenish thebalance quickly by a transfer of money from the currencychest. It also obviates the necessity for frequentremittances of coins and notes, as surplus funds canalways be deposited into the currency chests and madeavailable for use elsewhere, pending a convenientoccasion for remittance.

NOTE 1.—At places where the cash business of the treasury is conductedby the Bank, the currency chests are kept in the sole custodyof the Bank.

NOTE 2.—The Currency Officer will be responsible for maintaining therequired form of currency chests. It is the duty of the TreasuryOfficers to see that currency chests at district and subtreasuries are adequately stocked with notes and rupees tomeet all reasonable demands for change.

CUSTODY

150. At a treasury which does not transact its cash business throughthe bank, an entirely separate receptacle or receptacles should be set apart forthe contents of the currency chest and kept under double locks. The keys ofthese double locks should be held in the same manner as the keys of thedouble locks placed on receptacles used for the double lock treasury balance—See Rules 136 (a) (i) and 138.


102


151. The notes and coin held in the currency chest should be keptquite distinct from the treasury balances and should not be touched, except inaccordance with the rules contained in this Code or the instructions of theCurrency Officer, Reserve Bank of India, Madras. The procedure described inRule 139 for receiving moneys into, and issuing moneys from, double locksshould be followed in making deposits in or withdrawals from, the currencychest.

152. The following instructions apply to all currency chests for whichthe Government are responsible:—

(i) Every transaction should be in even hundreds of rupees.(ii) Copper, bronze and nickel coins should never be deposited in

the chest.(iii) A currency chest book in Form T.R. 37 should be kept in the

chest and the balance entered in the book, proved and signed at everytransaction by the officials in joint charge of the chest. They should satisfythemselves that the transaction has correctly entered and that the balanceshave been correctly calculated. They should invariably see that the currencychest book is found within the chest when it is opened, that it is replaced inthe chest as soon as each transaction has been completed and the entry in thebook signed, and that the chest is then properly double locked at once.

NOTE 1.—For the purpose of “proving” the currency chest balance ascontemplated above at every transaction involving an additionto or subtraction from the contents of the chest, the numberof bundles of notes and bags of coin under the variousdenominations and any loose amounts less than a full bundleor bag should be counted and tallied with the currency chestbook. It is not necessary for this purpose to verify in detailby actual counting all the coin and notes in the chest.

NOTE 2.—A currency chest book should be retained for three completefinancial years after it ceases to be in use.

(iv) The officials in charge of the currency chest may deposit notes init in exchange for coin or notes of other denominations, or coin in exchange fornotes. These exchanges should not ordinarily be of small sums and they shouldbe avoided, as far as possible, during the last week of the month. If importantexchanges are made during the last three days of the month, the transactionsshould be telegraphed to the Currency Officer.


103


(v) On every day on which the chest is opened, a serially numberedcurrency chest slip in Form T.R. 38 should be prepared, signed by the twogovernment servant in charge of the currency chest and sent to the CurrencyOfficer, Madras, when the treasury is closed for the day. Further detailedinstructions regarding currency chest transactions and currency chest slipscontained in Appendix 7 should also be followed.

VERIFICATION OF CURERNCY CHEST BALANCES

153. (i) The Reserve Bank of India will conduct through its own officersthe verification of the balance in a chest in the sole custody of the Bank insuch manner as its considers desirable.

(ii) The balance in the currency chest at a district treasury whichdoes not transact its cash business through the Bank should be verified at theclose of each month by the Government Servant who verifies the treasurybalance under rules 4(3), 47 and 142* subject to the conditions stated in thoserules.

(iii) The balance in a sub treasury currency chest should be verifiedat the close of business on the day on which accounts for the month areclosed by the Sub Treasury Officer or other officer who verifies the subtreasury balance under Rule 61 and he should send a verification certificatein Form T. R. 39 to the Treasury Officer. An inspecting officer who verifies thetreasury balance at such a sub treasury should also verify the currency chestbalance and send a verification certificate to the Currency Officer.

(iv) At every change in the incumbency of the post of either of twogovernment servants holding joint charge of a currency chest, the balanceshould be verified by the relieving government servant in the presence of theoutgoing Government servant and of the other government servant who holdsjoint charge and a report of the correctness of the balance of notes and coinshould be sent to the Currency Officer.

(v) The Treasury Officer should send the Currency Officer everymonth a consolidated verification certificate in Form T.R. 39 for the currencychests in his districts other than chests in the sole custody of the Bank,showing the balance in each chest separately and certifying that the balancein the district treasury chest, if any, is correct and that he has received from

* Rule 142 Deleted


104


the Sub Treasury Officers or the Government servants holding their keyscertificates of the correctness of the balances in the sub treasury chests. SubTreasury Officers or the Government servants holding their keys should submitthese certificates to the Treasury Officer in Form T.R. 39. Each certificate inForm T.R. 39 should be retained by the Currency Officer or the TreasuryOfficer as the case may be, until the next one relating to the same district orchest has been received.

(vi) The balance in a currency chest not in the sole custody of theBank should be verified in the following manner:—

(a) The balance of notes or coin kept in receptacles which havenot been operated on since the last verification and which are under theprevious verifying government servants seal need not all be examined at eachverification, but the examination should be so arranged that no receptacle isleft unverified for over six months. The seal to be affixed on such receptaclesshould be the private seal of the verifying government servant or a specialseal kept in the custody of the Collector or a gazetted assistant of the districtstaff other than the Treasury Officer. The seals on the receptacles left unverifiedat any monthly verification should be scrutinised carefully to see that they areintact.

(b) Notes should be counted and examined in the mannerprescribed in clause (b) (i) of Rule 144.

SECTION V

Custody etc., of Other Valuables

(a) STAMPS

154. The bulk of the stock of adhesive stamps and stamped papersshould be kept in the double lock strong room in one more double lockreceptacles, of which the keys should be held in the same manner as those ofdouble lock receptacles used for moneys. Every place in which any stampsare stored should always be kept properly dry. Stamps should be made up forreception into double locks in parcels each of which contains a known quantityof stamps of a single denomination. In a district treasury a limited amount ofstamps, not exceeding the probable amount required for sale during a week,may be kept in the Treasurer’s sole custody under single lock. In a sub treasurya small stock of stamps required for current purposes, not exceeding a maximumamount which the District Treasury Officer should fix for each sub treasury,


105


may be kept in the Treasurer’s sole custody under single lock. Stamps shouldbe sold from the single lock store. The detailed rules regarding manufacture,custody, supply, sale, etc, issued under the Kerala Stamp Act and the IndianStamp Act should also be strictly followed.

When a supply of stamps is received at a treasury, the officer in chargeof the treasury should personally, examine the outward appearance of theboxes or packets and satisfy himself that they bear no marks of having beentampered with. He should then have them opened in his presence and thecontents of each box or packets should be counted, either by himself or in hispresence, immediately on its being opened. He should compare the numberand value of the stamps received with the invoice or the passed indent andsend a receipt for them at once to the government servant who supplied them.

(b) BANDEROLS

155. The procedure prescribed in Rule 154 should be followed generallyin regard to receipt, custody and issue of banderols also.

(c) OPIUM AND GANJA

156. The main stock of opium and ganja should be kept in the double lockstrong room in one or more double lock receptacles, the keys of which should beheld in the same manner as those of double lock receptacles used for moneys. Ina district treasury no stock need ordinarily be kept in the Chief Treasurer’s solecustody, but, if it is found necessary in practice to permit the Chief Treasurer tokeep a small amount of opium and ganja under single lock, the District TreasuryOfficer should, with reference to the conditions in his district, fix the maximumamount which may be so kept. Sales should be made from the single lock store, ifthere is one.

In a sub treasury a small amount of opium and ganja required for currentpurposes, not exceeding the maximum amount which the District Treasury Officershould fix for each sub treasury may be kept in the Treasurer’s sole custody undersingle lock, and opium and ganja should be sold from the single lock store.

The detailed rules contained in the State Excise Manual and special orders,if any, regarding the custody, sale, etc., of opium and ganja should be strictlyadhered to.


106


(d) CASH CHESTS, VALUABLE, ETC., RECEIVED AT THE TREASURYFOR SAFE CUSTODY

157. The following articles should be kept in safe custody in thetreasury when sent there for that purpose:—

(a) Sealed boxes purporting to contain jewellery or other valuablesbrought into court of law under the Civil Rules of Practice and Criminal Rulesof Practice provided that a written request is received from the presidingofficer of the court.

(b) Sealed packets purporting to contain duplicate keys andpadlocks of strong rooms and currency chests for the branches of the StateBank of India/State Bank of Travancore and sealed boxes purporting to containduplicate keys of the padlocks used on remittance boxes held by the Agentsof the State Bank of India/State Bank of Travancore on behalf of the ReserveBank of India.

(c) Sealed packets purporting to contain duplicate keys of iron safesand cash chests provided for the use of government institutions andgovernment servants.

(d) Cash chests of Co-operative Land Mortgage Banks.

(e) Box containing the duplicate keys of the cash chests of localbodies and co-operative societies registered under the Co-operativeSocieties Act.

(f) Sealed packets purporting to contain duplicate keys of iron safesand cash chests of Union Government Departments.

(g) Sealed covers purporting to contain National SavingsCertificates, if tendered by the holders on written request.

*(gg) Confiscated weapons sent for safe custody under the ordersof the Collector or Additional District Magistrate (Personal Assistant to theCollector) pending their disposal in auction, provided a written request isreceived from the officer concerned;

(h) Sealed cash chests and sealed packets purporting to containvaluables not falling under clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g), or (gg) above andiron safes and chests of private banks provided that no such safe, chest orpacket may be received unless the District Treasury Officer has issued an* Insertion [G.O.(P) 104/76/Fin., dated 30th March, 1976]

RULE 157PART IV

107


order authorising the treasury to receive it for safe custody. Such ordersissued by the District Treasury Officer shall be subject to scrutiny andapproval post facto by the Director. In doubtful cases the District TreasuryOfficer shall obtain the sanction of the Director in advance.

Whenever a District Treasury Officer issues an order authorizing atreasury to receive a safe, chest or packet for safe custody with reference tosub para above, he should communicate a copy of the order (together with acopy of the application when necessary) to the Accountant General so thathe may examine the propriety of the grant of permission.

As regards the receipt of iron safes and chests of private banks forsafe custody in treasuries with reference to the first sub para above thefollowing further instructions shall be followed:—

If the chests or safes of any private bank are small in size and not toomany, they may be accommodated in treasuries and sub treasuries where,space is available. Application for such accommodation should be made tothe District Treasury Officer. If the accommodation is to be made in a subtreasury, the District Treasury Officer shall deal with such applications inconsultation with the Sub Treasury Officer. In the event of a refusal to givesuch accommodation, the District Treasury Officer should make a report tothe Director explaining in detail the reasons for refusal to afford the facility tothe applicant banking company. The Director will forward to the Governmentthe report of the District Treasury Officer with his remarks and the Governmentwill then review the case.

In cases where the facility is granted, the depositing banks will haveto keep and remove their safes or chests with reference to their daily or periodicalrequirements in the presence of both the double lock officers of the treasury.With a view to avoid dislocation of work in treasuries and sub treasuries onthis account, it is necessary to fix definite hours for the agents of the privatebanks for operating on their chests in the strong room. The hours between10.30 a.m. and 4 p.m. on working days other than Saturdays between 10.30a.m. and 1 p.m. on Saturdays may be generally suitable. The Treasury Officerconcerned will fix a definite time for this purpose in consultation with the bankconcerned.

RULE 157PART IV

108


The Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer accepting the cash chests orsafes of private banks for safe custody in the strong room will not take anycognizance of the contents of the chests or safes and the receipts to thebanks will be issued in the form prescribed in Rule 158 below with a remarkthat the contents of the chests or safes are unknown.

Rent at a flat rate of .5 per mensem or part thereof will be collectedin advance for each safe or chest for which accommodation is lent. The receiptson account of this should be credited to the Government under “0070. OtherAdministrative Services”.

158. (1) No cash chest or packet containing valuables should bereceived at a treasury for safe custody unless it is properly sealed. When anysuch article is received at a district treasury, the Treasury Officer and the ChiefTreasurer should examine it carefully to see that the seals are intact and placeit under double locks, and the Treasury Officer should give a receipt for itmerely acknowledging the receipt of sealed cash chest or packet. When anysuch article is received at a sub treasury, the Sub Treasury Officer shouldfollow the same procedure.

The Treasury Officer or the Sub Treasury Officer as the case may be shouldinsist on the return of any written acknowledgement or safe custody receiptgranted by the treasury before he returns any cash chest or packet containingvaluable out of safe custody.

The treasury should maintain a safe custody register in Form T.R. 28 andrecord in it the necessary particulars regarding all sealed cash chests and sealedpackets received for safe custody.

The receipt to be issued by the officer in charge of a district treasury or subtreasury as the case may be, when acknowledging receipt of a sealed cash chestor packet for safe custody, should be in the form of a printed receipt with counterfoilbound into a book, serially numbered. The counterfoil alone should be signedand issued for every receipt of cash chest or sealed packet. When the sealed cashchest or packet is returned the counterfoil issued at the time of its receipt at thetreasury should be got back, signed and pasted on to its original bearing the samenumber in the printed receipt book. The printed receipt should be in the formnoted below:—


109


…………………...............................................……. Treasury.

Received this…………………….day of ……………20……… cash chest/sealed packet said to contain ……………………………………fromthe………………………………and entered as item ……………….........of……………………in the safe custody register ……….

This should be produced when the article is required back.

Dated ………………… Officer-in-charge of Treasury.

*(2) The Treasury should maintain a separate register in FormT.R. 28, in which the particulars of the confiscated weapons accepted for safecustody shall be noted. Separate serial numbers shall be assigned for theweapons accepted for safe custody during each financial year. A receipt in theForm prescribed in sub-rule (1) with suitable modifications shall be given tothe depositor at the time of receipt of the weapons. A separate receipt bookshall be utilised for the purpose. Whenever weapons deposited for safe custodyare to be returned to the depositing officer, the original receipt issued at thetime of deposit of the weapon, shall be got back and kept pasted on thetreasury copy of the receipt concerned, kept in the treasury.

**158A. In the case of articles deposited for safe custody in treasuriesand which remain unclaimed for a period of more than 25 years from the dateof original deposit, the District Treasury Officer shall publish a notification inthe Kerala Gazette specifying the name and address of the depositor, the itemnumber and a brief description of the articles deposited and calling uponclaimants, if any, to take back the articles within a period of one month fromthe date of publication of the notification duly furnishing proof of their claim.If no claimant comes forward to claim back the item within the prescribedperiod, then the District Treasury Officer shall open the packets in the presenceof the Additional District Magistrate [i.e., the Personal Assistant (General) tothe District Collector] and prepare a ‘Mahazar’ of the contents of the packetduly signed by the double lock officers of the District Treasury and theAdditional District Magistrate. The entries in respect of the article shall be

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 104/76/Fin., dated 30th March, 1976]** Insertion [G.O.(P) 1030/79/Fin., dated 24th November, 1979]

RULES 158-158APART IV

110


deleted from the safe custody register and the entries regarding such deletionin the register shall be duly signed by both the double lock officers. Thecontents of the packets shall then be disposed of in public auction and if theyare of no marketable value, destroyed. The proceeds, if any, of the sale shallbe credited to the miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury Department. In thecase of such articles available at the Sub Treasuries, they shall be transferredto the concerned District Treasury and included in the Register of safe custodyarticles of the District Treasury and thereafter action taken as envisaged above.Such articles in the District and Sub Treasuries shall be taken up for disposalonce in a year, in April and action completed within 3 months.

DEPARTMENTAL CASH CHESTS

159. In regard to a departmental cash chest *or a sealed box containingthondi articles deposited by a court, only a single entry should be made in thesafe custody register; this should be made at the time when the chest *orsealed box is first deposited and the authority under which it is received forsafe custody should be quoted. A separate departmental cash chest registerin Form T.R. 40 should also be kept for each such chest *or sealed box showingthe particulars of the daily (or periodical) return and re-deposit of the chest*or sealed box. On each occasion when the chest *or sealed box is depositedin the treasury, the District Treasury Officer/Sub Treasury Officer or the SectionHead/Head Accountant, as the case may be, should acknowledge its receiptin this register, which should remain with the depositing officer so long as thechest *or sealed box is in the treasury. When the depositing officer wishes towithdraw the chest *or sealed box, he should send the register to the treasuryafter signing in column (3) in token that he has authorized the messengernamed in column (2) to receive the chest *or sealed box. On receipt of thesigned register, the Treasury Officer or the Sub Treasury Officer, as the casemay be, should return the chest *or sealed box and obtain the messenger’ssignature in column (4) of the register as an acknowledgment of his havingreceived the chest *or sealed box.

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 629/85/Fin. dated 11th October, 1985]

RULES 158A-159PART IV

111


A treasury should not receive any cash chest *or sealed box for safecustody unless it is properly locked as well as sealed, and should not takecharge of any key of a cash chest *or sealed box received for safe custody.The Treasury Officer or the Sub Treasury Officer is responsible only for dulyreturning the sealed chest *or sealed box with the seals intact when thedepositing officer sends necessary acknowledgment. If the chest *or sealedbox is duly returned with the seals intact, the depositing officer remainsfully responsible for the correctness of its contents.

NOTE— The above procedure will apply to the cash chests *or sealed boxesof Co-operative Land Mortgage Bank also.

160. The Treasury Officer or the Sub Treasury Officer, as the case maybe, should verify the presence of all the sealed chests and packets in safecustody in the treasury periodically at intervals not exceeding six months andsatisfy himself that the seals of each chest or packet are intact and note theresult of his verification in the safe custody register. Whenever a TreasuryOfficer or a Sub Treasury Officer hands over charge (otherwise than temporarilyin such circumstances that the government servant temporarily in charge willhave no occasion to deal with the articles in safe custody), the relieved andthe relieving government servants should personally hand over and takecharge, respectively of all the sealed chests and packets in safe custody in thetreasury, and sign the safe custody register in token that they have done so.Whenever the Chief Treasurer of a district treasury or Treasurer of a subtreasury hands over charge (otherwise than temporarily in such circumstancesthat the government servant temporarily in charge will have no occasion todeal with the articles in safe custody), the relieving government servant shouldverify the presence of all the sealed chests and packets in safe custody intreasury and note the result of his verification in the safe custody register.

161. The following additional precautions should be observed inconnection with the receipt, custody and delivery of any sealed packetpurporting to contain the duplicate keys of the padlocks used on the strongroom and currency chest at a branch of the State Bank of India:-

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 629/85/Fin. dated 11th October, 1985]


112


(i) The agent of the branch of the State Bank of India shouldpersonally deliver the sealed packet purporting to contain the duplicate keysto the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer and obtain his receipt.

(ii) The sealed packet should not be taken out of double locksexcept on joint personal application by the Agent of the branch of the StateBank of India and the Head Cashier of the branch. When such joint applicationis made the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer should deliver the packet to theAgent and the Head Cashier jointly on receiving back the receipt given by himfor the sealed packet under sub-paragraph (i) and also obtaining the jointreceipt of the Agent and the Head Cashier for the packet.

(iii) The Agent of the branch of the State Bank of India willperiodically, at intervals of not less than six months, verify the presence of thesealed packet under double locks in the treasury and satisfy himself that theseals on it are intact.

NOTE—The procedure is applicable to the State Bank of Travancore also.

RULE 161PART IV


113

PART V

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE GOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

SECTION I

Rules applicable to Government Officers in general

CHAPTER I

GENERAL

162. *(a) Save as hereinafter provided, bills presented by a departmentalofficer, personal claims preferred by a Government Officer and all chequestendered at the treasury or at an authorised office of disbursement shall beduly receipted for payments and stamped, wherever necessary. Receipts, dulystamped, where necessary, for all other payments made on bills shall be givenat the time of payment. Every bill or other document shall contain full detailsas to the amount and the nature of the claim, and all particulars necessary forthe proper classification of the payment in the account. A bill or other documentdrawn by a government servant shall be signed and, when necessary,countersigned by the government servant competent to do so under therelevant rules. A bill or other document drawn in respect of a claim of a personwho is not in government service shall ordinarily be signed or countersignedby the head of the department or some other responsible government servantbelonging to the department concerned with the payment.

Explanation.—A bill is a statement of claims against the Government containingspecification of the nature and amount of the claim either ingross or by items, and includes such a statement presentedin the form of a simple receipt

A bill or other document becomes a voucher when it is only receipted andstamped “paid”.

(b) The treasury shall receive and carefully scrutinize all bills andother documents presented. If the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer is satisfiedthat a bill or other document is in order and that the claim is one which he isauthorised to pay, he shall sign a payment order on it. Payment shall then bemade accordingly and entered the accounts.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 386/77/Fin., dated 7th October, 1977]

RULE 162PART V


114

(c) At a place where the treasury transacts its cash business throughthe Bank, the Bank shall make all government payments other than those includedin classes of payments which the Government have specially ordered to bemade elsewhere. At such a place every bill or other document shall, in theabsence of a special rule or order to the contrary, be presented at the treasuryfor scrutiny and authorisation of the payment and after such scrutiny andauthorization the Treasury Officer shall forward it to the Bank. At a districtheadquarters station where the district treasury transacts its cash businessthrough the Banks, the Bank shall not conduct the business of the headquarterssub treasury, if there is any.

*NOTE—Requisitions by the Accountant General or an Officer of the IndianAudit and Accounts Department authorised by the AccountantGeneral in this behalf for obtaining Reserve Bank of India drafts foreffecting monetary settlement of inter Governmental and othermiscellaneous transactions need not be presented at the treasury,but may be presented at the bank direct without the express payorder from the treasury.

#(d) Claims against the Government relating to the followingdepartments shall be presented to the department Government servants concerned,who are authorized to draw cheques on the treasury in respect of all authorizedexpenditure.

(i) The Forest Department;

(ii) The Public Works Department;

(iii) The Public Health Engineering Department;

(iv) The Harbor Engineering Department.NOTE—The drawing officers of cheque drawing departments shall send a cheque

for L.I.C. deductions direct to the concerned Divisional Manager of theL.I.C. along with the connected records.

#(e) When a Government servant of another department authorized toincur expenditure against the appropriation placed at the disposal of any of thedepartment specified in sub-rule (d) above, he shall have authority to draw chequeson the treasury as a disburser of the particular department whose funds areoperated upon by him in the same way as a Government servant that departmentitself ;* Addition [G.O.(P) 613/81/Fin., dated 23rd September, 1981]# Substitution [G.O.(P) 175/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

RULE 162PART V


115

(f) The detailed procedure to be followed by drawing officers inpreparing bills, and other documents and the cheques to be exercised by theTreasury or the Bank before making any payment are laid down in Rules163 to 269 below. Rule 15 to 25 of these rules also relate to these matters.

(g) The duties imposed on the Treasury Officer in the rulesmentioned in sub rule (f) above shall be performed by the Forest DisbursingOfficer in respect of payments made by him through cheques drawn ontreasuries.

(h) In every case in which it is deemed necessary to utilize thetreasury of other States or the agency of a bank or of a private banker fordisbursement of any claims due by the Government, such claims shall, unlessthere are express orders of the Government to the contrary be presented inaccordance with the procedure prescribed in these rules for presentation ofclaims at a government treasury.

FORM OF BILLS, ETC.—GENERAL TO ALL DEPARTMENTS

163. (a) A bill or other document presented at the treasury as a claimfor the payment of any amount by the Government shall contain particularsof—

(1) the nature of the claim,

(2) the amount claimed,

(3) the period to which the claim relates if it arises periodically, e.g.,a claim for pay and fixed allowances,

(4) the orders sanctioning the charge, if it was incurred under specialorders,

(5) the authority for any deduction made in the bill,

(6) the major head, minor head, sub head and detailed account headto which the charge (or each part of it) is debitable, and

(7) the allocation of the charge between Governments (includingthe Central Government) and departments, if any, such allocationis necessary.

RULES 162-163PART V


116

(b) Every bill or other document shall be prepared in the formprescribed under these rules or in the departmental manual or code concernedfor bills or other documents of the kind in question. Such forms shall beprinted in English *or in Malayalam or bilingually in English and Malayalam.As far as possible, all bills and other documents shall be prepared in English.When it is necessary to prepare a bill or other document in Malayalam, abrief abstract shall be endorsed on it in English stating the payee’s name, theamount claimed and the nature of the claim, and the drawing officer shallsign this abstract. When printed forms are not available, stenciled or typedforms may be used; but the use of the latter should be avoided as far aspossible.

**NOTE 1.—The entire Non-Gazetted establishments under the control of adrawing officer shall, ordinarily be treated as a single unit anda single bill shall be prepared for the claims relating to theentire establishment preferred on a day. A similar procedureshall be adopted for the preparation of Travelling Allowancebills, Overtime bills, and Contingent bills other than thosepayable to third parties by clubbing the same kind oftransactions on the same day in one bill. In the case of amountsdebitable to #more than one sub head of account, separatebills shall be prepared in respect of amounts debitable to eachsuch head of account. In respect of charges debitable to planexpenditure a separate bill shall be prepared.

$ NOTE 2.—In respect of cases where the strict adherence of rules in Note 1have been rendered impossible the reason therefore may bestated in the bill in the form of a certificate.

(c) Every bill or other document shall be filled in, in ink. Originalcopies of typewritten bills or other documents may, however, be honouredat the treasuries at the risk of the drawing officers. The total amount claimedshall, so far as the whole rupees are concerned, be written in hand, in wordsas well as in figures in ink. So also every bill or other document shall be signedin ink. The entry with ‘Below Rupees…………………’ should be recorded in

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 335/77/Fin., dated 6th September, 1977]** Note renumbered [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]# Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]$ Addition [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 163PART V


117

red ink. The amount of paise may be written in figures after the words statingthe number of rupees e.g., Rupees Twenty five and Paise 78. If there is nopaise, the word ‘only’ shall be written after the number of whole rupees e.g.,Rupees Twenty five only”. In either case, great care shall be taken to leave nospace that could be used for making an interpolation.

The spaces left blank either in the money column or in the column forparticulars of the bill should invariably be covered by oblique lines. A note tothe effect that the amount, of the bill is below a specified amount expressed inwhole rupees should invariably be recorded (in words and figures) in thebody of the bill in red ink. The amount so specified should be a sum slightly inexcess of the total amount of the bill.

# NOTE 1. —*Use of ball point pen shall also be permitted for filling in billsand other documents presented to the treasuries.

†NOTE 2.—The detailed contingent bill shall, as far as possible be typewrittenand presented .The total amount of the Bill and the endorsementshall however be made in hand in words as well as in figures inink and shall invariably be signed in ink.

(d) No bill or other documents containing any erasure shall bepresented at the treasury. Every correction or alteration in the total of a billshall be separately attested by the full signature with date of the person whosigns the receipt. Every correction or alteration in the payment order shallbe similarly attested by the signing officer, if it is drawn on the Bank, and, inother cases, by the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer who signs it.

(e) When a charge is debitable to more than one major head ofaccount, the drawer shall ordinarily present a separate bill for the amountdebitable to each major head.

(f) Claims for which no other specific form has been prescribedshall be made in Form T.R. 42 e.g., claims for house building advances,advances for the purchase of motor car or other conveyances, etc

NOTE—Claims of Government servants for any advances of pay and fortravelling allowances shall be preferred in the respective formsprescribed for claiming pay and travelling allowances.

*Addition [G.O.(P) 68/77/Fin., dated 22nd February, 1977]# Renumbered, † Insertion [G.O.(P) 582/2004/Fin. dated 13th December, 2004]

RULE 163PART V


118

(g) Unless the Government have expressly authorised it in the caseof any specified office, no bill or other document and no payment order shallbe signed by a clerk for the head of the office, even if it is customary for theclerk to sign letters for him when he is absent. No bill or other document andno payment order shall be signed with a stamp (facsimile). The head of anoffice may authorise a gazetted government servant serving under him to signbills, other documents and payment orders for him but, if he does so, he shallcommunicate the government servant’s name and specimen signature to thetreasury or treasuries concerned. A delegation of powers of this kind shall notin any way, relieve the head of the office of his responsibility for the accuracyof the bill, etc., and for the disposal of the moneys drawn from the treasury.

When a claimant or payee is unable to sign his name, he may furnishhis signature on a bill or other document in the form of a mark or preferablya thumb/great-toe-impression. No payment shall be made on any bill or otherdocument so signed, unless some person known to the treasury or bank, asthe case may be appears with the payee and identifies him and attests hismark or thumb impression in token of his genuineness.

Similarly, when an illiterate person, who is unable to sign his namein any language, draws a cheque on the treasury or the Bank by furnishing histhumb/great-toe-impression on the cheque, no payment shall be made unlesssome person known to the treasury or the Bank, as the case may be, appearswith the drawer and identifies him and attests his thumb impression in tokenof its genuineness. The person who attests the thumb impression should beone who is not employed in the treasury or the Bank and he should alsofurnish his address.

NOTE—Bills affixed with facsimile signature of the authorised officerpresented by the Posts and Telegraphs Department for telegramand trunk call charges, by the Municipalities and Corporations forwater and electricity charges and by the Air India International andthe Indian Airlines on account of their dues against Government(for passage fares, cargo and excess luggage charges) forming sub-vouchers of the contingent bills, may be accepted for payment, ifotherwise in order.

(h) When a rule or order requires that bills of a certain kind shall becountersigned before payment, no such bill shall be presented at the treasuryuntil it has been duly countersigned.

RULE 163PART V


119

NOTE—On all bills on which countersignature is required before payment orwhich have to be enfaced for payment at a treasury or both, thewords “contents received” which are usually printed above the placefor the signature of the drawing officer should be struck out at thetime the bill is first signed and before it is sent for countersignatureor for enfacement for payment at the treasury. When the bill isreceived back, the words “contents received” should be written onit and signed and the bill then sent for encashment. All TreasuryOfficers should be careful to see that such bills are not paid unlessthey bear a second signature (acquittance of the officers concerned,below the words “contents received”.)

(i) When a bill relates to a charge incurred under a special order ofsanction, the particulars of the order shall be entered on the bill, and a copy ofit shall be attached to the bill and duly certified to be a true copy by thegovernment servant who signs the bill.

*NOTE 1.—If an order of attachment against a government servant is receivedbefore a previous order of attachment against the samegovernment servant, has been fully complied with, therecoveries shall be made by the disbursing officer so long asthe total amount recoverable with reference to the attachmentorders is within the maximum limits prescribed in Article 102,Kerala Financial Code, Volume I.

NOTE 2.—If a new attachment order has the result of increasing the amountbeyond the maximum limits prescribed, the disbursing officershall return the attachment order to the Court concerned witha statement showing:—

(i) Particulars of the existing attachment.

(ii) Particulars of the amount withheld and paid into the Courtconcerned upto date in respect of the existing attachment; and

(iii) (a) the balance amount available to be recovered aftereffecting the existing attachment.—

(b) the actual attachable amount.* Insertion [G.O.(P) 7/75/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1975]

RULE 163PART V


120

(j) The drawing officer shall deduct from a bill for the pay, etc., of anestablishment any amount attached by a prohibitory order of a court of law.He shall attach to each establishment pay bill, in which any such deduction ismade, an advice list containing particulars of the suit, the name of thegovernment servant whose pay is attached and the amount deducted fromthe bill. When the court which issued the attachment order is not suited at theheadquarters of the treasury which pays the bills the drawing officer shallalso attach to the bill a postal money order form duly prepared for the remittanceof the amount by the Treasury Officer to the court. The commission payableto the post office on the money order shall be shown as a deduction in the billas well as the amount to be remitted. The procedure to be followed by theTreasury Officer for remitting such amounts to the courts is laid down in Rule211 and also the procedure that he should follow in paying attached amountsto courts located at this headquarters.

(k) Recoveries from the salary of government servants on accountof dues to co-operative societies registered under the various Co-operativeSocieties Acts, where such Acts impose a statutory obligation on theGovernment to make such deductions, shall be made by the drawing anddisbursing officers in the case of non-gazetted government servants who donot draw their own bills, and in other cases, by the treasury Officers or otherdisbursing officers concerned, as the case may be, in accordance with suchprocedure as may be laid down by Government from time to time.

(l) Deductions made in bills shall, where required by the rules relatingto such deductions, e.g., Provident Funds, Postal Life Insurance, State LifeInsurance (Official Branch), etc., be supported by schedule in the prescribedform detailing the deductions made Schedules for Provident Fund deductionsshall be prepared in Form T.R. 104. If such deductions are made in a bill inrespect of two or more subscribers whose accounts are maintained by differentAudit Officers separate schedules shall be attached to the bill in respect of thedeductions which are to be accounted for by each Audit Officer.

When recovery is made from occupants of Government residentialbuildings by deductions from pay bills, one copy of the demand statement,which will be rendered in duplicate in T.R. 43 giving particulars of the recoveriesshall be attached to the pay bills. After the recovery has been made, the remaining

RULE 163PART V


121

copy of the demand statement shall be returned to the authority from which it wasreceived after noting the amounts recovered and recording a certificate to theeffect if the recoveries are in order, that the recovery has been made and theemoluments are correct. When recovery is made on account of an interest-bearing advance a schedule of recovery in Form T.R. 106, separately for each typeof such advance, shall be attached to the bill in which the recovery is made. In thecase of such recoveries from the claims of non-gazetted government servants, thedrawing officer shall certify on the recovery schedule attached to the bill for themonth of February encashed in the month of March every year that the balanceshown as outstanding therein have been accepted as correct by the governmentservants concerned.

Where recovery is made on account of an advance of pay or travelingallowance, or both sanctioned to a government servant on transfer, a schedule inthe following form shall invariably be attached to the pay or traveling allowancebills in which the recovery is made.

Disbursing officer, that is, Treasury Officer in the case of gazettedofficers and heads of offices in the case of non-gazetted officers should, asrequired by section 289 of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 issue to the personfrom whose salary income tax is deducted at source, an annual consolidatedreceipt in Form T.R. 44 for the tax so deducted during a financial year. *TheTreasury Officer shall not accept the salary bills for the month of February andAugust every year, unless such bills contain a certificate, from the concernedSelf Drawing Officers in the case of gazetted bills and Drawing and DisbursingOfficers in the case of establishment pay bills to the effect that profession tax

*Addition [G.O.(P) 249/98/Fin. dated 19th January, 1998]

RULE 163

A

mou

nt o

f the

or

igin

al a

dvan

ce

Am

ount

reco

vere

d in

the

bill

B

alan

ce y

et to

be

reco

vere

d

Name of the

government servant

Dis

trict

, dep

artm

ent

and

the

mon

th in

w

hich

the

adva

nce

w

as d

raw

n

Rs. Rs. Rs.

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6

PART V


122

due to the Corporation/Municipality/ Panchayat from the officers/employees for the half year concerned is remitted and details of remittancecommunicated to the authorities concerned.

(m) No copies of orders regarding promotions and similar changesor of correspondence, etc., regarding a claim shall be attached to any billor other documents.

(n) When payment is desired wholly or partially in Governmentdrafts, a formal application for them shall be presented with the bill, and themanner in which payment is desired shall also be indicated in the drawer’sreceipt on the bill.

(o) When the drawer of a bill other than a bill for pay, allowances,leave salary or pension, desires that the treasury should remit the whole or apart of the amount of the bill to a person or persons (other than the drawer)by postal money order, the necessary money order form or forms duly filledup, except for the date and the Treasury Officer’s signature, shall be presentedwith the bill, and the drawer shall show both the amount to be sent by moneyorder and the commission due on it as deductions in the bill.

Exception—The money order forms relating to payment of the bill forthe Police Department and bus warrants to bus owners shallbe signed by the drawing officers instead of by the TreasuryOfficers. (See Article 98 of the Kerala Financial Code.)

(p) A head of an office whom the Government have speciallyauthorised to send bills of a specified kind of the treasury by post shall sendalong with each such bill, a postal money order form duly filled up exceptfor the date and the Treasury Officer’s signature. The money ordercommission shall be treated as a contingent charge of the drawing officerand not shown as deduction in the bill.

Exception.—The money order commission for the remittance of pay andallowances of Government Medical Officers employed in outof the way places shall be debited to the contingencies ofthe remitting treasury.

(q) When the drawing officer desires that the treasury should payto some other person the amount of a bill, cheque or other document drawn byhim, except those relating to the claims of government servants he shall

RULE 163PART V


123

specifically endorse on it and sign an order to pay to that person specifyinghis name as well as his designation. All such bills, cheques or other documentspreferable at a treasury for payment being non-negotiable instruments, can beendorsed only once in favour of the specific party to whom the money is to bepaid:

Provided that—

(1) when the endorsement is made on a bill or cheque in favour of abanker, a second endorsement can be made by the banker in favour of a messengeror an agent for collection only;

(2) in the case of a contingent bill which has been endorsed in favour ofa firm of suppliers or private parties under the provisions of Rule 188 (viii), the firmof the private party can re-endorse to its banker or to a messenger for collectiononly and the banker can in turn endorse it to a messenger or an agent for collectiononly. Thus, in all three endorsements are permissible in such cases provided that,of the three, one is to the payee’s banker and one is to a messenger or agent forcollection only; and

(3) an agent may, notwithstanding anything contained in (1) and (2) forthe purpose of collecting the bill or cheque endorse it in favour of his messenger.

Explanation.— *In this rule a Banker includes Post Office Savings Bankand Treasury Savings Bank and an ‘Agent’ means anybanks including Post Office Savings Bank and TreasurySavings Bank acting as a collecting agency for andon behalf of the payee’s banker.

NOTE—(1) Cheque drawn directly on the Bank without the intervention of theTreasury Officer are negotiable instruments and are not subject tothe provisions of this Rule.

NOTE—(2) When an illiterate person endorses a bill or other document bymeans of his thumb impression, he should affix the thumbimpression in the presence of the Treasury Officer and have itattested by a person well-known to the Treasury. The personattesting the thumb impression should be one who is not employedin the Treasury or the Bank and he should also furnish his address.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 208/75/Fin., dated 31st May, 1975]

RULE 163PART V


124

(r) A government servant shall not issue a copy of any bill or otherdocument which has already been paid on the allegation that the payer’s copyhas been lost or is not available, although a certificate may, when necessary, begiven that on a specified day a certain sum was paid to a certain person on acertain account. A fee of one rupee shall be levied for each certificate issued to aprivate party. This prohibition extends only to the issue of a copy on the allegationthat the payee’s copy has been lost or is not available, and does not apply to acopy marked “Not payable at the treasury” and tendered at the treasury with theoriginal in accordance with the rules.

If a bill or other document that has been passed for payment at thetreasury is alleged to have been lost before payment, the government servantwho drew the original bill or other document shall ascertain from the treasurywhether payment has already been made on the original or not, and shall requestthe treasury not to make payment on the original if presented subsequently. If thetreasury has not made payment on the original, he may issue a duplicate whichshall bear distinctly on its face the word “duplicate” written in red ink.

(s) Every receipt for a sum exceeding # 500 shall be duly stamped bythe payee *with a revenue stamp as required by section 3 of the Indian Stamp Act,1899 (Central Act 2 of 1899) read with article 53 of Schedule 1 there of, subject tothe exemptions, etc., listed in Appendix 8.

#This amendment shall be deemed to have into force on 13th May, 1994.

NOTE—(1) In determining whether the receipt obtained in respect of an amountdrawn on a bill preferred against Government should be stampedor not, the net amount of the bill and not the gross amount payableshould be taken into account, unless the receipt is exempted underexceptions referred to above.

NOTE—(2) Receipts for payments made outside India should be obtainedfrom the payees and stamped in accordance with the local laws, ifany, governing the stamping of such receipts.

NOTE—(3) A single receipt, stamped where necessary given by a payee inacknowledgement of several payments or a lump sum payment,either in cash or by cheque, made to him, on one occasion, shallconstitute a valid quittance and the disbursing officer in suchcases, should give cross reference on all vouchers to which thereceipt relates.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 434/81/Fin., dated 7th July, 1981]#Substitution [G.O.(P) 572/97/Fin. dated 7th June, 1997]

RULE 163PART V


125

(t) †Every government servant, who is authorised to drawn chequesor sign ^bills payable at a treasury shall send a specimen of his signature tothe Treasury Officer in Form T.R. 74A duly attested by his superior officer oranother officer whose specimen signature is already on record with the treasury.When such an officer hands over charge of his office to another, he shalllikewise send a specimen of the signature of the relieving officer duly attestedby him (relieved officer) to the Treasury Officer concerned.NOTE— The specimen signature of every non-gazetted Drawing Officer shall

be attested by his Gazetted Controlling Officer or official superior;

‡(u) [Deleted]

CHAPTER IIPAY AND ALLOWANCES (INCLUDING LEAVE SALARY) OF

GOVERNMENT SERVANTS

A. Gazetted government servants

164. (a) In the absence of any special order of the government to thecontrary, a gazetted government servant may draw the bills for his own pay,allowances and leave salary based on the pay slip or the leave salary certificateissued by the Accountant General. A claim by gazetted government servantfor pay and fixed allowances shall be presented on a bill in Form T.R. 46. Agazetted government servant who draws a special pay or allowance in respectof a separate office of which he is in additional charge, need not present aseparate bill for it, unless it is met from some source other than the revenuesof the State.

*NOTE 1#—Gazetted officers are authorised to draw their pay and allowancesprovisionally without pay slip from the Accountant General upto a period of 3 months after the expiry of sanction to thecontinuance of posts, at the same rate as they were drawing inthese posts on the basis of a certificate in Form T.R. 112 beingattached to the pay bill. The certificate should be signed by theControlling Officers authorised to sign their T.A. bills. In caseswhere the officer is himself the Controlling Officer for T.A claims,

†Substitution G.O.(P) 25/78/Fin., dated 6th January, 1978]^Omission [G.O.(P) 207/88 dated 9th March, 1988]‡Deletion [G.O.(P) 367/76/Fin., dated 27th November, 1976]*Added vide G.O.(P) 180/77/Fin., dated 8th June, 1977#Renumbered vide G.O.(P) 99/89/Fin. dated 24th February, 1989.

RULES 163-164PART V


126

the certificate should be obtained from the next higher authority.In cases where further delays are anticipated necessitatingcontinuance of such provisional payment of salary beyond theperiod of 3 months, the officer concerned shall have to approachthe Audit Officer through his Head of Department forauthorisation of provisional salary explaining the circumstancesfor the delay in issue of sanction for the continuance of post.

#This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force witheffect from 19th May, 1988.

**NOTE 2—The Gazetted Officers specified under item(1) to (4) below shallbe allowed, without insisting on the production of pay/leavesalary slip from the Accountant General, to draw their pay andallowances at the rates indicated against each for a period ofthree months or till the receipt of the pay/leave salary slip fromthe Accountant General whichever is earlier.

Categories Pay and allowances admissible

1. Officers who are promoted toa gazetted post from a non-gazettedpost

Pay last drawn in the lower non-gazetted post or the minimum pay inthe gazetted post whichever is higher,Dearness Allowances shall be paid atthe rate applicable to such pay. Houserent allowance shall be at the rateapplicable at the station where posted.

2. Gazetted Officers who arepromoted to another post

Pay last drawn in the lower post orthe minimum pay in the higher postwhichever is higher, DearnessAllowance shall be at the rateapplicable to such pay. House RentAllowance shall be at the rateapplicable at the station where posted.

# G.O.(P) 99/89/Fin. dated 24th February, 1989.**Insertion [G.O.(P) 99/89/Fin dated 24th February, 1989]

RULE 164PART V


127

3. Gazetted Officers who aretransferred from one post to anotherat a different station

Pay equivalent to that drawn in theold post. Dearness Allowance shallbe at the rate applicable to such pay.House Rent Allowance shall be at therate applicable to the Station whereposted.

4. Gazetted Officers whoreturn from leave on the expiry ofleave already sanctioned

1. The rate at which pay,Dearness Allowance and HouseRent allowance were drawn on thedate prior to the date on which theOfficer proceeded on leave, whenthere is no change in station.

2. When there is change instation the rates of pay andDearness Allowance applicableshall be those drawn prior toproceeding on leave. House RentAllowance shall be at the rateapplicable to the station to whichthe officer is transferred.

In all the above cases where there is any change in the rates of pay,Dearness Allowance and House Rent Allowance as per the pay slip received fromthe Accountant General, the payments made shall be regularized as soon as thepay slip from the Accountant General is received and adjusted in the bill presentedthereafter at the Treasury for encashment.

** This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effectfrom 19th May, 1988.

(b) When a gazetted government servant draws his first pay bill onbeing appointed to a post in government service for the first time or on being re-employed after resignation, or forfeiture of past service, he shall attach to the billa certificate from the authority to whom he reported for duty on first appointmentthat the health certificate required by rule 13 of Part I of the Kerala Service Ruleshas been furnished by the officer. His copy of the pay slip shall also be attachedto the bill.

(c) A claim by a gazetted government servant for traveling allowanceshall be presented on a bill in Form T.R. 47. When the government servant has

RULE 164PART V

**Insertion [G.O.(P) 99/89/Fin dated 24th February, 1989]


128

travelled by a circuitous route, he shall state the reason for doing so in the bill.When he claims actual expenses, he shall, in the absence of any order to thecontrary, set them out in detail. When he claims travelling allowance on accountof any members of his family, he shall furnish a certificate showing the number andrelationship to himself of the members of his family on account of whom he makesthe claim and all other relevant details. When he claims the cost of carriage ofpersonal effects or a conveyance, etc., he shall furnish the receipt granted by therailway or steamer company for the amount actually paid. A travelling allowancebill shall be countersigned by the controlling officer referred to in rule 113 of PartII of the Kerala Service Rules unless the claimant has been declared to be his owncontrolling officer (See rules 113 and 115 of Part II of the Kerala Service Rules).

(d) When any special pay, allowance, honorarium or other recurringadditional remuneration is claimed in a bill by a gazetted government servant forany additional or part time work rendered by him, the following certificate issuedby the Head of the Office or Institution in which the work is rendered shall beattached to the bill:-

“Certified that Sri/Smt……….........……(Name and designation) hasactually discharged during the period from…………….to........…………………theduties for which the remuneration of..................…………………..is claimed.

Dated signature……………………….

Name………………………………….

Designation……………………………”

165. (a) Pay, leave salary and travelling and other allowances payableto a gazetted government servant in India shall be paid on his personal claim andto his personal receipt and not otherwise, except as provided in rule 167 or withthe Government’s special sanction in each case. The government servant may, ifhe wishes, send a messenger to the Treasury or the Bank with a separate letterrequesting that the moneys be sent through him, and the moneys shall then behanded over to the messenger, but only on the strict understanding that theGovernment accept no responsibility whatever for any fraud or misappropriationin respect of any moneys, cheque or bill handed over to him.

(b) Subject to any orders or procedure that may be prescribed bythe Government, the leave salary of a gazetted government servant, when payablein India, shall be drawn from the treasury from which his pay was being drawnimmediately before proceeding on leave and he should make his own arrangements,where necessary for getting his leave salary remitted to him. He shall not begin to

RULES 164-165PART V


129

draw the leave salary without producing a leave salary certificate in Form No. 48from the Audit Officer who audited his pay before he proceeded on leave. In casewhere a period of leave is followed by transfer, such portion of the leave salary ascould not be drawn at the old station may, however, be drawn at the treasury fromwhich the pay in respect of the new post is drawn.

(c) If gazetted government servant signs his bill himself, he must eitherappear in person at the place of payment or furnish a life certificate signed by aresponsible officer of Government or some other well known and trustworthyperson. If he draws his leave salary through an authorised agent, the agent whetherhe has or has not the power of attorney, must either furnish a life certificate asaforesaid, or execute a bond to refund overpayments. A life certificate may begiven periodically, a bond being given to cover intermediate payments notsupported by the life certificate.

(d) ^No gazetted government servant may draw a changed rate of pay,leave salary or fixed allowance, unless the bills in which he claims it is accompaniedby a letter from the Accountant General authorising the changed rate. A freshauthorisation from the Accountant General is also required when there is a changein designation of a gazetted officer, even if there is no change in emoluments. TheAccountant General shall issue these letters as early as possible, but when anysuch change occurs near the end of a month or takes effect from a date whichcannot immediately be ascertained and cannot be fixed by a certificate of transferof charge appended to the bill, the government servant concerned should drawhis bill at not more than the old rate, if he does not receive the letter of authority bythe end of the month.

^This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 7th day ofApril, 1986.NOTE—1 In case, where, on the expiry of leave, an officer is appointed to the

same post from which he proceeded on leave, he shall draw billsfor his pay and allowances from the date of his assumption of suchcharge on the basis of the authority for pay and allowances issuedto him by the Accountant General before his proceeding on leaveand, if such authority has been superseded, on the basis of suchrevised authority for pay and allowances.

*NOTE—2 In the case of payment of dearness allowance and other allowancesto the Gazetted Officers sanctioned by Government from time to

^Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]*Insertion [G.O.(P) 409/75/Fin., dated 8th September, 1975]

RULE 165PART V


130

time, a general letter of authority shall be issued by the AccountantGeneral to the Treasury Officers authorising them to make paymentsthereof to the Gazetted Officers on the basis of the rates prescribedby the Government without a specific authority from the AccountantGeneral for each individual case.

*NOTE—3 Transfers from one post to another in groups of posts like-

(a) Munsiff, Principal Munsiff, Additional Munsiff;

(b) Sub Judge, Additional Sub Judge; and

(c) Tahsildar, Special Tahsildar, etc., will be treated as involving achange in designation, only in case any change in emolumentsis involved.

166. (i) At his written request, the pay bill of a government servantwho is permitted to draw his own bills may be made payable to some well-knownbanker or agent provided that the receipt of the banker or agent shall not beaccepted as a final acquittance, unless the bill itself is duly endorsed in favour ofthe banker or agent by means of a distinct pay order. The receipt of the banker oragent alike, if it is recorded on the bill itself or separately, shall be stamped unlessthe receipt on the bill has already been duly signed and stamped by the governmentservant himself. No re-endorsement of such a bill by the bank or agent otherwisethan to a messenger for collection shall be recognised [See also the secondparagraph of Rule 163(q)].

(ii) No government servant or other individual shall be recognisedas an “agent” for the purpose of this rule or the next one unless he holds a validpower of attorney to act for the government servant concerned.

167. (a) A gazetted government servant who claims leave salary orvacation allowances or subsistence allowance otherwise than through a bank oragent shall, either appear in person at the place of payment or furnish a lifecertificate showing that he was alive on the last day of the period to which theclaim relates and signed by a responsible government servant or if there is nosuch government servant at the place where the gazetted government servantresides, some other well known and trustworthy person. A gazetted governmentservant may draw his leave salary or vacation allowances or subsistence allowancethrough a well known bank or agent (See the previous rule) if he gives the bank oragent a power of attorney for the purpose of leave his signed bills with the bank

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 527/75/Fin., dated 19th November, 1975]

RULES 165-167PART V


131

or agent for presentation, provided that, unless the bank or agent has executed anindemnity bond in Form T.R. 49 or Form T.R. 50 duly stamped, as security for therefund to the Government of any overpayment to the government servant, a lifecertificate showing that the government servant was alive on the last day of theperiod to which the claim relates and signed by a responsible government servant,or, if there is no such government servant at the place some other well known andtrustworthy person shall be furnished along with each bill. Life certificates may befurnished at intervals, as may be convenient, provided that an indemnity bondhas been executed which will cover intermediate payments not supported by a lifecertificate.

The Treasury Officer shall enter the particulars of all powers of attorneyfurnished with reference to this rule in the register (in Form 16 of the GovernmentSecurities Manual) kept in the treasury for the purpose.NOTE— When separate bills for leave salary, vacation pay, etc., relating to

different periods are presented and paid simultaneously it is notnecessary to furnish separate “Life Certificates” for the different periods.Only one certificate in respect of the date of presentation of the billsshould be enough.

Exceptions— In the following cases the life certificates should not beinsisted on:—

(i) when the arrears of leave salary are drawn by a Gazetted Officerafter he has resumed duty;

(ii) when the leave salary is claimed in the same bill as the duty pay forthe period following that of leave salary; and

(iii) when the report of taking over charge after the expiry of leave hasalready been sent to Treasury Officer.

(b) An indemnity bond executed by a bank or agent for the purposeof drawing pay, etc., on behalf of a single government servant shall be in Form T.R.50. When a well known bank (or a firm or agents acting as bankers) of goodstanding has a number of constituents who are government servants and desireto draw their pay, etc., through it, the Government, in consultation with theAccountant General, may, if they think fit, permit the bank (or firm) to execute asingle indemnity bond in respect of all pay, etc., drawn by it from the Governmenton behalf of such government servants. Such a bond shall be in Form T.R. 49 andshall be duly stamped. Appendix 9 contains lists of the banks, etc., which haveexecuted such bonds. All indemnity bonds whether in Form T.R. 49 or Form T.R.50 shall be properly stamped.

RULE 167PART V


132

The authority competent to accept the indemnity bond on behalf ofthe Government shall, before accepting the bond, verifies that the person whosigns a bond of indemnity on behalf of a firm or bank has authority to bind it.

Indemnity bonds in Form T.R. 50 executed by a bank or agent for thepurpose of drawing pay, etc., on behalf of a single government servant shallbe kept in the custody of the Treasury Officer. General indemnity bonds inForm T.R. 49 for the purpose of drawing pay, etc., on behalf of governmentservants of the Kerala Government alone shall be kept in the custody of theGovernment.

No endorsement of a bill drawn on behalf of a government servantby a bank or agent permitted to draw the Government servant’s pay, etc.,under this rule shall be recognised with the exception of an endorsement toa messenger for collection.

(c) A bond in Form T.R. 49 executed by an unincorporated firmrequires that information be given to the Government at once if there is anychange in the constitution of the firm. As soon as any such information isreceived, the new partnership shall be required to execute a fresh bond inForm T.R. 50 by a specified date or acknowledge in writing that it is boundby the existing bond by which the old partnership was bound, if it wishes toretain the privilege of drawing pay, etc., on behalf of government servants.

*168. (a) Place of Payment.—The claims of a Gazetted GovernmentServant shall be drawn from the District/Sub Treasury to which his institutionis attached either under the orders of the Accountant General for under theorders of the Director of Treasuries or in accordance with the notificationspublished by the Government realigning the jurisdiction of District/SubTreasuries.

(b) When any pay is due in India to a government servant who isabsent from India, he should make his own arrangements to receive it in India.

Provided that when the government servant has finally quitted Indiaand it is not possible for him to make his own arrangements for receiving hispay and allowances in India, payment may be made to him through the HighCommissioner for India or through the India Office.

NOTE—When a government servant who is away from the State on studyleave or undergoing a course of training, etc., desires payment of hisleave salary or pay and allowances within the State, the procedureprescribed in Rule 165 (c) should be followed.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 89/82/Fin., dated 25th February, 1982]

RULES 167-168PART V


133

(c) When a government servant is transferred from one district toanother within the same Audit Circle, the last pay certificate granted to him shouldspecify last the regular monthly payment and his entire pay for the month in whichthe transfer takes place should be paid in the new district, except as provided inArticle 87 (d) of the Kerala Financial Code. Payment on account of his claims fortravelling allowance arising in the old district in respect of journeys performedbefore the transfer may also be made in the new district, provided that thecontrolling officer for the old post certifies that claims are correct.

(d) A government servant who is transferred may be allowed to draw anadvance of pay on transfer at his new station within a month of his arrival there, ifhis last pay certificate show that he did not draw any such advance at his formerstation. A government servant, who receives an order of transfer during his leave,may draw an advance of pay and travelling allowance from the treasury fromwhich he drawn his leave salary.

NOTE—The drawal of advance under the above rule is subject to the conditionthat the government servant concerned is entitled to and has beensanctioned by the proper authority an advance of pay under Article 260of the Kerala Financial Code.

(e) [Deleted.]

B. Non-gazetted Government Servants

169. (a) *The pay and allowances of an establishment should be drawnby the gazetted officers-in-charge of it.

Exception.—(1) Such classes of non-gazetted officers as are mentionedin Appendix 10 may draw bills relating to the pay andallowances of their own and their establishment withoutcounter signature provided they possess the prescribedtest qualification which should be certified in the bill. Ifthey do not possess the prescribed test qualification thebill should be countersigned by the Controlling Officerreferred to in Rule 113 of Part II of the Kerala ServiceRules.

(2) A Government Servant who is reverted from a Gazetted post to aNon-Gazetted post may draw his arrear claims for pay and allowances in respect ofthe period of Gazetted service in bills in Form T.R. 46 on the strength of the payslip/letter of authority issued by the Accountant General. Such bills being subject*Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin, dated 14th December, 1992]

RULES 168-169PART V


134

to countersignature by the Gazetted controlling Officer. In such cases, thesurrender of Last Pay Certificate as required in rule 19 of the Kerala TreasuryCode to the Treasury Officer is not necessary.

NOTE.—(i) In the case of non-gazetted heads of offices having separateestablishment of their own their pay and allowances shall bedrawn in their Establishment Pay Bills.

NOTE.—(ii) In the case of non-gazetted officers like Co-operativeInspector of Co-operation Department, Junior Engineer,Industries Extension Officer etc., who have no separateestablishments of their own, their pay and allowances shall beincluded in the establishment bills of their Controllingauthority.

NOTE.—(iii) The pay and allowances of Policemen and Sub Inspector ofPolice should be included in the establishment pay bills ofthe concerned Superintendent of Police.

NOTE.—(iv) The claims on account of pay and allowances of the Non-gazetted personnel should be deemed to arise at the stationwhere the drawing officer who draws the claims is stationed.

NOTE.—(v) The aforesaid provision and note (i) to (iii) above apply onlyfor the drawal of pay and allowances of the concerned personsand do not extend to the drawal of Travelling Allowance claimsfor which the provision of rule 178 Kerala Treasury Code VolumeI shall apply.

(b) Form T.R. 51 shall be used for bills for the pay, fixed allowancesand leave salaries of Non-gazetted government servants drawn by the headof the office for disbursement to them. *A single bill shall be prepared in threeparts for the following classes, if it exists:—

(i) Permanent Establishment.

(ii) Temporary Establishment.

(iii) Establishment for whom no service books are maintained.

This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effectfrom 1st April, 1980.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 121/80/Fin., dated 8th February, 1980]

RULE 169PART V


135

With the exceptions mentioned in Rule 171, the name of every substantive,officiating or temporary government servant on whose behalf a claim is made shallbe shown in column (2) against his post in column (1). Against each temporarypost the number and date of the order sanctioning it and the name of the authoritywhich passed the order shall be entered. The rate of pay, etc., claimed shall beshown against each name in column (2). If the payment of any claim for the monthto which the bill relates if postponed, it shall not be omitted from the bill, but theamount of each claim held over for future payment shall be noted in red ink in theappropriate columns (3) to (6) and ignored when totalling the bill. When pay, etc.,is claimed only for part of the month, the number of days, for which it is claimedshall be entered either against the government servant’s name or in a note at thefoot of the page. The part of a bill relating to each section (See Article 86 of theKerala Financial Code) shall be marked off in red ink. The component items of anestablishment bill shall be checked, and the total shown in the bill shall also bechecked by adding up the items. If the bill relates to a small establishment thedrawing officer shall either check it himself, or have it checked by a gazettedgovernment servant under his order, before he signs it. If the bill relates to a largeestablishment, the drawing officer shall ensure that the whole bill is thoroughlychecked by someone other than the clerk who prepared it, and shall himself checka part of the bill or arrange for a gazetted government servant to do so, before hesigns it.

*NOTE. 1— In the case of non-gazetted officers, the drawing officers who areauthorised to draw pay and allowances of the establishment inaccordance with sub rule (a) of rule 169 are empowered to draw thepay and allowances of their establishment provisionally upto aperiod of 3 months, after the expiry of sanction to the posts at thesame rate as they were drawing in these posts pending sanctionfor the continuance of the posts on the basis of a certificate inForm T.R. 113 being attached to the pay bill. In such cases whereprovisional payment is authorised, the fact should be noted bothin the office copy and fair copy of the pay bill. When the sanctionfor the continuance of temporary posts is received, the numberand date of Government Orders should be noted in red ink in theoffice copy of the pay bill and attested by the Drawing Officer. It

* Inserted vide G.O.(P) 180/77/Fin., dated 8th June, 1977,Note renumbered vide G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992.

RULE 169PART V


136

shall be the responsibility of the drawing officer concerned tointimate the fact of provisional payment immediately to the higherauthorities for obtaining sanction for the continuance oftemporary posts in such cases.

Exception—The pay and allowances (including leave salary and travellingallowances) of the following classes of officers shall be drawnseparately in the form provided for gazetted officers insteadof being included in the pay bill of the establishment. But theyshould be treated for purposes of audit, etc., as other non-gazetted officers:-

(1) Supervisors, Junior Engineers, Head Draftsman and Overseersof the Public Works Department.

(2) Rangers and Deputy Rangers of the Forest Department.

(3) Inspectors of Co-operative Societies.

(4) [Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 130/82/Fin., dated 22nd March, 1982]

(5) Superintendents of Rescue Homes and the AssistantSuperintendent, Rescue Home, Ernakulam.

(6) Sub Inspector of Police.

(7) Inspectors of Plantations.

(8) Sub Officers of Fire Force Department.

(9) Overseers of Rural Housing Cells of the Village Housing ProjectScheme one for each district.

(10) Industrial Extension Officers.

(11) Claim Inspectors working in the accident Insurance Branch ofthe State Insurance Department.

(12) Junior Electrical Inspectors of the Electrical Inspectorate.

However, the bills for pay and fixed allowances of each of theabove officers should be countersigned before payment by agazetted officer in control over him; or by the head of thedepartment, at the discretion of the latter and the travelingallowance bills should be countersigned by the controllingoffices referred to in Rule 113 of Part II of the Kerala Service Rules.

RULE 169PART V


137

Copies of all orders of appointment, promotion, transfer or leave ofthe above classes of officers should be sent to the AccountantGeneral.

*NOTE. 2—The stipend and kit allowance payable to Sub Inspector Cadets whoare undergoing training in Police Training College shall be drawnconsolidated in establishment pay bills on the basis of anattendance statement prepared under due attestation of thePrincipal, Police Training College and disbursed on properacquittance through the Inspector, Training Team.

† NOTE—3 The shift allowance payable to the staff of the Printing andStationery Department shall be drawn in Form T.R. 51A.

(c) The leave salary of a non-gazetted government servant on leavecannot be drawn in India, except over the signature of the head of his office; andthe latter is responsible for any overcharge.

The leave salary of a non-gazetted government servant holding apermanent post in one office and officiating in a post in another office may bedrawn at the office from which he proceeded on leave, if he would have continuedin that office but for his leave and is expected to return to it on its expiry. No lastpay certificate should be issued in such cases but the fact of the governmentservant having gone on leave should, however, be intimated to the head of thefirst office so that he can show the necessary arrangements in the absenteestatements of his office. The bills in which leave salary is drawn should alsoindicate the permanent post on which the absentee holds a lien to facilitate correctclassification of leave salary.

In the case of a non-gazetted officer whose substantive appointment isnot a local appointment, but simply that of a member of a State staff, leaveallowances should be drawn either at the place where the office of the head of hisdepartment is located, by the head of his department or at the place where hissalary was last disbursed and in the latter case, if he was not himself the head ofan office, he should be regarded as attached to the office in which he was lastemployed, and the head of that office should draw the leave allowances and heregarded as responsible for over charges.

*Added vide G.O.(P) No. 389/75/Fin., dated 27th August, 1975,Note renumbered vide G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992.

†Insertion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 169PART V


138

170. If for any reason the rate of leave salary to be drawn on behalf ona non-gazetted government servant on leave is not known (e.g., when thekind of leave to be granted has not been settled by the sanctioning authority),the pay to which he would have been entitled if he had remained on duty shallbe entered in red ink in the money column of the bill intended for enteringleave salary and the amount shall be left undisbursed and treated as held overtill the rate of leave salary becomes known. When a drawing officer claimsleave salary based on average pay on behalf of any government servant heshall sign and attach to the first bill in which the claim is made a statement ofthe calculations determining the amount of leave salary claimed. If any paydrawn outside the government servant’s substantive office or section entersinto the calculations, the statement shall include references to the voucherson which, or the office in which, such pay was drawn. When a drawing officerclaims leave salary based on actual pay on behalf of any government servant,he shall sign and attach to the bill a certificate that the leave salary is claimedat the same rate as the substantive pay of the government servant on the dayimmediately preceding that on which the leave commenced within the meaningof the note under Rule 93, Part I of the Kerala Service Rules. This certificate ishowever not necessary in the case of maternity leave even though leavesalary is claimed at the same rate as full pay.NOTE.—No statement of the calculations determining the amount of leave

salary claimed need be attached to pay bills in respect of thoseGovernment servants whose names are omitted from the bill (SeeRule 171 below:)

171. The names of government servants of the following classes maybe omitted from pay bills:—

(i) Government servants for whom service books are not requiredto be maintained (Vide Rule 172 of Part III of the Kerala ServiceRules.)

(ii) All government servants in last grade service.

Each bill from which names have been omitted in accordance with therule shall contain sufficient information to enable the treasury and theAccountant General to apply the necessary arithmetical checks and the drawingofficer shall certify on it as follows:—

RULES 170-171PART V


139

“Certified that every government servant on whose behalf pay or leavesalary is claimed in this bill has actually been on duty or on authorised leave,as the case may be, during the month for the period on account of which hispay or leave salary is claimed and that full details of the names of thegovernment servants concerned and the emoluments drawn for them workingupto the total included in this bill have been duly shown in the office copy”.

The government may in consultation with the Accountant General extendthe provisions of this rule to other specified classes of establishments, whenthe entry of names in the bills is not essential for audit purposes.

Claims on behalf of government servants whose names are omitted froma bill under this rule shall not be included in a single item except so far as theyare identical in all respects. For example, a claim for the whole month for fiveHead Constables each of whom draws a pay of 57 a month may be enteredas a single item. Claims on behalf of government servants with differentdesignations or government servants who have the same designation butdraw pay at different rates or for different periods shall always be shownseparately.

172. The drawing officer shall have the office copy of every pay billrelating to government servants of the two classes mentioned at the beginningof Rule 171 prepared separately so as to show full details of names, leave,etc. Total of this pay bill shall then be entered in the pay bill for governmentservants of other classes and the drawing officer shall see that the grandtotal of the latter agrees with the total amount shown in the fair copy.

The “pay of menials” charged to “contingencies” shall not be includedin establishment pay bills—See Appendix II.

173. Absentee statement.—The drawing officer shall ordinarily attachan absentee statement in Form T.R. 52 to the monthly establishment pay bill ifany person other than a last grade servant has been absent during the monthon leave (other than casual leave), or deputation, or suspension, or withoutleave or if a post has been left vacant substantively, whether or not anygovernment servant officiated in it (c.f. Note 5 on the form itself). Whensigning the absentee statement the drawing officer shall see that a diagonalline is drawn across the blank space, if any, below the last entry. If no suchgovernment servant has been absent otherwise than on casual leave duringthe month the drawing officer shall sign second certificate printed on theestablishment pay bill. Form T.R. 52 also makes provisions for separate

RULES 171-173PART V


140

statements of substantive changes in regard to members of the establishment andmust, therefore, be filled up and attached to the monthly establishment pay bill,whenever there has been any change that has to be included in these statementsof substantive changes, even if there is no entry to be made in the absenteestatement proper.

When the scale of an establishment is fixed for the State or a District, thecontrolling authority shall submit to the Accountant General, not later than thedate fixed by the latter, a consolidated absentee statement for each month showingthe complete chain of arrangements. The head of an office need not attach anabsentee statement in Form T.R. 52 to his monthly establishment pay bill so far asit relates to any establishment the scale of which is fixed for the State or a district.

174. First drawal of pay.—When the name of a government servantappointed to a post other than in the last grade service appears for the first time inthe pay bill of an establishment, the previous post in government service, if anyheld by him shall be stated and a last pay certificate attached showing the date ofhanding over charge advance, outstanding, etc. If he was not holding any suchappointment previously or is re-employed after resignation or forfeiture of pastservice the drawing officer shall furnish a certificate in the bill to the effect that thehealth certificate required by Rule 13 of Part I, Kerala Service Rules has beenobtained from the competent authority and filed in the office. In the case of non-gazetted government servant mentioned in Exception to Rule 169 (b) above insteadof the drawing officer the Gazetted Officer countersigning the bill shall record thenecessary certificate in the bill.

NOTE.—Rules 163 (d) to 163 (g) above will apply to non-gazetted establishmentalso.

175. *Increment.—(a) “A register of increment” will be maintained by theDrawing Officer, in Form 9A prescribed in Volume II of Kerala Financial Code.

When an increment is claimed the drawing officer will make a note in red inkagainst the relevant claim in the pay bill. Increment raising pay to …………………with effect from ………………….. authorised and noted in the Service book.

NOTE.—Also see Articles 89, 90 and 91 of the Kerala Financial Code, Volume I.

(b) When an increment claimed, has been specifically withheld/operatesto carry the government servant over an efficiency bar/is conditional on theacquisition of departmental tests or completion of the period of probation, acopy of the order issued by the competent authority, sanctioning the increment*Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/75/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1975]

RULES 173-175PART V


141

and specifying that the order is fit to cross the efficiency bar/has passed thedepartmental examination(s) or completed the period of probation satisfactorily,as the case may be, should be attached to the pay bill in each case in additionto the notings required under (a) above. In case the increment claimed involvesreckoning of broken periods of service an explanatory memorandum showingbriefly how the date of increment has been arrived at, shall also be attached tothe bill.

176. Arrear bills.—Arrear pay shall be drawn on a separate bill andnot in the ordinary monthly pay bill. The amount of arrears claimed for eachmonth shall be entered separately in the bill with a reference to the billfrom which the amount was omitted, or withheld or in which it was recoveredby deduction. If the claim relates to an allowance or special pay newlysanctioned, the name of the authority which sanctioned it and the numberand date of the sanction order shall be entered in the bill. Arrear bills may bepresented at any time subject to the conditions prescribed by the Governmentin that regard (See Articles *52 to 58 of the Kerala Financial Code) and mayinclude as many items as are necessary. The drawing officer shall certify inevery arrear bill that no part of the amount claimed has been drawnpreviously. A note of the arrear bill shall invariably be made in the officecopy of the bills for the period to which the claim pertains, over the datedinitials of the drawer of the arrear bill, in order to avoid the risk of thearrears being claimed over again.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17th dayof April, 1986.

NOTE—1 A travelling allowance bill presented after the end of the monthsucceeding that in which the journeys covered by the claims areperformed shall be treated as arrear bill for the purpose of this rule.

NOTE—2 The pay of a person, transferred from one Local Fund orMunicipality to another or from government service to serviceunder a Municipality or Local Fund or Vice versa, upto the date ofhis transfer, should be drawn on a separate bill of the office fromwhich he is transferred and disbursed to him. His pay for the periodof joining time and for the rest of the month should be drawn in thepay bill of the establishment to which he is transferred.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]

RULES 175-176PART V


142

** NOTE —3 Arrears of pay and allowances, if any, due to a gazettedgovernment servant in respect of a non-gazetted post held byhim prior to his promotion to the gazetted post, should be drawnand paid to him by the drawing officer of his last non-gazettedpost and a revised Last Pay Certificate issued to the GazettedOfficer concerned with copy to the Treasury Officer.

**This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17th day ofApril, 1986.

NOTE —*4 Where arrears of pay and allowances of government servant whois transferred from one Division/Office/Department to another andin respect of whom last pay certificate has been issued has to bedrawn and disbursed by the drawing and disbursing officer of theDivision/Office/Department to which the government servant istransferred he shall prepared “Due and Drawn Statement” in respectof arrears of pay and allowances of such government servant andsend it to the office from which the government servant has beentransferred for verification of the claim. The latter office shall checkthese statements, make entries in their records (i.e., in the officecopy of the bills) and return to the concerned drawing anddisbursing officer with a certificate to the effect that the arrearsrelating to the government servant have been noted in the relevantoffice copies of bills. On receipt of the “Due and Drawn Statement”with the certificates, the drawing and disbursing officer shall preparethe arrear bills of the government servant in the proper form, recordthe necessary certificate and draw the bill from the Treasury anddisburse the arrears to such government servant on properacquittance. The expenditure on this behalf shall be debited to thebudget provisions of the office in which the government servant isserving at the time of drawing the arrears.

177. Private police guards and additional police.—The cost of policeguards, whose services are placed at the disposal of private parties isrecoverable monthly in advance. The drawing officer who draws bills on thetreasury for the charges on account of such guards shall certify on each billthat the full amount due has been recovered from the parties concerned andcredited into the treasury and shall attach to the bill a memorandum in Form*Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]*Addition [G.O.(P) 363/76/Fin., dated 26th November, 1976]

RULES 176-177PART V


143

T.R. 54 in duplicate giving particular of the total amount recovered towardsthe charges included in the bill and the numbers and dates of the chalansunder which the amounts were credited into the treasury. The Treasury Officershall record on both copies of the memorandum certificates of verification ofcredits in the treasury accounts for the amount stated to have been recoveredretain one copy with the bill and return the other to the drawing officer formaking the necessary entries in the departmental accounts.

The Inspector General of Police, the District Magistrate or any otherofficer authorised by the Government in this behalf recovers the cost ofadditional police employed under section 14 of the Madras District Police Act,1859 section 15 of the Indian Police Act, 1861 and the Travancore-CochinPolice Act not in advance but subsequently. The drawing officer shall attachto the monthly pay bill for any such additional police a memorandum in FormT.R. 55 in duplicate showing the total charges incurred on the additionalpolice and the demand, collection and balance in respect of the recoveries. Heshall obtain from the District Magistrate concerned particulars of the recoveriesmade and credited into the treasury every month, and shall be responsible forseeing, that the necessary demands are issued and the recoveries are madewithout undue delay. The Treasury Officer shall record on both copies of thememorandum certificates of verification of credit in the treasury accounts forthe amount stated to have been recovered, return one copy of the drawingofficer and retain the other with the bill.

178. Travelling allowances.—The claims of travelling allowance ofclerks and other subordinates who have accompanied an officer on tour orhave performed other authorised journeys shall be prepared in Form T.R. 56[See also article 97(c), Kerala Financial Code]. The treasury shall pay suchbills on the receipt of the head of the office, after countersignature by thecontrolling authority when the head of the office is not the controlling officer,[See also Rules 113 to 116 of Part II of the Kerala Service Rules].

Drawing Officers shall pay special attention to the detailed Instructionsand the certificates printed on the travelling allowance bill forms.

179. Special to the Police Department.—The procedure to be followedfor payment of the cost of tickets issued on motor bus warrants to Sergeants,Sub Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables in the Police Departmentwho have to travel on duty by motor bus has been laid down in Article 98(c)of the Kerala Financial Code. The bill for the amounts should be prepared inForm T.R. 59.

RULES 177-179PART V


144

180. [Omitted]

[G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

181. Other miscellaneous payments to government servants.—Overtime fees.—Every bill on which overtime fees are claimed under therules in force or with the sanction of a competent authority shall contain acertificate as follows:

“Certified—

(1) that the government servants for whom overtime fees are claimedin this bill have actually earned them by working overtime;

(2) that the periods for which overtime fees are claimed in this bill havebeen checked with the initial records and found to be correct;

(3) that the overtime fees are claimed at rates sanctioned by a competentauthority; and

(4) that the overtime fees have been taken into account in calculatingthe income tax to be recovered from the government servants notedin this bill”.

When the overtime fees are to be paid out of fees collected from privateparties, the drawing officer shall certify on the bill that the prescribed fees payableby private parties on account of the overtime have been realised and credited intothe treasury.

C. Last Pay Certificate

182. The form prescribed for last pay certificates and the rules accordingto which they should be prepared, are contained in Appendix 12. A TreasuryOfficer (or the head of the office in the case of non-gazetted government servant)should on no account disburse any pay or allowances to a government servant towhom he has granted a last pay certificate, unless the certificate is first surrendered.

#Exceptions—*(1)In respect of a Gazetted Government Servant deputed toforeign service and in respect of whom Last Pay Certificatehas already been issued, arrears of salary, if any, due forthe period of his service under the Government shall bepaid by the Treasury Officer of the Treasury from where

*Addition [G.O.(P) 616/82/Fin., dated 22nd October, 1982]# Substitution [GO(P) 65/83/Fin. dated 4th February, 1983]

RULES 180-182PART V


145

the pay of the employee was drawn prior to hisdeputation to foreign service, on the basis of specificauthorisation issued by the Accountant General. Thesurrender of Last Pay Certificate already issued shallnot be insisted in such cases. The Treasury Officershall also issued revised Last Pay Certificate to theForeigner Employer after the disbursement of thearrears through the Accountant General for refixing theofficer’s emoluments in Foreign Service. Theoutstanding T.A. claims of such an employee shall bepaid by the Treasury Officer only after such claims aresubjected to †pre-check by the Accountant General.

†This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17thday of April, 1986.

(2) In respect of a Government Servant other than a Gazetted Officerdeputed to Foreign Service, and in respect of whom Last Pay certificate hasalready been issued, the Head of the Office from where the employee wasdeputed to Foreign Service shall, draw and disburse the arrears of salary, ifany, due to such employee for his period of service under Government, withoutinsisting on the surrender of the Last Pay Certificate already issued. The Headof the Office shall also issue a revised Last Pay Certificate to the Foreignemployer after the drawal and disbursement of the arrear salary for refixing theemoluments of the officer, in the Foreign employment. The outstandingtravelling allowance claims of such an employee shall be drawn and disbursedin the usual manner by the Head of the Office from where the GovernmentServant was deputed to Foreign Service.

(3) All claims of a retired Gazetted Government Servant whether itrelates to salary or travelling allowance ‡for the journeys performed whetherbefore or after retirement shall, be paid by the Treasury Officer only after †pre-check by the Accountant General, provided that such †pre-check shall not berequired for payment of last salary in respect of those governed by the KeralaService Rules in which case the procedure outline in sub rule (a) of rule 212 ofthese rules shall be followed. The surrender of any Last Pay Certificatepreviously issued, shall not be insisted on in such cases and a revised LastPay Certificate shall be issued after the disbursement of the arrear claims.

†Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]‡Insertion [G.O.(P) 208/89/Fin. dated 12th April, 1989]

RULE 182PART V


146

† This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17th dayof April, 1986.

(4) The arrears of salary, if any, due to a retired Government Servantother than a retired Gazetted Government Servant, in respect of whom as Last PayCertificate has already been issued shall be drawn and disbursed in the samemanner as regular monthly pay, allowances etc. by the Head of the office fromwhich the Government Servant retired, on the responsibility of such Head Officewithout reference to the departmental authorities and the Accountant General.The surrender of Last Pay Certificate already issued shall not be insisted in suchcases. A revised Last Pay Certificate shall also be issued after the drawal anddisbursement of the arrear salary, where necessary. Outstanding T.A. claims ofsuch officers, may also be drawn and disbursed in the usual manner by the headof the office from which the Government Servant retired.

NOTE— The term Government Servant used in exceptions (2) and (4) aboveincludes a non-gazetted officer who was drawing the pay andallowances on salary bills countersigned by a gazetted officer havingcontrol over him as mentioned in the exception to rule 169 (b).

183. If the emoluments of a government servant upto the date of his transferto a new post are not drawn before he proceeds to the new post [See sub clause(ii) of clause (d) of article 87 of the Kerala Financial Code] and his emoluments forthe whole month are therefore drawn together in the new post, the allocation ofthe charge between the old post and the new post should be clearly indicated inthe bill. The last pay certificate of a non-gazetted government servant should givethe information necessary to enable the drawing officer to note the allocationcorrectly in the bill of the new office. A gazetted or other government servant whodraws his own bills is himself responsible for showing the correct allocation of thecharge in any bill relating to service in more than one post.

184. [Deleted G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

185. [Deleted G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

186. Pensioners.—A government servant who retires on a pension isrequired to produce a last pay certificate before he can draw his pension for thefirst time. A last pay certificate should therefore be granted to every governmentservant who retires on a pension by the Treasury Officer concerned in the

†Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]

RULES 182-186PART V


147

case of gazetted officers and the drawing officer in the case of non-gazettedofficers. If a non-gazetted officer is himself the drawing officer his last paycertificate should be countersigned by his immediate superior gazetted officer.The Accountant General will direct, when he issues the order for the paymentof the pension, that no payment be made until a last pay certificate has beenproduced at the treasury where the first payment of pension is made. In caseswhere the application for pension to the Accountant General is made afterretirement, the last pay certificate should be submitted along with theapplication for pension.

186 A.Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 164 (a), 165 (a) and432 (a), the pay and allowances of a government servant gazetted or non-gazetted, who is certified by a Magistrate to be lunatic should be paid inaccordance with the following procedure under the provisions of section95 (1) of the Indian Lunacy Act, 1912.

(1) (a) On receipt of information that a government servant hasbeen certified to be a lunatic, the head of the office in which the governmentservant, before his being certified to be a lunatic was last employed shouldon the basis of the orders issued by the appointing authority indicating theperson(s) to whom and the proportion in which the pay and allowancesadmissible to the government servant may be disbursed in accordance withthe provisions of section 95 (1) of the Indian Lunacy Act, 1912, draw thepay and allowances of the government servant in the appropriate bill form,gazetted or non-gazetted as the case may be, from the treasury or other officeof disbursement. The claim should be supported by all the relevant certificateswhich the Head of the Office is required to furnish in the normal circumstances.However, in respect of the certificates which solely depend on the personalknowledge of the government servant and which cannot be furnished in suchcases, the head of the office should record, if he is satisfied about thereasonableness of the claim a certificate to the effect that the claim is notsusceptible of verification but is considered reasonable. If the governmentservant is invalided from service, the claim would be the last one in respect ofhim and the requisite payment in case he was a gazetted government servantshall be made only after the head of the office has satisfied himself by thereference to the Accountant General, the department authorities, if any, andhis own records, that no government dues are outstanding against him. Inother cases payment may be made on the responsibility of the head of theoffice concerned.

RULES 186-186APART V


148

(b) The amount withdrawn in the manner stated above may be paidto the person(s) referred to in sub paragraph (a) above, in the proportiondetermined by the appointing authority and receipts obtained, stamped, wherenecessary.

(2) Where a government servant has been invalided from serviceand it is found that some Government dues are outstanding against him evenafter the adjustment of his claims for pay and allowances, the same may beadjusted against the amount of his death-cum-retirement gratuity, if any, andif the same is also insufficient, the balance of the outstanding dues may bewritten off under sanction of the competent authority.

CHAPTER III

CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS EXPENDITURE

187. (a) “Permanent advances” are granted to certain governmentservants to enable them to meet contingent charges relating to their officesbefore drawing bills for the amounts. When a permanent advance issanctioned it shall be drawn from the treasury on a bill in Form T.R. 42supported by a copy of the order sanctioning the advance. The several itemsof contingent expenditure which are met from the permanent advance shallbe recorded in one or more registers to be maintained on each office in theform prescribed for the purpose.

(b) A gazetted government servant who is the head of an office maydraw his office contingent bills. He may also delegate this power to a gazettedgovernment servant serving under him—[See Rule 163 (g)].

A non gazetted government servant who is the Head of an office maydraw his office contingent bills subject to the condition that such bills shouldbe countersigned before payment by a gazetted officer in control over him orby the head of the department at the discretion of the latter. *No suchcountersignature shall be required for the drawal of wages of contingentemployees listed in Appendix II by those officers as listed in Appendix 10Kerala Treasury Code, Volume II.

Exception.—(1) The Assistant Educational Officers shall draw rent billsof Government Primary Schools in their jurisdiction;such bills need not be countersigned.

*Addition [G.O.(P) 170/81/Fin., dated 13th March, 1981]

RULES 186-187PART V


149

Exception. — *(2) The Assistant Educational Officers shall passcontingent bills relating to petty construction and repairworks of primary schools for amounts upto `1,000without the countersignature by the DistrictEducational Officers.

(c) Bills for contingent expenditure that require the countersignatureof the controlling authority before payment shall be drawn in Form T.R. 59.The Treasury Officer shall not pay such bills unless they have been dulycountersigned.

(d) In regard to contingent expenditure that requires thecountersignature of the controlling authority after payment, the drawing officershall present abstract bills in Form T.R. 60 at the Treasury for payment, andsend monthly detailed bills in K.F.C. form No. 11 to the controlling authorityfor countersignature and transmission to the Accountant General. The detailedbills duly countersigned by the controlling officer shall be sent to theAccountant General direct not later than the 20th of the month succeedingthat to which the bills relate. In the abstract bills the expenditure shall beclassified under the detailed account heads. The numbers assigned to the subvouchers pertaining to each entry in an abstract bill shall be shown againstthe entry, and the amount of each sub voucher for more than $ 1000 shall bestated. A certificate shall be attached to every abstract contingent bill to theeffect that the detailed contingent bills have been submitted to the controllingofficer in respect of abstract contingent bills drawn more than a month beforethe date of that bill. On no account may an abstract contingent bill be cashedwithout this certificate. **While forwarding the detailed contingent bill to theAccountant General after counter signature by the controlling authority, theDrawing and Disbursing Officers shall attach all sub-vouchers of rupees fivehundred and above, therewith. All sub-vouchers below rupees five hundredshall be defaced, and a certificate of having defaced and retained all such sub-vouchers shall be recorded in the detailed contingent bills by the controllingauthority.

**This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 25thApril, 2003.

(e) Bills for contingent expenditure that do not requirecountersignature shall be drawn in Form T.R. 61. The drawing officer shall*Addition [G.O.(P) 102/75/Fin., dated 21st March, 1975]$ Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/84/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1984.]**Substituted the notification issued vide G.O.(P) 80/88/Fin. dated 3rd February,1988 with G.O.(P) 289/2008/Fin. dated 8th July, 2008.

RULE 187PART V


150

show full particulars of the charge in the bill, attach to it all sub vouchers forindividual payments exceeding $ `1000 and sign the prescribed certificate inregard to the other sub vouchers.

188. The following further directions shall be followed when preparingcontingent bills:—

(i) The heads of account relating to contingent expenditure, i.e., the subhead of appropriation, the detailed account head, and the descriptive itemsubordinate to the detailed account head are generally printed in the form prescribedfor the purpose, according to the needs of the department concerned. If any suchrelevant entries have not been printed in a bill form, they shall be entered inmanuscript in the bill, and the totals from the contingent registers shall be postedagainst them.

(ii) Full details regarding any expenditure which requiresexplanation, e.g., miscellaneous charges, shall be entered in the bill, except whenthey are available in sub vouchers that will be sent to the Accountant General.

(iii) As a rule, charges debitable to more than one major head of accountshall not be included in a single bill. Separate bills need not, however, be drawn forsuch charges when they are shared in a fixed proportion by two branches of thesame office and are reviewed by the same authority, but the incidence of suchcharges shall be carefully indicated on the bills, so that the charges may beproperly classified in the accounts.

(iv) Certain prescribed certificates regarding items of contingent andmiscellaneous expenditure of various classes are required on contingent bills andbills for miscellaneous expenditure—[see Rules 181, 187 (d) above and 188 (x)below and also Appendix 4 of the Kerala Financial Code, Vol. II]. Certain certificatesof the same kind are also prescribed in departmental manuals or codes or areprinted on the form of bills intended for particular departments.

(v) Contingent charges that require the special previous sanction ofsuperior authority and those (other than the payment from contingencies) thatarise periodically (e.g., rents, rates, taxes, etc.) including those for which a fixedallowance has been sanctioned, shall be drawn on separate bills, which shallshow clearly that the charges are of a special or periodical nature. Particulars ofthe sanction of the expenditure shall be furnished on each such bill. When morethan one bill is drawn in respect of expenditure for which a lump sum has been$ Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/84/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1984.]

RULES 187-188PART V


151

granted under a single special sanction, a note shall be made on the secondand each subsequent bill of the total amount spent up-to-date under thesanction.

NOTE— In the case of contingent bills payable at treasuries on account ofrents, rates, taxes, etc., due to local bodies which have a bankingaccount at the treasury, the bill shall be endorsed in favour of thelocal body concerned irrespective of the amount involved.

(vi) The pay and fixed allowances of a member of the staff borneunder contingencies who has been declared to be ineligible for pension andactually discharge duties appertaining to one of the classes of staff describedin Appendix II whatever his designation may be, shall be drawn on contingentbills. No other pay and allowances of any kind shall be drawn on a contingentbill.

(vii) When a permanent advance is running short and paymentsexceeding the balance have to be made at once, these items too may beincluded in the bill, entering against them the numbers that the sub-voucherswill bear when the payments have been made—[see also Article 122 (a) ofthe Kerala Financial Code.]

†(viii) When a contingent charge exceeding ` 1,000 is payable to afirm of suppliers, a single party etc., separate contingent bill shall ordinarily beprepared for the amount and endorsed for payment by Reserve BankRemittances drafts in cases in which the drawing officer concerned is attachedto a banking treasury or a treasury having currency chest facility. Where thedrawing officer is attached to a non-banking treasury without currency chest,the bill for the contingent charges above ` 1,000 shall be drawn in cash fromthe non-banking treasury and disbursed to the payee in cash or by moneyorder or by Bank Draft at the expense of the payee. When payment is made bydraft, the draft as and when obtained shall be forwarded to the payee. ‡Aproper receipt for the amount should be obtained from the party/firm concernedand retained by the drawing and disbursing officer.

‡This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 9thOctober, 1985.

Note:—This amendment has been given effect to w.e.f. 9th October,1985 as per the circular No. 87/85/Fin. dated 9-10-1985 in modification of thecontrary contained in G.O.(P)No. 548/87/Fin. dated 23-6-1987.

†Substitution [G.O.(P) 548/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]‡Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 188PART V


152

*A proper receipt for the amount should be obtained from the partyconcerned. If the amount involved is above 100 the receipt should be forwardedto the Accountant General. After effecting payment a certificate to the effect thatthe payment has been made to the proper person and that a proper acknowledgmenthas been obtained and filed in his office may be sent to the Accountant General bythe drawing officer.

Whenever a contingent bill is endorsed to a private party, the drawingofficer shall, before signing the bill, obtain the specimen signature of the party onthe body of the bill which he shall attest before signing the bill. The drawingofficer shall simultaneously issue an advice (in Form T.R. 106) to the TreasuryOfficer [* *] giving full particulars of the bill. The bill must at once be entered in theContingent Register and a note made to the effect under the initials of the drawingofficer that the amount has been drawn. The Treasury Officer should invariablyreturn the duplicate copy of the advice with the date of payment to the drawingofficer after payment is made.

Where the endorsee wishes to collect payment on the bill through amessenger (other than a banker) the messenger must produce a letter of authorityin Form T.R. 103. †The letter of authority should be preserved in non-bankingtreasuries for 10 years (See Appendix 25 of K.T.C., Vol. II).

In the case of grants-in-aid, scholarships, stipends, book allowances,etc. of non-Government institutions including those referred to in Rule 197 (a) theOfficers authorised to countersign or pass the bills, shall simultaneously withcountersigning or passing of such bills, issue an advice to the Treasury Officer inForm T.R. 105 giving full particulars of the bill. The Treasury Officer should orderpayment on such bills only after referring to the advices received.Exception.—Grants-in-aid bills pertaining to the pay and allowance of teachers

and non-teaching staff of the Aided Schools referred to in Rule197 (a) do not require the advice referred to.

NOTE— [Omitted]

[G.O.(P) 669/79/Fin., dated 30th July, 1979](ix) The amount of the bills to be paid by book transfer shall not be

included in the body of the bill itself but only in the memorandum of appropriations,expenditure and balance at the foot of the bill.

†Addition [G.O.(P) No.147/74/Fin., dated 25th June, 1974]

* Addition [G.O.(P) No. 12/75/Fin., dated 6th January, 1975]** Omitted [G.O.(P) 20/81/Fin., dated 8th January, 1981]

RULE 188PART V


153

(x) Supply of water.—Expenditure incurred on the supply of water tooffices should be restricted to what is really necessary. The drawing officer shouldattach a certificate in the following form to every contingent bill which includessuch charges:—

“Certified that the expenditure on watermen for the supply of water hasbeen scrutinised and is necessary”.

189. [Deleted]190. Works expenditure charged as contingent expenditure.—Bills for

charges on account of petty works and repairs allotted to departments other thanthe Public Works Department shall be drawn in Form T.R. 62. The name of thework, the serial number of the bill in the series of bills for that work, the number anddate of the last bill, the number and date of the order sanctioning the work and theamount of the sanctioned estimate shall be entered on each such bill in the spacesprovided for the purpose. Each item of charge shall be fully described and detailsfurnished where necessary, as to the rates and quantities. All sub-vouchers forindividual payments exceeding $ ` 1000 shall be attached to the bill. If it is notpossible to furnish full details of the charges with the necessary sub-voucherswhen drawing the bill, they shall be furnished within one month in a bill headed“Not payable at the treasury” with the necessary sub-vouchers attached.

When a bill contains a charge for labour engaged departmentally the drawingofficer shall certify that the amount charged was paid on muster rolls maintainedin accordance with the rules to labourers who actually worked on the work. Thesemuster rolls shall be submitted to the Accountant General, if he calls for them. Inthe case of contingent employees for whom no muster rolls are maintained,disbursing officer concerned shall furnish a certificate as follows:-

“Certified that all contingent employees whose pay has been charged in thisbill were actually entertained in Government service during the period concerned.”

191. Renting of private building for office and residential purposes.—(a) When claiming the first charge for rent in every year, for a private

building to provide office or residential accommodation the drawing officer shouldattach to the bill, a certificate from the Executive Engineer, Buildings and Roadshaving territorial jurisdiction over the area, that a suitable Government buildingwas not available.

(b) When claiming the first charge for rent for the first year, the drawingofficer should attach to the bill, a certificate from a competent authority in theP.W.D. (Buildings and Roads) under whose jurisdiction the building is situatedthat the amount of rent fixed is reasonable, having regard to the local conditionsand the scale of accommodation provided.$Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/84/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1984.]

RULES 188-191PART V


154

(c) When the building rented is in a municipality the first bill onwhich the rent is drawn should also be supported either by a letter from theExecutive Authority of the Municipality stating what amount he considers tobe a reasonable rent for the building, such amount being not less than the rentcharged in the bill or by an order of the Head of the Department sanctioningthe payment of the rent, if the rent is higher than that recommended by theExecutive Authority of the Municipality. The first bill on which the rent isdrawn in each subsequent year should also be supported by a certificate ofthe Executive Authority of the Municipality, that the rent charged is reasonable,or by an order of the Head of the Department sanctioning payment of the rent.This requirement is in addition to the certificates by the other authoritiesmentioned above.NOTE 1—For the purpose of this rule, the following officers of the

P.W.Department (Roads and Buildings Branch) are competentto issue rent certificates for the amounts noted against each inplaces where there is no Rent Controller.

(i) Chief Engineer .. Any amount(ii) Superintending

Engineer .. do.(iii) Executive Engineer .. Rent not exceeding 200

per mensem(iv) Assistant Engineer .. Rent not exceeding 50

per mensemNOTE 2—In the case of departments, in which a Civil Engineering Unit is

functioning, the certificate of reasonableness of rent, issued byofficers, exercising the powers of their counterparts in the P.W.D.may be accepted. The non availability of Government Buildingseven in these cases should be certified by the Executive Engineerof the Division concerned.

NOTE 3—In cases where the rent of building occupied is ` 10 or below, theHead of the Department may certify that no Government buildingis available and that the rent charged is reasonable. In such casesno certificate need be insisted from the officer of the P.W.Department.

NOTE 4—No annual renewal of certificate of reasonableness of rent need beinsisted, if the same department occupies the same building

RULE 191PART V


155

continuously at the same or lower rate of rent. If however theoccupation of the building prolongs over 3 years, the Head ofDepartment should furnish a certificate that there has been noreduction in rental value of buildings in the locality. This certificateshould be attached to the first bill for rent after the expiry of theperiod of 3 years. Unless the periods of lease have been specifiedin the original sanction it is not, however, necessary to revisesanction for the continued occupation of the same buildings insubsequent years.

192. *Service postage stamps.—The Service Postage Stamps requiredfor an office shall be purchased from the respective Head Post Offices on payment.The amount required for this purpose shall be drawn from the Treasury/Bank bymeans of contingent bills, by bill drawing officers and cheques, by cheque drawingofficers.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1st day ofOctober, 1985.

193. Discount on stamps.—The discount on stamps allowed to certainclass of vendors under the rules framed under the Kerala Stamp Act, 1959 iscredited to them by deduction from the purchase money to be paid by them forstamps. Receipts in Form T.R. 64 should be taken for the payment of the discount,besides the indent on the treasury for stamps. It is the duty of the TreasuryOfficers to see that the discount has been correctly calculated. They shouldcertify to this effect in the subsidiary schedule of receipts on account of stampssent to the Accountant General with the monthly accounts. The full face value ofthe stamps should be shown as a credit in the stamp accounts and the discountshown separately as a payment.

194. [Omitted]

[ G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

195. Recovery of amounts attached by courts.—When any moneys dueby the Government to any person, otherwise than as pay and allowances of agovernment servant, are attached by a prohibitory order of a court of law, thegovernment servant responsible for making the payment shall give effect to thecourt’s order, unless he has reason to think that the amount payable is exemptfrom attachment, in which case he shall report the matter to the Government fororders before making the payment.*Substitution [G.O.(P) 82/88/Fin. dated 3rd February, 1988]

RULES 191-195PART V


156

When the attachment relates to an amount for which a bill has to be drawnon the treasury, the treasury and the department concerned shall, in giving effectto the court’s order follow the same procedure as that prescribed in Rule 211 fordeducting from the bill and remitting into court an amount attached from agovernment servant’s pay and allowances.

When the attachment relates to an amount which has to be disbursed bymeans of a departmental cheque, the procedure laid down in Rule 442 shall befollowed. (Please See note after the first paragraph of Rule 208 in the case ofattachment on Personal Deposit Accounts).

196. Grants in lieu of magisterial fines.—

(a) The Government make grants to the local funds and private bodiesconcerned on account of the fines that magisterial courts levy under certainenactments and credit to the Government (See Article 327 of the Kerala FinancialCode). The grants payable to the Trivandrum and Calicut Corporations and otherlocal funds and to private bodies shall be paid annually on the basis of the amountrealised in the previous year. Departmental registers showing fines collected shallbe maintained by the District Magistrates. The amount due on account of the filescollected in each financial year shall be paid early in July, in the following year.

(b) *The District Magistrate shall draw bills in form T.R. 61 annually forgrants payable on account of magisterial fines to local funds and private bodies.A consolidated bill of all panchayats coming under the jurisdiction of the DistrictTreasury shall be prepared for the payment to be made at the District Treasuryconcerned and presented at the District Treasury along with a copy of the ordersanctioning the payment, and a detailed statement showing the particulars ofannual credits, the refunds made during the year, the amount deducted asexpenditure on account of the services of processes and batta to witness and thenet amount due to each local fund or private body concerned. He shall stateagainst Municipalities, Port Funds, Port Trust Funds that the amount are to becredited by book transfer in the banking accounts of the respective local fund atthe treasury. The District Treasury Officer, on receipt of the bill, shall transfer-credit the amount to the Personal Deposit Accounts of the panchayats concernedand send intimation to the respective sub treasuries for raising the balance in thebanking Personal Deposit Accounts maintained at the sub treasuries. The TreasuryOfficer shall then send advice to the District Magistrates for the purpose ofintimation to the local fund authorities. Separate bills shall be prepared by theDistrict Magistrate in respect of the private bodies falling under the jurisdiction of

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 221/77/Fin., dated 13th July, 1977]

RULES 195-196PART V


157

different District Treasuries. In such cases the District Magistrate shall furnishhis specimen signatures and observe other formalities as required under therules. For every payment of this kind to a local fund, exceeding $ 1000 madein the banking account of the local fund at the treasury or sub treasury, theTreasury Officer/Sub Treasury Officer shall obtain receipt to be sent to theAccountant General.

NOTE— In the case of institutions which are not having accounts with thetreasuries, the District Magistrate shall prepare a bill separately forsuch institution and present them at the treasury, in which the DistrictMagistrate is a drawing officer, along with money order form dulyfilled up or application for R. B. R. as the case may be.

(c) The District Magistrate shall draw in cash the amounts payableto panchayats and the branches of the society for the Prevention of Cruelty toAnimals and send them to the authorities concerned by money order at theirexpense. If, however, there is a treasury or sub treasury at the headquarters ofthe authority concerned, or if it has servants of its own, the Treasury or SubTreasury Officer shall intimate to it the amount due and state that, unless theamount due is collected within a month, it will be sent to it by money order atits expense. When such amounts are sent to the authorities concerned bymoney order, the money order receipts shall be treated as vouchers.Exception—Payments due to branches of the society for the Prevention

of Cruelty to Animals, which are at the headquarters ofdistricts, may be made by endorsement of contingent billsin accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 128of the Kerala Financial Code [See also Rule 188 (vii) above].

197. (a) Educational grants-in-aid, scholarships, stipends andbook allowances.—When claiming payments due by the Government to anon Government institution under these heads, the Correspondent, Manageror Headmaster of the institution shall prepare bills in form T.R. 114, and furnishparticulars of the orders sanctioning each payment. The bill for a grant-in-aidrequires the countersignature of the government servant specified in thesanction, and shall be accompanied by a duplicate in coloured form headed“Not payable at the Treasury”.

The head of a Government institution shall prepare bills in Form T.R. 114,for the scholarships, stipends and book allowances sanctioned for hisinstitution and furnish particulars of the order sanctioning each payment.

$Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/84/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1984.]

RULES 196-197PART V


158

The following procedure shall be adopted for the drawal and disbursementof salary of teachers and non-teaching staff of aided schools:—

*(i) On the 20th day of every month the Headmaster shall prepare intriplicate an establishment bill for the salaries of teachers for that month inaccordance with the sanctioned strength and the rates of pay allowed and forwardthe same to the Assistant Educational Officer/District Educational Officerconcerned, as the case may be, attaching the undermentioned enclosures to theduplicate bill only. Other enclosures, if any, to be attached to the bill such asProvident Fund Schedules, Family Benefit Scheme Schedule shall be enclosedwith the original and duplicate bills:

(a) Absentee statement .. In duplicate

(b) **[Omitted]

(c) Last Pay Certificate,wherever necessary .. do.

(d) Combined statement of demand,collection and balance of feeincome for the period from the21st of previous month to the20th of the current month in theprescribed form. .. In duplicate

(e) Triplicate copies of the chalanfor the remittance of the feecollection into the Treasuryfrom the 21st of the previousmonth to the 20th of the currentmonth. .. do.

(f) A manuscript certificate in thebill itself signed by theHeadmaster as follows:

“Certified that the tuition fees collected from the 21st day of the previousmonth to the 20th day of the current month have been remitted into the Treasury.”

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the 4thday of February, 1975.

*Substitution [G. O. (P) 209/88/Fin. dated 9th March, 1998]**Omission [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. Dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 197PART V


159

**(ii) The Controlling Officer, i.e., the Assistant Educational Officeror the District Educational Officer, as the case may be, shall carefully checkand pass the bill after satisfying himself that the fee income due to Governmenthas been remitted into the Treasury and return two copies of the bill (theoriginal and the duplicate with enclosures) duly signed (countersigned in thecase of Secondary and Training Schools) to the Headmaster within three daysof their receipt in his office with the following manuscript certificate in theoriginal bill for encashment.

“Certified that all the documents required for audit have been enclosedwith the duplicate bill”.

The triplicate copy of the bill shall be retained in the office of theControlling Officer (with other enclosures) with information that “all thedocuments required for audit have been enclosed with the duplicate bill”.

**This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the4th day of February, 1975.

†(ii A) NOTE—If the Headmaster in whose favour the bill is endorsed forpayment by the Assistant Educational Officer or the DistrictEducational Officer, as the case may be, desires that the amountof the bill should be paid to some other persons employed inhis school, he shall append a letter of authority authorizingsuch person to receive the proceeds of the bill duly attestingthe signature of such other person. The bill shall be paid by theTreasury/the Bank to the person so mentioned in the letter ofauthority at the risk of the Headmaster of the Institutionconcerned.

†This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force with effectfrom 6th day of April, 1985.

†NOTE:—This amendment has been given effect to w.e.f. 6th April,1985 so as to make it inclusive of the provisions in G. O. (P) 205/85/Fin. dated6-4-1985.

(iii) The Headmaster will disburse the salaries to the teachersimmediately on encashment and get their acquittance in the acquittance rollregister and also in two more copies (loose sheets) in the same form. The twocopies signed also by the Headmaster should be sent to the controlling officer**Substitution [G. O. (P) 209/88/Fin. dated 9th March, 1988]†Addition [G. O. (P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 197PART V


160

with an encashment statement as in the form given below within three daysfrom the last date of disbursement of the money. Any failure to disburse theamount as above if the failure is due to the fault of the Headmaster, or to remitinto the treasury the fee collection within two days of collections will be dealtwith as defalcation of Government money.

ENCASHMENT STATEMENT

Name of School etc.

1. Bill No.

2. Period of claim

3. Amount

4. Date of passing

5. Date of encashment

6. Name of Treasury

7. Date of disbursement and amount

8. Balance of undisbursed amount

(Signature of the Headmaster)

(iv) The procedure outlined above will be adopted mutatis mutandisin the case of the pay of the non-teaching staff also.

(b) When the head of an institution prefers a claim on account ofGovernment scholarships granted through the Harijan Welfare Department,he should prepare a bill *in the Form T.R. 114 or in the Form prescribed by theconcerned department, with the approval of the Government and send it tothe District Welfare Officer for the district concerned. The District WelfareOfficer should check the bill and countersign it if he is satisfied that it is inorder. If the institution is situated at a place where there is a treasury, heshould then return the bill duly countersigned to the head of the institutionfor encashment at the treasury and disbursement of the amount to the scholars.If the institution is situated at a place where there is no treasury, the DistrictWelfare Officer should cash the bill and remit the amount to the head of theinstitution at the Government’s expense for disbursement to the scholars.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 553/79/Fin., dated 19th June, 1979]

RULE 197PART V


161

198. Statement of amounts due to the Government by a local body.—Any amount due to the Government by a local body, including an amount dueon account of a loan which it has taken from the Government shall, if it remainsunpaid be subject to recovery by adjustment from grants payable to it by theGovernment other than those payable under the provisions of a statute.

A statement showing all the amounts due to the Government by the localbody and remaining unpaid shall be presented at the treasury along withevery bill on which a local body claims payment of a non statutory grant-in-aid. Out of the grant payable to the local body, the Treasury Officer shallcredit to Government the amount shown in the statement of amounts due byit or the whole of the grant, whichever is less, and he shall credit the localbody’s account only with the balance of the grant, if any. The treasury shallsend the statements of amounts due by local bodies prescribed above to theAccountant General along with the bills.

199. Compensation awarded by courts out of fines to injured parties.—When a court orders the payment to an injured party of an amount kept indeposit in the treasury which was awarded to him as compensation out of afine imposed in criminal case, it shall certify on the order either—

(1) that the sentence and award have been confirmed by the appellatecourt and no order has been received from the court of revision reversing ormodifying the order of compensation, or

(2) when the order as to compensation has been modified in appealor revision, that the payment ordered is in conformity with such modification,or

(3) that the appeal time has expired and no appeal has been preferred,and that no order has been received from the court of revision reversing ormodifying the order of compensation.

200. Refunds of revenue.—Bills for drawing moneys from the treasuryon account of refunds of revenue shall be prepared in Form T.R. 65 unlesssome other form has been prescribed in regard to any particular class of suchrefunds. Every refund shall be noted against the original receipt entry in thedepartmental accounts. The government servant who is responsible for themaintenance of the departmental accounts containing the original receipt entryshall certify on the bill that the refund has been so noted and shall fill incolumns (1) to (5) of the Form. The Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall not

RULES 198-200PART V


162

pay any such bill unless particulars of the order of sanction of a competentauthority are furnished on the voucher and a certified copy of the order isattached to it if no copy is separately communicated to the Accountant General.

A government servant who draws a bill for a refund of revenue shallcertify on the bill that the restrictions prescribed by the Government in regardto time limits for claims for refunds (See Article 44 of the Kerala FinancialCode) have not been contravened. The certificate shall be in that one of thealternative forms provided for the purpose in the form of refund bill (FormT.R. 65) that is appropriate in each case. When he is himself the sanctioningauthority, he shall also certify on the bill that the refund claimed satisfiesthe conditions, if any, prescribed in the departmental rules and administrativeorders; in other cases, this certificate shall be furnished by the competentauthority in the order of sanction.

Unlike sub-vouchers for contingent charges, sub-vouchers relatingrefunds of revenue shall not be cancelled. The Treasury or other Officer,who disburses the amounts by money order or otherwise, shall forward tothe Accountant General for audit all sub-vouchers, however small the amountinvolved. The Secretary, Kerala Public Service Commission, however, shall,in respect of the amounts drawn by him from the District Treasury, Trivandrumfor remittance by money order to the parties, send only a certificate ofdisbursement to the Accountant General retaining the money order receiptswith him.

NOTE 1—Refunds of land revenue.—Revenue Inspectors are required tomake refunds of land revenue, when necessary, during theirtours. Each Revenue Inspector should estimate the amount thathe is likely to require for the purpose each month and apply tothe Tahsildar for the necessary funds. The Tahsildar shouldcheck the amount with the published list of excess collectionsthat the Divisional Officer has authorised him to refund, drawthe required amount on a bill containing details of the itemsincluded and send it to the Revenue Inspector. The RevenueInspector should submit the receipts obtained from the payeesto the Tahsildar, who should attach them to the bill submitted tothe Treasury Officer in support of the charge in the sub treasuryaccount. The Revenue Inspector should refund to the subtreasury by the date of closing its monthly account any part of

RULE 200PART V


163

the amount drawn and sent to him that he has not disbursedand any amount that he so refunds should be deducted at thefoot of the refund voucher on which the amount was originallydrawn.

Jamabandi Officers are also required to make such refunds, whennecessary, and should obtain the amount required from theTahsildar concerned. The Tahsildar should draw a sum equal tothe excess collections to be refunded in respect of the villagesto be dealt with at each Jamabandi camp and hand it over to theJamabandi Officer before he starts work at the camp. TheJamabandi Officer should make the refunds to claimants whoare present at the camp and return any undisbursed balance tothe Tahsildar together with the payees’ receipts before leavingthe camp.

NOTE 2—Refunds on account of stamp.—When a refund has to be madeon account of spoilt or damaged stamps (other than stampsreceived back from a vendor), the Tahsildar should draw a billin Form T.R. 66 and obtain the payee’s receipt on it.

If the order of sanction of the competent authority is not recordedon the bill itself, a certified copy of the order should be attachedto the bill.

NOTE 3—Refunds of process and poundage fees by courts of law.—Refundsof process and poundage fees should be treated as refunds, ofstamp revenue. The court should make such refunds, whennecessary, from its permanent advance and recoup its permanentadvance by drawing a contingent bill headed “Refund ofprocess and poundage fees” on the treasury at the end of eachmonth. It should attach to every such bill at the relevant refundvouchers in the form prescribed by the High Court containingthe signatures of the payees in token of having received theamounts refunded.

When a refund has to be made after a process has beentransmitted for service from one court to another, the refundorder should be forwarded for payment to the Judge of thecourt in which the process fees have been deposited.

RULE 200PART V


164

NOTE 4—Refunds of registration fees.—A registering officer should makerefunds of registration fees, when necessary, from his permanentadvance and recoup his permanent advance by drawing acontingent bill headed “Refund of registration fees” on the treasury.He should attach to every such bill all the relevant refund vouchersin Form T.R. 65 containing the signatures of the payees in token ofhaving received the amounts refunded.

NOTE 5—Refunds of excess receipts on account of advertisements in theGazette and other official publication.—The Superintendent,Government Press, should meet in the first instance from hispermanent advance refunds of excess receipts on account ofadvertisements in the Kerala Gazette and other officialpublications, and subsequently recoup the permanent advanceby presenting bills at the District Treasury, Trivandrum. Thesebills should be supported by money order acknowledgments ofthe parties concerned.

NOTE 6—Refunds of college and examination fees.—When any collegefees have to be refunded under the rules and orders in force,the Principal of the College should draw a bill for the amount tobe refunded, attach to it the order of a competent authoritysanctioning the refund and present it at the treasury for payment.

If an examination fee or a part of such fee has to be refunded,the government servant who received the fee (the Secretary,Kerala Public Service Commission, or the Commissioner forGovernment Examinations or the Text Book Officer) shouldendorse a certificate on the original receipt for the fee, specifyingthe amount to be refunded. The person who paid the fee shouldpresent the receipt so endorsed for payment at the treasurywhich issued the receipt.

When the fees payable by more than one candidate in a schoolhave been remitted into the treasury in a lumpsum and a singlecollective receipt issued and a part of the amount has to berefunded, the procedure laid down in Rule 200 above should befollowed.

NOTE 7—Refunds of fines.—When a appellate court or court of revision,other than the High Court, reverses or reduces a sentence of

RULE 200PART V


165

fine on appeal, it should issue a refund order in the formprescribed by the High Court.

When the High Court reverses or reduces a sentence of fine thecourt which passed the original sentence should issue a refundorder on receiving the High Court’s certificate under section425 and 442 of the Code of criminal Procedure in regard to itsorder on appeal or in revision.

NOTE 8—Refunds of salestax and agricultural income-tax.—Refund of salestax and agricultural income-tax shall be claimed in Form 49 of KeralaGeneral Salestax Rules and the form prescribed in rule 32 A of theAgricultural Income Tax Rules, respectively. When a refund issanctioned, the assessing authority concerned, shall forward arefund order in the relevant form mentioned above, to the partyconcerned, simultaneously giving due intimation to the TreasuryOfficer regarding the issue of refund order. The refund order shallbe made payable only at the treasury in which the original creditshave been made. The Treasury Officer shall verify the originalcredits noted in the refund order and put his initials in the columnprovided for the purpose in the refund order, as token of havingchecked them. The refund order shall be passed for payment, onlyafter verification of the credits, as mentioned above.

201. Loans and advances.—Particulars of the order sanctioning the loanor advance shall be furnished in every bill or other document on which a loan oradvance is drawn.

In the case of a loan sanctioned to fully owned Government Company/Corporation, a written undertaking in the form prescribed by the Government inthat behalf should be got executed before the loan is actually disbursed. A certificatethat the written undertaking has been obtained from the loanee should be recordedby the countersigning authority on the bill for the drawal of the amount of theloan. In cases where the bills for drawal of loan amounts are not required to becountersigned by the sanctioning authority, the following procedure shall befollowed in regard to furnishing/execution of the undertaking by the loaneeinstitutions.

The sanction should specifically state that the undertakings/agreement wouldbe furnished executed by the loanee before the drawal of the amount of loan. Itshould also include a clause that the Accountant General/Disbursing Officer

RULES 200-201PART V


166

would authorise payment only on the receipt of a certificate from thesanctioning authority that the undertaking/agreement has been obtained fromthe loanee. The sanctioning authority should ensure that the requisitecertificate is furnished to the Accountant General/Disbursing Officer as soonas the undertaking/agreement is received from the loanee, so that paymentof money is not unduly delayed.The sanction of a competent authority to apersonal advance may, if preferred, be obtained in the form ofcountersignature on the bill itself before it is presented at the treasury, insteadof in a separate order.

The treasury shall not pay a bill for an advance under the head “Advancesto cultivators” (See Article 246 of the Kerala Financial Code) unless it is signed byan officer who has power to sanction the advance. If it is presented at the treasuryduly signed together with the borrower’s receipt for the amount of the advance,duly stamped when necessary, the treasury shall pay the amount direct to theborrower or his duly authorised agent. As an alternative, an officer who has todisburse advances may draw on his own receipt on an abstract bill such portionof the amount of the sanctioned advances awaiting disbursement as he is likely torequire for payment to the borrowers during his tours. When this latter alternativeis adopted, the Collector shall prescribe for each officer concerned, with dueregard to the circumstances, a maximum amount which he may draw on such anabstract bill, and the following rules shall be observed:-

(1) No disbursing officer shall cash another abstract bill, beforefurnishing a detailed bill to account for the disbursements from the amountdrawn on the last abstract bill and refunding into the treasury any balanceremaining undisbursed. A disbursing officer who cashes an abstract bill shallunder no circumstances delay the submission of the corresponding detailedbill beyond the end of the second month following that in which he cashedthe abstract bill.

(2) The disbursing officer shall take the receipts of the borrowersor their duly authorised agents on the spot when he disburses the advancesand shall certify at the foot of the detailed bill that all the advances included init were paid in his presence.

(3) The Collector shall retain the borrowers’ receipts and afterchecking the detailed bill with them, shall forward it to the Accountant Generalthrough the Treasury Officer in support of the debits appearing in the treasuryaccount.

RULE 201PART V


167

NOTE— In the case of advances granted to cultivators by officers ofdepartments other than Revenue, the Government may, by specialorder, entrust the duties of the Collector under the above rule, tothe district heads of the departments concerned. In the absence ofany such special order, such duties shall be done by the Collectorof the District in respect of ‘advances to cultivators’ granted byofficers of other departments also.

202. Survey Department Bills.—Bills for temporary advances sanctionedfor survey parties for demarcation purposes shall show the state of the advancefor which a statement showing the amount drawn up-to-date, the amount coveredby recovery lists advised to the Collector and the balance available should beattached to each bill. Bills for amounts due to contractors for survey stones andother charges recoverable from ryots shall be in the forms prescribed in thedepartmental manuals or orders. No bill for an amount due to a contractor forsurvey stones shall be paid, unless both the contractor and the survey officer-in-charge of the survey party have signed it and the survey officer has certified on itthat the stones bought for use as survey marks have been brought into the stockregisters and the necessary notes regarding payment made in order to preventpayment of any second claim on the same account.

203. Bills for survey charges in the Revenue Department.—TheTahsildar shall, when necessary, draw bills for advances for replacing missingboundary marks in the form prescribed in the Standing Orders of the Board ofRevenue and shall attach to each bill for the cost of survey stones both thecontractor’s receipt for the amount and the acknowledgment of the villageofficer who took charge of the stones. They shall prepare the necessarybills in due course for adjusting these charges in the manner laid down bythe Government and shall certify on each such bill that the amount chargedto the Government under cost of survey marks has been checked and foundto be correct.

204. Repayment of deposits.—Every order issued by a court or otherauthority for the repayment of a deposit from a treasury shall be in English.The order of a court or other authority for the repayment of a deposit andthe voucher for such repayment shall be in Form T.R. 67 except when someother form has been specially prescribed for the purpose for any class ofdeposits. When only a part of a rupee is to be repaid, the space against thewords “rupees” shall be scored through or the word “nil” shall be written in it,in order to prevent interpolation. As a safeguard against fraud, the authority

RULES 200-204PART V


168

which orders the repayment shall enter the name of the payee after the words“Passed for payment” thus; “Passed for payment to…………..” the authorityrevalidating an order of repayment which lapsed under the provisions of Rules207 and 237 (3) shall verify that a note of repayment over the initials of the authorityordering the repayment has been made against the original entry in the checkregister.

Deposits, the detailed accounts of which are not kept at the treasury andwhich are credited to the Government under Article 296 of the Kerala FinancialCode, Volume I, cannot be repaid without the sanction of the Accountant Generalwho will authorize payment on ascertaining that the item was really received andwas carried to the credit of Government as lapsed and that the claimant’s identityand title to the money are certified by the Officer signing the application forrefund.

*Deposits, the detailed accounts of which are kept at the treasuries andwhich are credited to the Government under Article 296 of Kerala Financial Code,Volume I, may be refunded without the sanction of the Accountant General. TheTreasury Officer shall before authorising refund in such cases, ascertain that theitem was really received and is traceable in his records was carried to the credit ofGovernment as lapsed and was not paid previously and that the claimant’s identityand title to the money are certified by the officer signing the application for refund.

205. Repayment of revenue deposits.—(a) A revenue deposit should only be repaid on an order of the court or

authority which ordered the acceptance of the deposit. When an earnest moneydeposit has to be repaid, the departmental government servant in whose favourthe amount was deposited, should endorse a repayment order on the receiptwhich the treasury issued when receiving the deposit. When, however, he decidesthat the deposit should be credited to the Government, he should return thereceipt to the treasury with an order endorsed on it for payment by transfer to theappropriate head of account.

(b) When an earnest money deposit made by intending tenderer inanother State has to be repaid, the departmental officer concerned shouldarrange for the repayment through the Accountant General and for this purposehe should forward to the Accountant General the original deposit receipt ofthe Treasury Officer with the refund order duly endorsed thereon.

(c) When a deposit is to be transferred to another head of accountwhether at the district treasury or at a sub treasury, the government servant whoordered the acceptance of the deposit should prepare and sign a voucher in Form*Substitution [G.O.(P) 136/74/Fin., dated 13th June, 1974.

RULES 204-205PART V


169

T.R. 69 and send it to the treasury. If several items of the same nature are to betransferred on the same day, they may be included in one voucher, but transfersto be effected on different days should not be entered on the same voucher.

(d) [Deleted]

206. Repayment of civil courts deposits.—

(a) At stations where the treasury does not transact its cashbusiness through the Bank.—A person who claims that any moneys are dueto him from a court should present a receipt for the amount to the court withhis application. If the claim is in order, the court should issue an order to thetreasury for the payment in Form T.R. 70 specifying the date on which theorder is issued, the amount to be paid and the account to which the paymentis debited. The receipt taken from a party for a sum paid out of the courtshould, when filed in the court, be attached by gum to the office counterfoilof the original order book.

The claimant should present the order at the treasury in the accountmonth in which it is issued or, if he fails to do so, should return it to the court,which may re-issue it after the presiding Judge has re-dated it and initialed thecorrection. When an order is thus re-dated and re-issued, the further dateshould be entered in the office counterfoil of the original order book.

(b) At stations where the treasury transacts its cash business throughthe bank.—The procedure for obtaining payment of moneys due from thesecourts is the same as that described in the preceding clause, except that thecourt should compare the application with the entry in the register of receiptsand verify that the balance in deposit is sufficient to meet the payment beforeissuing an order on the bank for payment of the amount and that the ordershould be issued in Form T.R. 71.

(c) At stations where there is no treasury or where the treasury islocated at a great distance from the court.— The civil court should refundthe moneys claimed from the permanent advance and recoup the permanentadvance later by drawing contingent bills on the treasury, supported by therelevant individual deposit repayment vouchers duly completed.

207. Repayment of revenue deposits and criminal court’s deposits.—An entry should be made on every order for the repayment of a revenuedeposit or a criminal court deposit stating that no payment will be made on itafter the close of the financial year in which it is issued or three months fromthe date of issue, whichever is earlier.

RULES 205-207PART V


170

208. Repayment of personal deposits.—The treasury should makepayments only on cheques taken from a cheque book issued by the treasury,signed by the responsible administrators of the personal deposit account andpresented within three months from the date of issue. The Treasury or SubTreasury Officer, as the case may be, should see that no payment is made on anycheque unless the balance in hand is sufficient to meet it. As a rule, the responsibleadministrator of each personal deposit account should have a drawing accountwith, and draw cheques, on either a district treasury only or any one sub treasuryonly. The Government will specify the treasury or sub treasury on which heshould draw cheques in the order sanctioning the opening of the personal depositaccount. If an administrator has to carry out transaction in more than one district,Government may permit him to have a personal deposit account in each of them.When a personal deposit account relates to an estate which has dealings withmore than one sub treasury in a district, its drawing account should be with thedistrict treasury only and Government drafts or cash orders should be obtainedfor payments to be made at sub treasuries [See Rule 213 (a) below]. If an estate, thedrawing account of which is kept at a sub treasury, requires occasionally to havepayments made at the district treasury, the Treasury Officer may make the paymentsand adjust them in his accounts for the estate; he should inform the Sub TreasuryOfficer at once of any such payment, so that the necessary entries may be madein the personal deposit account of the estate.

NOTE 1—[Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 362/76/Fin., dated 25th November, 1976]

NOTE 2—If a government servant attaches an estate or part of an estate heis the “responsible administrator” of it and should sign thecheques relating to it. If, however, the attaching officer is theDistrict Collector it is permissible for him to delegate thispower to a Revenue Divisional Officer, if he wishes; if he doesso, he should inform the Treasury Officer and the AccountantGeneral at once.

NOTE 3—*When a prohibitory order is received from a Court attaching acertain amount from a personal deposit account maintained inthe Treasury, the Treasury Officer shall withdraw the said sumincluding M.O. commission, if necessary, from the personaldeposit account concerned by presenting a bill in form T.R. 42duly signed by him and arrange remittance of the amount to theCourt concerned in the usual manner. The Treasury Officer shallintimate the Administrator of the personal deposit account asand when the attachment order is effected.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 362/76/Fin., dated 25th November, 1976]

RULE 208PART V


171

NOTE 4—The Examiner of Local Fund Accounts and Treasurer of CharitableEndowments, Trivandrum may delegate to any of the gazettedofficers in his office at Trivandrum his powers to operate on theaccount in the District Treasury, Trivandrum styled ‘PersonalDeposit Account of the Treasurer of Charitable Endowments.’

NOTE 5—When a personal deposit account is opened in the Treasury withreference to Note 2 under Rule 93 of these Rules the head of theinstitution concerned (Principal of the College or a similar headof a post-matric institution other than a college) is the“responsible Administrator” of that account. If the institutionis situated at the headquarters of a district or anywhere in thetaluk in which the district headquarters is located the drawingaccount shall be in the District Treasury and in other cases thedrawing account shall be in the sub treasury at the headquartersof the taluk in which the institution is situated unless specificallyordered otherwise by the Director of Treasuries.

NOTE 6—The administrator of each personal ledger account shall furnishto the Treasury Officer, at the close of each financial year, acertificate of acceptance of the closing balance as worked outin the Treasury Accounts, after reconciling differences, if any,between the Treasury Accounts, and the Administrator’sAccounts. The Treasury Officer shall not permit withdrawalsfrom the Personal Deposit Account after 31st May of any yearunless and until the closing balance certificate in respect of theprevious financial year has been received by him.

209. Special to the Forest Department.—In the Forest Departmentonly the Divisional Forest Officer has power to order the payment of anearnest money deposit. He should do so, when necessary by endorsing hisorders on the treasury receipt. No such deposit should ever be repaid in partleaving a balance still in deposit.

RULES 208-209PART V


172

SECTION II

Procedure in Treasuries

CHAPTER ITREASURIES WHICH DO NOT TRANSACT THEIR CASH BUSINESS

THROUGH THE BANK

A. District Treasuries

210. (1) A bill or other documents presented for payment at a DistrictTreasury shall be received and scrutinized in the Accounts Department andthen placed before the Treasury Officer. If he is satisfied that the claim isadmissible, the authority good, the signature genuine and in order, and thereceipt a valid discharge, the Treasury Officer shall sign and order for paymentat the foot of the bill, or other document. After the bill, or other document hasbeen completely entered in the accounts and Treasury Officer has signed theorder to pay, it shall be sent to the treasurer’s Department and the payee shallbe directed to the Treasurer’s counter. The Treasurer shall make the paymentand enter it in his account, which is a cash book (without subsidiary registers)in which each cash transaction is posted as it occurs. The Treasurer shallpunch the stamp, if any, affixed to the payees receipt, stamp the document‘paid’ and retain it for delivery of the Accounts Department when the booksare compared. All bills and other documents passed for payment on any dayshall be paid on the same day and no payment shall be made otherwise than inaccordance with a written order of the Treasury Officer.

NOTE 1—In treasuries where the “token system” has been introduced theinstructions issued in that regard should be strictly adheredto.

NOTE 2—*In respect of treasury savings bank cheques presented forencashment, the Treasury Officer or the Officer authorised forthe purpose will examine the cheque and the amount thereofand after satisfying himself that the claim is admissible, affixrubber stamp “Pay Cash” on the face of the cheque and put hisdated signature in token of his order of payment. Necessaryentries regarding the amount withdrawn will be made in thesavings bank ledger account and the cash scroll simultaneouslyby the Officer who passes the cheque. When the payment is

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 303/73/Fin., dated 23rd July, 1973]

RULE 210PART V


173

made by the Treasurer, he will affix rubber stamp “Cash Paid”and affix his dated signature in the cheque after passingnecessary entries in his cash book.

NOTE 3—** Bills sent to Treasuries through messengers should beendorsed by the drawing officer in the name of messengers.The signature of the messenger shall be taken on the billitself,—

(i) in the drawing office, when it is endorsed in the messengersname, duly identified and attested by the drawing officer;

(ii) at the Treasury Counter before payment is obtained, (In caseswhere more than one bill is paid to a messenger at one and the same time itis enough if the signature of the messenger is obtained in any one of the bill,as the messenger’s signature is obtained for the purpose of identification ofthe payee only);

(iii) the messenger should acknowledge receipt of the bill amountand discharge the claim before token is obtained from the Treasury.

(2) In checking bills and making payments, the Treasury Officershall observe the following rules:—

(a) The Treasury Officer shall not make any payment withoutobtaining adequate information as to its nature, and shall not accept any billor other document which does not formally present this information, unlessthere are valid reasons, which he shall record in writing, for not insistingthat the information be shown in the bill or other document (See Rule 21,Part I of these Rules). He shall make sure, that he will be in a position tosatisfy the Accountant General that the claim made in every bill that he paysis valid and to prove to him that the payee actually received the amount of thebill. He shall also check carefully, that the rules regarding the completion ofvouchers and the endorsements on bills have been observed.

(b) Before paying a bill on the authority of an order purporting tohave been issued by the office of the Accountant General, the Treasury Officershall, in addition to checking the bill in the usual manner, verify the signatureon that order by comparison with the specimen signature of the signing officerfurnished to him by the Accountant General.

** Addition [G.O.(P) 626/81/Fin., dated 29th September, 1981]

RULE 210PART V


174

A bill *pre-checked or passed by the Accountant General andenfaced for payment at a Treasury or an authorisation issued by theAccountant General for non-recurring payments due to a gazetted governmentservant such as fees, honoraria, etc., should not be paid if it is presented at thetreasury three months after the date of enfacement or authorisation as thecase may be: Such bills or authorisations for payments debitable to travelingallowance, contingencies, grant-in-aid scholarships, stipend etc., passed forpayment and issued in one financial year shall not be paid after the close ofthat year evenif three months have not elapsed since the date of enfacement/authorisation. In all such cases where the period of validity, is over, the bills/authorisations should be returned to the Accountant General by the TreasuryOfficer with a non payment certificate for cancellation of the enfacement/authorization, if fresh sanction or allotment of funds is necessary or forrevalidation of the *pre-checked enfacement/authorisation as the case maybe, by the Accountant General.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17thday of April, 1986.

(c) The Treasury Officer shall not accept any document bearingan erasure. He shall return any bill, or other document bearing an erasureand inform the drawer that he may present a fresh one. If documents bearingerasures are received frequently from any office the Treasury Officer shallbring the fact to the notice of the head of that office.

(d) The Treasury Officer shall correct any arithmetical inaccuracyor obvious mistakes in a bill, presented to him for payment, but shall intimateto the Drawing Officer at once any correction which he makes (See Rule22, Part I of these Rules). Similarly when a bill contains any inadmissibleor doubtful item which can easily be eliminated, the Treasury Officer shalldisallow it, pay the reminder of the bill, give the person who presented thebill a memorandum containing details of the disallowance and the reasons formaking it, and attach a copy of the memorandum to the bills. When there is achange in the office or rate of pay of a gazetted government servant, theTreasury Officer shall check the bill, in which the new rate of pay is firstclaimed with reference to the order directing the change, before he passes it.When the special authority of the Accountant General is required under rule175 above for passing an increment, the Treasury Officer shall not pay theincrement, unless an increment certificate approved by the Accountant Generalor by an authorised assistant on his behalf is attached to the bill.*Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]

RULE 210PART V


175

Treasury Officer shall check the correctness of any deduction madein a bill with reference to the Indian Civil Service Family Pension Regulationsor the Superior Service (India) Family Pension Fund Rules.

NOTE— Every treasury should keep a register in Form T.R. 72 showing thenames of all gazetted government servants who draw their pay fromit. As soon as each pay slip issued by the Accountant General isreceived, the amount stated in it should be entered against the nameof the government servant concerned. Whenever the pay bill of agazetted government servant is presented for payment, referenceshould be made to this register to see that the rate claimed doesnot exceed the sanctioned rate. Whenever last pay certificate isissued to a gazetted government servant, the word “nil” togetherwith the date from which payment at the treasury has ceased shouldbe written in the money column of the register against his name andthe number and date of the last pay certificate should be quoted.Every entry made in this register should be submitted immediatelyto the Treasury Officer for attestation by his dated initials.

$(e) The Treasury Officer shall use a book of counterfoil forms inForm TR 73 for communicating to drawing officers objections raised in thecourse of pre-audit of bills and other claims. Such objections shall not bewritten as endorsement on the bills themselves. A list of objections that arecommonly found necessary to be raised in the course of pre-audit of bills andother claims is furnished in Appendix 27.

When a bill or other claim is to be objected, the relevant item ofobjection in Appendix 27 should be fully written up in the original andcounterfoil of Form TR. 73 in the blank space above the space for signature ofthe Treasury Officer. The list in Appendix 27, is not exhaustive. If the objectionto be raised is one not included in Appendix 27 that may also be written fullywith the relevant authority for the objection in the blank space above thespace for the signature of the Treasury Officer.

(f) When checking arrear claims, the Treasury Officer shall payspecial attention to the rules laid down by the Government in regard tosuchclaims (See Articles 61 to 68 of the Kerala Financial Code).

$ Substitution G.O.(P) 385/83/Fin., dated 11th July, 1983]

RULE 210PART V


176

(g) When an endorsement or re-endorsement on a bill isunauthorised, incomplete or otherwise irregular [See Rule 163 (p), 166, 167 andclause (c) of this rule] the Treasury Officer shall refuse payment and returnthe bill to the person who presented it with a memorandum explaining whypayment is refused.

(h) The Treasury Officer shall on no account pay any abstract billfor contingent expenditure requiring countersignature after payment, in whichthe drawing officer should have furnished the certificate prescribed in thesentence of rule 187 (d) but has not done so.

(i) When contingent bill endorsed in favour of a private party ispresented at the Treasury for payment, the Treasury Officer shall check theparticulars of the bill with the advice received from the drawing officer beforemaking payment. When a single claim for an amount of 50 or more is includedin contingent bill for several items, the Treasury Officer may honour the billprovided the drawing officer has recorded in the bill the special and exceptionalreasons for doing so. If the bill is in order and is paid, he shall make a noteaccordingly on the advice and return the slip in Form T.R. 45 accompanyingthe bill duly filled in.

The same procedure will apply in the case of bills for grants-in-aid,scholarships, stipends and book allowances referred to in rule 188 (viii). Afterpayments is made, the Treasury Officer should return the duplicate copy ofthe advice to the drawing officer noting therein the date of payment.

An endorsement on a contingent bill shall lapse three months afterthe date of the endorsement, or at the end of the financial year, whichever isearlier, and the Treasury Officer shall not pay an endorsed contingent bill ifthe endorsement has lapsed.

(j) The Treasury Officer shall not pay any contingent bill for anamount less than one rupee, except on the last working day of the month orwhen the drawing officer is about to hand over charge.

(k) Before paying a bill for overtime fees payable out of feesrecovered from private parties, the Treasury Officer shall verify that theprescribed fees have been realised and credited into the treasury and certifyto that effect on the bill, stating the amount of the fees realised and the item oritems in the accounts in which they were included.

(l) The Treasury Officer shall not pay any bill relating toscholarships or stipends, unless the sanctioning authority has communicatedto him the necessary sanction for the payment.

RULE 210PART V


177

(m) The Treasury Officer shall not pay a bill for a loan or interestbearing advances to gazetted and non-gazetted government servants unlessthe claim is drawn or countersigned by the officer specified in the sanctionorder and a certified copy of such sanction order is attached to the bill. Thesignature of the departmental officer should be verified at the treasury beforethe bill is passed for payment.

The Treasury Officer shall not pay a bill for a loan to fully ownedGovernment Company/Corporation unless the countersigning authority hasfurnished a certificate on the bill to the effect that a written undertaking inthe form prescribed by the Government for the purpose has been obtainedfrom the loanee, or in cases where the bill is not required to be countersignedby a departmental authority, unless the sanctioning authority has furnishedthe above certificate separately to the Treasury Officer as required in Rule201. However, if the bill for such a loan is presented at the Treasury on thebasis of an authorisation from the Accountant General, the furnishing of thiscertificate need not be insisted by the Treasury Officer as in such cases, thecertificate is to be furnished to the Accountant General direct and theauthorisation will be issued by the Accountant General only on receipt of thecertificate.

(n) Before paying a Survey Department bill referred to Rule 202 theTreasury Officer shall satisfy himself with reference to the statement attachedto the bill that the amount applied for can be met from the balance of theadvance standing to the credit of the survey party.

(o) The Treasury Officer shall make payment on a refund bill onlyafter verifying the credit for the original receipt by means of the particulars incolumns (4) and (5) of the bill (Form T.R. 65) affixing his signature in column (6)in token of his having done so and certifying on the bill that the items includedin it have not been refunded previously.

(p) A deposit shall only be repaid under an order of the authoritywhich originally ordered the acceptance of the deposit and ordinarily, only onthe appearance of the person entitled to it and on his furnishing a properreceipt. A deposit not exceeding ` 100 may however, be repaid by moneyorder under the rules applicable to refunds of revenue (See also Rule 216below) on receipt of the order of the competent authority. The Treasury Officershall credit to the Government any deposit or balance of a deposit amountingto less than fifty paise which is due for refund. If a valid claim for repayment issubsequently received, the repayment shall be treated as a refund of revenue.

RULE 210PART V


178

Exception—The limit of ` 100 prescribed in the above rule for the issueof money orders shall not apply to refunds of deposits madeunder the Co-operative Societies Act and to surcharge ona stamp duty levied under section 71 of the Kerala PanchayatAct, 1960 (Act 32 of 1960), section 125 of the KeralaMunicipalities Act, 1960 (Act 14 of 1961), section 133 of theCalicut City Municipal Act, 1961 (Act 30 of 1961), and theorders in G.O.(Ms.) 101/62/DD, dated 15th February 1962.

(q) When a claim is presented for repayment of a revenue deposit,the Treasury Officer shall compare the refund order of the Court or otherauthority, which directed the acceptance of the original deposit, with theentry in the register of receipts. If the amount in deposit is sufficient, heshall take the payee’s receipt, make the payment and immediately record theamount and the date of the repayment in the register of payments (Form T.A.14 of the Kerala Account Code, Volume II) and also in the register of receipts.If there is not a sufficient balance at the credit of the particular item to meetthe payment ordered, the Treasury Officer shall endorse that fact on the refundorder and return it to the person who presented it.

An earnest money deposit shall never be repaid in part.

(r) *Refund orders under Section 63, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 or 71 of theKerala Court Fees and Suit Valuation Act, 1959 (Act 10 of 1960) shall be issuedto the party either in Form T.R. 65 or in Form No.70 of the Civil Rules ofPractice, Kerala. In all cases in which such refund is made in cash, a deductionof seven paise for each rupee or fraction thereof shall be made, except in caseswhen the refund pertains to any fee paid in pursuance of an order of courtwhich has been varied and reversed in appeal. The authority ordering therefund shall specify in the refund order in Form T.R. 65 or Form No. 70 of theCivil Rules of Practice, Kerala, as the case may be, the amount if any, to bededucted at seven paise per rupee or fraction thereof and the net amountpayable to the party. The refund order shall also contain the particulars of thesuit and the party should have signed the order in token of having receivedpayment before presentation of the order at the Treasury. Such orders can beendorsed to a messenger who shall also receive the payment as aforesaid.While making any such payment the Treasury Officer shall observe, withspecial care, the precautions in rule 214 below in regard to payments to personsnot in Government service.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 210PART V


179

(s) The Treasury Officer shall not make payment on a refund orderthat has lapsed under the rules (See Rules 206 and 207 above).

(t) The procedure in regard to payment of interest on differentforms of Government securities shall be regulated by the rules and orders onthe subject contained in the Government Securities Manual and any otherrules or orders issued by the Government in this behalf.

(u) Letters of credit.—(1) Every payment made on the authority ofany letter of credit must be noted without fail, at the time of payment either inthe appropriate register of payments or on the reverse of the letter of credit.

(3) The Treasury Officer must bear in mind that the letter of creditshows the maximum amount he has authority to pay or the DepartmentalOfficer credited has authority to ask for and that any further payment is madeat the Treasury Officer’s own risk, the balance of credit after each paymentmust therefore be so recorded that there can be no risk of over payment.

211. (a) The Treasury Officer shall deduct from a bill for the pay,etc., of a gazetted government servant (or a non-gazetted government servantwho is permitted under Rule 169 above to draw his pay, etc., on bills in theforms prescribed for gazetted Government servants) any amount attached bya prohibitory order of a Court of Law. He shall remit to the proper courts, inaccordance with the procedure prescribed below, all amounts deducted fromthe pay, etc., bills of government servants on account of court attachmentorders, whether deducted by himself or by the drawing officer. No such amountsmay be remitted to the court by cash order or Government draft.

*NOTE 1—If an order of attachment against a gazetted government servant(or a non-gazetted government servant who is permitted underrule 169 above, to draw his pay, etc., on bills in the form prescribedfor gazetted government servants) is received before a previousorder of attachment against the same government servant hasbeen fully complied with, the recoveries shall be made by theTreasury Officer so long as the total amount recoverable withreference to the attachment orders is within the maximum limitsprescribed in Article 102, Kerala Financial Code, Volume I.

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 7/75/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1975]

RULES 210-211PART V


180

NOTE 2—If the new attachment order has the result of increasing the amountbeyond the maximum limits prescribed, the Treasury Officer shallreturn the attachment order to the Court concerned with a statementshowing—

(i) particulars of the existing attachment;

(ii) particulars of the amount withheld and paid into the courtconcerned up-to-date in respect of the existing attachment;and

(iii) (a) the balance amount available to be recovered aftereffecting the existing attachment.

(b) the actual attachable amount.(1) When the court is located at the headquarters of the treasury which

cashes the bills.—The Treasury Officer shall clear the amounts deducted, once amonth, by payment to the court in cash. When making the payment, the TreasuryOfficer shall send to the court a covering memorandum together with the originaladvice list prepared by the drawing officer [See Rule 163 (j) above] for eachdeduction made by a drawing officer and an advice list prepared by the treasuryfor each deduction made by the Treasury Officer.

(2) When the court is not located at the headquarters of the treasurywhich cashes the bills.—The Treasury Officer shall remit each amount deductedto the proper court, at once, by postal money order in the manner indicatedbelow:-

(i) When the Treasury Officer himself makes the deduction from abill, he shall prepare a money order form for the amount in favour of the court,deduct the money order commission as well as the amount to be remitted from thebill, pass the bill for the net amount and then send the money order form to thepost office for issue, furnishing a certificate that he has credited to the post officeby book transfer the amount of the money order together with the money ordercommission due on it.

(ii) When the drawing officer has made the necessary deductionfrom a bill under Rule 163 (j) above, the Treasury Officer shall credit the amountdeducted to the post office by transfer and send the money order form to the postoffice for issue, furnishing a certificate as prescribed in sub-clause (i) above.When he receives the receipt furnished by the post office for the money order, heshall check it with the amount deducted from the bill and then transmit it to thedrawing officer for record.

RULE 211PART V


181

NOTE— A similar procedure shall be adopted in the case of attachment ofsalary of a government servant under the provisions of the RevenueRecovery Act.

(b) It is possible that a government servant whose emoluments havebeen attached, may refrain from signing the acquittance roll and intentionallyallow them to remain undisbursed, or if he is a government servant whodraws his pay on a separate bill, may refrain from presenting his bill at thetreasury in order to evade or delay the recovery of an amount attached by acourt. If a Treasury Officer has received a court attachment order relating tothe emoluments of any government servant who draws his pay on a separatebill and that government servant does not present his bill for pay due for theprevious month by the third working day of the month, the Treasury Officershall at once bring the facts to the notice of the government servantimmediately superior to the government servant whose emoluments have beenattached. When he considers it necessary in order to avoid delay in recoveringan amount attached by a court from the emoluments of a government servantworking under him, the head of the office, or, in the case of a governmentservant who draws his pay on a separate bill, the administrative governmentservants immediately superior to the government servant whose emolumentshave been attached, may draw the emoluments of the government servantconcerned to the extent to which they have been attached, subject to theprescribed restrictions and apply the amount so drawn in satisfaction of theattachment order by remitting it to the court. The amount so drawn shall becharged in the accounts, and the particulars of the attachment order shall beentered in the acquittance roll or the bill, as the case may be, as an authorityfor the charge. The money order receipts received from the courts shall befiled with the attachment register.

NOTE— The Treasury Officer should maintain a register in Form 4A of KeralaFinancial Code to record the details of prohibitory orders receivedfrom courts and the recoveries effected by him in pursuance thereof.

212. (a) The Treasury Officer shall, subject to the usual checks atthe treasury, make payment of the last pay and allowances of a regular gazettedgovernment servant governed by the Kerala Service Rules who finally quitsthe service of the government on retirement, resignation, removal or dismissalor is placed under suspension, on the strength of a certificate from the Headof the Department as follows:

RULES 211-212PART V


182

# “I certify that there is no outstanding liability/arrangements have beenmade *to recover the amount of `………….............…………(Rupees …….........................................……) towards assessed liabilitiesother than compulsory deductions like House Buildings Advance, MotorConveyance Advance in the monthly bills, from the arrears of pension and/or death-cum-retirement gratuity*/to withhold from thedeath-cum-retirement gratuity the estimated amount of outstanding liabilityplus 25 per cent thereof amounting to `……................………..(Rupees …………..............................…….) */to accept a cash deposit of` ………...…(Rupees…………..........…………)/or a surety bond for` ……………………. (Rupees ……………............………..) towards unassessedliabilities or to withhold the entire death-cum-retirementgratuity of ……..……… (Rupees……...………………..) when departmentalproceedings have been taken*, from/against Shri………………… employedas ……………………………… and retired/…………………………….......…on......……………………

*Delete portion inapplicable.

Signature(withdate)……………....

Station …………… Designation……………………”

The bill claiming the last pay and allowances shall be presented to theHead of the Department who shall attach to the bill the aforesaid certificateand transmit the bill to the treasury of payment under intimation to thegovernment servant.

(b) The disbursement of last pay and/or allowances of those gazettedofficers who are governed by service rules other than the Kerala ServiceRules of those who are not entitled either to pension or death-cum-retirementgratuity such as contract officers, provisionally appointed persons of non-officials like Members of the Legislative Assembly, Members of Committeesand Commissions, etc., and of re-employed pensioners whose death-cum-retirement gratuity has been released, shall be made only after *pre-check ofthe claim by the Accountant General. The Treasury Officer should satisfyhimself with reference to the certificate regarding liabilities if any, from thecountersigning authority or the Head of Department as the case may be, theorders of the Accountant General and the treasury records (including rent# Substitution [G.O.(P) 547/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]* Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]

RULE 212PART V


183

demand statements, advices for recovery for loss of government propertydue to the negligence of the government servants, Court attachment orders,co-operative recoveries, etc.,) that no demands are outstanding against themto the Government.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 17thday of April, 1986.

(c) The last payment of pay, allowances, etc., to any othergovernment servant in any of the circumstances mentioned in clause (a)above, may be made in the same manner as the regular monthly pay, allowance,etc., without reference to the departmental authorities and the AccountantGeneral on the responsibility of the Head of the Office.**Exception.—In the case of officers in the cadre of Personal Assistant

to the District Educational Officers and above, the authorityto countersign the last salary bills shall vest with the SeniorAdministrative Officer of the Office of the Director of PublicInstruction and in the case of officers in the cadre of Headmaster/Assistant Educational Officer/Senior Superintendent and ofthose having identical scales of pay in the Department theauthority shall vest with the Deputy Director of Education.

NOTE 1. —The term ‘government servant’ used in clause (c) includes anon-gazetted officer who draws his pay and allowances onsalary bills countersigned by a gazetted officer in control overhim as mentioned in the exception to Rule 169 (b) and in hiscase the responsibility for payment will be that of the gazettedofficer countersigning his salary bill.

NOTE 2. — When an amount found to be due to a government by a governmentservant on any of the occasions mentioned in the previous clausesrepresents (a) over payment of his pay, allowances or leave salary,(b) house rent or postal and State Life Insurance premia due byhim, or (c) an outstanding balance in respect of any advance madeto him by the government, it shall be adjusted against the last payand allowances or leave salary due to him. If the amount due to thegovernment exceeds the amount payable to the government servant

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]** Insertion [G.O.(P) 187/2005/Fin. dated 25th April, 2005]

RULE 212PART V


184

as aforesaid the excess shall be recovered from his claim for death-cum-retirement gratuity after giving the officer concerned areasonable opportunity to explain [Vide Note 2 and Ruling No.25/68 below rule (3) of Part III, K.S.R.]. If the amount proposed tobe recovered exceeds the death-cum-retirement gratuity theexcess over the death-cum-retirement gratuity, can be recoveredfrom the arrears of pension, if any, due to the officer if writtenconsent is obtained from him as pension (as distinct from death-cum-retirement gratuity) enjoys the protection of the PensionAct. A written consent is valid only to the extent it covers theamount of pension earned by him till the date of such writtenconsent. If there is balance still to be recovered from thegovernment servants steps shall be taken to proceed againsthim in a Court of Law unless the Executive Authority concernedconsiders that it is not worthwhile to adopt that course.

NOTE 3. — The certificate from the Head of Department indicated in sub-clause (a) above shall be in triplicate. The original copy shallbe sent to the Accountant General for safe custody along withthe pension papers of the gazetted government employeeprepared by him; the duplicate shall be attached to the bill andthe triplicate filed by the Head of Department.

212 A. Claims of deceased government servants.—In the case ofclaims of a deceased government servant, on receipt of the claims for thepayment of arrears of pay and allowances from his/her heir/heirs the Headof Office in which the government servant was last employed should drawthe amount in the appropriate bill form from the Treasury according as thedeceased government servant held a gazetted or non-gazetted post at thetime of his death. The claim should supported by all the relevant certificateswhich the Head of the Office is required to furnish in the normalcircumstances. However in respect of the certificates which solely dependon the personal knowledge of the government servant, but which obviouslycannot be furnished by the Head of the Office, the Head of Office shouldrecord, if he is satisfied about the correctness of the claim, a certificate to theeffect that “the claim is not susceptible of verification; but is consideredreasonable”. Further, as the claim would be the last one in respect the deceasedgovernment servant, the requisite payment in the case of a government servantwhose pay is drawn on a gazetted government servant’s bill form, shall be



185

made only after the Head of the Office has satisfied himself by reference to theAccountant General, the Departmental authorities concerned if any, and hisown records that there are no demands outstanding against him. In the caseof other government servants, payment may be made without reference to theAccountant General on the responsibility of the Head of the Office concerned.The amount so withdrawn should be disbursed to the claimant or claimantsdetermined with due regard to the provisions of Article 95 of the Kerala FinancialCode, Volume I, after obtaining a formal receipt, stamped wherever necessary,from the rightful claimant or claimants.

213. *(a) A Treasury Officer may issue either a draft or a cash orderfor the purpose of defraying service expenditure from a Sub Treasury in hisdistrict in exchange for properly prepared bills. In the case of non bankingSub Treasuries, cash orders may also be issued in the following cases, namely:-

(1) for the payment of collections of one court into another;

(2) for the payment of land acquisition charges (landcompensations) originally credited under Revenue Deposit/Work Deposit into the account of a court in another Sub Treasurywithin the same District.

Sub Treasury Officers may accept remittances under the head of “CashOrders” under personal deposits, for the purposes mentioned above and grantto the remitter a receipted chalan in Form T.R. 88A. The Sub TreasuryOfficer shall transmit the duplicate chalan to the District Treasury in aseparate cover on the same day (not with the daily accounts) for thedisbursement of cash or for the issue of a cash order, as the case may be.The District Treasury Officer, on receipt of the original chalans from the payer,shall debit the item to “Personal Deposits”, “Cash Orders” and pass it forpayment of cash if it is payable at the District Treasury, or issue a cash orderif payable in another Sub Treasury.

The conditions under which a draft can be issued are explained in therule in Part VI of these Rules, one of which is that the minimum amount forwhich a draft can be issued is `50 except in special circumstances, such asfamily remittance in the case of Officers and men of the Police Department. Foramounts below this minimum, cash orders in Form No. T.R. 87 are to be issuedon any desired Sub Treasury within the district.* Substitution [G.O.(P) 41/77/Fin., dated 31st January, 1977]

RULES 212A-213PART V


186

Exception 1.—Cash orders may be issued even for sums over `*50 in thecase of payments to be made at the Sub Treasuries whichhave no currency chest facilities and cannot, therefore, actas Treasury Agencies of the Reserve Bank of India and issuedrafts.

Exception 2.—Cash orders will be issued, irrespective of the amount andwhether the treasuries drawn on are banking or non-bankingwith or without currency chest facilities, for the pay andallowances for the non-gazetted personnel of the PoliceDepartment.

Exception 3.—A cash order may be issued by a Treasury Officer in exchangefor a cheque drawn on the District Treasury by a PresidingOfficer of a Land Tribunal (in whose name a P.D. accountis maintained at the treasury) if so desired by the PresidingOfficer, irrespective of the amount involved, the nature ofthe Sub Treasury on which the cash order is drawn (i.e.banking or non-banking with or without currency chestfacilities) and the purpose of the remittance.

The following rules shall be observed in connection with the issue ofcash orders:—

(i) When the Treasury Officer passes for payment a bill or other documentwhich is payable in full at a single Sub Treasury, he shall not issue a cash order,but shall endorse the bill or other document for payment at the Sub Treasury. Anendorsement of this kind shall remain current, like a cash order for three monthsonly.

A cheque drawn by the administrator of an estate on his personal ledgeraccount at a District Treasury for an amount required at a Sub Treasury shall not,however, be endorsed for payment at the Sub Treasury. The Treasury Officershall retain it, treating it as paid at the District Treasury, and issue a cash order onthe Sub Treasury.

(ii) The Treasury Officer shall not issue a cash order for the remittanceof amounts due to private parties, such as decree amounts, costs, sale proceedsof attached estates and the like. Such remittances are not in the interest of thepublic service and shall, therefore, be made by postal money order at the expenseof the parties entitled to receive the amounts.* Substitution [G.O.(P) 279/73/Fin., dated 17th May, 1973]

RULE 213PART V


187

(iii) The Treasury Officer shall use cash order forms in the order ofthe numbers printed on the books, and shall use one book, at a time forissuing cash orders on all Sub Treasuries. He shall inform all Sub Treasurieswhen he begins to use a fresh book. He shall have the orders issued on eachSub Treasury numbered in separate annual series, and these numbers shall benoted below the number of the book printed on cash order. Both the numberswhich appear on each cash order shall be quoted in the lists of paid ordersfurnished to the Accountant General.

(iv) The directions laid down in Rule 253 below, regarding the custodyof cheque forms supplied for drawing cheques on treasuries shall apply alsoto the custody of cash order forms.

(v) When a cash order is issued, the Treasury Officer shall assignserial number to the order and enter the amount and other particulars in theappropriate register prescribed in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II. Anadvice in Form T.R. 88 shall then be sent by first post to the Sub Treasurydrawn upon and the cash order handed over to the person tendering themoney or the bill against which the order is issued.

(vi) On receipt of the advice of a cash order from the Treasury Officer,the Sub Treasury Officer shall immediately enter the particulars in register inForm T.A. VII of the Kerala Account Code, Volume II and when a cash order ispresented the advice register must be consulted before payment; the cashorder with the receipt endorsed will be the voucher for the payment, whichmust be noted at the time in the advice register.

NOTE—The adjustment of cash order will be watched at the treasury inaccordance with the directions contained in the Kerala Account Code,Volume II.

(vii) A cash order shall lapse three months after the date of issue if notcashed within that time. Payment of a lapsed cash order shall be stopped, and thecharges, which it represent, shall be cancelled and adjusted. If payment issubsequently claimed, the claimant shall be required to forward the lapsed cashorder to the Treasury Officer, who shall arrange for the payment and make a noteagainst the relevant entry in the cash order ledger Form T.A. 16 in the KeralaAccount Code, Volume II so as to prevent any possibility of making a secondpayment.

RULE 213PART V


188

*NOTE—The following procedure shall be followed in the case of claims forpayment of a lapsed cash order:—

The original cash order shall be presented at the Treasury from whichit was issued by the Head of Office who drew the bill in payment ofwhich the cash order was issued, duly endorsing on the reverse“Payment received in cash” or a fresh cash order obtainedon……………….. Treasury as the case may be. The Treasury Officershall treat the cash order as voucher and pay the amount to theofficer either in cash or in the form of a fresh cash order as requiredby the drawing officer. In both cases, the payment shall be debited inthe treasury accounts under the service head debiting which theoriginal cash order was issued.

If payment is made in the form of a fresh cash order the amount shallalso be credited simultaneously under “Personal Deposit CashOrders”. The original item which appeared in the statement of lapsedcash orders referred to in Article 115, Kerala Account Code, VolumeII and the month of cash account with which the statement wasforwarded to the Accountant General under Article 120 of KeralaAccount Code shall be quoted on the lapsed cash orders whileeffecting payment in the above manner. For payment of a lapsedcash order sanction of the Accountant General is not ordinarilyrequired. But, if payment is claimed after the period specified underclause (a) of Article 53 of the Kerala Financial Code for the paymentof a claim without pre-audit from the date of issue of the cash order,the claim shall be referred to the Accountant General for audit andsanction.

(viii) When it is reported that a cash order has been lost or destroyedwithin three months from the date of issue, the Treasury Officer shall follow theprocedure indicated in Rules 410 to 412 of Part VI of these Rules for the issue ofduplicate draft. If a duplicate cash order is issued, it shall lapse three months afterthe date of issue of the original, if not cashed within that time.

(b) A Sub Treasury Officer shall not issue any cash order unless, for specialreason, he is authorised to issue cash orders in any case by a general or specialorder of the Government. If, for special reasons, a Sub Treasury Officer is authorisedto issue cash orders on the District Treasury or any Sub Treasury in the samedistrict the procedure shall be the same as that prescribed for the District Treasury.*Addition [G.O.(P) 654/81/Fin., dated 15th October, 1981]

RULE 213PART V


189

NOTE.—Cash orders for co-operative societies remittances may issue fromthe District Treasury to the Sub Treasuries and vice versa and fromSub Treasuries or other Sub Treasuries within the districts.

214. Payments to persons not in Government service.—When a personnot in government service claims payment for a service rendered or supplymade, the Treasury Officer shall observe the following rules:—

(a) He shall refuse payment, if the bill is not drawn or countersignedby the Head of the Department or other responsible government servant,under whose immediate order the service was rendered or the supply madeand shall inform the applicant for payment that he may either present a bill sodrawn or countersigned, or apply to the Accountant General for the issue ofan order for payment. If the bill is so drawn or countersigned but the TreasuryOfficer considers that the authority of the drawing or countersigning officer isnot sufficient for making the payment he shall refuse payment and inform thatOfficer that he may refer the matter to the Accountant General.

(b) He shall invariably take special precautions to satisfy himself asto the identity of the applicant for payment in respect of any bill drawn by aperson who is not a government servant or drawn by a government servantand endorsed for payment to a private party.

(c) When a bill endorsed for payment to a contractor or supplier isre-endorsed by him in favour of a bank, the Treasury Officer shall not paythe bill, unless the contractor or supplier has receipted the bill and alsosigned a separate endorsement in favour of the bank.

NOTE— Payments due to contractors may, if so desired by them, be made totheir Banks instead of direct to contractors provided that, thedepartment concerned obtains;

(1) an authorisation from the contractors in the form of a legallyvalid document such as a power of attorney or transfer deedconferring authority on the Bank to receive payment, and

(2) the contractor’s own acceptance of the correctness of theaccount made out as being due to him by Government or hissignature on the bill or other claim preferred against Governmentbefore the settlement of the account or claim by payment to thesaid Bank. While the receipt given by the Bank will constitute afull and sufficient discharge for the payment, contractor should,wherever possible, be induced to present their bill duly receiptedand charged through their Bankers.

RULES 213-214PART V


190

Nothing herein contained should operate to create in favour of the bankany right or equity vis-à-vis the Government.

215. Payment of pensions.—The procedure to be followed by treasuriesin paying pensions is detailed in the rules in Section IV of this part.

216. (a) Payment of endorsed bills.—When a bill is endorsed orendorsed and re-endorsed strictly in accordance with the provisions of Rule163 (q) above, and the payment is duly made to the person specified in theendorsement or re-endorsement and his signature duly taken inacknowledgment of the payment, the drawing officer’s signature on the bill isa valid discharge.

(b) Payment by postal money order.—When the drawing officerdesires that the whole or part of the amount of a bill, other than a bill relatingto the claims of Government servants be sent to some other person by postalmoney order and has made the necessary deductions in the bill, the TreasuryOfficer should pass the bill for the net amount, credit the deductions bytransfer to the Post Office and send the money order form to the Post Officewith a certificate stating that he has credited the amount of the money orderwith the commission due on it to the Post Office by book transfer. He shouldobtain an individual receipt from the Post Office in respect of each suchmoney order, check it with the amount deducted from the bill and transmit itto the drawing officer for record.

217. When the Government have authorised the head of an office tosend bills of specified kind to the treasury by post the Treasury Officer shouldremit to the drawing officer by postal money order the amount passed forpayment (less the money order commission) in respect of each such bill dulysent to the treasury, and should treat the money order commission as acontingent charge of the drawing officer.

218. Refunds of revenue and deposits.—The Treasury Officer orother disbursing officer concerned should observe the following directions inregard to amounts not exceeding `100 due for refund from revenue or fromdeposits:-

(i) Subject to the exceptions described in direction (ii) below, theTreasury Officer or other disbursing officer concerned should remit to theperson entitled to the refund any amount not exceeding `100 that is due forrefund by postal money order at the expense of the payee on receipt of arefund order passed by the competent authority, without any avoidable delay,

RULES 214-218PART V


191

and, in any case, within one month from the date of the refund order, withoutwaiting for an application from the payee.

In rare cases, where he feels that it would be risky to send the amountstraight away to the person entitled to it by postal money order, the TreasuryOfficer or other disbursing officer may issue a notice inviting the payee toappear and receive payment in person at the treasury or other office concerned,and inform him that, if he fails to appear within one month (or such longerperiod as may, when necessary, be specified), the amount to be refunded willbe remitted to him by postal money order at his expense.

(ii) Any amount not exceeding 12 P. which is due for refund and anyamount exceeding 12 P. which is due for refund and is payable to severalparties in sums not exceeding 12 P. each should be credited to the Government.Any amount exceeding 12 P. but not exceeding 50 P. which is due for refundand any amount exceeding 50 P. which is due for refund and is payable toseveral parties in sums not exceeding 50 P. each (and not all below 12 P.)should remain credited to the Government unless a claim is preferred by theperson entitled to the refund, in which case the amount to be refunded to himshould be sent to him by postal money order at his expense unless he appearsin person to make his claim and takes payment in person.

(iii) When the Treasury Officer sends an amount by postal moneyorder with reference to these directions, he should follow the procedure laiddown in Rule 216 (b) above for sending money orders. He should state brieflythe purpose of the remittance in the acknowledgment portion of the moneyorder form in continuation of the printed entry “ Received the sum specifiedon the reverse on ………………………………….” leaving sufficient spacebelow this manuscript entry for the payees’ signature or thumb impression.When he receives the money order acknowledgment duly signed by the payee,he should attach it to the usual form of receipt (Form T.R. 67) in which heshould show clearly the full amount of the refund and the deduction madefrom it on account of the money order commission and then dispose of it as apaid voucher in the usual way.

(iv) The Treasury Officer should issue postal money orders withreference to these directions only in the first half of the month, so that he maybe able to send complete vouchers for the payments with the monthly treasuryaccount.

RULE 218PART V


192

219. Repayment of civil courts deposits.—Before the Treasury Officerpays an order of a civil court for the repayment of deposit, he should requirethe person who presents the order to acknowledge receipt on the reverse ofthe order. If that person is not the person named in the court’s order, he shouldbe required to satisfy the Treasury Officer that the signature purporting to bethat of the person named in the court’s order is authentic and that he isauthorised to receive payment.

220. Receipt stamps.—The Treasury Officer should take special careto see that all receipt stamps on vouchers are so defaced that they cannot beused again, so that no one may be tempted to steal vouchers for the sake ofthe stamps on them.

221. Transfer payments.—

(a) When a bill, or other document is paid wholly by “transfer”, thatis, by entry of the amount in the accounts as a receipt under some head ofaccount, no cash is paid out and the Treasurer should neither enter the item inhis cash book nor stamp “Paid” on the bill, or other document. When theentries in the accounts in respect of a payment by transfer are complete, theSection Head in the Accounts Department should stamp “Paid by transfer”on the bill, or other document.

Exception.—*(1) Deleted.

* This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1stday of October, 1985.

#Exception.—(2) In respect of inter departmental adjustment involvingmanufacturing, production or supply of articles or repairoperations the following procedure shall be followed.

No adjustment is required if the cost of supplies/services is 250 or lessin each case except in respect of issues of stores of stock or material onaccount of the work within a Public Works Division or between two suchdivisions or between one Public Works Division and another service departmentwhich shall be settled by adjustment irrespective of the amount involved.

* Exception renumbered vide G.O.(P) 39/88/Fin. dated 13th January, 1988. Exception-1 deleted vide G.O.(P) 82/88/Fin dated 3rd February, 1988.

RULES 219-221

#Insertion vide G.O.(P) 39/88/Fin. dated 13th January, 1988.

PART V


193

(b) When a payment is to be made by transfer to a revenue or receipthead for which a subsidiary register is maintained (e.g., Land Revenue) the TreasuryOfficer’s payment order should indicate the major and detailed heads affected asin the following example:—

*Pay …….....by transfer to credit of 029. Land Revenue (a) Land Tax”.

(c) When a bill is presented for an amount to be paid in the form ofservice postage stamps required by the drawing officer, the Treasury Officershould pass it for “payment by transfer”, issue the stamps, enter the amount inthe list of payments and credit the amount of the bill to the appropriate head. Heshould refuse payment if the certificate as to the disposal of the previous supplyof such stamps, referred to in Rule 192 (a) above, is not furnished with the bill.

(d) When the amount of a bill or other document is payable partly incash and partly by transfer credit to some head of account, an entry should bemade in the number book for the transfer credit and the Treasury Officershould show separately in his payment order the amounts payable in cashand by transfer respectively. The Treasurer should stamp “paid” on the bill orother document in respect of the cash payment, and the Section Head in theAccounts Department should, after completing the necessary entries in theaccounts, stamp “Paid by transfer” on it in respect of the payment by transfer.

(e) When the amount of a bill or other document is to be paid partly atthe district treasury and partly by one or more cash orders payment at sub treasuries,the Treasury Officer’s payment order should be in the following form:-

“Pay …… in cash and ……… by transfer credit to personal deposits.”

222. Duplicate “not payable” copies of bills.—A duplicate unreceiptedcopy prepared on coloured paper and headed “Not payable at the treasury”should be presented at the treasury along with every bill relating to charges ofany of the following kinds:—

(1) Grants-in-aid to local bodies, private institutions, etc., (except grantsto universities and grants to local bodies for water supply and drainage schemes).


RULES 221-222PART V


194

(2) Scholarships and stipends.

(3) Contributions (except those accounted for under the head “71—Miscellaneous”).

(4) Pay of Accountants under local bodies who are not Governmentservants.

(5) Leave salaries of gazetted government servants.

(6) Pay and allowances of government servants whose services havebeen lent to local bodies when charged direct to the Government in the firstinstance.

The Treasury Officer’s pay order should appear only on the original billpayable at the treasury. He should endorse a certificate of payment on the“Not payable” duplicate bill and transmit it to the prescribed departmentalcontrolling officer.

NOTE— Bills relating to charges referred to in item (1) of the list in this ruleshould be transmitted by the Treasury Officers to the departmentalofficers at the same time as each bi-monthly list of payments isforwarded to the Accountant General.

223. *Treasury Bill Book.—Every officer shall enter particulars of allbills in a book called the “Treasury Bill Book” in Form T.R. 74 which shall bepresented at the treasury along with each bill. Treasury Officers shall not passany such bill for payment unless the treasury bill book is presented with it.The drawing officer shall be held personally responsible for entries in columns1 to 6 and columns 12 and 13 of the book and omissions to make the entriesrequired in respect of any bill and similarly the Treasury Officers shall beresponsible for the entries or omission to make entries in columns 7 to 11except in respect of the bills endorsed to private parties. Column 14 shall befilled in and attested by the Drawing Officer/Treasury Officer as required bythe nature of the entry therein.

Exception 1.—Bills for personal claims of gazetted government servantsand of non-gazetted government servants who are speciallyauthorised to draw their claims on Gazetted Officers’ Salaryor T.A. bill Forms under Rule 169 for pay etc., need notbe entered in the Treasury Bill Book.


RULES 222-223PART V


195

Exception 2.—The Treasury Bill Book need not be presented along withany contingent bill endorsed in favour of a private partyor with police department’s bill relating to bus owners claimor with travelling allowance bills of the Railway Police andCriminal Investigation department which may be paid atSub Treasuries without pre-audit by the Treasury Officer.

NOTE 1.— Bills for personal claims of gazetted government servants and ofnon-gazetted government servants who are specially authorisedto draw their claims on Gazetted Officers’ bill forms under Rule169 for pay, etc., if they are drawn by superior officers underRule 211 (b) shall be entered in the Treasury Bill Book pertainingto the office of the Superior officer which should be presentedat the treasury along with such bills and in such cases therestriction in Note (4) below shall not be applicable.

NOTE 2.— In respect of contingent bills endorsed to private parties, theparticulars of the bill shall be entered in columns 1 to 3 thedetails of the party in column 5 and the word “Endorsed” shallbe entered in column 14, under the signature of the officer signingthe bill in column 13. As the proceeds of these bills are not to beentered in the Cash Book, columns 7 to 11 to be filled in by theTreasury Officer may be left blank.

NOTE 3.— The Treasury Bill Book shall be supplied by the Treasuries at therate of one book for each institution maintaining independentsets of accounts and cash book, on requisition from the drawingofficer concerned. The Treasury Officer shall fill up, attest andsign the first fly leaf of the Bill book before it is made over to thedrawing officer. The drawing officer concerned shall beresponsible for the proper maintenance of each of the Bill Booksso obtained by him. An officer drawing bills on more than onetreasury or sub treasury shall obtain separate Treasury Bill Booksfrom the respective Treasuries. He shall enter the bills to bepresented in each treasury or sub treasury in the Bill Bookissued by the concerned Treasury.

RULE 223PART V


196

NOTE 4.— A Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall refuse to accept any billif it is presented along with a Bill Book which has been used forpresentation of bills on another Treasury.

NOTE 5.— A Treasury Bill Book shall be used till all the pages in the Bookare exhausted or till the end of the financial year, whichever isearlier or till the Bill Book in use is irrecoverably lost. A fresh BillBook shall be issued by the Treasury or Sub Treasury onpresentation of the requisition in the printed form appended tothe Bill Book, except for the issue of a Bill Book for a newfinancial year or in continuation of a lost one all requisitions forBill Book shall be accompanied by the Bill Book in use, so as toenable the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer to satisfy that thebook has been completely used up and the blank columns havebeen cancelled by the drawing officer.

NOTE 6.—A fresh Treasury Bill Book shall be brought into use at thebeginning of each financial year (i.e. entering the particulars ofbills to be encashed from the 1st April onwards) and a secondor subsequent volume shall not be brought into use in the samefinancial year unless the pages of the previous volume arecompletely used up or when the Bill Book in use is irrecoverablylost and a certificate to that effect is recorded by the drawingofficer above the 1st entry in the new volume.

NOTE 7.— (a) When a Treasury Bill Book is found missing the drawingofficer concerned shall intimate the details to theconcerned Treasury Officer. The latter shall thereupon takenecessary precautionary measures to ensure that bills, ifany, presented along with the Bill Book, alleged to be lostare not honoured by the Treasury.

(b) The drawing officer shall initiate an enquiry into the loss ofthe Bill Book and fix up the responsibility for its loss andtake such further action as is deemed necessary.

(c) If the drawing officer is convinced that the Bill Book isirrecoverably lost, he may send a requisition with officeseal duly affixed to the Treasury concerned stating thatfact and requesting for the issue of a new Treasury BillBook. The Treasury/Sub Treasury Officer shall there upon

RULE 223PART V


197

issue a new Bill Book to the drawing officer concernedrecording the fact that it is issued in lieu of the lost BillBook on the first page of the book. The treasury officershall simultaneously intimate the fact of issue of the newBill Book in place of the lost one, to the controlling officerof the concerned drawing officer.

(d) The drawing officer shall also reconstruct the lost Bill Book,with reference to the entries in the cash book, contingentregisters, etc., of his office and verify the entries in thereconstructed book with reference to the subsidiaryregisters in the Treasury/Sub Treasury. The reconstructedBill Book with the certificate reconstruction and verificationwith the Treasury/Sub Treasury figures recorded by thedrawing office shall be made available to the inspectingofficers for scrutiny.

(e) In case, a lost Bill Book is found out subsequently thedrawing officer shall immediately cancel the blank pagesand the requisition slip attached to the Bill Book underproper attestation. He shall also take steps to keep thesame under safe custody, along with other used-up BillBooks. The fact of recovery of lost Bill Book shall also bereported to the Treasury/Sub Treasury Officer concerned.

NOTE 8.— The Treasury/Sub Treasury Officer shall not honour the billspresented for encashment, if he notices erasures or unattestedcorrections in a Bill Book, without reference to the DrawingOfficer. It shall be the duty of the Drawing Officer to ensure thatthere are no erasures or unattested corrections in the Bill Book.

NOTE 9.— If columns 1 to 6 and 12 and 13 in respect of bill already encashedare not properly filled up by the Drawing Officers, the bills areliable to be objected to by the Treasury or Sub Treasury.

NOTE 10.— The Drawing Officers are personally responsible for the correctmaintenance and safe preservation of the Bill Book.

RULE 223PART V


198

NOTE 11.—A stock-cum-issue register of blank Bill Books shall be maintainedat the Treasuries in Form 74 B and the stock shall be subjectedto verification by the Inspecting Officers and audit parties. Theserial number of the books received and issued shall be notedin the register together with the invoice/letter number ofGovernment Press for receipt and requisition letter number anddate of issue. The blank Treasury Bill Book shall be kept underdouble lock under the joint responsibility of the Treasury Officerand the Treasurer. Bill Book shall be issued according to serialnumber (first in first out method.)

224. Memorandum of deductions from bills.—When the TreasuryOfficer pays a bill drawn by a Survey Officer or other Drawing Officer whoseheadquarters is at a distance from the treasury, he should give the messenger,who brought the bill, a memorandum in (Form T.R. 75) showing clearly theamount of cash and Government drafts (if any) handed over, to him andexplaining the deductions, or alterations if any, made in the bill or billspresented. The memorandum should be bi-lingual (i.e., in English andMalayalam), since it is important that the messenger should satisfy himselfthat the amount of cash and drafts (if any) shown in it as handed over to himis correct; when the messenger is not able to read, the Treasury Officer shouldhimself explain to him the entries in the memorandum.

225. The Treasury Officer should maintain in Form T.R. 76 a Register ofBills received for pre-audit before payment at a sub treasury.

226. When making any payment amounting to 250 or more to a non-official on behalf of the Government or any local authority on account of fees,commission, bonus, remuneration or reward of any kind, the Treasury Officershould furnish details of the payment and the payee’s address to the IncomeTax Officer concerned, or, if he has any doubt as to which Income Tax Officeris concerned to the Commissioner of Income Tax.

The minimum limit of 250 applies to each single payment made to anyone person and not to the total payments made to him during the year.

B. Sub Treasuries

227. The procedure prescribed in rules 210 to 229 in regard to thepayment of moneys at district treasuries at stations where the treasury doesnot transact its cash business through the Bank, shall apply generally mutatismutandis also to sub treasuries at such stations and at the headquarters of

RULES 223-227PART V


199

districts, except that, unless there is a specific order of the Government to thecontrary in regard to any class of payments, no payment shall be made at anysub treasury except upon a cash order drawn by the Treasury Officer on thesub treasury or a bill passed by him for payment at the sub treasury. Alterationsand corrections in pass orders on bills payable at sub treasuries should beattested by the full signature of the Treasury Officer concerned. Bills passedfor payment at sub treasuries should be sent by the Treasury Officersconcerned direct to the sub treasuries where they are payable, intimationbeing sent at the same time to the departmental officers concerned askingthem to take payment at the sub treasury on production of the intimation dulyendorsed by them in favour of the person to whom, or to whose authorisemessenger, payment is desired. The intimation should be triplicate in FormT.R. 77.

*A register in Form T.R. 18 shall be maintained at the Sub Treasuries fornoting details of passed bills for payment before the bills are sent to theTreasurer for effecting payments. This register is to be maintained by theSub Treasury Officers, duly initialling each entry simultaneously with thesigning of the Pay Order, and before they are entrusted to the Treasurers formaking payment. At the end of the day, if any bill is returned by the Treasurerwithout actual payment, the corresponding entry in Form T.R. 18 along withthe related entries in the subsidiary and other registers should be cancelledunder his initials.

228. (a) A sub treasury shall pay valid claims of the classes specifiedin Appendix 13 without the Treasury Officer’s express pay order. A districttreasury shall not, except under special arrangements or on particularoccasions, pay claims which fall into any of those classes.

(b) When the office of the Accountant General issues an order tomake a payment at a sub treasury, it shall ordinarily send the order to the SubTreasury Officer through the Treasury Officer. If, on account of urgency, it issent direct, the Accountant General shall inform the Treasury Officer to thefact and furnish the Sub Treasury Officer direct, if it has not already beendone, with a specimen signature of the Audit Officer who has signed theorder.

(c) Items placed in deposit by the Sub Treasury Officer himselfwithout the authority of the Treasury Officer may be repaid on his ownauthority but amounts credited in other Sub Treasuries can be paid only on* Insertion [G.O.(P) 77/78/Fin., dated 16th January, 1978]

RULES 227-228PART V


200

the orders of the Treasury Officer. The Director may, however, issue ordersthat, before repayment, all deposit repayment orders shall be forwarded to thedistrict treasury for being passed for payment.

If any class of deposit is repayable at the sub treasury, it shall not bepayable at the District Treasury also.

*NOTE [Deleted]

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the 1stday of October, 1985.

229. (a) Payment of land cess and fishery rentals to panchayats.—For paying fishery rentals or half-yearly or final instalments of land cessdue to panchayats the Treasury Officer or Sub Treasury Officer should preparea consolidated bill in triplicate, including the amounts payable by bookadjustment as well as by cash, with full details as to the amount due to eachpanchayat which should be obtained from the Collector and draw the totalamount only on the date fixed and notified to the President of panchayats toappear at the treasury to receive payment. The Presidents should be given 15clear days’ notice of the day so fixed. The three copies of the bill should bedisposed of as follows:-

(i) Original to the treasury as a voucher with the list of payments.

(ii) Duplicate to be kept in the treasury or sub treasury.

(iii) Triplicate to be sent to the District Panchayat Officer.

The Treasury Officer or the Sub Treasury Officer concerned shoulddisburse the amounts in the following manner:—

If a panchayat has a banking account with the Sub Treasury, the panchayatshould be effected by book adjustment. The Treasury Officer or the Sub TreasuryOfficer concerned should certify that such amounts have been credited to theaccounts of the respective panchayats. When the Presidents appear in personthe officer-in-charge of the treasury should disburse the amounts due to them andobtain their acknowledgments in the special register prescribed for the purpose.The amounts due to those panchayats, whose Presidents fail to appeal at the SubTreasury on the day fixed, should be remitted to them at their expense either on* Deletion [G.O.(P) 82/88/Fin. dated 3rd February, 1988]

RULES 228-229PART V


201

that date, if convenient, or on the next days and the postal money order receiptsand the payee’s acknowledgment; should be filed with the duplicate of thebill.If the disbursement is made by a Sub Treasury Officer he should afterdisbursing the amounts in the above manner, furnish a certificate ofdisbursement to the Treasury Officer retaining the special register. TheTreasury Officer will arrange to receive individual certificates from each subtreasury, and on the strength of the same and on the strength of the records ofdisbursement made at the District Treasury furnish to the Accountant Generalalong with the treasury account, a consolidated certificate of disbursementfor purposes of audit. A certificate of payment should also be endorsed on thetriplicate bill sent to the District Panchayat Officer concerned who isresponsible for auditing the accounts of the class II panchayats.

(b) Payment of surcharge on stamp duty.—The procedure laid downin sub rule (a) above namely, preparation by the treasury of bills in triplicateand sending the triplicate copy to the District Panchayat Officer shall befollowed for payment of surcharge on stamp duty.

CHAPTER IITREASURIES WHICH TRANSACT THEIR CASH BUSINESS

THROUGH THE BANKS

230. At places where the treasury transacts its cash business throughthe Bank, all payments shall be made at the Bank unless the Government havespecially ordered, in regard to any class of payments, that they shall be madeelsewhere. At district headquarters stations where the district treasury transactsits cash business through the Bank the sub treasury payments shallnevertheless be made at the sub treasury.

NOTE 1.—In treasuries where cash business is transacted through the Bank,all pension claims will be paid at the treasuries themselvesirrespective of any monetary limit. The amounts required for thepayment of the pensions will be drawn from the Bank as an imprest.

Exception—As an exception to Note I above, pensions which are collectedthrough the State Bank of India or the State Bank ofTravancore, through their branches conducting Governmentbusiness, will be paid at the Bank counters instead of atreasury counters.

RULE 229-230PART V


202

NOTE 2.—All cash transactions relating to Treasury Savings Bank will bedone at the treasury. *The procedure prescribed in Note 2 to subrule (1) of rule 210, will be followed in Bank Treasuries as well.

231. (a) Except for bank drafts and cheques which shall be presentedat the Bank for payment direct, all bills and other documents shall first bepresented at the treasury. The Officer-in-charge of the treasury shall examinethe bill or other document and if he approves and passes the charge, he shallenface on it an order to pay a specified amount. The order shall be numbered,dated and signed and the particulars of it shall be entered in the register ofpayment orders issued. The treasury shall then send the bill or other documentstogether with a list in duplicate of such bills or other documents to the Bank ina box through a special messenger who should be an employee of the treasury.The box should be properly locked and sealed in the presence of the Officer-in-charge of the treasury who should keep one of the two keys of the lock inhis personal custody. The duplicate key should be in the personal custody ofthe agent of the Bank. On receipt of the box the agent will after verifying theseal to ascertain that there has been no tampering on the way, open the boxwith his key, verify the contents with entries in the list of bills or otherdocuments and return one copy of the list with his acknowledgment of thebills and other documents and the box to the treasury through the messenger.Payment will be made by the Bank when the payee presents the token receivedby him from the treasury at the Bank. In passing bills and other documents forpayment at the Bank, the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall observegenerally, rules 210 to 229 above.

**NOTE 1.—Bills sent through messengers to the Treasury and the Bankshould be endorsed by the drawing officer in the name of themessenger. The messenger’s signature should be taken on thebill itself,—

(i) in the drawing office, when it is endorsed in the messengersname, duly identified and attested by the drawing officer;

(ii) at the Bank, when the bill amount is actually paid to him;

(iii) the messenger should acknowledge receipt of the bill amountand discharge the claim before token is obtained from the Treasury.

*Addition [G.O.(P) 303/73/Fin., dated 23rd July, 1973]**Substitution [G.O.(P) 626/81/Fin., dated 29th September, 1981]

RULES 230-231PART V


203

**NOTE 2—Requisition by the Accountant General or an Officer of the IndianAudit and Accounts Department authorised by the AccountantGeneral in this behalf for obtaining Reserve Bank of India draftsfor effecting monetary settlement of inter Governmental andother miscellaneous transactions need not be presented at thetreasury, but may be presented at the bank direct without theexpress pay order from the Treasury.

(b) The above procedure should be followed mutatis mutandis incases where bills are sent to the Treasury or the Bank by Government servantsother than drawing officers. When the amount of a bill is to be paid partly atthe Bank at the district headquarters and partly at sub treasuries, the TreasuryOfficer shall authorise payment of the bill partly in cash for the amount requiredfor disbursement at headquarters and partly in drafts or cash orders for whichformal applications should be attached to the bills.

(c) The Bank shall make payment strictly in accordance with the payorder of the officer-in-charge of the treasury, after obtaining on the bill orother documents a proper discharge from the payee in addition to the signatureat the foot of the bill. All bills, cheques and other documents, passed byTreasury Officers and the Accountant General for payment at the Bank, aswell as Interest Payment Orders, etc., being non-negotiable instruments warrantspecial precaution on the part of the Bank in the matter of identification of thepayee. All such claims have normally to be presented by the payee personally,but where payment is desired to be made to an endorsee (other than a banker)or a messenger, the provisions of rule 188 (viii) or the rule in the Note under (a)above, as the case may be, should be strictly followed by the drawing officer.The Bank will not, however, disburse payments of such claims unless theBank is satisfied about the identity of the person receiving payments asattested by the drawing officer in accordance with rule 188 (viii) or Note under(a) above, as the case may be. The Bank shall also verify before making thepayment that the signature of the drawing officer attesting the payee’ssignature tallies with that on the bill as passed by the Treasury Officer.

Payment of cheque including Public Debt Office interest warrantswhich are governed by the Negotiable Instruments Act shall be made inaccordance with the provisions of that Act and any generally recognisedpractice established among bankers by custom.

**Addition [G.O.(P) 613/81/Fin., dated 23rd September, 1981]

RULE 231PART V


204

A bill *pre-checked by the Accountant General and enfaced forpayment at a Treasury or an authorisation issued by the Accountant Generalfor non-recurring payments due to a gazetted government servant such asfees, honoraria, etc., should not be paid if it is presented at the Treasury threemonths after the date of enfacement or authorisation as the case may be. Suchbills or authorisations for payments debitable to travelling allowance,contingencies, grant-in-aid, scholarships, stipend, etc., passed for paymentand issued in one financial year shall not be paid after the close of that yeareven if three months have not elapsed since the date of enfacement/authorisation. In all such cases where the period of validity is over, the bills/authorisations should be returned to the Accountant General by the TreasuryOfficer with a non-payment certificate for cancellation of the enfacement/authorisation, if fresh sanction or allotment of funds is necessary or forrevalidation of the *pre-checked enfacement/authorisation as the case maybe, by the Accountant General.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the17th day of April, 1986.

(d) Payment orders issued by the Treasury shall be valid only for aperiod not exceeding ten days to be fixed by the Collector. If the payee doesnot turn up to receive payment at the Bank before the expiry of the fixed time,the Bank shall return the bill to the Treasury Officer for revalidation on furtherapplication of the party.

NOTE—T.A. Contingent, Grants-in-aid, Scholarship and Stipend bills whichhave been passed for payment by the Treasury Officer during afinancial year will not be paid at the Bank in the next financial year.In such cases the passed bills which remain unpaid at the close ofthe 1st working day of the financial year should be returned by theBank to the Treasury Officers concerned who shall cancel the ‘PayOrder’ and sent back the bills to the parties concerned. This restrictionwill also apply to other types of bills which are payable from theallotment of a specified year only.

232. When the drawing officer desires payment of a bill or otherdocument to be made wholly or partly in drafts, he shall submit a formalapplication with the bill and indicate the manner in which he desires paymentto be made in his receipt on the bill. If the Officer-in-charge of the treasury issatisfied that the issue of drafts is permissible he shall specify accordingly inthe pay order the manner in which payment shall be made.*Substitution [G.O.(P) 304/89/Fin. dated 21st June, 1989]

RULES 231-232PART V


205

233. When the holder of a Government promissory note registered forpayment of interest at a Treasury which transacts its cash business throughthe Bank desires to claim interest, he shall present it to the Treasury or SubTreasury Officer concerned, who shall examine it make the necessary recordin the manner prescribed in the Government Securities Manual and, if interestis payable to the holder under the rules, give him an order on the Bank forpayment of the amount due.

234. The treasury shall prepare all advices or certificates of paymentwhich have to be sent to any public officer or department under any rule sincethe point to be advised or certified is not that the moneys have been, paid outby the bank but that the payment has been duly entered in the treasuryaccounts.

235. Treasury Bill Book.—The Treasury Bill Book need not bepresented at the bank along with any bill passed for payment at the Bank. TheTreasury should fill up columns 7 to 11 of the book even when the payment ismade at the bank and the government servant in the Treasury who initials theentries in the Treasury Bill Book should make a note of the objection ordisallowances in the relevant columns and remark columns as the case may beover his initials.

236. [Omitted][G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

237. Special to Judicial Department.—Repayment of Civil Court’s andCriminal Court’s deposits.-

(1) High Court.—The repayment of deposits in the High Court isgoverned by the original and appellate side rules of the High Court containedin the “Civil Rules of Practice”.

(2) Other Civil Courts.—When any person presents an order of acivil court for repayment of a deposit in whole or in part, the Bank shouldrequire him to acknowledge receipt of the amount on the reverse of theorder. If he is not the person named in the court’s payment order, the Bankshould require him to satisfy it that the person named in the court’s order hassigned an acknowledgment of receipt on the reverse of the order and hasauthorized him to receive the payment.

Every order of a civil court for repayment of a deposit should be takento the Treasury Officer for countersignature before it is presented at the Bank,

RULES 233-237PART V


206

unless the Bank keeps a personal ledger account for the deposits of eachcourt. Each civil court for which the Bank maintains such an account shouldintimate the Bank, from time to time the amount of the lapsed deposits whichshould be deducted from the balance shown in the account and the passbook.

The Bank should not make payment on any order for the repaymentof a civil court deposit which is presented after the end of the account monthin which it was issued (c.f. Rule 206 above).

NOTE—The personal ledger accounts for the deposits of civil courts dealingwith treasuries which transact their cash business through the Bankare maintained by the Bank.

(3) Repayment of Revenue and Criminal Courts’ deposits.—Adeposit standing at a person’s credit in a Treasury Officer’s Judge’s orMagistrate’s accounts should be repaid only on the order of the governmentservants who maintain the registers in which it is entered. A person whoclaims the repayment of any such deposit should apply to the governmentservant who received it. If the claim is in order, the government servant should,after examining the check register and making the necessary entry regardingthe repayment, give the applicant an order for payment at the Bank. Arepayment order signed by a Judge or Magistrate should be taken to theTreasury Officer for countersignature before it is presented at the Bank, unlessthe Bank keeps a personal ledger account for the deposits of each court. EachMagistrate’s Court for which the Bank maintains such an account shouldintimate to the Bank, from time to time, the account of the lapsed depositswhich should be deducted from the balance shown in the account and thepass book.

The bank should not make payment on any order for the repayment ofa revenue deposit or a criminal court deposit, unless it is presented before theexpiry of three months from the date of issue or before the close of the financialyear in which it is issued, whichever is earlier (c.f. Rule 207 above).

238. Special to Local Funds.—In cases where the banking accountsof the local funds are kept at the bank (See Instruction III in Chapter V in PartVIII below) all adjustments made to the debit/credit of such account, either bythe treasury or by the Accountant General, should without delay, becommunicated by the treasury to the bank.

RULES 237-238PART V


207

SECTION III

Cheques

CHAPTER I

GENERAL

A. Applicable to Departments generally

239. (a) Save as expressly provided in these rules, no person isauthorized to draw on a treasury by means of cheques without the specialorder of the Government and before he has been placed in account with theTreasury by the Accountant General.

(b) Cheques shall ordinarily be drawn on the district treasury butcertain government servants of certain departments are authorized to drawcheques on sub treasuries also. [See Rule 260 (b) * in regard to Public WorksOfficers]. When the Collector considers it desirable, he may give permissionto a drawing officer to draw cheques on the sub treasuries in his district.

Cheques from a cheque book obtained from a particular districttreasury (See Rule 252) shall not be drawn on any treasury outside that district.A drawing officer shall use a different cheque book for the district treasuryand for each sub treasury on which he draws and enter a distinguished letterand a separate series of numbers on the cheques from each book.

240. Whenever a cheque is presented, the treasury shall carefully examinethe number printed on it in order to ascertain that it was really taken from the booknotified as in use by the drawing officer whose signature it purports to bear. If thepayee is not known at the treasury the Treasury Officer shall carefully considerthe date, serial number and amount of the cheque as well as the handwriting andmake any enquiries that he considers necessary; if he then feels any doubt as tothe genuineness of the cheque or the identity of the payee, he shall defer paymentand refer to the drawing officer.

A cheque drawn on a treasury may be crossed in accordance with theprovisions of Chapter XIV of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (Indian ActXXVI of 1881), and such crossing is no bar to its being paid at the treasury onwhich it is drawn.

241. Whenever a government servant draws cheque (other than acheque the amount of which is typed in words with perforated letters by a

* Omitted [G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]

RULES 239-241PART V


208

special cheque-writing machine), he shall see that it has written across it atright angle to the type the word “under” followed by an amount a little largerthan that for which he draws the cheque. For example, “under rupees thirtyonly” means that the cheque is for an amount less than ` 30 but not less than` 20, whilst “under rupees eight hundred only” means that it is for an amountless than ` 800 but not less than ` 700. No abbreviation such as “elevenhundred” for “one thousand one hundred” may be used. The amount of acheque shall be written in the manner prescribed for bills in Rule 163 (c) above.

A common form of fraud in regard to cheques consists in altering theword “one” into “four” by prefixing an ‘ f ‘ and changing the ‘e’ into ‘r’ as thefigure can easily be altered correspondingly to 4. The word “twenty” whenwritten carelessly., has also sometimes been changed into “seventy”. Agovernment servant who draws a cheque in which the word ‘one’ or ‘twenty’occurs shall therefore write the word very carefully in order to make such afraud impossible. The Treasury Officer shall examine the words “four” and“seventy” and the corresponding figures in cheques with special care.

All cheques shall be written and signed in indelibile (unwashable) inkonly, which can be obtained from the Controller of Stationery, Trivandrum.

Exception—*The protective endorsement “under” followed by amounta little larger than that for which the cheque is drawn neednot be insisted in respect of Treasury Savings Bank chequeand fixed deposit certificates presented at the treasuries forencashment.

242. (a) Cheques drawn in favour of Government Officers ordepartments for payment on account of interdepartmental or intergovernmentaldues shall always be crossed “Account Payee” if drawn on the Bank and inother cases superscribed with the words “Account Government-not payablein cash” without any crossing.

(b) Cheques, the amounts of which are payable to officers ofthe Government to enable them to make disbursement of pay and allowancesof non-gazetted staff, contingent expenditure etc., on behalf of Governmentshall be issued in favour of the government official concerned by designation,the word “only” being added after the designation of the payee officer on thecheque. Such cheques shall not be crossed but shall bear the superscription‘Not transferable’.

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 303/73/Fin., dated 23rd July, 1973]

RULES 241-242PART V


209

(c) (i) Subject to the provisions of the sub-clause (b) all chequesin payment of personal claims of government servants and pensioners shallinvariably be to the “order” of the payee.

(ii) Cheques coming within the purview of sub-clause (a), if drawnon the bank, shall be crossed generally with the words “………………….. andCo.” but without the superscription “Account payee only” wherever theamount exceeds ` 1,000. Such cheques for amounts not exceeding ` 1,000also shal normally be crossed, unless the payee specifically asks for an “Open”cheque in which case it need not be crossed.

(d) In all other cases, cheques if drawn on the bank, shall invariablybe crossed with the superscription “Account Payee only” added between thelines on crossing. Where the payee is believed to have a banking account,further precaution shall be adopted, wherever possible, by crossing the chequespecially (instead of by the general crossing) “…………………………. andCo.” by quoting the name of the bank through which the payee will receivepayment and by adding the words “Account Payee only-not negotiable”.Such cheques for amount not exceeding ` 1,000 may, however, be issued as“open” cheques if so desired by the payee, but only as “order “ cheques.

NOTE—Cheques drawn on a Treasury should not be crossed and in cases inwhich any such cheque has been crossed inadvertently such crossingwill have no significance in making payment.

The Treasury Officer may decline to make any payment on a chequeendorsed as payable to “order” or to any person if he is unable to satisfyhimself as to the identity of the person claiming payment.

243. [Deleted]

244. As a general rule, the Treasury Officer shall not pay a cheque payableto order, unless it is receipted by the payee himself or another person in whosefavour it has been regularly endorsed for payment. If, in special circumstances,the head of an office is unable himself to receive cheques payable to his orderowing to absence on our or some other sufficient cause and considers that strictcompliance with the ordinary rule would cause undue inconvenience, he may bya written order specially authorize a gazetted government servant to endorse“for” him cheques drawn in his favour by his official designation. The head of theoffice shall send a copy of any such order at once to the Treasury Officer, and theTreasury Officer shall then treat an endorsement by the duly authorizedgovernment servant as though it were an endorsement by the head of the office.

RULES 242-244PART V


210

245. (a) As a general rule, no cheque shall be issued for a sum lessthan `10, except when it is done in order to comply with the provisions of alaw or a rule having the force of law.

Exception—(1) Government servants who are permitted to draw chequefor the pay and allowances of their staff (such asofficers of Public Works Department who draw chequesfor payment to work establishment staff) may drawcheques for a sum less than `10 for remitting theinsurance premia or the contribution to a ProvidentFund.

Exception—(2) Cheques for sums less than `10 may be drawn inrespect of withdrawals from Personal Deposit Accounts.

Exception—(3) *Cheques for sums less than `10 may be drawn inrespect of withdrawals from Treasury Savings BankAccounts.

(b) A cheque shall remain current only for three months from thedate of issue.

246. When a government servant issues a cheque in payment of anyamount due by the Government and the cheque is honoured on presentation,payment shall be deemed to be made on the date on which the cheque ishanded over to the payee or his authorized messenger or on which the covercontaining it is put into the post. If, however, the cheque is marked as “notpayable before a certain date” which is later than the date mentioned in theprevious sentence, payment shall be deemed to be made on the date on whichthe cheque becomes payable. Such a cheque shall not be charged in theaccounts until the date on which it becomes payable.

247. When a government servant pays an endorsed bill by cheque, heshall not disregard the endorsement and issue the cheque in favour of drawerof the bill.

248. Local fund Cheque.—The Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shallnot permit the withdrawal of any moneys relating to a local fund from thetreasury otherwise than on cheques taken from a cheque book issued by thetreasury and signed by the duly authorized officer of each fund, e.g., the*Insertion [G.O.(P) 303/73/Fin., dated 23rd July, 1973]

RULES 245-248PART V


211

president of a local board and the executive authority of a municipal council.No local fund cheque shall be paid, unless the balance at the credit of the fundis sufficient to cover the payment.

NOTE 1—The account of a local fund at the treasury is Purely a bankingaccount, and the nature of the disbursement need not bespecified on any local fund cheque.

NOTE 2—When the executive authority or other officer of a municipal councilwho is authorized to draw cheques against the funds of themunicipal council lodged with the Government, makes overcharge of his office either temporarily or permanently, he shouldsend a specimen of the relieving officer’s signature togetherwith a certificate in Form T.R. 78 to the Treasury Officer.

NOTE 3—When the president or other officer of a local body who isauthorized to draw cheques against the funds of the local bodylodged with the Government makes over charge of his officeeither temporarily or permanently he should send a specimen ofthe relieving officer’s signature together with a certificate inForm T.R. 78 to the Treasury Officer:

Provided that when the functions of the president devolve onthe vice-president under the provisions of any enactment underwhich the local body is constituted, it shall not be necessaryfor the president to send the specimen of the relieving officer’ssignature and the certificate mentioned in his rule if they havebeen sent to the Treasury Officer on a previous occasion, butthe president shall, in every such case report the fact of suchdevolution of powers on the vice-president, mentioning thelatter by name.

249. Time expired cheques.—If a cheque, the currency of which hasexpired owing to its not being presented at the treasury for payment withinthree months from the date of issue, is returned to the drawing officer, he shalldestroy it and may then draw a new cheque in place of it, if necessary. He shallrecord on the counterfoil of the old cheque the fact that the cheque has beendestroyed and the number and date of the new cheque and shall enter on thecounterfoil of the new cheque the number and date of the old one.

RULES 248-249PART V


212

250. Lost cheques.—When a drawing officer receives a report that acheque drawn by him has been lost, he shall at once report the fact to theTreasury Officer and request him to stop payment of the cheques. The TreasuryOfficer shall at once examine the lists of paid cheque and, if he finds that thecheque has not been paid take steps to stop payment. A board showing theparticulars of all “stopped” cheques shall be hungs up before the clerkconcerned. The Treasury Officer shall also send the drawing officer acertificate in the accompanying form, when a cheque reported as lost has notbeen paid and he has stopped payment:—

“Certified that cheque No……………..…… dated…………… for`……………………… reported by the ……………….. (drawing officer) to havebeen drawn by him on this treasury in favour of………………………………………… has not been paid and will not be paid, ifpresented hereafter...............................treasury,….......................………The……………………………20……………. Treasury Officer”.

On receipt of the certificate duly signed by the Treasury Officer thedrawing officer shall cancel the original cheque and make the necessary entriesin his accounts and may then issue another in its place.

If any “stopped” cheque is presented at the treasury for payment theclerk concerned shall at once bring the fact to the notice of the TreasuryOfficer and the latter shall refuse payment and return the cheque to the personwho presented it with the words “payment stopped” written across it.

NOTE— *If the currency of a cheque expires on Saturday, the Treasury Officershall also verify the list of cheques paid for the subsequent workingday of the Bank before the issue of non-payment certificate, wherevernecessary.

251. Cancelled cheques.—The drawing officer shall cancel any chequewhich has remained unpaid for twelve months from the date of issue. When acheque is cancelled for any reason, the fact shall be recorded on its counterfoiland the cheque, if in the drawing officer’s possession, shall be destroyed. Ifthe cheque is not in his possession and payment has not already been stoppedunder the preceding rule, he shall at once request the Treasury Officer to stoppayment of the cheque. If the Treasury Officer then finds that the cheque hasnot been paid, he shall stop payment and send the drawing officer a certificatein the manner prescribed in the preceding rule.*Addition [G.O.(P) 563/75/Fin., dated 20th December, 1975]

RULES 250-251PART V


213

252. (a) Cheque books required by the officers of Government andadministrators of the personal deposit accounts, local fund accounts or anyother fund are printed by the Superintendent, Government Presses. All suppliesof cheque book forms should be made by Treasury Officers who will receivetheir supply from the Government Press. The Treasury Officers should examinethe cheque book forms carefully on receipt and count the number of forms ineach book. They should keep the cheque books in their stock and issue themone by one as books are used up. Every Treasury Officer should ascertain therequirements in his district and send a consolidated indent to theSuperintendent, Government Presses, Trivandrum.

NOTE 1—The Treasury Officers should examine carefully, on receipt theunused cheque books or blank cheque forms returned to themby drawing officers, count the number of forms in each book,check them with reference to the advice of return sent by thedrawing officers (See note under Rule 253) and keep themsafely in stock.

NOTE 2—The stock of cheque books which have become obsolete andused and unused cheque books returned to the Treasury bythe drawing officers shall be destroyed under the orders of theDirector of Treasuries. The period prescribed in Article 358,Kerala Financial Code shall also be satisfied in the matter ofdestruction of counterfoils of used cheque books. Thedestruction shall be done by incineration in the presence of theDeputy Director duly authorised by the Director of Treasuries.The fact of destruction shall also be recorded in the concernedstock register under the attestation of the Treasury Officer andthe Deputy Director in whose presence the destruction isconducted.

(b) A drawing officer who requires a fresh cheque book should signand send to the Treasury Officer the printed requisition form inserted towardsthe end of each cheque books. The Treasury Officer should then supply acheque book if the request is in order, but he should never supply more thanone cheque book on a single requisition form. He should examine every chequebook again at the time of issue and should be careful to see that it is duly andpromptly acknowledged. *He should issue the cheque book only after signingan endorsement on the following lines on the requisition slip presented by thedrawing officer, namely:—*Addition [G.O.(P) 599/84/Fin. dated 17th October, 1984]

RULE 252PART V


214

Cheque book with leaves bearing numbersfrom………….………to…………………issued to………………… on …………..

(Dated Signature)

District/Sub Treasury Officer

Place……………………..

253. A drawing officer should invariably keep the cheque book suppliedto him in his personal custody under lock and key. Whenever a drawing officerhands over charge of his office, a note should be recorded over the signature ofboth the relieved and the relieving government servants showing the number ofcheque books and unused cheques handed over. The note should be made in thecash book or other permanent register in which the expenditure for which chequesare drawn is recorded.

If a cheque book or a blank cheque form is lost, the drawing officer should,at once, inform the Treasury Officer, furnishing the numbers of the lost chequeforms. The Treasury Officer should then stop payment of all cheques drawn onforms bearing any of those numbers.

NOTE—If a drawing officer has to return to the Treasury Officer unused chequebooks or blank cheque forms, he should examine them carefully, beforesending them by registered post to the Treasury Officer by name andshould take care to see that they are duly and promptly acknowledged.A separate advice of despatch of the cheque books or forms giving fulldetails of numbers of the cheque books and cheque forms should alsobe sent to the Treasury Officer simultaneously.

254. Whenever a Government servant sends a cheque to the treasury forpayment, not in cash, but by transfer credit in the treasury accounts, he shouldendorse on it the words “Received payment by transfer credit to ………………..”and sign below them. Failure to do this would facilitate criminal misappropriationof the amount. The treasury should enter in the number book every cheque that isto be paid by transfer in whole or in part.

NOTE— *When cheques are presented by Departmental Officers for adjustmentin Treasury accounts or for collection, they shall present the chequeswith a covering list in duplicate and the Treasury Officer, in turn, shallreturn one copy to the Departmental Officer as acknowledgment.

*Addition [G.O.(P) 291/77/Fin., dated 5th August, 1977]

RULES 252-254PART V


215

255. When a pass book or list of cheques cashed (Form T.R. 79) ismaintained for any banking or drawing account at the treasury, it shouldremain in the custody of the drawing officer, except when it is sent periodicallyto the Treasury Officer to be written up. Ordinarily the drawing officer shouldsend it to be written up at least once a month. On receipt of the pass book, theTreasury Officer should have the amount of each paid cheque recorded in itwith reference to the registers maintained in the treasury and (in regard tocheques paid at the Bank or at a sub-treasury) the daily sheets. The chequebook number and distinguishing letter, if any, as well as the individual chequenumber should be shown for each cheque entered in the pass book. TheTreasury Officer should ordinarily return the pass book to the drawing officerthe same day.

256. When a cheque is drawn on a treasury or sub treasury for a refundof revenue and the amount is to be remitted by money order, the payment tothe Post Office should be made by a separate cheque drawn on the treasury orsub treasury in favour of the Postmaster.

257. A Land Acquisition Officer may, under the orders of theGovernment make all or any of his payments by issuing cheques on the treasury,provided that the property is not so far from the treasury that this method ofpayment would cause undue inconvenience to the payees. The rulesprescribing the procedure for the payment of compensation for land acquiredunder the Land Acquisition Act should be strictly adhered to in respect ofsuch payments.

257 A. Letters of credit.—(1) When under the provision of this rule orunder any special order of Government a letter of credit is issued in favour ofa drawing officer, such letter of credit shall specify the maximum amount uptowhich the officer credited shall have authority to draw on the particular Treasuryon which the letter of credit has been issued.

(2) A drawing officer in whose favour a letter of credit has been issued isnot permitted to draw the whole amount and place it in a separate drawingaccount at the Treasury or the Bank or in a private account.

#B. Special to cheque drawing departments mentioned in sub rule(d) of rule 162,# Substitution [G.O.(P) 175/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

RULES 255-257PART V


216

*258 (a) The Treasury Officer shall pay claims relating to # thedepartment specified in sub-rule (d) of rule 162 including those of pay andallowances and contingencies, on cheques drawn by an officer of theDepartment concerned (or a Government Servant of some other departmentacting as disburser of the department) whom the Accountant General hasplaced in account with the treasury.

(b) The Accountant General shall ordinarily place each DivisionalOfficer in account with one or more District Treasuries within his jurisdictionfor the purpose of drawing cheques and may when necessary, place otherofficers of the departments in account with District Treasuries within theirrespective jurisdiction for the same purpose.

(c) An Officer who is authorised to draw cheques on one DistrictTreasury may also, when necessary, draw cheques on any sub treasurysubordinate to it.

(d) A Divisional Officer may authorize any Sub Divisional Officerworking under him to draw cheques against his own account with a DistrictTreasury (including Sub treasuries under it). No separate accounts shall beopened for a Sub Divisional Officer so authorised. When the Divisional Officerhas issued the necessary letter of authority, the cheques drawn and paidunder it shall be charged to his account as if drawn by himself.

(e) Letters of credit specifying the monthly limits of drawals onTreasuries shall be issued by Government in the Finance Department to theDivisional Officers in # the department specified in sub-rule (d) of rule162 , and Divisional Officer shall restrict the drawals from the Treasury tothe limits prescribed in the letter of credit. It shall be the responsibility of theTreasury Officer to ensure that cheques issued in excess of the permittedlimits are not cashed #but are returned uncashed.

(f) The Finance Department shall issue letters of credit of eachDivisional Officer with copies to the Head of the Department, CircleOfficer, Divisional Officer and the District Treasury Officer. Letters ofcredit shall be issued at a time for every subsequent three months. TheDivisional Officers shall further distribute their allotments among thevarious subordinate officers including himself to the extent necessaryand intimate the concerned sub treasuries of the distribution. The* Substitution [G.O. (P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]# Substitution [G.O.(P) 175/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

RULE 258PART V


217

treasury shall maintain a register in Form T.A 10 to note the credit limitsallowed to each officer and regulate the encashment of cheques on thebasis of letters of credit.

(g) If found necessary the Circle Officer/Divisional Officer shall makereallocation of the allotments of the divisions in his jurisdiction in a monthsubject to the condition that the total allotment for all the divisions in thatcircle/sub division in the division in the months is not exceeded. The officersmaking reallocation shall promptly intimate the details of such allocations tothe Head of the Departments, Finance Department and the concernedTreasuries.The total credit of Public Works Department Stores for each quartershall be allotted to the Executive Engineer, Public Works Department Storesand he is authorised to distribute the credits to the various District Stores ondifferent treasuries according to requirements. He is also empowered to exercisethe powers of circle office so far as the system of letters of credit is concerned.

(h) The Divisional Officers are authorised to carry forward unutilizedamounts under the letters of credit from month to month as well as fromquarter to quarter. However, the Sub Divisional Officers shall carry over theunutilized balance of the month allotted for a particular treasury in that treasuryitself after giving specific requisition to the Treasury Officer concerned unlessthe Divisional Officer concerned has not given any intimation to the contrary.In such cases the Sub Divisional Officer shall intimate such carrying over tohis Divisional Officer promptly. If for any unavoidable reasons the limit allowedfor a month has to be exceeded, the Divisional Officers are permitted to makeexcess drawals upto 20 per cent of the credit limit for that month, providedsuch excess is adjusted in the remaining months of that quarter. In case ofDivisional Officer is exceeding the monthly limit in the above manner, he shallpromptly report the fact to the superior officers in the Department to theFinance Department and to the concerned treasury simultaneously, indicatinghow he proposes to adjust the excess.

(i) If a Divisional Officer is authorised to draw from more than oneDistrict Treasury, credit limits to the drawing on each District Treasury shallbe proposed and fixed separately.

RULE 258PART V


218

(j) The following items shall be kept outside the purview of the lettersof the credit for the Present, namely:—

(i) salaries and wages;

(ii) refund of deposits (earnest money, security and retentionmoney);

(iii) cheques issued to works relating to National Highwaysdebited to Central allocations, etc;

(iv) disbursement on Provident Fund Accounts, payment ofscholarships and Life Insurance Premia; and

(v) wages to the N.M.R. workers.

(k) The items specified in sub-rule (j) shall be distinguished byaffixing rubber stamps on the cheques drawn under each of the items underthe attestation of the Drawing Officer. The requirements of the funds for otherpurposes shall be aggregated and the limit fixed for the total. Encashment ofall cheques representing non-exempted items shall be watched against thecredit limit, by the concerned departmental authorities.

(l) Cheques issued on or before the last day of March which arecashed in April and subsequent months shall not be taken against the creditlimit for the months of encashment since the expenditure relates to theappropriation for the previous financial year. The Director of Treasuries shallobtain from the treasuries, statement of cheques issued in the previous yearbut paid in the subsequent financial year and furnish it to the FinanceDepartment on or before 31st July of each financial year.

NOTE—The cheques drawn under letters of credit system shall be presentedat the treasury concerned even if such treasury conducts its cashtransactions through the Banks and the Treasury Officer shall verifythe availability of credit and enface on them an order to Bank to paythe amount, if any, which he finds to be properly payable.

Rules 259 to 262 [Omitted]


RULE 258PART V


219

263. Before a drawing officer of # any of the departments mentioned insub-rule (d) of rule 162 brings a cheque book into use, he should mark all thecheque forms in it with distinguishing letter. The letter marked on the chequesin a cheque book which is to be used by a particular drawing officer fordrawing cheques on a particular treasury should be different from the lettersmarked on cheques drawn by other drawing officers of the division on thattreasury and also from those marked on cheques drawn by himself on othertreasuries.

264. A drawing officer should ordinarily send the advice to a subtreasury regarding a cheque book to be brought into use for drawing chequeson it (See Rule 24 of part I) through the district treasury; if it needs to be senturgently, he may send it direct to the sub treasury and forward a copysimultaneously to the district treasury.

265. The Treasury Officer should send quarterly to each DivisionalOfficer a statement showing the numbers and dates of all public works chequebooks issued on requisitions received from Divisional Officers.

266. When the headquarters of all the subdivisions are at theheadquarters of the division, the Divisional Officer should send his passbook to the treasury to be written up at the end of each month. When thatcondition is not fulfilled, he should send it twice a month, namely, on the 10thand at the end of each month. A Divisional Officer who has banking accountswith more than one district treasury should have a separate pass book for theaccount with each of them. The identity and the amount of the cheques enteredas cashed should be examined at the earliest opportunity, the pass book beinginitialled, (and dated) by the Divisional Accountant in token of the check.

# Substitution [G.O.(P) 175/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

RULES 263-266PART V


220

CHAPTER II

SPECIAL RULES FOR DRAWAL OF CHEQUES WHEN THE TREASURYTRANSACTS ITS CASH BUSINESS

THROUGH THE BANK

Rules applicable to Departments generally267. Cheques.—The rules contained in rules 239 to 251 shall apply

mutatis mutandis to cheques drawn by government servants on the Bankwhere the treasury transacts its cash business through it except that everycorrection or alteration in a cheque drawn on the Bank shall be attested by thefull signature of the government servant who signs it. When such chequesare presented at the Bank direct in accordance with the rules without the payorder of the officer-in-charge of the treasury the Bank shall see that the relevantrules are duly observed. When a cheque drawn by a government servant onthe Bank is, in accordance with the rules, first presented at the treasury beforeit is presented for payment at the Bank, the Treasury Officer shall examine itand enface on it an order to the Bank to pay the amount, if any, which he findsto be properly payable. Explanation.—*Cheques drawn by Government Servants in #the departments

mentioned in sub-rule (d) of rule 162 in respect of itemkept outside the purview of the letters of credit referredto in sub-rule(j) of rule 258, may be presented at the bankdirect for payment and no pay order of the Treasury orSub Treasury Officer is necessary. Similarly cheques drawnon the personal deposit accounts and the banking accountsof local funds which, are maintained by the Bank, may bepresented at the Bank direct for payment without the payorder of the Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer. Rules 208and 248 should be observed mutatis mutandis in regardto withdrawals from these accounts. All other cheques drawnby government servants shall first be presented at thetreasury and Bank shall make payment only on the payorder of the officer-in-charge of the treasury.

# Substitution [G.O.(P) 175/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

RULE 267

* According to G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dtd. 18th June, 1980 the first sentence ofthe explanation is deleted and revised.

PART V


221

NOTE 1.— Cheques.—Rules 248 to 266 above apply mutatis mutandis tocheques drawn by government servants on the Bank where thetreasury business is transacted through it. The specimensignature and certificates mentioned in notes 2 and 3 under rule248 should be sent to the Bank, when the cheques are drawn onthe Bank.

NOTE 2.— Lost cheques.—The provisions of rules 250 and 253 should beobserved mutatis mutandis in regard to cheques drawn bydepartmental officer on the Bank direct. When such a chequeis lost, the loss of the cheque will be reported by the drawingofficer to the officer of the Bank who will issue anacknowledgment to him. This acknowledgment would imply thatthe Bank will take the necessary precautions against paymentof the cheque if presented thereafter. The drawing officer willthen advise the Treasury Officer that the acknowledgment hasbeen received by him from the Bank. On the basis of the receipton such advice, the Treasury Officer, will verify his records andif no payment has been made, he will issue the certificate onnon-payment to the drawing officer.

*267A. Letters of credit.—If the Drawing Officer in whose favour aletter of credit is issued requires funds both at the headquarters and at a sub-treasury, the Treasury Officer shall provide funds at the sub treasury also.

268. [Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980

269. [Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980


RULES 267-269PART V


222

SECTION IV

Payment of Pensions

CHAPTER I

GENERAL

270. Subject as hereinafter provided, the rules in this section shallregulate the procedure with regard to the payment of pensions from thetreasuries of this State, provided that,—

(1) in the case of pensions debitable to the Central Revenues, therules in the Central Treasury Rules shall be followed;

(2) nothing contained in these rules shall be taken as affecting theprovisions of the Indian Pensions Act (Act XXIII of 1871) or any of the Rulesmade thereunder and the provisions of the Kerala Service Rules or any otherrules or departmental regulations issued by the Government prescribing theprocedure for payment of any pension payable by or out of the general revenuesof the Government;

(3) othing contained in these rules shall apply to the payment ofallowances to the members of the Ruling Family of Travancore and of theRuling Family of Cochin or to the Payment of Jenmibhogam, Karathilchilavu,Arthapalisa, etc., in so far as they are repugnant to the special rules given inAppendices 14 to 16.

*(4) Nothing contained in this rule shall be taken as affecting theprocedure and conditions prescribed in special orders issued by theGovernment from time to time for payment of pension by authorized PublicSector Banks on behalf of the Government, payable out of the ConsolidatedFund of the State.

271. In this section except where it is expressly otherwise provided orthe context otherwise requires.—

“Service pension” means a pension payable to, or in respect of a person inconsideration of past employment under the Government of India of any of theStates and includes a gratuity or family pension so payable.”Political pension”means a pension, not being a service pension granted or customarily payable toor in respect of a person on political consideration or compassionate grounds, orin consideration of distinguished or meritorious services, or of the surrender ofrights of emoluments and includes assignment or compensations when payablein the form of fixed allowances or grants.* Insertion [G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

RULES 270-271PART V


223

CHAPTER IIMANNER OF PAYMENT OF PENSIONS AND IDENTIFICATION OF

PENSIONERS

A. Pension Payment Orders

272. $(a) All Service Pensions and Service Family Pensions debitableto the consolidated fund of the State shall become due for payment from thefirst day of the month to which the pension relates. All other pensions shall bepaid from the first working day after the month succeeding to which theyrelate

This amendment shall come into force w.e.f. 31-8-1981 as per G.O.(P) 562/81/Fin. dated 31-8-1981 and G.O. (P) 155/83/Fin. dated 26-3-1983.

**(aa) Except in the case of military pensions which are payable onpension certificate or other authorities, issued by the Controller of DefenceAccounts and pension, or unless the Government order otherwise in the caseof any particular class of pensions, payment of pensions can be made onlyupon pension payment orders issued by an Accountant-General. Each PensionPayment order will be in two halves of which one, known as the disburser’shalf will be kept in the treasury at which payment is to be made and the otherdelivered to the pensioner in person when he appears to receive payment ofhis pension for the first time.

•NOTE 1.—*In cases where pension is drawn through authorised agents(who have indemnified Government against overpayments)personal appearance of the Pensioner is not necessary even onthe first occasion.

†NOTE 2.—Pension to State Government Pensioners and All India ServicePensioners who retired from a post under the State Governmentand pensions to those who were borne on the State Cadre andretired from posts under the State Government are also payablethrough authorized Public Sector Banks.

$ Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]** Relettered [G.O.(P) 177/84/Fin., dated 26th March, 1984]

• Note renumbered vide G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987.* Insertion [G.O.(P) 176/77/Fin., dated 6th June, 1977]† Insertion [G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

RULE 272PART V


224

#NOTE 3.—A Register in Form 83 (a) should be maintained in Treasuries fornoting the details of pensions transferred to Public Sector Banks.

In the case of all pensioners whose pensions are paid from theConsolidated Fund of the State** and whose pensions are payable by moneyorder the pensioner’s half of the Pension Payment Order need not be handedover to the pensioner.

(b) In issuing a Pension Payment Order, the Accountant Generalwill—

(i) attach to each half of the order a specimen signature of thepensioner if he can sign his name and thumb and fingerimpressions of the left hand of the pensioner, if he cannot signhis name or where this is not possible due to physicalincapacity, the thumb and finger impressions of his right hand,failing which his toe impressions the specimen signature orthumb, finger or toe impressions being duly attested by thehead of office concerned or by some other responsible person;and

(ii) paste a certified copy of the pensioner’s photograph in passportsize on the disburser’s half of the Pension Payment Orderprovided that this requirement (pasting of a photograph) willnot apply to Indian women who do not appear in public,European women, persons who hold Government titles, personswho are in receipt of family pensions under the woundextraordinary pension rules or to any other person speciallyexempted by the Government from the operation of this rule.

NOTE 1.—A pensioner shall be required to pay for the photographs requiredfor this purpose.

NOTE 2.—The photographs should be renewed whenever the disbursingofficer considers it necessary. The cost of the renewal shouldalso be met by the pensioner.

(c) A pensioner drawing pension direct from the treasury shallproduce his half of the Pension Payment Order before the disbursing officerwhenever he claims payment of his pension, and no payment shall be made ifhe fails to produce it.# Insertion [G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]**Omitted [G.O.(P) 142/81/Fin., dated 25th February, 1981]

RULE 272PART V


225

(d) *In commutation cases, the Accountant General shall issue theauthority for payment of the commuted value of the portion of pensioncommuted, along with a communication, intimating the date of commutationand the reduced amount of pension to be payable with effect from the date ofcommutation. The reduced rate of pension payable after commutation and thedate from which it is payable shall be noted in both halves of the PensionPayment Order by the Disbursing Officer under his attestation, quotingAccountant General’s letter as authority, under intimation to the AccountantGeneral. After the commuted money is paid, the voucher for the commutedvalue shall be sent to the Accountant General in a separate schedule. Paymentsof pension from the date of commutation shall be made at the reduced rates,based on the amended Pension Payment Order.

In case where an anticipatory pension payment order has been issuedby the Accountant General, the final pension, when intimated by theAccountant General, shall be noted in both halves of the Pension PaymentOrder by the Disbursing Officer under his attestation, quoting AccountantGeneral’s letter as authority. An intimation to this effect shall be sent to theAccountant General simultaneously. Future payments shall be made to thepensioner at the revised rates, based on the amended pension payment order.The voucher for the first payment of the final pension shall also be sent tothe Accountant General in a separate schedule.

Whenever there is an occasion for revision of pension, the AccountantGeneral shall issue only an amendment letter to the Disbursing Officer formaking necessary amendments on both halves of the Pension Payment Orderunder his attestation and effect payments thereof.

**The Treasury Officers shall make payment of Dearness Relief toPensioners on receipt of the orders from the Government without specificauthorization from the Accountant General. In regard to payment of DearnessRelief to Pensioners drawing pension outside the State issuance of specialseal authorization by the Accountant General shall continue.

(e) The payment in rupees of pensions fixed in sterling or any otherexternal currency shall be regulated by such general or special instructionsas may be issued by the Government in this behalf. In issuing PensionPayment Orders for such pensions, the Accountant General shall either mentionthe exact amount to be paid in rupees or indicate the rate at which the amountstated in sterling or any other external currency shall be paid.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 161/77/Fin., dated 27th May, 1977]** Addition [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 272PART V


226

(f) The disburser’s halves of the Pension Payment Orders should befiled in serial order in separate files, one for each class of pensions. TheDisbursing Officer should keep the files locked up and should keep the keyalways in his personal custody and see that no one has any access to the filesexcept under his authority and supervision and on his responsibility.

B. Register of Pension Payment Orders

273. (a) Service pensions paid at a district treasury.—The Treasury Officershould keep a register in Form T.R. 80 of the Pension Payment Orders issued onhis treasury. This register will serve as an index to the files of Pension PaymentOrders referred to in Rule 272 (f) above. Whenever a new order is received, theTreasury Officer should see that it is correctly entered in this register with a red inkline ruled across the page below the entry, and should then write his initialsagainst the entry in the column headed “Name of pensioner”. The column headed“Remarks” should be left blank so long as the Pension Payment order is in force.When both halves of the order are returned to the Accountant General on accountof the pensioner’s death or are sent out of the office as a result of an applicationfor transfer of payment out of the district, the order should be removed permanentlyfrom the register and the file; the Treasury Officer should have the date andreason for sending away both halves of the order entered at once in the columnheaded “Remarks” and initial the entry.

(b) On receipt of an intimation about the death of a pensioner, promptaction should be taken to record the fact in the register referred to in clause (a)above and on the disburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order.

In the case of pensioners whose pensions are paid by money orderunder the provisions of Rule 286 the necessary note should be made on bothhalves of the Pension Payment Order.

(c) Service pensions paid at a sub treasury.—The registers should bemaintained at a sub treasury in the same manner as at a district treasury - Seeclause (a) above.

(d) Political pensions.—The provisions of clauses (a) and (b) aboveshould be followed, mutatis mutandis in regard to political pensions also. Thereshould be a separate register for political pensions.

RULES 272-273PART V


227

C. General Rules of Payment

274. (a) As a rule, a pensioner shall take payment of his pension inperson and the Disbursing Officer shall identify him with reference to thedetails available in the Pension Payment Order before making any payment.When claiming his pension for the first time, a pensioner shall also be requiredto produce his copy of the letter of the Accountant General forwarding hisPension Payment Order to the Treasury Officer.

Whenever a pensioner appears to take payment of his pension theDisbursing Officer shall check his personal marks with those recorded on thedisburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order and compare his signature onthe receipt with that pasted on the disburser’s half of the Pension PaymentOrder. If a pensioner cannot sign his name, the Disbursing Officer shall comparehis thumb-great-toe impression on the receipt with the original thumb-great-toe impression previously taken on the disburser’s half of the Pension PaymentOrder.

(b) Pensions payable at a treasury which transacts its cash businessthrough the Bank shall be actually disbursed at the Bank or at the treasury inaccordance with the general or special orders of the Government applicable toeach case - See also note under Rule 230 above. When such a pension is to bedisbursed at the Bank, the officer-in-charge of the treasury shall be theDisbursing Officer for the purpose of these rules except in regard to the actualdisbursement of cash on the bill passed for payment by him.

275. (a) Pensioners specially exempted from personal appearance bythe Government (See Rule 126, Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, V Edition),women who are not accustomed to appear in public and pensioners whoproduce satisfactory evidence that they are unable to appear because ofbodily illness or infirmity, need not appear at the treasury in person to claimpayment of their pensions.

(b) The pension due to any pensioner belonging to one of theclasses mentioned in clause (a) may be disbursed to a messenger who presentsthe pensioner’s half of the Pension Payment Order along with (1) a proper billsigned and receipted by the pensioner and bearing an endorsement also dulysigned by him authorizing payment to such messenger and (2) a life certificatein respect of the pensioner signed by a responsible officer of the Governmentor some other well known trustworthy person (Vide note to Rule 126 of Part IIIof the Kerala Service Rules, V Edition).

RULES 274-275PART V


228

276. The pension due to any pensioner may be disbursed to amessenger who presents the pensioner’s half of the Pension Payment Orderalong with (1) a proper bill signed and receipted by the pensioner and bearingan endorsement also duly signed by him authorizing payment to suchmessenger, and (2) a life certificate in respect of the pensioner signed byany of the person mentioned in Rule 126 of Part III of the Kerala Service Rules,V Edition.

277. A disbursing officer shall not pay a pension for any month to amessenger under Rule 275 or 276 if the date of the life certificate is earlierthan the *date on which it is due for payment of that month. He shall alsoinvariably take the signature of the messenger in whose favour the pensionerhas endorsed the bill in token of the receipt of the amount specified in it.When the messenger is illiterate, his signature shall be taken in the form ofhis thumb impression, duly attested by a witness. The disbursing officer ispersonally responsible for any payment wrongly made. Whenever he feels adoubt as to the proper course of action he should consult the AccountantGeneral.

*This amendment shall come into force w.e.f. 31-8-1981.

278. (a) A pensioner of any description who is resident in India mayclaim and draw his pension admissible to him by giving a legally valid powerof attorney in favour of another person in India. A pensioner desiring toreceive his pension through another person to whom he has given a validpower of attorney should endorse a copy of the deed conferring the power ofattorney to his disbursing officer and the audit officer. The person holding thepower of attorney will then prepare and present the bills, making a claim onbehalf of the pensioner and receive the payment on his (the person holdingthe power of attorney) giving the quittance. If the person holding the powerof attorney is an agent (including a bank) who has also executed an indemnitybond agreeing to refund over payments, he can draw the pension for a periodof not more than a year after the date of the life certificate furnished by himin respect of the pensioner in accordance with the provision of Rule 167. If,however, the person holding the power of attorney is not an agent (includinga bank) who has executed a bond to refund over payments, he will eitherreceive the payment in person from the disbursing officer after giving hisquittance, or if he desires to draw the pension through an agent or representative

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULES 276-278PART V


229

nominated by him, he may receive payment through him but in either case ofreceiving payment in person or through an agent or representative he will appendto the bills for pension for each month a life certificate in respect of the pensionerduly signed by any of the authorities stated in Rule 167 ibid and also furnishcertificate signed by the pensioner required under the provisions of Rule 283*below.

When a pensioner draws his pension through an agent who is authorised todo so by conferring on him a power of attorney, and who has executed a bond ofindemnity under Rule 167 ibid (e.g. a scheduled bank) the certificate regarding re-employment and acceptance of commercial employment, modified suitably can besigned by the agent and the pensioner himself should furnish once a year, acertificate concerning the period for which the pension has been drawn on thebasis of the agent’s certificate.

The pension disbursing officer shall maintain a register of power of attorneyin the form prescribed in the Government Securities Manual and all cases in whichthe power of attorney has been granted shall be recorded therein.

(b) A pensioner not resident in India may, with the permission of the

Reserve Bank of India, draw his pension in India through a duly authorised agent,possessing a legally valid power of attorney, who must produce a life certificate asreferred to in Rule 129 of Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, V Edition on eachoccasion, unless the duly authorised agent has executed an indemnity bond torefund overpayments, in which case he has to produce the life certificate asaforesaid at least once a year.

When a pension is drawn from a treasury outside the state and theprocedure duly authorised for that treasury differs from thaprescribed above, theprocedure authorised for that treasury shall be followed.

Explanation.—The agent should have adequate financial stability capableof safeguarding the interests of Government.

NOTE—In cases where the life certificate is furnished annually the TreasuryOfficer will require the Bank/Agent to furnish the life certificates of thepensioners whose pensions are drawn through them, in a separatestatement either to be attached to the bills for pension for Decemberdrawn in January or to be furnished in January. He will note the date ofthe certificate in the disbursing officer’s half of the Pension PaymentOrder and file the certificate in a separate file in chronological order.

* Omitted [G.O.(P) 568/79/Fin., dated 28th June, 1979]

RULE 278PART V


230

279. Leper pensioners.—A leper pensioner shall ordinarily appear beforethe disbursing officer to claim his pension without preparing a bill. The disbursingofficer shall then direct one of his clerks or assistants to fill up a pension bill formon behalf of the pensioner. Payment shall be made at once to the pensioner on thisbill, and the disbursing officer shall mark the bill by means of a stamp as havingbeen paid in his presence and record the fact of payment in both halves of thePension Payment Order under his initials. Both halves of the Pension PaymentOrder shall be retained in the treasury in these cases.

When a leper pensioner is unable to appear before the disbursing officerdue to bodily infirmity, he shall send a life certificate under Rule 275 but not abill. The disbursing officer shall prepare the bill and remit the pension,irrespective of any money limit, by postal money order.

280. (a) The disbursing officer shall take adequate precaution to preventthe payment of any fraudulent claims, on account of the pension of a pensionerwho does not appear in person to take payment. When a pensioner draws hispension in accordance with the provisions of Rules 275, 276 or 279 the disbursingofficer shall require proof of his continued existence; independent of thatfurnished by the life certificate in the monthly pension bill to be furnished atleast once a year. For this purpose he shall require each such pensioner eitherto attend in person at the treasury for due indentification at least once a yearor to produce an annual life certificate from persons other than those whousually furnish life certificate for receiving monthly pension. The annual lifecertificate from any Gazetted Officer, Village Officer, Sub Registrar, SubInspector of Police and the Executive Officer of the Panchayat wherein thepensioner resides, with the respective office seal affixed to the certificate shallbe accepted by the Treasury Officers as independent proof of the existence ofthe pensioner. The annual life certificate shall be issued by the officersconcerned in the following form:—

“I….…………………………………..(name and address)hereby certify that Sri/Smt…..………………………….holder ofP.P.O.No…………………………for …………whose signature thumb/great-toe-impression is given below is alive on this date and that I have not issued any lifecertificate to this pensioner during the last twelve months. ....................................................

Signature (with date)(Office seal) Designation ........................................

RULES 279-280PART V


231

Such annual certificate shall be produced in the month of December everyyear, failing which the payment of pension for * January, as also the pensionsfor subsequent months shall be held up until the certificate is received. The Treasury Officer shall also send through the messenger receivingpayment of pension for November a call in Form T.R. 84 orT.R. 85 for the purpose.

(b) The Treasury Officer shall see that the Sub Treasury Officersfurnish certificates showing that they have obtained at least once a year thenecessary independent proof of the continued existence, etc., of pensionersexempted from personal appearance whose pensions are paid at the subtreasuries.

(c) A pensioner of rank may be identified privately by the disbursingofficer and need not be required to appear at a public office.

(d) The disbursing officer shall take special care in regard to thepayment of the pension of any woman not accustomed to appear in public,since such payments involve a special risk of fraud. No payment shall bemade except on a life certificate as prescribed in Rule 275 (b), which shall beattested on each occasion, as an additional precaution, by two or morerespectable persons of the pensioner’s town or village. The disbursing officershall also arrange to have every such pensioner examined at least once a yearby two non-pardah female pensioners who shall check her personal markswith these recorded on the disburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order, andshall compare her signature, or if she is illiterate her thumb/great-toe-impressionor the receipt with that already taken on the disburser’s half of the PensionPayment Order. These examination shall be conducted as far as possible withoutany extra expenditure by the Government. Extra expenditure may be incurredin special cases when it is unavoidable.

**(e) The disbursing officer, may at his discretion and for reason tobe recorded privately identify and verify the continued existence of apensioner, and dispense with his personal appearance prescribed in this rulebut this power shall be exercised only in special cases such as of those whoheld high office before retirement.

* Omitted vide G.O.(P) 177/84/Fin. dated 26th March, 1984.** Substitution [G.O.(P) 410/79/Fin., dated 16th April, 1979]

RULE 280PART V


232

281. (a) The pensioner’s receipt for each payment shall be taken on aseparate bill in Form “T.R. 81”, “T. R. 81-A” or “T.R. 81-B”, as the case may be,and attached to the respective schedule of payments of pensions of eachkind.

(b) Every payment of a pension shall be entered on the reverse ofboth halves of the Pension Payment Order and attested by the initial of thedisbursing officer.

(c) When the pension of a government servant who was transferredto the service of the Reserve Bank of India is paid at a treasury, the disbursingofficer shall take the pensioner’s receipt for each payment in the special receiptform prescribed for the purpose. The Reserve Bank will supply the copies ofthis form required by the treasury on receipt of a requisition from the TreasuryOfficer.

282. When a pension is debitable partly to a local fund and partly tostate Revenues, the amount debitable to a local fund in any bill and the nameof that local fund shall be separately enfaced on the bill in red ink, and theamount shall be debited in the first instance to a suspense head. The suspensehead shall be cleared by monthly recoveries from the local funds concerned.

283. [Omitted]


284. (a) When a pension is granted on condition that it shall be paidonly so long as a specified event other than the pensioner’s debt has nottaken place, no payment shall be made unless the pensioner furnishes acertificate in the form given in the bill for pension [Form T.R. 81 A] that eventhas not taken place.

(b) A person whose pension is terminable on marriage or remarriageor on attaining majority shall furnish a declaration in the form given in the billfor pension ‘Form T.R. 81 A’ for the month of December every year that thespecified event has not taken place till the last date for which pension isclaimed in the bill.

(bb) *Notwithstanding anything contained in sub rule (a) or subrule (b), in the case of payment of Family Pension to a widow it shall besufficient if she gives an undertaking that she would report to the pensiondisbursing officer, the event of her remarriage.* Addition [G.O.(P) 568/79/Fin., dated 28th June, 1979]

RULES 281-284PART V


233

NOTE—In cases where a declaration under this sub rule is required befurnished in the bill for pension for December the certificate referredto in sub rule (a) above need not be furnished in the bill for thatmonth.

(c) Every pension disbursing officer, shall, in the month of January,submit to the Accountant General a statement showing particulars and dateof last payment of pensions in respect of the cases of failure to furnish thedeclaration mentioned in sub rule (b) above.

Explanation.—If the pension is payable to a minor child through his/her guardian, the certificate mentioned in sub rule (a) and/or the declaration mentioned in sub rule (b) should befurnished by the guardian to whom the pension is to bedisbursed. In such case the wording of the certificate/declaration in Form T.R. 81 A may be modified suitably.

(d) A father/mother of a deceased government employee in receiptof family pension should attach in the following form an annual certificateform the Tahsildar or a Gazetted Officer of the locality to the bill for pension,presented after one year of drawal of pension.

“On conducting proper enquiries I hereby certify that the financialposition of Sri/Smt………………………….………….(Name andaddress)……….…………… father/mother of …………………… (H.E. name anddesignation of the deceased officer) to whom a family pension of`………………. a month has been sanctioned in G.O. No…….dated ………….. has not improved and that he/she is eligible to get the familypension for another year from ………………… (H.E. the date………………………)

Place…………………

Date…………………. Signature and designation”

285. The pension of an insane person may be paid to a guardianappointed under the Indian Lunacy Act, 1912 (India Act IV of 1912) or to anyperson authorised by the Government (or the authority which sanctioned thepension) to receive it. Such guardian or person shall be required to furnishwith each claim a life certificate as prescribed in Rule 275 (b) stating that thepensioner was alive *on the first day of the month for which the pension isclaimed.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 177/84/Fin. dated 26th March, 1984]

RULES 284-285PART V


234

CHAPTER III

PAYMENT OF PENSIONS BY POSTAL MONEY ORDER

286. * The pension paid from the consolidated fund of the State shall,at the option of the pensioner, be sent to him/her by postal money order atGovernment cost, except for the first time. The payment of pension for the firsttime should be made to the pensioner on his appearing at the treasury. Thedisbursing officer shall observe the following rules in regard to the paymentsof subsequent pensions by money orders.

(i) The disbursing officer shall identify the pensioner when heappears to receive payment for the first time in the manner prescribed inRule 274 (a) and record the correct address of the pensioner with the nameof the post office on the disburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order andinstruct the pensioner to communicate any change in his address. Thepensioner’s half of the Pension Payment Order will be made available to thepensioner for his scrutiny, if necessary and received back and kept undersafe custody in the treasury.

NOTE 1.— In the case of pensioners who are already drawing their pensionsotherwise and who wish to avail themselves of the facility ofpension payment by money order may surrender the pensionershalf of the pension payment order in person at the treasury andget an acknowledgment from the Treasury Officer.

NOTE 2.— Those pensioners who find it easier and convenient to get theirpension direct may, however, be allowed to do so.

NOTE 3.— **The first sentence in the opening paragraph shall be deemedto have come into force with effect from the 1st day ofNovember, 1978.

(ii) The necessary entries shall then be made in the ‘Register ofpensions payable by money order’ in Form T.R. 82 and both halves of thePension Payment Order shall be filed in a separate file headed ‘Pension Payableby Money Order’.

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 170/80/Fin., dated 4th March, 1980]

* *Addition [G.O.(P) 401/81/Fin., dated 22nd June, 1981]

RULE 286PART V


235

(iii) The Treasury Officers should arrange for the money order formsbeing written up sufficiently early, and presented to the Post Office from**10th of the month onwards. When the number of money order forms to bebooked in Post Offices is very large, the Treasury Officers should contact thePost Masters concerned and decide how many filled-up forms should bepresented on each day. The presentation of the forms should be completedhowever, by the last working day of the month to which the pension relates.The forms for a day will be arranged to be delivered in a lot to the Post Officein a cover addressed to the Post Master. The forms from a treasury should bepresented to the same Post Office on all occasions to facilitate future references,if any, required. Normally the forms should be presented at the Post Officenearest to the treasury where the routine transactions of the treasury arecarried out. But in cases where the nearest Post Office may not be havingenough number of hands to handle the money order forms in bulk, anotherconvenient Post Office with the concurrence of the Postal Department may befixed for the purpose. He should see that the words “Pension money order notto be paid before the 1st of ……..” (Here enter the name of the month ofdisbursement) are inscribed on the top of each money order form presented inadvance by a rubber stamp.

(iv) †Whenever a pension is to be sent by money order at the costof the State Government, the relevant service head may be debited with theamount of pension and transfer credited to the Money Order Personal DepositAccount in the name of Treasury Officer. The Money Order Commission duethereon shall be debited under the head of account 2071 and simultaneouslytransfer credited to Money Order Personal Deposit Account. In respect ofPension other than State Pension sent at the cost of the Government or authorityto whom such pensions relate, the Money Order Commission as well as theamount payable to the pensioners shall be debited to the concernedGovernment (Central, Inter-State-Suspense, Tamil nadu etc.) and transfercredited to the Money Order Personal Deposit Account. In respect of pensionsof other Governments paid at the cost of pensioners, the net amount due tothe pensioner after debiting Money Order Commission as well as the amountof Commission shall be debited to the concerned Government and transfercredited to the Money Order Personal Deposit Account. The Money OrderForms in such cases shall be prepared only for the net amount due to thepensioners. The Money Order forms duly prepared along with a covering**Substitution [G.O.(P) 97/89/Fin. dated 24th February, 1989]†Substitution [G.O.(P) 97/89/Fin., dated 24th February, 1989]

RULE 286PART V


236

schedule and a Personal Deposit Cheque drawn by the Treasury Officer infavour of the concerned Post Master for the total amount due, inclusive ofCommission as per the schedule may be tendered at the Post Office. ‡TheMoney Orders returned unpaid should be credited under Revenue Depositsexcept in the case of Central and other State Pensions. The unpaid CentralMoney Order Pensions should be credited back to Central Government asminus debit (R.O.P.) under the Major Head “2071-Pensions and otherRetirement Benefits in the Central Section of Accounts of the Treasury afternoting sufficient, details in the Pension Payment Order concerned. Similarly,the unpaid Money Order Pensions in respect of other State Government shouldbe credited back to the Inter State Suspense Account of the State concerned.

(v) Separate pension bills need not be prepared for each pensioner.The payments shall be shown in a separate schedule in Form T.R. 83. Thetotal amounts of the payments shown in the schedule shall be written both infigures and in words. The disbursing officer shall satisfy himself that all theamounts shown as paid in the schedule have actually been remitted by moneyorder and certify accordingly on it. The disbursing officer shall write his payorder on the schedule; it shall then be stamped “Paid by transfer” andforwarded to the Accountant General or the Treasury Officer as the case maybe, with the corresponding list of payments as a voucher supporting the debitin the treasury accounts.

(vi) The disbursing officer shall also see that the payees’ moneyorder receipts are duly received for all the remittances shown in the register.He shall compare the signature (or thumb impression) on each such receiptevery month with the pensioners’ signature (or thumb impression) on thePension Payment Order and satisfy himself that it is genuine. The receiptsshall then be filed in the treasury. In the next month’s schedule of pensionpayments the disbursing officer shall certify as follows:—

“I certify that I have satisfied myself that all pension payments shownin the schedule for the previous month have been paid to the proper personsand that I have obtained the payee’s money order receipts in support of allthese payments and filed them in my office.”

‡Substitution [G.O.(P) 358/93/Fin. dated 15th June, 1993]

RULE 286PART V


237

(vii) *The disbursing officer shall satisfy himself once in three yearsabout the continued existence of the pensioner either by personal appearanceof the pensioner before the disbursing officer or by obtaining a certificateof continued existence of the pensioner, issued by any of the authoritiesspecified in sub-rule (a) of Rule 280, with his office seal affixed on the certificate.#Such life certificate shall be produced in the month of December once inevery three years failing which the payment of pension for the month ofJanuary , as also the pension for the subsequent months shall be held up untilthe certificate is received; In token of having satisfied himself of the continuedexistence of the pensioner, the disbursing officer shall endorse on the scheduleof payment for the month of January once in every three years or in respect ofpension for ^January paid subsequently against the relevant entry of theschedule of the month concerned, a certificate to the effect that he has satisfiedhimself that the pensioners were actually alive on the dates on which thepensions were remitted to them. The disbursing officer shall also note the factof personal mustering or the receipt of life certificate, as the case may be, inboth halves of the pension payment order, under his dated signature.

This amendment shall come into force w.e.f. 31-8-1981.

(viii) **The disbursing officer shall obtain from each woman whosepension would terminate on her marriage and whose pension is remitted bymoney order, an annual declaration in the form prescribed in Rule 284 (b) forthe year ending on the 31st December.

(ix) The certificates mentioned in clauses (iii), (vi), (vii) and (viii)shall be given by the Treasury Officer for payments made at the DistrictTreasury. So far as payments made at sub treasuries are concerned theTreasury Officer need only certify that he has received the necessarycertificates from the respective Sub Treasury Officers.

(x) Where, owing to old age or infirmity or in consequence of somephysical disability, it is not possible for a pensioner to present in person to theTreasury Officer, a declaration electing to have his pension paid by moneyorder the Treasury Officer may accept, instead, a written declaration signedby the pensioner, which is duly verified by a Gazetted Officer, a Magistrate ora Justice of Peace. The Officer verifying declaration shall specify the*Substitution [G.O.(P) 284/82/Fin., dated 8th June, 1982]#Substitution [G.O.(P) 177/84/Fin. dated 26th March, 1984]^Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]**Substitution [G.O.(P) 568/79/Fin., dated 28th June, 1979]

RULE 286PART V


238

circumstances in which he holds that it is not possible for the pensioner topresent the declaration in person to the Treasury Officer.

(xi) Should the pensioner be physically incapable of signing thedeclaration, the Treasury Officer may authorize payment to the pensioneron production of a certificate from the Civil Surgeon of the district or aregistered medical practitioner to the effect that the pensioner is alive butis unable to sign the required declaration. In such a case, the pension may bepaid to the heir, not being a minor, who would receive payment of the arrearsof pension in the event of the pensioners death, provided it is certified bythe Tahsildar in whose jurisdiction the pensioner lives that the person claimingto be the heir is in fact a heir and continues to be the heir throughout theperiod for which he draws the pension.

286 A. [Deleted]

[G.O.(P) 360/76/Fin., dated 23rd November, 1976]

CHAPTER III APAYMENT OF PENSION THROUGH TREASURY SAVINGS BANK

ACCOUNT

*286B 1. The Pensions paid from the Consolidated fund of the Stateshall, at the option of the pensioner automatically be credited to the TreasurySavings Bank Accounts of the pensioners opened exclusively for creditingpension except for the first time, following the procedure detailed below. Thepayment of pension for the first time should be made to the pensioner afterproper identification in the manner prescribed in rule 274(a).

2. The Pensioner may open Treasury Savings Bank Accountexclusively for crediting pension and submit a written request to the pensionDisbursing Officer for payment of pension through Treasury Savings Bank,with the pensioners half of the pension payment order and a letter ofundertaking in Form T.R.83B. On receipt of the written request of the pensionerthe pension disbursing officer, shall make necessary entries in the registers ofpension payable through Treasury Saving Bank Account (Form T.R. 82A)furnishing of the details of Pension Payment Orders, Number, Name of thepensioner, amount of Pension and the number of Treasury Savings BankAccount in which the amount shall be credited. In order to distinguish the*Insertion [G.O.(P) 733/93/Fin. dated 20th October, 1993]

RULES 286-286BPART V


239

Pensioner’s Treasury Savings Bank Accounts from other Treasury SavingsBank accounts separate ledger for Pensioners with separate serial number forsuch Savings Bank Accounts should be maintained. Treasury Savings Bankaccounts of pensioners may be distinguished as Pensioner’s Treasury SavingsBank (Pensioners Treasury Savings Bank).

Both halves of the Pension Payment Order shall be filed in a separatefile superscribed Pension “Payable through Pensioners Treasury SavingsBank” and the Treasury Savings Bank account should be noted at the top ofthe front cover of the Pension Payment order, and in the front page of thedisburser’s half on the top portion.

3. After 20th of every month a schedule in triplicate in the prescribedform T.R. 83A should be prepared category wise. The amount will be totalledand a transfer pay-in-slip attached for the total amount. Necessary entriesregarding the date of Payment (Ist of the next month) should be made in bothhalves of the Pension Payment order.

4. After the preparation of the pension schedule as above, thepension disbursing officer shall sign the pay order in the original of the schedulefor the total amount of each category of pension for transfer credit to eachpensioners Treasury Savings Bank account noted in the Schedule and alsosign the pay-in-slips attached for the total amount by transfer adjustment.

5. The original, duplicate and triplicate copies of the schedule dulysigned by the Pension Disbursing Officer will be handed over to the concernedSavings Bank Section. The Savings Bank Accountant will enter amount of eachpensioner in his/her respective Pensioners Treasury Savings Bank account onthe basis of the signed schedule. Necessary certificates to the effect that all theamount of pension furnished in the schedule has been credited in the respectivePensioners Treasury Savings Bank account of the pensioners should be signedby the savings Bank Passing Officer on the first working day of every month inthe triplicate copy and the same returned to the pension section for record purpose.The Original (Voucher) shall be handed over to the section concerned forincorporation to the Treasury Accounts and the duplicate copy along with thetransfer pay-in-slip should be kept by the Savings Bank Accountant.

RULE 286BPART V


240

6. The Disbursing Officer shall satisfy himself once in a year about thecontinued existence of the pensioner either by personal appearance of thepensioner before the Disbursing Officer or through life certificates. The DisbursingOfficer shall also note the fact of personal mustering or the receipt of life certificatesas the case may be in both halves of the Pension Payment Order under his datedsignature.

CHAPTER IV

PERIODICAL APPEARANCE OF PENSIONERS FOR IDENTIFICATION

287. (a) On the first appearance of a pensioner the disbursing officershall take an impression of the pensioner’s left hand thumb and fingers or wherethis is not possible due to physical incapacity, right hand thumb and fingers or theimpressions of the toe, on the pension bill.

He shall then identify the pensioner with reference to the particulars given inthe disburser’s half of the pension payment order and by comparison of thethumb and finger impressions with those pasted on the Pension Payment Order.

Once in the course of every year thereafter, the continued existence of thepensioner shall be ensured by obtaining the above impressions in the pension billand an annual life certificate as contemplated under sub rule (a) of Rule 280.

(b) A woman who is exempt from personal appearance under Rule 275(a) because she is not accustomed to appear in public should affix an impressionof her left thumb/right thumb/great toe on each bill in the presence of the personwho signs the life certificate and the latter should attest it. An illiterate pensionershould similarly affix an impression of his left thumb/right thumb/great toe oneach bill in the presence of the person who signs the life certificate, or whom heattends at the paying office in person to receive payment, before the disbursingofficer, and the person who signs the life certificate or the disbursing officer, as thecase may be, should attest it. In the case of an illiterate pensioner or a woman whois not accustomed to appear in public, quittance by a seal mark attested by someknown and respectable person may be accepted in lieu of thumb/great toeimpressions.

(c) When a Pension Payment Order is renewed, the original signature ofthumb and finger/toe impressions shall be cut off from the old order and attachedto the new order.

RULES 286B-287PART V


241

(d) If the disbursing officer entertains any doubt as to the identity ofany person claiming to be a pensioner who has served in the Police Department,he may require the local Inspector of Police to identify him, and the latter shallthen be responsible for the correct identification of the pensioner.

(e) The procedure laid down in sub-rule (vii) of Rule 286 appliesmutatis mutandis to pensioners receiving pension direct from the treasuryalso.

288. (a) In order to ensure that annual mustering/periodical verificationof the pensioners has been done, the disbursing officer shall note the date ofmustering or the date of the life certificate produced at the space provided forit in both halves of the Pension Payment Order. Similarly he shall write theletter “L.C.” with his initials against each monthly pension payment wheneverdisbursement is made on the strength of life certificate. He shall also sendthrough the messenger who receives payment of the pension in November acall in Form T.R. 84 or T.R. 85 for the purpose.

In the case of re-employed pensioners it will be sufficient if a certificatefrom the head of the office or department in which they are re-employed to theeffect that the pensioner is re-employed in his office or department is producedbefore the pension disbursing officers.

(b) When a pensioner draws his pension through an agent whohas executed a bond to refund overpayments, the pension shall not be paidon account of a period of more than a year after the date of the life certificatelast received. The Accountant General and the disbursing officer shall watchcarefully for authentic information of the death of any such pensioner and seethat no further payment is made after such information is received.

289. Place of payment:—A pension payable in India may be paid atany treasury in India.

*Explanation 1—Treasury in India means any treasury maintained bythe Kerala Government, the Government of India or any otherState Government.

**Explanation 2—Civil Pensions debitable to the Consolidated Fundof the State shall also be paid through Public Sector Banksnominated for the purpose.

*Explanation renumbered vide G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987.**Insertion [G.O.(P) 542/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

RULES 287-289PART V


242

CHAPTER V

TRANSFER OF PENSIONS

290. (a) Transfer of service pensions:—

(i) The Accountant General may, on application made by a pensioner,transfer the payment of his pension from any treasury in India to another.

(ii)A Treasury Officer may, on application made by a pensioner,transfer the payment of his pension from the district treasury to a sub treasurysubordinate to it or vice versa or from one sub treasury to another in the samedistrict. A Treasury Officer may, on application made by a pensioner, alsotransfer the payment of his pension to another treasury within the State withoutthe intervention of the Accountant General. He shall, however intimate theAccountant General, the details of such transfer as soon as the transfer iseffected.

(iii) When a pensioner has applied for transfer of payment of hispension to a treasury outside the State, either to the Accountant General or tothe Treasury Officer the Treasury Officer shall, and in cases where thepensioner has so applied to the Accountant General on receipt of an authorityfrom him, forward both halves of the pension payment order to the AccountantGeneral with the application for transfer of pension made by the pensioner.Two slips containing specimen signature or thumb or great toe impression, asthe case may be, of the pensioner shall also be sent to the Accountant Generalalong with the pension payment order. The Accountant General will eitherissue an authority for making payment to the Treasury Officer where thepayment is desired by the pensioner, if the latter is situated within his auditcircle or move Accountant General of the State in which such treasury islocated to arrange for the payment.

(b) Transfer of political pensions:—The Government or theAccountant General may permit the transfer of the payment of a politicalpension from one treasury in India to another, provided that the AccountantGeneral should, before ordering any transfer of a political pension, obtain theconcurrence of the authority empowered to permit a change of residence bythe political pensioner.

291. (a) A copy of any order issued by the Government or anysubordinate authority under the preceding rule shall be forwarded to theAccountant General.

RULES 290-291PART V


243

(b) The following procedure shall be observed in regard to thetransfer of payment of a pension from one district to another in the State:—

The Treasury Officer shall forward both halves of the Pension PaymentOrder to the Treasury Officer of the new district with information as to thedate upto which payment was made in the old district, and shall simultaneouslyforward a copy of the communication to the Accountant General. On receiptof both the halves of the Pension Payment Order, the Treasury Officer-in-charge of the new district shall note the particulars in his Register of PensionPayment Orders in Form T.R. 80 and arrange for payment of pension.

If at the time of transfer, the Pension Payment Order is renewed anaccount of the pensioner’s half having been lost, the Treasury Officer of thenew district shall be informed of the loss and renewal.

292. [Deleted]CHAPTER VI

RENEWAL OF PENSION PAYMENT ORDERS

293. (a) The District Treasury Officer is authorised to renew PensionPayment Order without reference to the Accountant General when the entrieson the reverse of either the pensioner’s or the disburser’s half are completelyfilled up or the pensioner’s half is lost, worn or torn. When the renewal is dueto the loss of the original Pension Payment Order, the circumstances of itsloss should be investigated and a fee of *` 5 should be levied on thepensioner before the duplicate Pension Payment Order is issued, providedthat, if the loss of the original Pension Payment Order is due to accident orcauses beyond the pensioner’s control, or if the pensioner is too poor to paythe fee the Director of Treasuries may exempt him from payment of the fee.(See also Note under Rule 134, Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, V Edition.)

The Old Pension Payment Orders, if available, shall be retained by thedisbursing officers for three years and then destroyed.

NOTE 1—The receipted chalan for the fee realized for renewal of PensionPayment Order should be filed along with the disburser’s half.

NOTE 2—In the case of pensions paid at sub treasuries the Pension PaymentOrders shall be returned to the District Treasury for renewal.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 544/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

RULES 291-293PART V


244

Instruction 1—*If a pensioner alleges, loss of his half of the PensionPayment Order, he should make an application with theprescribed fee of † `5 to the officer-in-charge of theDistrict/Sub Treasury from which he is receiving hispension, for a duplicate copy thereof. The Sub TreasuryOfficer will then forward the application received by himto the District Treasury Officer along with the Treasuryhalf of the Pension Payment Order after duly furnishinghis remarks on the application. The District TreasuryOfficer will then conduct such further enquiries as aredeemed necessary on such applications and thereafter,issue a duplicate of the pensioners half, prominentlymarked ‘Duplicate’ in red ink.

Instruction 2—If the disburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order whichshould be kept under the safe custody of the TreasuryOfficer is missing, the District Treasury Officer/SubTreasury Officer should institute a thorough search totrace out the Pension Payment Order. If after such thoroughsearch, the Treasury Officer is satisfied that thedisburser’s half of the Pension Payment Order isirrecoverably lost, the matter should be reported to theAccountant General, through the District Treasury Officerin case of Sub Treasury. The District Treasury Officershould send the report to the Accountant General detailingthe circumstances in which the disburser’s half was lostand request the Accountant General to issue a duplicate.The Accountant General will then arrange for the issueof a duplicate prominently marked “Duplicate” in red ink.Simultaneously, with the sending of the report to theAccountant General, the District Treasury Officer shouldfix up the responsibility for the loss and also stop paymentof the pension on the Pension Payment Order till thedisburser’s half is received in the treasury. The penaltyof †`5 should be recovered from the person responsiblefor the loss. Instances of such losses should be reportedto the Director of Treasuries also.

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 833/81/Fin., dated 11th December, 1981]†Substitution [G.O.(P) 544/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]

RULE 293PART V


245

(b) When a Treasury Officer has issued a new PensionPayment Order in place of a lost one, he shall, by strict observance ofRule 281 (b), see that no payment is made on the Pension Payment Orderalleged to have been lost.

CHAPTER VII

LAPSE OF PENSIONS

A. Service Pensions

294. (a) If a pension payable in India remains undrawn for morethan one year, the pension shall cease to be payable (Rule 135, Part III of theKerala Service Rules, V Edition).

(b) If the pensioner afterwards appears, the disbursing officermay renew his payments. He shall not, however, pay the arrears without theorders of the Accountant General and, if the pension in arrears is to be paid orthe first time or if the amount of the arrears exceeds 5,000, without obtainingthrough the Accountant General the previous sanction of the Government(Rule 136, Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, V Edition). If, however theAccountant General considers that the suspension of payment was due toerror or neglect on the part of any public officer, he may direct that the arrearsbe paid without the orders of the Government. (Rule 137, Part III of the KeralaService Rules, V Edition).

295. (a) A pension chargeable under the head ”2071 Pension andOther Retirement Benefits” not drawn for three years shall cease to be payablewithout the previous sanction of the Accountant General.

(b) The arrears of pension due on account of a deceasedpensioner shall cease to be payable if they are not claimed within oneyear of the pensioner’s death. It cannot be paid thereafter without thesanction of the authority by whom the pension was sanctioned to beobtained through the Accountant General (See also Rule 138, Part III ofthe Kerala Service Rules, V Edition).

**Provided that in cases where the pensioner’s nominee/nomineesor heir/heirs apply for payment of any arrears of pension consequent on anyGovernment orders for revision of pension for dearness allowance, such arrearsmay, subject to the rules relating to such arrear payments, be paid in case the**Insertion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULES 293-295PART V


246

applications were preferred before the disbursing officer within a period ofthree years from the date of issue of such orders. Reference to the AccountantGeneral or the pension sanctioning authority shall not be required in suchcases.

(c) The Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall examine the files ofPension Payment Orders carefully every month and remove all the PensionPayment Orders relating to cases of the kinds mentioned in clauses (a) and (b)above. He shall return the disburser’s halves the Pension Payment Ordersconcerned to the Accountant General with a half yearly statement of suchcases. The statement shall be prepared in two parts; the first part shouldshow the names of all service pensioners entitled to pensions adjustableunder the head “2071. Pension and Other Retirement Benefits” who have notdrawn their pensions for three years and the second part should show thenames of service pensioners other than those included in the former part whohave not drawn their pensions for more than one year. The reason for the non-drawal, if known, shall be stated against each name.

(d) When a pension ceases to be payable during the life time of apensioner both portions of the Pension Payment Order shall be returned bythe disbursing officer to the Accountant General after making the last paymentand with a note recording the reasons for the cessation of the pension.

296. When a pensioner has failed to appear to receive his pension forthree months, the disbursing officer should make inquiries through the VillageOfficer as to the cause of his non-appearance (See also Article 359 of theKerala Financial Code).

B. Political Pensions

297.(a) A pension chargeable under the minor head “Political Pension”under the Major head “2071 or 2075 or 2235, as the case may be” not drawn forsix years ceases to be payable without the previous sanction of the AccountantGeneral.

(b) A similar procedure to that prescribed in clause (c) of Rule 295should be followed mutatis mutandis in regard to pensions chargeable to theheads mentioned in clause (a) above but the half yearly statement relating tothem should show the names of only those pensioners who have not drawntheir pensions for six years.

RULES 295-297PART V


247

CHAPTER VIII

DECEASED PENSIONERS

298. †A pension shall be payable for the whole of the month in whichthe pensioner dies, irrespective of the date on which the death takes place.Payment of family pension, if any, in such cases shall commence from the firstday of the month following the month in which the death of pensioners takesplace.

†This amendment shall come into force w.e.f. 31-8-1981.

299. (a) ‡In cases where pension could not be drawn as specified inSub rule (a) of rule 272 above, and the pensioner dies leaving arrears, thedisbursing officer may pay any arrears including commuted value of pensionif any, actually due to the nominee or nominees, if the pensioner has filed anomination as per the Payment of Arrears of Pension (Nomination) Rules,1984 and if he has not filed any such nomination, the arrears includingcommuted value of pension, if any, due shall be paid to the pensioner’s heir orheirs provided that they apply within one year of the date of death.

[See rule 295 (b) above and rule 138 (a) of Part III of the Kerala ServiceRules, V Edition:)]

If the application is made later, the arrears shall not be paid without obtainingthrough the Accountant General the previous sanction of the authority whichsanctioned the pension [See Rule 138(a) of Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, VEdition]. If, however, the arrear of pension do not exceed #` 75,000 and the casepresents no peculiar features, the Accountant General may direct that the arrearsbe paid on his own authority [See Rule 138 (b) of Part III of the Kerala ServiceRules, V Edition]. • Provided that in cases where the pensioners nominee/nomineesor heir/heirs apply for payment of any arrears of pension consequent on anyGovernment Orders for revision of pension or dearness allowance on pensionsuch arrears can subject to the rules relating to such arrear payments be paid incase the applications were preferred before the disbursing officer within a periodof three years from the date of issue of such orders. Reference to the AccountantGeneral or the Pension sanctioning authority shall not be required in such cases.†Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]‡Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]#‡Substitution [G.O.(P) 196/2008/Fin. dated 5th May, 2008]•Addition [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULES 298-299PART V


248

^(aa) Notwithstanding anything contained in Sub-Rule (a), where theperson eligible to receive family pension dies before receiving the same orfamily pension for any period remains undrawn at the time of that person’sdeath, arrears if any, due to such person shall be paid to the next person/persons eligible to receive family pension and on the death of that person/persons before receiving the arrears, the arrears shall be paid to the next person/persons eligible to receive family pension and so on, eligibility to receive thearrears shall be determined with reference to the position existing as on the dateon which family pension has originally sanctioned:

Provided that such arrears shall be payable to judicially separated husband/wife:

Provided further that if there is no person living and entitled to receive thearrears as aforesaid, the arrears due to the original family pensioner shall bepaid to his/ her legal heirs, those due to the next family pensioner shall be paidto his/ her legal heirs and so on and if there be no legal heirs for any particulardeceased family pensioner, the arrear due in respect of such family pensionershall be paid to the legal heirs of the other family pensioner in equal shares.

(b) After paying arrears of pension due on account of a deceasedpensioner, the disbursing officer shall return both halves of the Pension PaymentOrder to the Accountant General with a note of the date of the pensioner’s death,except in the case of pensioner’s governed by the Liberalized Family PensionScheme, in which case the pensioner’s portion of the Pension Payment Order willbe returned to the person nominated to receive the family pension and thedisburser’s portion retained by the Treasury Officer.

NOTE—(i) The fact of the death of the pensioner who is governed by theLiberalised Family Pension Scheme and the fact of Payment ofFamily Pension should be reported to the Accountant Generalquoting the relevant Pension Payment Order Number as soon asthe information is brought to the notice of the treasury.

NOTE—(ii) *Deleted.

300. (a) **The rule regarding the last payment of pay, etc., to a Governmentservant (See Rule 212) applies to the payment of arrears of pension, includingcommuted value of pension to the nominee/nominees of heir/ heirs of a deceased^Insertion [G.O.(P) 543/87/Fin. dated 23rd June, 1987]*Deletion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]** Substitution vide [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992

RULES 299-300PART V


249

pensioner.

(i) †Arrears of pension due to a deceased pensioner who has filednomination under the payment of Arrears of Pension(Nomination) Rules, 1984 shall be paid to the nominee/nominees irrespective of the amount of arrears on properidentification provided the persons concerned producesnecessary death certificate and pensioners half of the PensionPayment Order unless such half is kept by the treasury. Thelimitation prescribed in sub-rule (b) of Rule 295 shall alsoapply for payment in such cases.†Insertion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

•(ii) A person who claims payment of arrears of pension as heir of adeceased pensioner shall be required to produce the pensioner’shalf of the Pension Payment Order or if no Pension PaymentOrder has been issued the copy of the order in which sanctionto the pension was communicated to the pensioner or his heir.He shall also be required to produce a death certificate regardingthe death of the pensioner and sufficient evidence to establishhis relationship to the deceased.

(c) When the amount of arrears due to a deceased pensioner doesnot exceed # ` 75,000, **and if the pensioner has not filed nomination underthe Payment of Arrears of Pension (Nomination) Rules, 1984, payment may,subject to the provisions of Rule 139 of Part III of the Kerala Service Rules, VEdition and Rule 299 (a) above, be made to the heirs of the deceased onproduction of an heirship certificate issued by a Tahsildar (under the StateGovernment) in whose jurisdiction the pensioner lived and died or was drawinghis pension or in whose jurisdiction the heirs of the deceased live. In that casethe disbursing officer need not insist on the production of letters ofadministration or similar legal authority.

#This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 27thDecember, 2004.

(d) *When the amount of arrears due to deceased pensionerexceeds # 75,000 and if the pensioner has not filed a nomination underthe payment of arrears of Pension (Nomination) Rules, 1984, payment tothe extent of # ` 75,000 may be made by the disbursing officer as set•Renumbered vide G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992.# Substitution [G.O.(P) 196/2008/Fin dated 5th May, 2008]**Insertion, *, Substitution vide [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 300PART V


250

forth in sub rule (c) above. The excess over # ` 75,000 should be paidonly under the orders of the Government on the execution of an indemnitybond in K.S.R. Form No.8 with sureties of proved financial ability tomeet the obligations undertaken, provided that the Government aresatisfied as to the claimant’s right and title and consider that unduedelay and hardship would be caused by insisting on the production ofletters of administration (See **Rule 139 of Part III of the Kerala ServiceRules, V Edition).

#This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 27thDecember, 2004.

(e) Whenever there is any doubt as to the claimant’s right and title,payment shall be made only to the person producing legal authority.

NOTE— Any person claiming to be a legal heir of a deceased pensioner shallproduce or cause to be produced the pensioner’s half of the PensionPayment Order or if no Pension Payment Order has been issued thecopy of the order in which sanction to the pension was communicatedto the pensioner or his heir at the treasury along with the heirshipcertificate or letters of administration or other legal authority to provehis title to the arrears. If there are more than one legal heir, the heirshipcertificate or letters of administration or other legal authority (whicheveris produced) shall clearly show the extent of the title of each person (i.e.the share to which each person is entitled) clearly. It shall also containthe personal marks of identification and specimen signatures of theheirs attested by the authority who issued the heirship certificate orother legal authority (in the case of heirs who are literate) or the thumband finger impressions attested by that authority (in the case of illiterateheirs) with reference to which the Treasury Officer can identify the legalheirs. If such details necessary for identification of the heirs are notfurnished in the heirship certificate or other documents produced toprove the title, the person who claims the arrears of pension as heir ofthe deceased pensioner shall be introduced to the Treasury by a GazettedOfficer or by some other well-known and trustworthy person i.e. he shallproduce a specimen of his signature (if literate) or thumb and impression(if illiterate) which is certified by a Gazetted Officer or some other well

# Substitution [G.O.(P) 196/2008/Fin dated 5th May, 2008]** Substitution [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULE 300PART V


251

known and trustworthy person to be the signature or thumb andfinger impressions of the person specified in the heirship certificateor other documents.

If the entire amount of arrears is due to one legal heir a claim in theproper form shall be obtained from him and the amount disbursed tohim. If the amount of arrears is to be disbursed in parts to two ormore persons the full amount of arrears of pension shall be drawn ona simple receipt by the Treasury Officer (bill form No. T.R. 42) and theshares due to the persons present on the day may be disbursedobtaining proper acknowledgments which shall be attached to thevouchers and sent to the Accountant General and the balance shallbe kept under Revenue Deposit so that it can be withdrawn and paidas a refund of Revenue Deposit as and when the other heirs claimtheir shares. A certificate to the effect that the undisbursed balancehas been kept under “Revenue Deposit” shall also be furnished bythe Treasury Officer in the voucher sent to the Accountant General.

The arrears of pension or any share thereof can be disbursed to aheir by postal money order at the cost of the claimant and at hiswritten request. In that case the signature of the applicant on therequisition shall be attested by a Gazetted Officer or some other well-known and trustworthy person. The maximum limit of 200 fixed inRule 286 (A) for the payment of pension by money order is applicableto this cases.

301. (a) Every disbursing officer who pays any civil pension shallreport promptly to the Accountant General the death of any civil pensionerwhose pension he was paying (See also Article 369 of Kerala Financial Code.

(b) Each Treasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall send to theAccountant General annually on the 1st December, a list of all retiredGazetted Government servants who were drawing their pensions from thetreasury or sub treasury and whose deaths have come to his notice during thepreceding year.

The list shall give the following information:

(1) Name

RULES 300-301PART V


252

(2) Service or appointment

(3) Date of death

(4) Honours and distinctions, if any, held by the deceased.

301A. (a) Arrears of pension due to a deceased pensioner shall bepaid in the case of Political, Malikhana and Revenue Pensioners also. Butpayment in such cases shall be made to the claimants only on production of asuccession certificate from the authority who sanctioned the pension to theeffect that the arrears may be paid to him.

(b) The authority who issues the succession certificate mentionedin para (a) above shall do so only after enquiring into in detail the right ofthe claimant for succession to the family right or sthanam and other relevantaspects. If there are more than one claimant, the names of the persons and theshare of the amount to which each is entitled shall be specified in the certificate.

(c) The provisions contained in Rule 299 (a) and (b) shall be applicablein the case of Political, Malikhana and Revenue Pensioners also.

302. [Deleted]

CHAPTER IX

GRATUITIES

303. (a) The Treasury Officer shall not pay any gratuity except onan authority received from the Accountant General, to whom, under Rule 152of Part III of the Kerala Service Rules the sanction is communicated by thesanctioning authority or by another Audit Officer. The payment can be claimedon the letter of authority itself and no separate bill is necessary in such cases.

(b) (i) When at the option of the gratuitant, the gratuity is drawnby the head of an office for disbursement, he shall furnish to the AccountantGeneral within a month of the date of drawal, a certificate of disbursement.

(ii) At the option of the gratuitant, the gratuity may be drawn by thehead of an office and the full amount or a part thereof, may be adjusted againstthe dues payable by the gratuitant. In such cases, the details of adjustmentshall be certified by the disbursing officer within one month from the date of

RULES 301-303PART V


253

drawal, to the Accountant General with receipts and vouchers whereverpossible. If only a part of the amount is adjusted and the balance paid in caseto the gratuitant, the certificate of disbursement shall be forwarded, asmentioned in sub-rule (i) above, over and above the certificate of adjustment.

(c) If a gratuity remains undrawn for more than twelve months, thepayment order shall be returned to the Accountant General, mentioning thecause, if known, of the non-appearance of the person entitled to the gratuity.

304. The Government will, while sanctioning a gratuity, communicatesuch order to the officer submitting the gratuity application who shouldpromptly communicate the sanction to the gratuitant by furnishing him witha copy of the said order and direct him to apply in person to the treasury atwhich the payment of the gratuity is desired. The Accountant General willseparately issue, to the treasury concerned, a letter of authority to pay inwhich particulars required for identifying the gratuitant will be furnished. Onthe identification being established and on the gratuitant producing hispersonal copy of the letter of the Accountant General to the Treasury Officerauthorising payment of the gratuity payment shall be made to him or if thegratuitant is dead at the time of payment, upon the receipt of the personlegally entitled to receive the gratuity:

*Provided that the payment of gratuity may be made, without the personalappearance of the gratuitant through an authorised agent, including a bank,who shall be required to give the Government, separately in respect of eachpayment, a Bond of Indemnity, which shall be duly stamped, in the followingform:—

In consideration of our being authorised to draw the gratuity…………………………………(name of the gratuitant)in accordance withgratuity payment order No………………dated …………………..issued by theAccountant General..........……………….we, the……………… (name of the bankor agent) hereby engage to refund to the Government of Kerala on demand,any overpayment that may be made to us on this account.

NOTE—The payment can be claimed on the letter of authority issued by theAccountant General and no separate bill is necessary in such cases.

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 11/78/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1978]

RULES 303-304PART V


254

CHAPTER X

COMMUTATION OF PENSIONS

305. (a) Service Pensions.—(i) The amount payable in commutation ofa civil pension under the Kerala Pensions (Commutation) Rules is payable atthe treasury at which the pension is being, or is to be drawn.

(ii) When a portion only of a civil pension is commuted, the amount ofthe unreduced pension due upto the day preceding that on which thecommutation takes effect, shall be paid along with the commuted value of theportion commuted.

NOTE—The above rule applies to the amount payable in commutation of acivil pension under the Madras Civil Pensions (Commutation) Rulesalso.

(b) Revenue Pensions.—When a revenue pension is capitalized andpaid off, the pensioner shall be paid his or her pension upto the date of paymentof the commuted value. If in any case the commuted value is not paid to thepensioner before he or she attains the age next birthday, or if the rate of interest ondeposits in the General Provident Fund, etc., adopted for purposes of calculatingthe commuted value is varied before the commuted value is paid to the pensioner,the amount of the commuted value shall be revised. Commutation shall invariablybecome absolute on the date of payment of the commuted value.

(c) Political Pensions.—The provisions of rule (a) should befollowed, mutatis mutandis, in regard to political pension also.

305A. * (i) Medical Allowance to Pensioners.—All State ServicePensioners who have completed the age of 65 years shall be paid a medicalallowance at the rate as is ordered by the Government from time to time.The allowance shall be paid from the first of the month in which the Pensionercompletes the age of 65 years by the District Treasury Officer/Sub TreasuryOfficer based on the details regarding date of birth furnished in the PensionPayments Order and necessary entries thereof made in both halves of PensionPayment Orders.

(ii) The Medical Allowance shall be drawn alongwith regular pensionbill for each month. In the bill form and other records of the treasury MedicalAllowance shall be indicated separately. If in any case the date of birth of thepensioner is not available in the Pension Payment Order, the Treasury Officer*Insertion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]



255

shall gather the details from the Accountant General. If the AccountantGeneral’s records are not helpful to intimate the date of birth of the pensioner,an affidavit filed by the Pensioner duly attested by a Magistrate or certified bytwo gazetted officers shall be accepted by the Treasury as proof of age.

*This amendment shall come into force with effect from 1st July, 1988.

SECTION V

Special Instructions to the Treasury Officers

AUTHORITY OF THE TREASURY OFFICER TO MAKE PAYEMNT

306. (a) (1) A Treasury Officer should not refuse to pay a bill merelyon the ground that the drawing officer has not complied with the financialrule requiring that the particulars of the order sanctioning a charge of a certainkind should be quoted on the bill [See Rule 163 (i)]. If the drawing officerfails to obtain sanction before incurring a charge when the rules require himto obtain sanction, he alone is responsible.

(2) When the Government sanction a grant-in-aid to a local bodyor a private institution, etc., or a contribution towards the cost of a publicexhibition of fair or compensation to a Government servant for accidentalloss, etc., the Treasury Officer shall not pass the claim for payment unless theclaim is drawn and countersigned by the departmental officer who has beenauthorised to draw a countersign the bill in Form T.R. 108. The departmentalofficer shall attach to the bill a certified copy of the Government sanction.When an authority subordinate to the Government sanctions any suchexpenditure under the powers delegated to it by the Government, the TreasuryOfficer should disburse the amount on the authority of the order accordingsanction. Before making payment, the Treasury Officer should verify thesignature or countersignature of the departmental officer with the specimenalready available with him.

(3) (i) Advances from General and other Provident Funds if permissibleunder the rules of the fund, may be drawn by gazetted government servants in theform of bill prescribed in the General Provident Fund (Kerala) Rules, the bill beingsupported by a duly certified copy of the order sanctioning the advance. In thecase of non-gazetted government servants the advance, if admissible, be drawnin the form of bill prescribed in the General Provident Fund (Kerala) Rules the billbeing supported by a copy of the sanction duly attested by the head of the office.

*Insertion [G.O.(P) 1065/92/Fin. dated 14th December, 1992]

RULES 305A-306PART V


256

Payments may be made by the Treasury Officer on the authority andresponsibility of the officer sanctioning the advance without the previousauthority of the Accountant General, provided that the bill is supported bythe certificates appended to the prescribed form of the General ProvidentFund (Kerala) Rules.

(ii) Withdrawals from the fund, when permissible under the rules ofthe fund, to meet payments towards policies of Life Insurance may be made inthe same form as and when required, in a similar manner and under similarconditions. The particulars of the policy or policies on which premia are to bepaid shall be noted on the bill. The bill in which the first withdrawal for paymentof a premium is made shall contain the certificate that the details of the policyhave been communicated to and accepted by the Accountant General.

(iii) Save as provided above, no payment on account of any ProvidentFund, whether as a refund of subscription or as a repayment of the whole orpart of the amount accumulated at credit of a subscriber can be made withoutthe express authority of the Accountant General.

(iv) *When the final payment of the balance at the credit of asubscriber (other than Class IV government servant) to a Provident Fund isto be made outside the jurisdiction of the Accountant General who maintainsProvident Fund Account of the subscriber that Accountant General shall makepayment to the payee by a crossed bank draft. For this purpose the AccountantGeneral will intimate the amount payable to the payee, and also send a form ofreceipt to be filled in by him which is given below. On return of the form ofreceipt duly signed by the payee, a bank draft shall be purchased by theAccountant General and sent to the payee by registered post.

Received payment of ………… (Rupees……………….. only) beingthe accumulation in my …………………... Provident Fund AccountNo..……….

Station: Signature

Date: Address

Please pay by bank draft.

Signature

Address*Insertion [G.O.(P) 364/76/Fin., dated 25th November, 1976]

RULE 306PART V


257

DOUBTFUL CLAIMS

(b) A Treasury Officer should not undertake on behalf of the claimantany correspondence with any authority in regard to a claim which he considersto be disputable. When he is doubtful whether a claim should be paid or not,he should take the orders of the **Director of Treasuries who is in generalcharge of the treasury. When such a case is referred to the **Director ofTreasuries he may in his discretion authorize the payment if he is satisfied asto the validity of the claim after careful examination of all the circumstances ofthe case. Whenever the **Director of Treasuries authorizes payment of aclaim referred to him by the Treasury Officer as being a doubtful claim, heshould immediately report the facts to the Accountant General.

PAYMENTS UNDER SPECIAL AUTHORISATIONS REFERRED TO INRULE 23 OF PART I

307. When the Collector is absent on tour from headquarters or isincapacitated, the headquarters Sub Collector or the Divisional Officer orany other gazetted officer performing the duties of the Collector mayexercise the powers specified in Rule 23, when money is very urgentlyrequired for expenditure connected with defence or other emergent purposes.If no such officer is on the spot, the Treasury Officer himself may makesuch payment.

** According to G.O. (P) 141/81/Fin., dated 25th February, 1981 the word“Collector” is changed to “Director of Treasuries”.

RULES 306-307PART V


258

PART VI

TRANSFER OF MONEYS STANDING IN THEGOVERNMENT ACCOUNT

GENERAL

308. The rules in this Part apply primarily to transfers of Governmentmoneys-

(a) from one treasury to another;

(b) from the treasury balance to the currency chest balance in atreasury or vice versa; and

(c) from a treasury to the Bank or vice versa.

Such transfers are made to prevent any unnecessary locking up ofmoneys in treasuries and to replenish treasuries in which the cash balancehas run short. The transfers are facilitated by the maintenance of currencychests in such district treasuries as do not transact their cash business throughthe Bank and in most of the sub treasuries which do not transact their cashbusiness through the Bank. (See Rules 312* and 313 below).

The detailed procedure to be followed in regard to transfers of fundsof the kinds mentioned above is indicated below:

1. Resource

309. Maximum normal cash balance.—In January of each year, theGovernment fix the maximum normal balance for each district for the nextfinancial year, i.e., the amount which the total treasury cash balances in thedistrict should never exceed except in very abnormal circumstances. Whenthe Government consider it necessary, they may fix a higher figure as themaximum normal balance for a district for the months of the year whentransactions are heavy. The maximum normal balances so fixed arecommunicated to the respective Treasury Officers. The Treasury Officershould then fix the maximum normal balance for each treasury in his districtwhich maintains a cash balance (i.e., each treasury which does not transactits cash business through the bank) and submit to the Government a statement(in duplicate) showing how he has distributed the maximum normal balancefixed for the district. If he alters this distribution later, he should submit tothe Government a statement (in duplicate) showing the revised distribution.

*Rule 312 Deleted

RULES 308-309PART VI


259

The actual cash balance of a district or a sub treasury should ordinarilybe kept much below the maximum normal balance prescribed for it. The cashbalance in treasuries including the small coin and uncurrent coin held in themshould be kept at a minimum at all times so that the Government's creditbalance with the Reserve Bank may be as large as possible. The Treasury andSub Treasury Officers should, therefore, promptly transfer any treasurybalances in the form of notes and rupees which are in excess of requirementsby making deposits into their currency chests. Such transfers from and tothe currency chests should be reported to the Director so as to enable himto verify whether the Treasury Officers are promptly transferring surplusesof cash to the currency chests. When a surplus of small coin accumulates inany treasury in his district, the Treasury Officer should, if possible, orderthat it be remitted within the district to another treasury which needs it or tothe Bank; when that is not possible he should request the Currency Officer,Madras to order the remittance of the surplus to some place outside thedistrict (See Rules 317 to 319 and 327 to 334 below).

310. Weekly cash balance reports.—The Treasury Officers of the non-banking district and sub treasuries should forward a weekly cash balance reportin Form No. T.R. 89 to the Director of Treasuries every Saturday after the close ofbusiness giving the balances for each day of the week. If Saturday happens to bea holiday, the report should be despatched on the last working day of the week.In the report, the reason for retention of cash, if any, in excess of the limits prescribedand the steps taken to bring down immediately the cash balance within permissiblelimits should be clearly stated. Whenever, cases of retention of excess cash arenoticed, the Director of Treasuries will, after investigation report such cases, toGovernment for appropriate action. While reporting such cases, the Director shouldclearly record his opinion, whether the retention of excess cash was inevitable.

311. Monthly cash balance report.—On the third working day of eachmonth except April, the Treasury Officer should send a cash balance reportin Form T.R. 35 to the Government in the Finance Department. The reportfor March should be despatched not later than the sixth working day of April.

The total balance should be stated in the report in words and its distributionbetween the district treasury and the sub treasuries should be exhibited; thereport should show separately the amounts held in each of them in eachdenomination of notes/coins. In the case of the balance in the district treasury, thereport should show also the amount under double locks and that under theTreasurer's single lock. The figures entered in the report should be punctuatedand should exhibit units under units, tens under tens and so on, since anymisplacement of the figures causes great inconvenience when the addition ischecked.



260

In a district where any treasury transacts its cash business through theBank, the report should show only the details of the balances at places atwhich the treasury does not transact its cash business through the Bank, buta separate memorandum should be attached showing the amount of smallcoin of each denomination and the amount of uncurrent coin of each classheld by the Bank as reported by the Agent or Agents on the last day of eachmonth.

The memorandum on the reverse of Form T.R. 35 should show—

(i) The remittances to other district despatched in the past month,and those, if any, despatched in previous months for which firstacknowledgments have not been received, with date of despatchof each remittance; and

(ii) the remittances received from other districts in the past monthwith the dates of despatch and receipt of each remittance andof the despatch of the first and the final acknowledgments.

This memorandum should show only remittances which have beendebited or credited in the treasury accounts, and should not includetransactions of the following kinds:-

(i) Currency remittance, i.e., remittances between two currencychests or between a currency chest and the Issue Departmentof the Reserve Bank of India, Madras which do not affect thetreasury account.

(ii) Remittances not brought to account in the month to which thereport relates, unless they are remittances despatched inprevious months for which first acknowledgments have notbeen received.

(iii) Exchanges of one kind of money held in the treasury balance foranother kind taken from the currency chest. (The deposit ofmoney into and withdrawal of money from the currency cheston account of any such exchange should be done on the sameday, and should not be shown in the treasury account.)

The Director is responsible for seeing that the cash balance report issubmitted punctually; and delay in submitting it will be treated as a serioustreasury irregularity.

312. [Deleted]



261

SUPPLY OF FUNDS TO TREASURIES AND SUB TREASURIES

General

313. The currency chests maintained at treasuries contain rupees andnotes which belong to the Reserve Bank of India.

A permanent currency chest is maintained at each district treasury andat each sub treasury where the transactions are of such a magnitude that theadditional facility for the transfer of funds thus afforded will make it possibleto avoid locking up money unnecessarily in the treasury balance or to reducethe frequency of remittances of coin and notes. When however, the treasurytransacts its cash business through a branch of State Bank of India (acting asthe agent of the Reserve Bank) or a branch of State Bank of Travancore(acting as the agent of the State Bank of India), the currency chest is kept inthe sole custody of the State Bank of India or the State Bank of Travancore,as the case may be, and the Government are in no way concerned with theoperations on it.

When a sub treasury has no permanent currency chest, a temporarycurrency chest should, ordinarily be opened during the land revenuecollecting season in order that money received in excess of requirementsmay be transferred immediately to the Government's account with the ReserveBank by making deposits in the currency chest. Temporary currency chestsfor purposes other than meeting the requirements of the revenue collectingseason may also be opened at sub treasuries for periods not exceeding sixmonths. The District Treasury Officer has power to order the opening of atemporary currency chest at a sub treasury in his district when necessary.He should report the opening of a temporary chest and the amount of thefirst deposit into it by telegram to the Currency Officer.

314. Under the provisions of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 (IndiaAct II of 1934), the total amount of the currency and Bank notes in circulation,which constitute the liabilities of the Issue Department of the Bank, shouldnot exceed the assets held by the Issue Department in gold, sterling securities,rupee coin and rupee securities. A part of these assets is held in the currencychests in the various treasuries in the form of rupee coin. The notes held in thecurrency chests are not notes in circulation and pass into circulation onlywhen they are transferred to the treasury balances. The deposit of notes into



262

a currency chest decreases the amount of notes in circulation i.e., the liabilitiesof the Issue Department of the Bank, and the deposit of rupees into a currencychest increases the assets of the Issue Department of the Bank. A deposit ofnotes and/or rupees into a currency chest thus enables the Bank to issuenotes and/or rupees from a currency chest elsewhere upto the amountdeposited without affecting the adequacy of the assets of the Issue Departmentof the Bank in relation to its liabilities. Similarly, the effect of a withdrawal froma currency chest may be cancelled by an equal deposit into another currencychest.

In a district in which there is no treasury which transacts its cash businessthrough the Bank, every operation on a currency chest is balanced by an"opposite transfer" carried out in another currency chest situated either at theheadquarters of the district or within the district.

In a district in which there is at least one treasury which transacts itscash business through the Bank, every operation on a currency chest whichis in the sole custody of the Government is balanced by an "opposite transfer"carried out under the instructions of the Currency Officer at the Madras Officeof the Reserve Bank between its currency chest and the Government's accountwith the Banking Department of the Bank. The effect of an operation on sucha currency chest together with the "opposite transfer" in Madras is from theGovernment's point of view, a remittance from the treasury balance to theGovernment's account with the Reserve Bank or vice versa.

315. Treasuries which do not transact their cash business throughthe Bank.—The Treasury Officer is responsible for keeping sufficient fundsto meet disbursements at each treasury in his district which does not transactits cash business through the Bank, and for seeing that the treasury balanceat each such treasury is kept as low as possible at all times, so that no moneyis locked up unnecessarily and the Government's balance with the ReserveBank is always as high as possible.

NOTE—The Currency Officer will be responsible for maintaining the requiredform of currency chests. It is the duty of the Treasury Officer to seethat currency chests at district and sub treasuries are adequatelystocked with notes and rupees to meet all reasonable demands forchange.



263

As far as possible, all transfers of funds from and to the treasury balanceat a treasury which has a currency chest should be made only through thecurrency chest and actual remittances should be limited to remittances ofsmall coin and uncurrent coin (See Rules 327 to 331 below).

316. Treasuries which transact their cash business through theBank.—At a district treasury which transacts its cash business through theBank the Manager or Agent of the Bank, as the case may be, is responsiblefor the provision of funds to meet disbursements on account of Governmenttransactions. In order to enable him to make the necessary provision, theTreasury Officer should send him on each Saturday a statement showing asaccurately as possible for each of the following two weeks:-

1. the probable receipts and disbursements on Government accountat the district treasury; and

2. the probable receipts from or remittances to sub treasuries atthe district treasury.

The Treasury Officer should also inform the Bank at once of anyexpected payment exceeding ` 20,000 in amount, as soon as he receivesinformation that the payment will have to be made.

This instruction applies mutatis mutandis to sub treasuries which transacttheir cash business through the Bank.

II. Remittances

317. Transfers and remittances of moneys standing in the Governmentaccount are of the following kinds, namely:—

A. TRANSFERS THROUGH CURRENCY

A transfer through currency is a transfer of money between the treasurybalance and the currency chest at one place in consideration of an oppositetransfer of the same amount at another place, e.g., a transfer at a districttreasury against an opposite transaction at a sub treasury in the same districtand a transfer at a treasury against an opposite transaction at the ReserveBank in Madras under the instruction of the Currency Officer.



264

B. REMITTANCES OF COIN, NOTES

These comprise—

(i) Bank remittances, i.e., remittances from the Bank to a treasurywhich does not transact its cash business through the Bank or vice versa.

(ii) Remittances between treasuries, i.e., remittances from thetreasury balance at one treasury to the treasury balance at another treasury.

NOTE—This method of remittance applies only to remittances to and fromsub treasuries where there is no currency chest and to theremittances of small coin, uncurrent coin and foreign notes andcoin between treasuries.

(iii) Small coin depot remittances, i.e., remittances of small coinfrom a small coin depot to a treasury or vice versa.

NOTE—Remittances from one small coin depot to another are purely centraltransactions and the procedure prescribed in the Central TreasuryRules should be followed in regard to such remittances.

(iv) Mint remittances i.e., remittances of uncurrent coin, or coinwithdrawn from circulation, from a treasury to a Mint.

NOTE—Currency remittances i.e., remittances of notes or rupees from onecurrency chest to another or between a currency chest and the IssueDepartment of the Reserve Bank of India, Madras, do not affectthe Government account since the contents of the currency chestsare property of the Reserve Bank of India. A remittance of thiskind does not involve locking up any Government funds, andremittances of notes or rupees should therefore be sent whereverpossible, as currency remittances. Subject to any general or specialinstructions that may be issued in this behalf by the Currency Officer,Madras, the provisions of Rules 324 to 368 below regardingremittances of coin and notes should be followed in regard tocurrency remittances also.

RULE 317PART VI


265

A. TRANSFERS THROUGH CURRENCY

(a) In a district where there is no treasury which transacts its cashbusiness through the Bank

318. Transfers of funds between the treasury balance and the currencychest at a District Treasury.—The Treasury Officer may, at any time, depositsurplus funds into the currency chest, and shall so deposit the surplus notesand rupees whenever the treasury balance is larger than is necessary.Whenever net receipts cause the treasury balance to exceed the maximumnormal balance prescribed for it (See Rule 309 above), the Treasury Officershall deposit the amount in excess of immediate requirements into the currencychest. When additional funds are required to meet net disbursements, theTreasury Officer shall withdraw from the currency chest the funds needed toreplenish the treasury balance.

The Treasury Officer shall report every transfer of funds from the treasurybalance to the currency chest or vice versa at once to the Currency Officer bytelegram or by letter if a letter will reach Madras within 24 hours, and shall alsosend the necessary chest slip in Form T.R. 38 [See Rule 152 (v)].

319. Transfers of funds between the treasury balance and the currencychest at a sub treasury.—

(i) The Sub Treasury Officer may, at any time deposit surplus funds intothe currency chest, and shall so deposit the surplus notes and rupees wheneverthe sub treasury balance is larger than is necessary. Whenever net receipts causethe sub treasury balance to exceed the maximum normal balance prescribed for it(See rule 309 above), the Sub Treasury Officer shall deposit the amount in excessof immediate requirements into the currency chest, unless he expects that heavynet disbursements will absorb it within the next two or three days.

(ii) The Sub Treasury Officer shall, at once, send a report in FormT.R. 38 of each deposit into the currency chest to the Treasury Officer. Onreceipt, of the report the Treasury Officer shall make the correspondingtransfers from the currency chest to the district treasury balance.

(iii) When the Sub Treasury Officer requires funds to replenish the subtreasury balance, he shall apply to the Treasury Officer for sanction to a transferfrom the currency chest in the sub treasury. If the Treasury Officer is satisfied thatthe transfer of funds is necessary he shall transfer the amount required from thetreasury balance to the, currency chest at the district treasury and authorize theSub Treasury Officer to make a corresponding transfer from the currency chest tothe treasury balance at the sub treasury.



266

Exception—The Currency Officer of the Reserve Bank of India may, on therecommendation of the Treasury Officer, permit a Sub TreasuryOfficer to transfer funds from the currency chest to the treasurybalance without the sanction of the Treasury Officer subjectto such conditions as he may impose regarding the amountof each transfer and the period during which the sanction willremain in force. The Sub Treasury Officer shall send a reportin Form T.R. 38 of each withdrawal from the currency chestmade under the Currency Officer’s general sanction to theTreasury Officer, who shall on receipt of the report, make thecorresponding transfer from the treasury balance to the currencychest.

(b) In a district where there is at least one treasury whichtransacts its cash business through the Bank

320. Transfers of funds from and to a currency chest in custody of theBank.—The currency chest pertaining to a treasury which transacts its cashbusiness through the Bank is kept in the sole custody of the Bank. All transfersfrom and to such a currency chest shall be effected by the Bank in accordancewith the instructions issued by the Currency Officer, Madras. Such transfers donot affect the Government’s cash balance and do not pass through the Governmentaccount.

Subject to any special directions contained in Chapters II and III in Part VIIIall transfers from and to a currency chest shall be in whole rupees and/or notes(currency and bank notes).

321. Transfers of funds between the treasury balance and the currencychest at a treasury (i.e., a treasury which does not transact its cash businessthrough the Bank).—At a district treasury the Treasury Officer shall follow theprocedure prescribed in Rule 318.

At sub treasury the following procedure shall be observed:—(i) In regard to deposits into the currency chest the Sub Treasury Officer

shall follow the procedure prescribed in Rule 319 (i).(ii) The Sub Treasury Officer may transfer funds from the currency

chest to the treasury balance, subject to the following limitations:—(1) that the withdrawal is necessary to meet the requirements of the

sub treasury, and(2) that the maximum normal balance fixed for the sub treasury is not

exceeded as a result of the withdrawal from the sub-chest.



267

(iii) The Sub Treasury Officer shall report every transfer of fundsfrom the treasury balance to the currency chest or vice versa at once to theCurrency Officer by telegram, or by letter if a letter will reach Madras within 24hours, and shall also send the necessary chest slip in Form T.R. 38 [See Rule152 (v)].

B. REMITTANCES OF COIN AND NOTES

322. Transfers of funds from and to a sub treasury where there is nocurrency chest.—Funds shall be transferred from and to a sub treasury whichhas no currency chest by the actual remittance of coin and notes. The TreasuryOfficer is authorised to order such remittances within the district from and tosuch sub treasuries, if any, no such remittance within the district shall bemade without his sanction.

323. General.—The provisions of Rules 324 to 369 shall apply primarilyto remittances to and from treasuries which do not transact their cash businessthrough the Bank. At places where the treasury transacts its cash businessthrough the Bank, these rules shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 369 to374 and such other instructions as may be issued by the Reserve Bank.

Despatch of Remittances

324. (a) No remittance of coin or notes shall be made from any treasuryto a treasury in another district or to the Issue Department of the ReserveBank, except in accordance with special or general orders of the CurrencyOfficer. When the Treasury Officer considers that any such remittance notcovered by the existing orders is necessary, he shall report the particulars tothe Currency Officer and obtain his orders. Uncurrent coin and notes unfit forissue shall be dealt with in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Rules331 and 332 below.

(b) The Treasury Officer shall be responsible for remittances withinthe district i.e., between the district treasury and a sub treasury subordinateto it or between two sub treasuries in the district. He shall order such remittancesto be made when necessary, and need not obtain the sanction of any higherauthority for them. He shall not however, order any remittance between twotreasuries both of which transact their cash business through the Bank.



268

325. (a) All remittances despatched by rail, river or road shall beescorted by a police guard, except remittances by a rail of nickel, bronze orcopper coin at railway risk.

(b) Immediately on receipt of a remittance order from the CurrencyOfficer or as soon as the Treasury Officer decides to order a remittancewithin the districts the Police Department shall be informed of the kind andamount of the treasure to be remitted and asked for a sufficient escort. ThePolice Department shall supply the necessary escort according to the scalelaid down by the Government. The officer despatching the remittance shallsend an intimation to any office from which assistance will be requireden route.

(c) The officer dispatching the remittance shall inform the receivingoffice in advance in Form T.R. 90 of the remittance to be despatched inorder that arrangements may be made for receiving it. A remittance shall notbe sent at such a time that it will be in transit at the end of a month or willreach its destination on a Sunday or other authorised holiday. The attentionof the government servant in charge of the escort shall be specially drawn toparagraph 3 of the instruction in Appendix 18.

326. (a) As soon as a remittance is despatched, it should be entered inthe currency chest register if it is a currency remittance to a place within thesame currency circle. If it is currency remittance to a place outside the circle,the amount should be shown as in transit in the currency chest register andcharged off the account on receipt of advice of arrival at the receiving office.

(b) The Treasury Officer should advise the Currency Officer ofevery despatch of a remittance to place outside the district on the same dayon which it is despatched. If the treasury is so situated that an advice sent bypost would not reach the Currency Officer within 24 hours, the TreasuryOfficer should send the advice by telegram. The advice should state whetherthe remittance is a treasury or a currency remittance and should give the nameof the district treasury, sub treasury or branch of the Bank to which it has beendespatched.



269

Remittance of Coin

327. (a) Coin shall be packed for remittance in stout bags. A slip in FormT.R. 30 shall be placed in each bag, and it shall then be tied and sealed. TheTreasury or Sub Treasury Officer shall satisfy himself generally as to the contentsof the bags. When a remittance is to be sent without a Treasurer or AssistantTreasurer the dispatching officer shall examine a percentage of the contents himselfand place a private mark upon the slips placed in the bags so examined, and shallalso request the receiving officer to take special care to guard the interests of theremitting officer. For journeys by rail or boat, and also for journeys by road ifconvenient, the bags shall be packed in stout boxes capable of containing 4,000to ` 6,000 each, nailed down and bound with iron, without gunny covering orropes, and the hoops shall be riveted or nailed together where they cross. Everybox shall bear the name of the despatching treasury cut into it, or painted on it,with a number. For journeys by road for which the above method of packing is notconvenient, the bags may be packed in treasure tumbrels or in large chests placedin carts at the door of the treasury in the presence of the Treasury Officer.

In the case of remittances within a district, coin may be packed in padlockedboxes in accordance with such detailed instructions as may be issued by theCurrency Officer in consultation with the Government.

(b) * When a coin is remitted to the Mint at Calcutta, or Bombay, itshall be packed in separate bags for each denomination of coin, and the contentsof the bags shall be as shown below:

Denomination Value per bag Tale per bag pieces ` `

1 Rupee 2,000 2,000½ Rupee 2,000 4,000¼ Rupee 500 2,00050 paise 2,000 4,00025 paise 500 2,00020 paise 400 2,00010 paise 200 2,0005 paise 100 2,0003 paise 75 2,5002 paise 50 2,5001 paise 20 2,000

*Substitution [G.O.(P) 14/75/Fin., dated 6th January, 1975]

RULE 327PART VI


270

328. A buoy made of a piece of unsplit bamboo or other floatingmaterials shall be fastened to each box which is to be conveyed on a rivercraftor taken across an unfordable stream on a ferry. The rope of the buoy shall beat least ten yards long. The officer-in-charge of the escort shall see that therope is never detached from the box and that it is not knotted or entangled inany way so long as the box is on board a boat. When the treasure is shippedon a sea going vessel, the despatching officer shall remove the buoys afterthe boxes are shipped and the receiving officer shall attach the buoys whenlanding the treasure. If the receiving officer is not the Treasury Officer, heshall obtain the buoys from the Treasury Officer.

Exception—The above precautions need not be taken when the remittanceis covered by insurance.

329. The remitting officer shall prepare an invoice in triplicate in FormT.R. 91 for every remittance (other than a remittance of uncurrent coin),taking great care to see that it is prepared correctly. He shall retain onecopy of the invoice for record despatch another by post on the same day tothe receiving officer, and hand over the third to the officer-in-charge of theescort. The weights of the boxes containing the remittances shall beascertained by weighing them in the presence of the officer-in-charge ofthe escort, and the weights so ascertained shall be entered in the invoiceseparately for each box. The officer-in-charge of the escort shall sign areceipt on each copy of the invoice stating that he has received the boxes ofthe marks and weights detailed therein.

NOTE—Separate invoices shall be prepared for treasury and currencyremittances, the words “Treasury Remittance” or “CurrencyRemittances”, as the case may be, being written on the top. In thecase of treasury remittances, the invoices shall show separatelyuncurrent (1) silver, (2) nickel and (3) copper or bronze coins, givingseparate totals for each group of coins.

330. Remittances of coin from the Issue Department of the ReserveBank of India are usually sent in patent remittance boxes. The receiving officershall follow the special instructions regarding the method of dealing withsuch boxes given by the remitting officer.

331. Remittance of uncurrent coin.—Coin withdrawn from circulationshall be remitted to the Mint in accordance with the following rules:—



271

(i) Broken and cut coin shall ordinarily not be remitted until a sum ofat least ` 20 has accumulated.

(ii) The remitting officer shall prepare an invoice for each remittancein Form T.R. 92 taking great care to see that it is prepared correctly.

(iii) The Mint Master shall prepare a valuation statement of theremittance received and forward it to the remitting treasury or branch of theBank.

(iv) Any deficiency in tale found by the Mint Master shall be madegood by the Treasurer of the remitting treasury or the Bank, as the case maybe, and any excess in tale shall be returned to the remitting treasury or theBank. Any excess in value found by the Mint Master shall be credited to theCentral Government.

(v) When the proportion of current weight rupees fit for circulationfound in each a remittance, whether or not cut or broken, exceeds five percent of the whole, the Mint Master shall make a special report to theCollector concerned or the Madras Local Head Office of the State Bank,according as the remittance is received from a treasury or a branch of theState Bank, for such disciplinary action as may be considered necessary toimprove the quality of shroffing in the remitting office.

Remittance of Notes

332. All notes unfit for issue which have accumulated at a treasuryshall be sent to the Madras Office of the Issue Department of the ReserveBank of India (or to a treasury, named by the Currency Officer) on each occasionon which a remittance of notes or coin is sent to or received from that office.The note should not be cut for remittance. The remitting officer shall send anadvice of the remittance, giving details of the denominations and value of thenotes to the Currency Officer by post.

333. New notes and notes fit for reissue should never be cut forremittance. When the value of the notes to be remitted does not exceed `2,000 and the notes cannot conveniently be sent along with a specificremittance, they should be sent by post insured for their full value. When thevalue exceeds ` 2,000 the notes should be sent in charge of a Treasurer orAssistant Treasurer and a police guard.



272

334. Notes of each denomination shall be arranged in separate bundlesstitched by one edge into books of 100 each, any part of 100 in excess of amultiple of 100 being made into a separate book. A slip in Form T.R. 31shall be attached to each bundle of books, specifying the number of piecesit contains and bearing the full signature of the government servant who hascounted them and made up the bundle before despatch. When the remittanceis sent in the charge of a police guard the bundles shall be packed in parcelsof ten bundles each and the parcel shall be placed in strong wooden boxes,which shall be securely fastened and sealed. The procedure prescribed inRule 329 shall also be followed in regard to every remittance of notes sentin charge of a police guard.

NOTE 1—A ‘private’ seal should not be used for sealing the wooden boxescontaining the remittance to be sent in the charge of a policeguard. Only the official seal should be used for the purpose.

NOTE 2—Fresh notes of the denominations of ` 5 and ` 10 are remittedfrom the Issue Department of the Reserve Bank of India tocurrency chests in the original bundles received from theSecurity Printing Press.

335. Duties of the Officer-in-charge of the escort for a remittance.—

(a) The escort officer shall be present when the boxes of notes andcoin are weighed. In the case of chests or tumbrels containing bags of cointhe escort officer shall count the number of bags. He shall sign the receiptat the foot of each copy of the invoice. The blanks shall be filled up in wordsand, if the escort officer does not know English, he shall be required to writethe numbers of the bags or boxes which he has received in an Indian languageused in the district on the copy of the invoice to be retained by the remittingofficer.

(b) A copy of the memorandum of instructions contained in Appendix18 shall be given to the escort officer, and he shall carefully carry out all theinstructions given in it.

(c) If the escort officer is relieved in the course of the journey, heshall obtain a receipt in the form prescribed in paragraph 8 of Appendix 18 forthe tumbrels, boxes, etc., handed over to the relieving officer.



273

Treasurers Accompanying Remittances

336. (a) Subject to any general or special instructions issued by theCurrency Officer, Madras, in that behalf, the remitting officer may send aremittance of silver coin or notes in charge of a Treasurer or Treasurers inaccordance with the following scale:-

(i) For coin remittances—One Treasurer upto 10 lakhs

One Treasurer for every additional `10 lakhs or fraction of thatamount, upto a maximum of 3 Treasurers in all.

(ii) For note remittances—One Treasurer

When only one Treasurer is admissible according to the above scale fora remittance of coin or notes, a second Treasurer may also be deputed withthe sanction of the Currency Officer if the journey will occupy such a longtime that one man cannot be expected to exercise the necessary supervision.

(b) A Treasurer or Treasurers sent in charge of a remittance shallremain in charge whilst it is being examined at the receiving office.

(c) When a remittance of coin or notes or both is especially heavy,the remitting officer may with the sanction of the Currency Officer, deputeone or more clerks to accompany it in addition to the usual escort ofTreasurers.

(d) The remitting officer may, with the sanction of the Collector,engage any extra Treasurers required for accompanying remittance or to takethe place of permanent Treasurers deputed to accompany remittances. Whenit is not possible to engage men within the district for service as temporaryTreasurers, he may engage men from outside the district.

NOTE— The term “Treasurer” occurring in this rule and in rules 337 to 375includes an Assistant Treasurer also.

337. If any chest, tumbril or wagon containing a remittance or part ofone is secured by double-locks, one key shall be held by the Treasurer andthe other by the escort officer. If there is only one lock, the key shall be held bythe Treasurer, but the escort officer shall be responsible for not allowing thechest or wagon to be opened before arrival at the destination, save in the caseof a breakdown when the treasure shall be removed to another chest or wagonin his presence. When a remittance is sent in charge of a police guard but



274

without a Treasurer, single locks shall be used and the keys shall be entrustedto the escort officer in a sealed cover, which he shall not open except whenabsolutely necessary, e.g., in the case of a breakdown en route.

NOTE—A ‘Private’ seal should not be used for sealing the cover containingthe keys to be entrusted to the escort officer. Only the official sealshould be used for the purpose.

338. (i) A Treasurer shall on no account be sent either to accompanya remittance of nickel, bronze or copper coin or to watch the examinationof such coin at the receiving office;

(ii) Treasurers accompanying remittances of withdrawn silver coinand remittances for special examination to the Mints shall be released bythe Mint authorities as soon as the numbers of sealed boxes in the remittanceshave been checked with the relative invoices and found satisfactory andcorrect; and on no account, shall they be detained to watch the examinationof any remittance at the Mints.

339. Receipt of remittance.—

(a) Immediately on receipt of a remittance from outside the district,the Treasury Officer should send an advice to the Currency Officer statingthe name of the remitting office and whether it is currency or treasuryremittance. If a postal advice will not reach the Currency Officer withintwenty-four hours, a telegraphic advice should be sent.

(b) On receipt of a remittance, each box contained in it shall beweighed in the presence of the escort officer and the Treasury Officer andthe weight so ascertained shall be compared with that shown in the invoice. Ifthe two weights tally for each box a receipt in the form prescribed in paragraph7 of Appendix 18 shall be given to the escort officer and he shall be allowed toreturn at once. A copy of the receipt shall be sent by post on the same day tothe despatching office.

If the weight of each box is not stated separately in the invoice, theboxes shall be opened and the contents examined in the presence of the escortofficer, and the breach of the rule requiring the weights of the boxes to bestated separately shall be brought to the notice of the remitting officer. If theweight of any box does not tally with that stated in the invoice or if any boxshows signs of having been tampered with, it shall be opened in the presenceof the escort officer and its contents examined before the escort officer isreleased. If any box is so opened, the facts shall be entered on the receipttogether with particulars of the contents of the box as ascertained by counting.



275

340. After the preliminary examination of the particulars given in theinvoices has been completed, the boxes shall all be opened (if they have notalready been opened) whether, the remittance is accompanied by a Treasureror not. When a Treasurer has accompanied the remittance, the boxes shallbe opened in his presence. If the detailed examination of the wholeremittance is not to be proceeded with immediately, the bags of coin orparcels of notes shall be deposited in the strongroom under double lockscare being taken, as far as practicable, to place them apart from other treasure.When a remittance is expected to remain unexamined in a strongroom forsometime and it cannot be separately secured in a chest, or chests stepsshall be taken to guard against any abstraction of coin from the remittance.In such a case, if the amount of the remittance does not exceed 5 lakhs andthe procedure will not cause practical inconvenience, the entire contents ofeach bag shall be weighed under the supervision of the Treasury Officerbefore the remittance is deposited in the strongroom. It may not be possibleto weigh the contents of each bag when the amount of such a remittanceexceed ` 5 lakhs. When a remittance remains unexamined for sometime andthe contents of each bag not weighed the Treasury Officer shall satisfy himselfthat the remittance has not been tampered with by picking out a number ofboxes and bags from time to time and having their contents weighed under hissupervision. In such cases care shall also be taken to cover completely withtarpaulins all bags forming part of the remittance, and to secure any noteswhich have been unpacked in a chest or chests or replace them in the originalboxes and fasten the lids securely.

Exception—1 When coin or notes contained in remittance are to bedespatched to another treasury within a few days ofthe receipt of the remittance, the boxes need not beopened but may be deposited in the strongroom as theyare, provided that they are in good order and are inthe charge of a Treasurer who will be available toaccompany them to their final destination.

Exception—2 New nickel or bronze coin received either directly fromthe Mint or from any other treasury in the original Mintboxes may be accepted as correct without opening theboxes, provided that the boxes are numbered and theseals bear a distinct impression and that both boxesand seals are intact at the time of receipt.

RULE 340PART VI


276

341. The detailed examination of the contents of the remittance shallbe conducted in the presence of the treasurer who accompanied theremittance, and under the supervision of the Treasurer of the receivingtreasury or some responsible person acting on his behalf. If, however, noTreasurer has accompanied the remittance from the remitting treasury, thedetailed examination shall be conducted in the immediate presence and underthe personal supervision of the Treasurer of the receiving treasury, who shallsee that the interests of the remitting treasury are adequately safeguarded.

342. (a) Every facility shall be given to the Treasurer of theremitting office to watch the examination of the remittance. Any complaintwhich he makes shall be reported at once to the Treasury Officer. If anyfraud is suspected, the treasurer or treasurers who are examining theremittance shall be searched in the presence of the Treasurer of the remittingoffice.

(b) Only such portion of the remittance shall be taken out of thestrongroom as can be examined during the course of the day. When a portionof the remittance remains unexamined, the Treasurer of the remitting treasurymay, if he so desires, be allowed at the time of the closing of the strongroomto place a lock of his own on the chest containing the unexamined portion,or, if that is not possible, on the outside door of the strongroom.

343. The notes and coin contained in a remittance shall be countedand examined in detail, so as to ensure not only that they are all genuine butalso that each bundle of notes or bag of coin contains the alleged number. Inthe case of remittances of fresh notes send from the Issue Department of theReserve Bank of India in bundles of 1,000 pieces, the bundles shall be split upinto packets of 100 notes each. Any light weight or other uncurrent or defectivecoin found in the course of the detailed examination of a remittance of currentcoin shall be separated and dealt with in accordance with the rules in ChapterII of Part VIII. Deficiencies, whether in numbers or due to counterfeit notes orcoin, shall be dealt with according to the procedure laid down in Rule 347.

344. As the examination of each bundle or bag is completed, the slip inForm T.R. 30 or T.R. 31, as the case may be, contained in it shall be taken outand replaced by a fresh slip prepared by the receiving treasury. The slips fromthose bags and bundles the contents of which have been found correct shallbe handed over to the Treasury Officer and immediately destroyed by him;the remaining slips shall be attached to the report to be sent to the remittingtreasury (See Rule 349). When, however, a remittance of coin is received from



277

the Issue Department of the Reserve Bank of India, the Treasury Officer shallreturn all the slips to the Currency Officer after the remittance has beenexamined.

345. The Treasury Officer shall supervise the examination of theremittance generally and see that adequate safeguards are taken by theTreasurer during the examination to prevent any malpractices by the Treasurerof the remitting office or the treasurers who examine the remittance. TheTreasury Officer shall put away the notes and coin which have been examinedunder double-locks in the treasury or in the currency chest, as the case maybe, following the procedure laid down in Rules 144 and 151. When thedetailed examination of the remittance has been completed, the TreasuryOfficer shall send a formal report to the remitting officer showing the resultof the examination.

346. The examination of a remittance shall be conducted asexpeditiously as possible in order that the Treasurer who accompanied theremittance may be relieved as early as possible and unnecessary expenditureon his daily allowance avoided, and also in order that any deficiency may berecovered from the Treasurer of the remitting treasury. For the examinationof heavy remittances of coin additional treasurers may be engaged with thespecial sanction of the Director. The minimum amount of coin or notes ofany one denomination to be examined by a Treasurer in a day is specified inAppendix 19.

347. (a) If a deficiency discovered at a treasury on a detailedexamination of a remittance received from another treasury is not immediatelymade good by the Treasurer of the remitting treasury, it shall be charged in theaccounts as a distinct item with full particulars; these full particulars shall alsobe intimated to the Treasury Officer of the remitting treasury, and he shallrecover the amount and credit it in his own treasury.

(b) A deficiency discovered at the Bank (including the IssueDepartment of the Reserve Bank of India) in a remittance received from atreasury shall be made good from the cash balance of the receiving office andshown as expenditure on Government account under advice to the remittingtreasury for recovery and credit in its accounts. Similarly a deficiencydiscovered at a treasury in a remittance from the Bank (including the IssueDepartment of the Reserve Bank of India) shall be made good from the treasurybalance under advice to the remitting office, which shall credit the amount toGovernment account.



278

(c) The remitting treasury shall be responsible for any shortagediscovered at the Mint or at a small coin depot in a remittance from a treasury.

(d) The Accountant General shall watch the recovery of alldeficiencies discovered in remittances.

348. All excesses found in a remittance shall be returned to theremitting treasury through the attending treasurer, or, if this is not possible,by registered post or by money order, the cost being borne by the remittingtreasury.

349. Every defect or deficiency discovered during the examination of aremittance shall be entered in the slip pertaining to the bag of coin (Rule 327) orbundle of notes (Rule 334) concerned and shall be specially reported to theremitting officer direct. The report shall be sent to the remitting officer togetherwith the slip or slips concerned immediately on the close of the examination (or, ifit is a prolonged, one, at the close of the day) so that the remitting officer may beable to fix the responsibility for the deficiency. If a Treasurer of the remitting officeis present to witness the examination, he shall attest the entries on the slip as theyare made, and shall be allowed, if he so desires, to make good any deficiency, if hemakes good any deficiency, the fact shall be noted on the slip and in the report. Ifno Treasurer of the remitting office is present at the examination, the report shallstate the name and rank of the officer who personally supervised the examination.When any bad coin or notes have to be returned to the remitting office, they shallbe made over to the Treasurer of that office or, if that is not possible, sent byinsured post at the cost of the remitting treasury. If any bag of coin or bundle ofnotes is received without a slip or is defective in any other way, a special reportshall be sent immediately to the remitting officer.

350. When the number of rupee or half rupee coins which have lostmore than 2 per cent in weight but not more than 6¼ per cent or 12½ per centrespectively (See Instructions in Chapter II of Part VIII) detected in any bagduring examination of a remittance exceeds half a per cent of its contents, thenumber of such coins found in the bag shall be noted on the slip relating to it,and the slip shall be sent to the remitting office with a report in the manner laiddown in Rule 349.

351. When new copper, nickel or bronze coin is received either directlyfrom Mint or from another treasury in the original mint boxes, any excess ordeficiency found on the examination of any box shall be immediately reportedand the printed slip of contents shall be forwarded to the Mint Master



279

concerned. The report shall state the number of the box in which the excess ordeficiency was found and the condition of the box on delivery.

352. When the detailed examination of a remittance has been completed,the Treasurer who accompanied it should take back to the remitting office thelocks, and if convenient, the bags also. If the police guard which escorted thetreasure returns to the station from which the remittance was despatched, thetumbrels of chests should be sent back to the remitting treasury under itscharge; otherwise the Treasurer of the remitting treasury should take theseback too.

353. All charges incurred in connection with remittance of coin andnotes to and from treasuries, whether as currency remittances or as treasuryremittances, are borne by the Reserve Bank, subject to the conditions andexceptions mentioned in Rules 354 to 356.

354. Charges relating to remittances between two treasuries neitherwhich has a currency chest should be borne by the Government. Chargesrelating to the remittance of uncurrent coin between such treasuries, whensent separately, should, however, be borne by the Reserve Bank.

355. The pay of permanent treasurers and of extra treasurers engagedon a temporary basis to deal with heavy receipts of remittances should bemet by the receiving treasury and not debited to the Reserve Bank. Alltemporary treasurers should be paid at the rates fixed by the Government.The pay of temporary treasurers engaged under Rule 336 (d) to accompanyremittances or to take the place of permanent treasurers, who are deputed toaccompany remittances should be debited to the Reserve Bank. The travelingallowance of all treasurers, whether permanent or temporary, who accompanyany remittance other than one between two treasuries where there is nocurrency chest should be debited to the Reserve Bank.

356. Travelling allowances of Treasurers, Clerks, etc., who accompanyremittance.—

(a) When treasurers or clerks are sent with treasure or currencyremittances, the remitting Treasury Officer should furnish them with a certificatein Form T.R. 93 with columns (1) to (8) filled in. The officer receiving theremittance should estimate with reference to the amount and kind of theremittance received and the number of men available at his office for examiningit, the period for which the treasurers or clerks accompanying it are likely to be



280

detained at the receiving office, and intimate it to them in writing so as toenable them to make suitable arrangements for their stay in the station. Afterfinishing the examination of the remittance, the receiving officer shouldcomplete the certificate in Form T.R. 93 and return it to the remitting treasury.If the halt has exceeded ten days, he should state in column (12) the dailyallowance which he recommends for the period in excess of ten days andexplain the reasons for his recommendation on the reverse of the certificate. Acertificate in Form T.R. 93 should be attached to every bill for the traveling andother allowances of treasurers or clerks deputed to accompany a remittance.

(b) When a halt exceeds ten days, the Officer of the Reserve Bank ofIndia authorised for the purpose, or when the charges are debited to theGovernment, the Treasury Officer will decide whether full daily allowanceshould be granted for the period in excess of ten days or whether a reducedrate should be allowed. In the case of charges debitable to the Bank, theCurrency Officer will deal with claims relating to a halt exceeding ten daysbut not exceeding one month, and the Chief Accountant of the Reserve Bankwill deal with claims relating to a halt exceeding one month. On receipt ofthe certificate (Form T.R. 93) from the receiving officer, the Treasury Officershould forward it to the Currency Officer for necessary action if there hasbeen a halt in excess of ten days and the charges are debitable to the ReserveBank. The authority competent to deal with the claim should indicate incolumn 13 of the certificate the rate at which daily allowance may be drawnfor the period in excess of ten days comprised in any one halt.

(c) When a person from outside the district is engaged as a temporarytreasurer under Rule 336 (d), traveling allowance should be paid at theordinary rates for his journey from his residence to the place of appointment.

357. The Treasury Officer who despatches a remittance may grant to aTreasurer or other treasury official who is to accompany it an advance oftravelling allowance upto the amount likely to be incurred for his journey. If, inany case the amount advanced proves insufficient, the receiving treasurymay, on the application of the treasurer or other treasury official concerned,pay him such further advance as may be necessary. An advance made by thereceiving treasury should not be met from the Treasury Officer’s permanentadvance but should be drawn from the treasury and charged in the accountsand the particulars should be reported to the remitting treasury at once, sothat the latter may recover the amount from the travelling allowance bill towhich relates.



281

A Treasury Officer is not authorised to make any advance of travellingallowance to a clerk or shroff of the Reserve Bank who accompanies a remittance.

If a Currency Officer receiving a remittance from a treasury grants an advanceof travelling allowance to a treasury official accompanying the remittance, theamount of the advance will be noted on the treasury official’s certificate with theCurrency Officer’s signature. The remitting treasury should deduct this amountfrom the travelling allowance bill of the government servant concerned. Suchadvances will only be made by a Currency Officer in exceptional circumstances.

358. All contingent charges incurred at the station where a remittanceis received, such as labour charges, cart or boat hire should be paid by thereceiving officer and charged in his accounts. The remitting officer should notmeet such charges.

Additional Rules for Remittances by Railway

359. When a large remittance is to be despatched by railway, noticeshall be given before hand to the railway authorities at the station of despatch,so that a wagon or wagons of convenient size may be made available at theright time.

360. When treasure is loaded for despatch by railway, the doors on oneside of the wagon shall, if possible, be secured from inside and all doors thatcan be opened from outside shall be secured by good padlocks. The TreasuryOfficer shall supply the padlocks and take an acknowledgment from the escortofficer for them. A sufficient stock of padlocks shall be maintained in eachtreasury from which remittances are sent by railway.

361. Small remittances need not be sent by wagon, but may be sent inthe same compartment in which the escort in charge of the remittance travels.An escort traveling in charge of currency or Bank notes not sent by wagonshall have the box in the same carriage and shall sit in the end compartment ofthe carriage with the box under the seat against the outer planking. If the box istoo large to go under the seat, the use of a whole compartment shall be reservedon the usual terms.

362. The Treasury Officer (or a responsible government servant deputedby him for the purpose) shall, jointly with the Police Officer deputed to travel incharge of the escort by railway, superintend the loading of the wagons. Heshall also hand over to that officer a copy of the memorandum of instructionsprinted in Appendix 18 and as many blank receipts as there will be reliefs enroute and shall take his receipt for these documents.



282

363. The strength of the escort deputed to accompany a remittance tothe railway station of despatch and to protect the loading shall be determinedin accordance with the general or special orders of the Government regardingthe escorting of such a sum by road. The receiving officer shall arrange for afresh escort of a strength determined in the same way to meet the remittanceat the railway station where it is to leave the railway. During the railwayjourney the treasure shall be protected by a guard of reduced strength fixedin accordance with the general or special orders of the government. Theguard shall be accommodated in an adjoining brake van if the remittance iscarried by goods train, and otherwise in the end compartment of the carriagenext and adjoining the wagon containing the treasure. Neither door of thecompartment occupied by the escort shall be locked. The general principleto be observed in fixing the strength of the guard for a railway journey isthat ordinarily it shall never be less than a Petty Officer with two men andthat, when the remittance is loaded in more than one wagon, two men shallbe allowed to each wagon. When a wagon containing treasure is to be detachedfrom the train for any reason, the Station Master or the Guard in charge ofthe train will warn the Police guard in charge of the treasure in order that thenecessary arrangements may be made to guard it.

364. As the members of the Police guard in charge of a remittance haveto be constantly on duty, the Police Department shall arrange to relieve themat convenient points on the journey, allotting to each party a stage of abouttwelve hours with due regard to any general or special instructions that havebeen issued as to the exact length of particular stages. When an escort officerstarts a railway journey in charge of a remittance, he shall telegraph to hisrelieving officer the probable times of his arrival at the station where he is tobe relieved.

365. (a) The receiving officer should make the necessaryarrangements for the transport of the treasure at destination so as to avoiddelay at the railway station and inconvenience to the Police Department.

(b) The receiving officer should return the padlocks which wereused on the doors of the railway wagons to the remitting treasury through theescort officer if he is returning to the station where the remitting treasury issituated. Otherwise, the receiving officer should give the escort officer a receiptfor these padlocks and return them as soon as possible through the treasurerof the remitting treasury or, if no treasurer accompanied the remittance, byparcel post or railway parcel.



283

366. (1) The railway fares and freight may be paid in cash or bywarrent or credit note according to local practice. In the case of cash payment,the police or other officer may obtain from the treasury a sufficient amount asan advance to be accounted for afterwards. The remitting officer or the officerarranging the remittance will ascertain the nature and extent of accommodationrequired for the purpose without unnecessarily increasing the cost ofremittance, and send the following requisition to the railway authorities.

“To the Station Master……………….…..Conveyance by railwayto……....………is required for treasure belonging to the Government/ReserveBank of India to the value of ……………………lakhs of rupees loaded for……………………………..and contained in ………………………wagons.”

(2) The Station Master will give the officer commanding the guard apaper notifying that he is in charge of treasure loaded in so many wagons.

NOTE 1—The requisition mentioned above must not be confounded withthe notice to be sent beforehand to the railway authorities, inorder that the necessary wagons may be provided.

NOTE 2—Treasure should always be booked through to the final station,and the officer who makes the requisition should inform therailway authorities that he has provided reliefs for the guard atspecified stations.

367. Remittances of nickel, bronze or copper coin shall be booked atrailway risk, provided they do not exceed the limits prescribed under theIndian Railway Coaching Tarrif Rules. Consignments exceeding the prescribedlimits are required to be escorted-Vide Rule 359.

368. (a) A remittances of currency or Bank notes by sea shall besent in the charge of an escort, if freight is paid at cargo rates; in that case, thevalue of the notes shall not be entered in the bill of lading but only the numberof pieces. If it is cheaper to pay freight at the rate for specie and the steamercompany will then accept responsibility for the face value of the notes, thefreight shall be paid at the rate for specie and no escort need be sent. If,however, in any case the steamer company will not accept responsibility forthe face value of the notes even if freight is paid at the rate for specie, theremittance shall be sent as ordinary cargo at cargo rates in charge of an escort,although this course may entail some additional expense.



284

(b) Remittances of coin by sea shall ordinarily be sent insured or atthe shipping company’s risk without an escort.

(c) Remittances of notes or of silver coin of any description byinland steamer shall be sent uninsured under the protection of an adequateescort.

(d) The consignee shall arrange to take delivery of the treasure onarrival at the station to which it is booked; otherwise it will be carried on tothe next station at the consignee’s risk and the consignee will have to paythe demurrage charges.

Remittances to and from Branches of the State Bank of India and itssubsidiary the State Bank of Travancore

369. Rules 324 to 368 apply mutatis mutandis to remittances to andfrom a Branch of the State Bank of India including its subsidiary, the StateBank of Travancore, transacting the cash business of a treasury, subject tothe modifications indicated in the following rules, (rules 370 to 374) and toany instructions issued by the Reserve Bank.

370. When the Agent of a branch of the State Bank wishes to remitsurplus notes or coin from the currency chest or surplus small coin from hisbalance, or desires that a remittance of notes or coin be sent to his branch, hewill report the particulars to the Madras Local Head Office of the State Bank.The Local Head Office will communicate with the Currency Officer and issueorders to the Agent regarding the remittance; if the remittance concerns theTreasury Officer, the Currency Officer will issue orders to him simultaneously.

371. The agent of a branch of the State Bank will supply the TreasuryOfficer of the district, on request, with any coin and notes required for remittanceto a sub treasury in the district (whether as a treasury or a currency remittance),except when the Currency Officer has decided that it is more convenient tosupply coin and notes direct to a sub treasury from the Issue Department ofthe Reserve Bank of India or from a treasury or a branch of the State Bank inanother district.

372. All charges incurred in connection with remittances of coin andnotes to and from branches of the State Bank are met by the Reserve Bank.

373. The procedure prescribed in Rules 324 to 334 for the packing anddespatch of remittances should be observed by the branches of the Bank, but



285

in the absence of special arrangements to the contrary made with the Agent,the Treasury Officer should arrange for the actual conveyance and, whennecessary, for the escorting of the remittance. The State Bank should bear thecost of any treasures (shroffs) engaged to deal with heavy receipts, but mayengage temporary shroffs to accompany remittances at the cost of the ReserveBank in accordance with the provisions of Rule 336 (a) after obtaining thesanction of the Currency Officer when it is required under that rule. The powervested in the Collector by Rule 336 (d) to employ additional treasurers doesnot apply to treasuries which transact their cash business through the Bank.The provisions of Rule 356 regarding halts by treasurers of the treasury donot apply to shroffs, employed by the State Bank; their daily allowance isregulated by the Bank’s rules.

NOTE 1—The charges for remittance of the following kinds shall be borneby the Government:—

(i) remittances to/from currency chests from/to sub treasurieshaving no currency chest;

(ii) remittances between sub treasuries without currency chests atboth ends;

(iii) when not sent separately, remittances of uncurrent coins betweentreasuries and sub treasuries without currency chests at bothends; and

(iv) remittances of small coins between regular small coin depotsand treasuries or sub treasuries with no currency chests.

NOTE 2—In the following cases, the charges for remittances of treasure(including cost of police escorts) shall be borne by the ReserveBank.

(i) remittances to/from currency chests from/to treasuries or subtreasuries having currency chests,:

(ii) remittances of small coins between regular small coin depotsand treasuries or sub treasuries having currency chests.

(iii) remittances of uncurrent coins between treasuries and subtreasuries whether within or outside the district, when sentseparately; and

RULE 373PART VI


286

(iv) all remittances made under the orders of the Currency Officerprovided such remittances are between treasuries and subtreasuries having currency chests or between small coin depotsand such treasuries and sub treasuries.

NOTE 3—The Officers-in-charge of the Bank conducting despatch ofGovernment treasure are competent to place requisitions forpolice escorts directly to police authorities. *The charges forpolice escorts shall be paid directly by the bank to the policeauthorities.

374. The following rules should be observed in the examination of aremittance of coin or notes made to the Bank from a treasury. They should befully explained to every treasurer who accompanies a remittance made to theBank:—

(a) All boxes should be weighed on receipt of a remittance. The resultof the weighment should be entered on the receipt given to the officer ortreasurer in charge of the remittance.

(b) The remittance should be examined in a room separate from thegeneral business of the Bank, or, if a separate room cannot be made available,at some distance away from the place where the ordinary banking transactionsare taking place.

(c) The contents of each bag of coin should be emptied into anotherand passed through the scales. The treasurer should see that the index of thescales is steady before the contents are thrown out.

(d) The treasure should then be secured in separate chests and keptdistinct from other treasure under the joint keys of the Manager or Agent of theBank and of the treasurer of the remitting treasury until regularly examined andbrought to account.

(e) Nothing should intervene between the treasurer of the remittingtreasury and the Bank’s examining shroffs, so that an uninterrupted view may beobtained by the former of the examination of the treasure. The treasurer of theremitting treasury should sit within the railed enclosures along with the Bank’sexamining shroffs.

(f) As soon as the detailed examination of the remittance is completed,light-weight coin should be weighed against full weight coin and a certificateof the result granted on the spot to the treasurer of the remitting treasury.*Addition [G.O. (P) 56/82/Fin., dated 4th February 1982]



287

(g) The weighment and the detailed examination of a remittanceshould be conducted separately, not simultaneously; the weighment shouldbe completed before the detailed examination is begun.

(h) If the work of weighment or detailed examination be not finishedwithin the day, the bags of coin or bundles of notes not finally taken over bythe Bank should be placed in chests under double locks; the key of one ofthe locks should be retained by the treasurer of the remitting treasury andthe key of the other by the Bank authorities.

(i) The Bank’s shroffs who begin the weighment and examination ofa remittance should continue at the same duty until they have completed theexamination of the remittance, or such portion of it as has been taken overfor examination, they should not be replaced by others except when that isunavoidable owing to sickness.

(j) When the remittance is not accompanied by a treasurer, theManager or Agent of the Bank should proceed with the examination only afterasking the local Treasury Officer to depute a subordinate to be present at theexamination and see that it is carried out by the Bank with sufficient precautions.The Treasury Officer should depute for the purpose a subordinate of somestanding. The charges actually incurred in connection with the deputation ofsuch a subordinate should be debited to the Reserve Bank.

(k) The Treasurer or Treasurers accompanying the remittance should,before finally leaving the Bank, sign in a book kept for the purpose amemorandum of the uncurrent and spurious coins and of any deficiency foundin the remittance.

(l) If a Treasurer accompanying a remittance finds that any of theabove rules is not complied with or that impediments of any kind are placedupon a free and open scrutiny of the proceedings during the examination bythe Bank’s officers or shroffs, he should immediately report the facts to theManager or Agent of the Bank.

RULE 374PART VI


288

C. RESERVE BANK OF INDIA REMITTANCES

(i) Introductory375. Rules 376 to 423 below are designed primarily for the guidance of

Treasury Officers in dealing with the payments into and withdrawals fromtreasuries in connection with the facilities afforded by the Reserve Bank toGovernment Officers and others for the remittances of moneys from one placeto another. These remittances are arranged for by the issue of TelegraphicTransfers, Drafts, etc., on the Reserve Bank Account.

376. Remittances between places where the Reserve Bank has its ownoffices or is represented by its State Bank of India agencies having full currencychest facilities, will not pass through the Government Account. At placeswhere the Reserve Bank is not so represented, all treasuries and sub treasuriesin India with currency chest facilities and such other treasuries or sub treasuriesas may be nominated by the Reserve Bank in this behalf, will be regarded as‘Treasury Agencies’ of the Reserve Bank for the issue and payment ofTelegraphic Transfers and Drafts drawn by or upon them. The connecteddebits and credits in the treasury accounts which will be carried initially againstthe balance of the Government owning the treasury or the sub treasury, as thecase may be, will be cleared by the Accountant General by daily adjustmentsadvised to the Central Account Office of the Reserve Bank in accordance withsuch directions as may be given by the Comptroller and Auditor General withthe approval of the President.NOTE 1—At places where the cash business of the treasury is conducted

by sub offices of the State Bank of India having limited currencychest facilities (i.e., Treasury Pay Offices) Reserve Bankremittances will be drawn by or upon the treasury or subtreasury at such places acting as Treasury Agencies of theReserve Bank and not the Treasury Pay Office of the StateBank, through the cash and clerical work in connection therewithwill be transacted by the latter on the orders of the Treasury orthe Sub Treasury Officer, as the case may be.

The names of treasuries and sub treasuries which, for thepurpose of this rule, are regarded as Treasury Agencies of theReserve Bank, will be found in the separate publication ‘List ofTreasuries and Sub Treasuries in India’ issued by theGovernment of India.



289

NOTE 2—For the purpose of the rules in this section, the term ‘Draft’includes also Reserve Bank dividend payment orders referredto in Rule 377 below.

377. The various types of remittances between one ‘Treasury Agency’and another or between treasury agencies and places where the Reserve Bankis represented, will consist of—

(1) For Government Department, Local Funds Scheduled Banks,approved Non-Scheduled Banks, Indigenous Bankers, Co-operative Banksand Societies and for the general public— (i) Telegraphic Transfers, (ii)Reserve Bank Drafts.

(2) For the Reserve Bank’s domestic purposes-(i) Security DepositInterest Drafts.(ii) Dividend Warrant Payment Orders.

The rates at which and the conditions and limitations under whichTelegraphic Transfers and Drafts on the several accounts can be issued byTreasury Agencies will be regulated by such general or special instructionsas may be issued by the Reserve Bank with the approval of the President.NOTE— Drafts at par will be granted within prescribed limits to Government

Officers and others at and on all offices and agencies (includingTreasury Agencies) of the Reserve Bank for remittances on behalf ofthe Government and for other quasi-public purposes set forth inAppendix 20. These remittances at par will be granted only fortransfers of funds within the State. Extra-State transfers will besubject to exchange charges at the rates prescribed by the ReserveBank.

378. The procedure to be observed by Treasury Officers in respect ofthe issue and payment of Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts on the ReserveBank account will be governed by the following rules, but the Treasury Officersshall comply with any general or special instructions that may be issued tothem in this behalf by the Currency Officer.

379. Subject as hereinafter provided, the various forms to be used inconnection with drawings on or by Treasury Agencies will be designed bythe Reserve Bank.

The form of initial accounts to be kept by Treasury Agencies in respectof remittances drawn and encashed by them and the methods by whichaccounts of such remittances are to be rendered by them to the AccountantGeneral, will be governed by such directions as may be given by the Comptrollerand Auditor General with the approval of the President. (See Articles 78 to 85of the Kerala Account Code, Vol. II.)



290

(ii) Telegraphic Transfers, Issues and Encashments

380. A person applying for a Telegraphic Transfer must pay the amountof such transfer together with the prescribed charges, including the cost oftelegram, before the Telegraphic Transfer is issued.

The application must be made in the form prescribed by the ReserveBank, which may be obtained from the Treasury.The application form dulyfilled in will serve as a chalan for the money tendered. The Treasury Officershall retain the application for transmission to the Accountant General alongwith the daily “Schedule of Reserve Bank of India Remittances Drawn” (Rule407 below) and grant the remitter a receipt in the form prescribed by theReserve Bank for the purpose.

381. In issuing a Telegraphic Transfer, the following rules shall beobserved by the Treasury Officer:—

(i) The telegram to the office making payment of the transfer shouldbe sent in Reserve Bank Cypher Code authenticated by the Reserve Bank ofIndia Treasury Agencies Private Check Signal.

(ii) A post copy of the telegram and an advice in Form R.B.R. 6-Cshould be despatched to the paying office at the same time as the telegram isissued.

382. In paying a Telegraphic Transfer, the following precautions shallbe observed:—

(i) The person claiming payment should be required to produce thetelegraphic advice from the place where the transfer has been issued.

(ii) If the person to whom the transfer is payable is not known tohim, the Treasury Officer should require identification by a well known andresponsible person who should certify that the payee is known to him.

(iii) The payment of the transfer should be reported at once by aletter to the issuing officer.

(iv) If the Treasury Officer has any reason, to doubt whether anyperson claiming payment is entitled to it, he should telegraph to the issuingoffice for confirmation.

(v) If the post copy of the telegram authorizing payment is notreceived within three days of the date on which it should arrive, the TreasuryOfficer should communicate with the issuing officer and ask for hisconfirmation of the telegram.



291

NOTE—A schedule bank applying for payment of the amount of a TelegraphicTransfer may not produce the telegram received from the remitter,but, instead, a mere letter from the Agent/Manager of the branchconcerned advising receipt of intimation of the Telegraphic Transferand demanding payment should be considered adequate for thepurpose of clause (i) of this rule.

383. Remittances will be payable in legal tender currency, i.e., notesor coins, at the convenience of the officer making payment. In other words,the payee will have no right to demand payment in any particular form ofcurrency though in practice, his requirements will be met as far as possible.

384. The provisions of Rule 404 below apply mutatis mutandis topayments of Telegraphic Transfers as they apply to payments of Drafts.

(iii) Drafts, Drawings and Encashments

385. Explanations.—The person or office that draws (i.e., issues orgrants) a Draft is called the drawer, the person or office on which it is drawnand by which it is payable is caller the drawee, the person or party to whom adraft is granted is called the remitter and the person or party to whom it ispayable is the payee.

386. All Drafts, unless the contrary intention appears from the formitself are transferable, the original payee being entitled to transfer his rightby endorsement. This he may do by simply signing his name on the back, inwhich case it becomes payable to bearer, or he may write above his signature,“Pay to C.D.” or “Pay to C.D. or order” in which case C.D. stands in the sameposition as the original payee did originally and has the same power of transfer.The writing by which such a right is transferred is called an endorsement, theendorsement to “C.D. or order” is a Special endorsement, and the persons towhom a Draft is successively transferred are endorsees, and the person inrightful possession of a draft is the holder.

In obtaining drafts for remittance of moneys on Government account,the following instructions should be observed by all officers of theGovernment:-

(a) Payments on accounts of inter-departmental or inter-governmental dues:—All such drafts should be crossed if drawn on an officeof the Reserve Bank or any of its agencies other than a treasury agency, with



292

the words “account payee” between the crossing and, if drawn on a treasuryagency, the drafts should be superscribed with the words “accountGovernment-not payable in cash” without any crossing.

(b) When the amounts of the drafts are required by officers ofthe Government to enable them to make disbursements in cash, on behalfof Government, e.g., pay and allowances of non-gazetted staff, contingentexpenditure, permanent advance, etc.—Drafts, the amounts of which arepayable to officers of the Government to enable them to make disbursementof pay and allowances of non-gazetted staff, contingent expenditure, etc.,on behalf of Government, shall not be crossed but shall bear thesuperscription “not transferable” and shall be issued in favour of theGovernment officer concerned, by designation, the word “only” being addedafter the designation of the payee officer on the draft. For this purpose,every Government Officer, when applying for a Draft, must add the word“only” after the name of the payee in the application for the draft, so that theIssuing Officer may prepare the draft accordingly. It shall not, however, bepermissible for any Government Officer himself to add the word “only” afterthe name of the payee of the Draft in any case in which the Issuing Officer, forany reason, fails to add the word “themselves”.

(c) Payments of personal claims of an individual (whether aGovernment servant or not), a firm or a company, a statutory body, etc.—All drafts in payment of such claims shall be issued invariably with the additionof the words “or order” after the name of the payee on the Draft. Such drafts,if drawn on an office of the Reserve Bank of India or any of its agencies otherthan a treasury agency, shall be crossed with the words“……………………………..& Co.” between the crossing unless the payeespecifically asks for an open Draft in which case it need not be crossed.

Form of Drafts

387. Drafts shall be issued in special forms to be obtained from theCurrency Officer under Rule 420 below.

388. Immediately on receipt of a parcel of forms of Drafts, they shall becarefully examined by the Treasury Officer and a proper acknowledgmentsent to the Currency Officer. The acknowledgment shall certify that the formshave been counted and found correct.



293

389. The forms of Drafts and of advices (Rule 393 below) shall beplaced in store under the key of the Treasury Officer who should eachmorning issue for book or books containing Draft Forms and the AdviceForms, for the day’s use. He must be careful not to issue a book of a laterserial number before an earlier, and therefore should see that the store is soarranged as to prevent mistakes. Every evening the unused forms will bereturned to him, and he should see that this series is unbroken, that no formis kept back unissued unless it be spoilt and that the number of Draft Formsexpended in the day agrees with the total number listed in the “Schedule ofthe Reserve Bank of India Remittance Drawn” for the day. (Rule 407 below)

Officers signing drafts shall destroy spoilt Draft Forms after noting inthe remarks column of the Issue-cum—Drawing Schedule Register (Form T.A.18 or 18A in the Kerala Account Code, Vol. II) under their full signature theprinted numbers of the forms destroyed and certifying that the forms havebeen cancelled and destroyed.

Issue of Drafts

390. A person requiring a Draft shall tender with the money a formalapplication in prescribed form, which may be obtained from the treasury. Theapplication form duly filled in will serve as a chalan for the money tendered.The application shall be retained by the Treasury Officer for transmission tothe Accountant General along with the daily “Schedule of Reserve Bank ofIndia Remittances Drawn”. (Rule 407 below)

NOTE 1—A person applying for a Draft on behalf of the Government or a LocalFund should certify on the application that the Draft is wanted forbona fide public purposes and describe the object of the remittance.If the Treasury Officer doubts whether the object is really public,he should state his doubt to the applicant or take the orders of theCollector. Questionable grants should be reported to the CurrencyOfficer with a view to the issue of instructions for future guidance.

NOTE 2—When the purchaser of the Draft demands a receipt for the amountof the Draft and the exchange charges thereon, the TreasuryOfficer may grant the purchaser a receipt in the form prescribedby the Reserve Bank for the purpose.



294

391. Drafts shall be prepared and signed from time to time as they areapplied for, immediately on the receipt of cash or its equivalent; the businessof signing them must not be postponed till the close of office, and on noaccount may the office be closed till all Drafts applied for have been issued.Each must be signed legibly with the full signature of the Treasury Officer.

392. At the time of signature of a Draft, the Register (Form T.A. 18A inthe Kerala Account Code, Volume II), together with the application for theDraft, the advice (Rule 393 below) and the book of forms shall be laid togetherbefore the Treasury Officer. The Treasury Officer shall initial each entry in theAdvice and the corresponding entry in the register at the same time as hesigns the Drafts after he has satisfied himself that-

(i) the several documents agree,

(ii) the authority for issue is sufficient,(iii) the date and office of issue and the name of the payee are legibly

and distinctly entered in the body of the Draft,(iv) in addition to the amount being entered in figures, the amount

of whole rupees is entered as second time in words and fractionsof a rupee in words or figures, that words are written continuouslywithout lifting the pen and that when the amount consists ofrupees only and does not contain fractions of a rupee, the wordsend with the word “only”, and

(v) a sum a little in excess of that for which the draft is granted isentered in words across the Draft at right angles to the type.

NOTE 1—“Under thirty rupees” will mean that the Draft is for a sum not lessthan . 20 but less than 30, and similarly, “under eight hundredrupees” will mean that it is for less than 800, but not less than`. 700.

NOTE 2—The cross entry is not necessary if the amount in words is typedperforated by a special cheque writing machine.

Advice of Remittances drawn

393. An advice of all drawings effected on a particular treasury or theBank on any particular date shall be sent to the treasury or the office drawn uponin the special form prescribed by the Reserve Bank. The Advices shall be completed,signed and despatched by the Treasury Officer before the treasury closes on theday of issue.

Advices of drafts drawn on the Bank shall be sent direct to theManager or Agent as the case may be, of the Bank.



295

NOTE—Whenever two or more sheets are used for advising the issue ofDrafts, each such sheet should be signed by the Treasury Officer.

394. If alterations be made in a Draft prior to issue, the correctionsshall be noted in the Advice and each alteration, both in Draft and Advice,shall be authenticated by the drawer’s full signature in order to preventhesitation, on the part of the drawee. If the drawer should enter the amountso carelessly as to enable a stranger to alter it and fraudulently to obtainpayment of a larger amount, the drawer, and not the drawee, must bear theloss. But the Treasury Officer drawn on must remember and apply thenumerous defensive checks provided for him by these rules.

Regularity of Signature

395. Variation in the signature of the drawer often entails much troubleon the paying office, and the drawer will be held responsible for inconvenienceor delay which may be caused to individuals in consequence of change in, orillegibility of, his signature, or other serious irregularity on the face of thedraft, as the drawee would be justified in suspending payment in cases ofdoubt arising from such cases. An officer in charge of a treasury shall sign hisname in English, or have it written in English characters below the signature inany Indian script.

396. When any change of Treasury Officer occurs, a specimen of thesignature of the relieving officer shall be forwarded by the outgoing officer toall officers usually drawn on. The following form will be convenient

“ The undersigned writes to notify to ……………………………… thathe has on this day been relieved of the executive charge of thetreasury at ………………………. by …………………………… a specimen ofwhose signature is annexed. …………...……

..................................... Relieved Officer

.....................................

The…………..20….. Relieving Officer.”

NOTE 1—If it should be necessary for a Treasury Officer to draw on a treasuryor an office not usually drawn upon, to which a specimen of hissignature has not been sent under the provisions of this rule, he



296

should, at the time of issue of a draft, also forward a specimen ofhis signature under a special forwarding letter duly stamped withthe seal of the treasury, which should be posted on the same dayin a separate cover and not in the cover containing the Advice.

NOTE 2—In the case of an officer who signs in any Indian script, his nameshould also be written in English characters in the notice, aswell as after his signature.

NOTE 3—When an officer who was formerly in charge of a treasuryresumes charge of it after a lapse of time, his signature need notagain be circulated among treasury and other offices.

Encashment of Drafts

397. The Advices received from the issuing treasuries of the Bankshall be opened in the presence of the Treasury Officer, and each dated andinitialled by him after he has satisfied himself of its genuineness by examiningthe signature of the drawer and, if necessary, the post mark. They shall thenbe sorted and arranged accordingly to the offices from which they are receivedand pasted chronologically in guard files in such a way that advices receivedfrom each drawing office may be kept together. These files shall be kept underlock and key.

NOTE 1—The Treasury Officers should particularly guard against thepossibility of the fraud of altering after signature the amountshown in the Advice, by a comparison of the total amountreported in words in the heading with the real total of the figuredamounts of an Advice. Any alteration of any entry, whether ofnames of figures, in an Advice requires the drawer’s fullsignature, so that it is scarcely possible that any fraud shouldbe attempted by altering the Advice before he has signed it,since at the time of signing he would notice any uncertifiedcorrection.

NOTE 2—All covers containing “Advices of remittances sold” receivedfrom the issuing treasuries or the Bank shall be superscribedwith the words “Remittance Advice”.

398. The Advices arranged in the manner prescribed in the lastpreceding rule will facilitate the examination and identification of Drafts, etc.,



297

presented for payment. The entries made in an Advice should be such as toplace sufficient obstacle to the encashment of Drafts forged or fraudulentlyaltered, and their sequence should effectually bar the use, a second time, of aparticular serial number, and suggest suspicion even of the Advice where ahigh number follows a low one.

Necessary notes of references touching irregularities of cancellation,issue of certificates of non-payment, Advices of seconds or thirds, and of anyother points of importance shall be made on the Advice.

399. (a) On a Draft being presented for encashment, the TreasuryOfficer shall compare it with the Advice, and satisfy himself carefully that it isin order and that it is receipted on the back by a person able to give a legalquittance. It must be borne in mind that in the case of a Draft on Governmentaccount the liability to the payee named in the Draft can only be dischargedby payment to—

(1) the payee or his lawful agent on identification, or

(2) The payee’s banker who should certify that the amount hasbeen placed to the payee’s credit, or

(3) a person holding a letter of authority from the payee, whosesignature must be known to the Treasury Officer and if theletter directs to the Treasury Officer to pay the money to acertain named person, that person must be identified to theTreasury Officer before payment can be made. The onlyendorsement on such a Draft should be payee’s receipt or thatof his lawful agent.

(b) In all other cases where payment is not made on an endorsement infavour of a recognized bank, the Treasury Officer shall not only satisfy himself ofthe genuineness of the claimant’s signature to the receipt on the back of a Draftbut, if the claimant himself is not in attendance, he must assure himself that thepresenter of the Draft is the agent or messenger of the legal holder, duly authorizedto receive the payment. If the presenter is unknown to the treasury officials, or, ifknown, should there be reasonable grounds for questioning his being in lawfulpossession of the Draft, the Treasury Officer shall demand a letter from the legalholder, authorizing the presenter to receive payment on his behalf. Similarly, incases where payment is made on an endorsement to a recognized bank, the TreasuryOfficer must assure himself that the presenter of the Draft is the authorized agentor messenger of the Bank.



298

NOTE 1— The term “recognized bank” referred to in this Rule includes ascheduled bank under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, ora bank or firm mentioned in Appendix 9.

NOTE 2—The letter of authority for receiving payment at the treasuryreferred to in this rule in not liable to stamp duty.

400. Drafts payable at the District Treasury cannot be endorsed forpayment at a Sub Treasury. But if the money payable on a Draft is required ata Sub Treasury and the remittance cannot be effected in accordance with theprocedure laid down in Rule 416 below, a cash order may be issued to thepayee for presentation at the Sub Treasury. In such a case the payee mustreceipt the Draft as “Received payment by a cash order on …………………Sub Treasury”, and the Treasury Officer at the District Treasury shall finallydeal with the Draft and take the same precautions regarding the delivery of thecash order as are prescribed in Rule 401 below for payment in cash.

401. Before issuing pay orders on a Draft the Treasury Officer shallsatisfy himself that the Draft has been advised; that it corresponds in allparticulars with the Advice; that it bears the genuine signature of the drawer;that it has not been tampered with; and that it is not a cancelled or lapsed Draftor one of which a duplicate has been paid. A Draft may be paid—

(i) without Advice, if there is no reason whatsoever to doubt itsgenuineness, and if sufficient security is offered. In the case of well knownand reliable holders, this security may be dispensed with at the discretion ofthe Treasury Officer. The Treasury Officer shall in all such cases apply for thenecessary Advice without delay.

(ii) even though differing from the Advice, at the discretion of theTreasury Officer, provided there is no suspicion of fraudulent alteration, norany possible doubt of the genuineness of the Draft. Special caution shall beexercised before paying on a Draft an amount larger than that named in theAdvice.

402. As each Draft or Telegraphic Transfer drawn by the Treasury ispaid, it must be stamped “paid”, the date of payment being at the same timenoted in the Advice under the initials of the Treasury Officer.

403. Doubtful drawings.—In case of erasure, alteration or other seriouscause for suspicion, the Treasury Officer shall, before payment, refer to thedrawer, the post office, or the Currency Officer, as the case may require. Any



299

material alteration of a Draft, after it has been drawn or endorsed effecting thedate, sum, or time or place of payment, will invalidate it; but the mere correctionof a mistake, such as by inserting the words “or order” in the endorsement ofa Draft will have no such effect.

404. Form of receipt.—For the sufficiency of the receipt, it is necessaryto see that it is not for a part only of the Draft, and that it is given by the legalholder. On no account may a Draft be paid by instalment; receipt for the fullamount must be given on the reverse, and the full amount must be paid—

(a) if the legal holder be dead, payment can be made only to his legalrepresentative; a Draft for less than ` 100 may, however, be paid without acertificate of administration.

(b) if the receipt be signed by an agent or attorney, note of theexistence, and of the record in the treasury, of the power of attorney, shouldbe made on the Draft.

(c) if more than one person be named in a Draft, all must join in orderto give a valid endorsement or receipt.

(d) Draft payable to A.B. cannot be cashed on the receipt of his partnerC.D. without production of a formal power of attorney; a bill payable to A.B. andCo. can be paid on the receipt as A.B. and Co. of any member of the firm.

(e) Drafts payable to an incorporated company of any other corporatebody may be paid on the receipt of the official authorized, generally or specially,by it regulations or by power of attorney to receive moneys payable to suchcompany or body.

In the case of Draft payable to an unincorporated body, payment maybe made to a person holding authority to receive moneys payable to suchbody, but the Treasury Officer shall first satisfy himself that the authority hasbeen duly conferred.

(f) A government officer when he sends a Draft to a treasury not forcash payment, but for credit of its amount in the treasury accounts, must,before he signs the receipt, add to the words “Received payment” the furtherwords “by transfer credit to……….”. Omission to do this facilitatesfraudulent appropriation of the money.



300

(iv) Record of Drawings and Encashments

405. A record of Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts drawn by the treasurywill be kept in a register (Form T.A. 18 or 18A) in accordance with thedirections contained in this behalf in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II.

406. As each Draft or Telegraphic Transfer is paid, entry must be madein the Register of Reserve Bank of India Remittances Encashed (Form T.A.19 in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II).

407. At the close of each day, separate schedules for drawings andencashments during the day will be prepared in special forms prescribed bythe Reserve Bank for submission to the Accountant General in accordancewith the directions contained in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II. Theapplication forms for remittances drawn and also the receipted Drafts and thepayees’ receipts in respect of Telegraphic transfers encashed shall accompanythe schedules mentioned above.

408. The following are the cross-checks which the Treasury Officershall, each evening, apply to the several documents connected with remittancesdrawn and encashed. The registers of remittances drawn and encashed andthe connected schedules check one another directly; the total of each schedulemust agree with total receipts or total payments for the day as booked underthe head “Reserve Bank of India Remittances” in the cash book, after allowingfor receipts and payments, if any Sub Treasuries which will be entered undera separate sub head. The total of the several Advices for the day must alsoagree with the total in the column “Amount” in the schedule of drawings, andthis agreement shall be, at times, checked by the Treasury Officer himself.

409. Where the name of the payee and/or endorsee appears on theinstrument in English and the signature is made in English, the TreasuryOfficer should, in addition to the precautions prescribed in the Rules formaking payment to the proper person on identification, see that the signaturetallies letter for letter with the name as spelt on the instrument. Where thename of the payee or endorsee is spelt incorrectly, the spelling of theendorsement must correspond with that of the mis-spelt name, but if thepayee wishes, he may add his correct name in brackets.


301


(v) Other Rules

410. Issue of duplicates.—When satisfactory evidence has been giventhat a draft has been either lost or destroyed, and application is made within areasonable period after issue but before it has lapsed (Rule 419 below) aduplicate may, without reference to the Currency Officer, be granted to theparty who obtained the original, or to the payee, or to the legal representativeof either but to no other person. If the draft could not have been presented forpayment within three months, it will be necessary for the applicant to producea certificate of non-payment from the drawee; but the issue of this certificatewill be no bar to the payment of the lost Draft, if presented before duplicate ispaid.

In the event of the loss of both original and duplicate, a triplicate may beissued on the same terms as the duplicate, the nonpayment of the othersbeing certified. Neither duplicate nor triplicate can be issued without referenceto the Currency Officer, if the Draft has lapsed (Rule 419 below). Issue ofduplicate or triplicate shall be promptly advised to the drawee, in order thatproper note may be made on the advice originally received.

411. The duplicate and triplicate shall be drawn in exactly the sameterms as the original instrument with the same date, the same number, thesame amount, and the name of the same payee, so that, if a lost Draft has beenendorsed, the endorsee must apply for a duplicate through the original payee.It will be issued under the signature of the officer in charge of the treasury atthe time, although he be not the person who signed the original Draft.

NOTE 1—Where the remitter is a department of the Government or a LocalFund, the issue of a duplicate against an unstamped Letter ofUndertaking as given below, will be permissible.


302


LETTER OF UNDERTAKING

Place……………….…………Dated………………………….

To ……………….......……..……………………..........

Dear Sir,

In co.nsideration of your agreeing to issue a duplicate of Reserve Bankof India draft bearing No………….and dated ……………….for ……………(Rupees …………………..) which has been lost, I hereby undertake that, inthe event of payment being obtained from the Reserve Bank on the originaldraft or of the Bank incurring any expense and/or loss by reason of the issueof the duplicate, I shall reimburse the Reserve Bank to the extent of the amountpaid on the original draft and any expense and/or loss incurred as aforesaid.

Yours faithfully,

(……………..……….) Signature

(…………………..…………)

Office Seal Name and designation of the Officer executing the letter.

NOTE 2—When it is necessary to issue duplicates, the word “duplicate”should be prominently written in red ink on the face of ordinarydraft forms and the relative advice forms. The duplicate shouldbe issued only after the issuing officer has satisfied himselfthat the original has not been paid.

412. No duplicate or triplicate older than six months shall be paid withoutprevious reference to the Currency Officer.

413. Cancellation and Refund.—No Draft can be cancelled withoutsurrender of the whole set. Thus, if a duplicate or a triplicate has been issuedthe Draft can be cancelled only if the original together with the duplicate (andthe triplicate if issued) be surrendered. Consequently, no refund can be madeon a lost Draft; a duplicate must be obtained and payment taken at the treasuryor office drawn on.


303


414. All parts being surrendered, a Draft may be cancelled and itsamount refunded at the discretion of the Treasury Officer, on the applicationand receipt of the remitter in the case of a Draft on Government account and ofthe payee in the case of other Drafts. If, in the latter case, the receipt of thepayee cannot be obtained, the remitter’s application for cancellation, withexplanation of the reasons for his request, and of the difficulty in the way ofobtaining the payee’s signature, shall be submitted for orders of the CurrencyOfficer. Although no difficulty should be made about cancellation of Draftson Government account, it must be clearly understood that other classes ofDrafts can be cancelled only as an indulgence, and for sufficient cause shown.No exchange which has been levied can be refunded.

NOTE— If alteration of the name only of the payee is required by remitter, itwill suffice for the drawer to alter the name in the Draft under his fullsignature and send advice to the drawee.

415. When a Draft is cancelled, the fact of cancellation shall beconspicuously noted across the face of the Draft; at the same time an intimationshall be sent to the office drawn on, in order that the fact may be recorded inthe advice originally received and necessary precautions taken against thepayment of the cancelled Draft. The cancelled Drafts shall be duly receiptedby the remitter or the payee, as the case may be.

NOTE— The amount refunded will be entered in the “Register of ReserveBank of India Remittances Encashed” and also in the proper columnsof the schedule of such encashments for the day on which thecancellation takes place, in accordance with the directions containedin this behalf in the Kerala Account Code, Volume II.

416. A Treasury Officer may issue a Draft in exchange for one drawnon him only if the holder has been removed to the neighbourhood of anothertreasury or of an office or agency of the Bank.

NOTE— A Draft is said to be exchanged when the holder being unable toappear and take payment in cash, applies for a new one endorsingthe original “Received payment by Draft on …………….”.

If he can appear and take payment in cash, his obtaining a new Draftwith the cash paid on the old one is a matter to be disposed of underordinary rules.

417. When a Draft is exchanged for another, the original Draft will betreated and entered as a Draft presented for encashment and the amountagain credited as received for the issue of a new Draft.


304


418. Unpaid Drafts.—Drafts which are outstanding for more than sixmonths can be paid only after obtaining the necessary confirmation from thedrawing office.

419. Lapse of Drafts.—Drafts which are not paid before the end of thethird account year after that in which they are issued, shall be treated aslapsed and shall be so marked in the Advice. Should any one apply for paymentof a lapsed Draft, he should be directed to address the Currency Officer fororders.

420. Supply of forms.—Forms of Drafts and all other forms prescribedby the Reserve Bank for use in connection with the remittances dealt with inthis section will be supplied to the Treasury Officer by the Currency Officerunder whose jurisdiction the treasury is situated. Indents for such supplieswill be in Form T.R. 94 or in such other forms as the Reserve Bank may prescribeand will ordinarily be for twelve months’ supply.

421. Special Rules for remittances of policemen.—In the case ofpolicemen’s remittances, the Superintendent of Police concerned shall forwardthe Drafts to the payees direct. There is no objection, if such a course ispreferred, or is required by departmental regulations, to his sending the Draftto the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the payee resides, whowill deliver it to the payee after satisfying himself as to his identity. Descriptiverolls of the payees duly filled in and signed shall, at the same time, be sent tothe Treasury Officers concerned.

422. The Drafts are payable to the parties described in the roll. In casesof doubtful identity, payment may be made on security at the discretion of theTreasury Officer.

423. These drafts, if not, presented for payment at the expiration of sixmonths from the date of issue, shall be considered as cancelled and if they arepresented after that period, payments shall be refused. A draft which hasbecome uncurrent may be returned by the payee to the drawer for the issue ofa fresh draft or for the refund of the amount, as may be required.

Should such a draft, whether original or duplicate, be lost in transit, theSuperintendent of Police will report the loss to the Currency Officer, who willdecide the case specially on its merits, sanctioning refund to the personindicated if it appears right. When the draft is six months old and thereforevoid, there need be no hesitation in permitting refund on production of a non-payment certificate from the treasury or office on which it was drawn.

NOTE— These drafts may also be cancelled as provided for in Rule 414 above.


305


PART VII

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MONEYS WITHDRAWN

SECTION IResponsibility of Treasury Officer in recovering amounts

disallowed by the Accountant-General

424. When the Accountant General disallows a payment asunauthorized, the Treasury Officer should promptly recover the amountdisallowed, without regard to any representation or protest and if the item is arecurring one, should also refuse to make similar payments in future until theAccountant General authorize him to do so. The Treasury Officer should notenter into any correspondence regarding any such recovery.

If a Treasury Officer receives an order to make a recovery from agovernment servant who has been transferred to another district, he shouldimmediately forward it to the Treasury Officer of that other district.

NOTE— A recovery should, when necessary, be made in instalments asprescribed in Article 71 of the Kerala Financial Code.

425. (a) The Treasury Officer should invariably recover from the nextcontingent bill of the office concerned any amount which the AccountantGeneral orders him to recover on account of contingencies.

(b) The Treasury Officer should ordinarily recover from the nextpay bill of the government servant concerned any amount which theAccountant General orders him to recover on account of pay and similarlyfrom the next travelling allowance bill any recovery ordered on account oftravelling allowance. When, however, a recovery has to be made on accountof travelling allowance and the government servant concerned does notpresent a travelling allowance bill within a month he should be requested torefund the amount at once in cash and if he fails to do so, it should be recoveredfrom his next pay bill.

(c) If a recovery has to be made but no bill from which it can bemade is likely to be submitted in the near future and the government servantwho has to make good the amount does not refund it promptly in cash whenrequested to do so, the Treasury Officer should report the circumstances toAccountant General and ask for his orders.

RULES 424-425PART VII

306


(d) A recovery should be shown distinctly at the foot of the bill(not on a sub-voucher) and the number and the date of the objection statementor other authority should be distinctly quoted.

426. Objections and orders which arise out of the examination by theAccountant General of the treasury accounts are communicated to theTreasury Officer by letters, audit memoranda, or periodical objectionstatements. To these, the earliest attention should be given and it is mostimportant that these objection statements should be returned punctually withina fortnight of receipt and also that the replies in them should be such as willenable the Accountant General to adjust the items under objection withoutfurther correspondence. When it is necessary to communicate objections toother officers as in the case of officers subordinate to the Collector, it shouldbe done immediately on receipt of the objection statements and early repliesshould be asked for. If these are not received in time for the return of theobjection statement to the Accountant General, the fact should be noted inthe reply column of the statement and the receipt of the reply and itstransmission to the Accountant General should be carefully watched. A copyof the objection statement should be kept in the treasury.

427. Register of Recoveries.—Every treasury should maintain a registerof recoveries, in which separate pages should be set apart, as may beconvenient, for each government servant or department entitled to draw bills,etc., on the treasury. As soon as any order to make a recovery is received,whether through an objection statement or a separate slip, an entry should bemade in the register. Before any bill is passed for payment, the register shouldbe consulted to see whether any recovery has to be made. When any amountis recovered, it should be duly noted in the register along with the number anddate of the voucher.


307


SECTION II

General rules applicable to all Drawing Officers

(a) RESPONSIBILITY IN CLEARING AUDIT OBJECTIONS

428. Every government servant must attend promptly to all objectionsand orders communicated to him by the Accountant General in the mannerprescribed in Article 69 to 74 of the Kerala Financial Code.

(b) GENERAL RULES REGARDING THE FORM OF VOUCHERSFOR DISBURSEMENTS MADE, ETC.

429. A government servant is responsible for the safe custody ofmoneys received by him from the treasury for expenditure on behalf of theGovernment and shall maintain the prescribed accounts for watching the correctdisposal of the money (e.g., by disbursement of pay, allowances, etc., amongthe staff) and for checking the cash balance in the office.

430. (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) below a governmentservant shall obtain, for every disbursement which he makes on behalf of theGovernment including every repayment of moneys which have been depositedwith the Government, a voucher setting forth full and clear particulars of theclaim, using as far as possible the particular form, if any, prescribed for thepurpose and shall obtain at the time of making payment, either on the voucheror on a separate paper to be attached to it, an acknowledgment of the paymentsigned by the payee by hand and in ink. In doing so, he shall observe carefullythe directions in Rule 163 in regard to the preparation of vouchers and thestamping of receipts. When possible, he shall require the payee to note theactual date of payment in his acknowledgment. When it is not possible for thepayee to note the actual date of payment either because he is illiterate orbecause he is required to present a signed receipt before payment is made, thedisbursing officer shall enter the actual date of payment on the relevant voucherwith his initials either separately for each payment or for groups of paymentsas may be found convenient.

NOTE— As adjustment bills for ‘Nil’ amounts involve no payment, it is notnecessary to insist upon any acknowledgment of payment in respectof such bills.


308


If a payee is not able to write, his signature on the acknowledgmentshall be taken in the form of his mark or preferably his thumbimpression, attested invariably by some known person [See Rule163 (g) of Part V].

If a payee signs his acknowledgment in a language other than English,he shall be required to write also the amount acknowledged in wordsin that language in his own handwriting. His acknowledgment,including the amount acknowledged and any remark made by him,shall be translated into English and his signature shall betransliterated in Roman characters. If a payee cannot sign his namein script known to the disbursing officer or a member of his staff or ifhe can sign in a script known to one of them but cannot write theamount acknowledged in words in it, the procedure applicable whena payee is not able to write shall be followed.

A cash memorandum shall not be treated as a proper voucher (or avalid receipt), unless it contains a specific signed acknowledgmentof the receipt of the moneys by the signatory from the governmentservant concerned, and is duly stamped* with a revenue stamp asrequired by section 3 of the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 (Central Act 2 of1899) read with article 53 of schedule I thereof if the amount paidexceeds 20.

Exception 1—A special procedure is prescribed for obtaining the payee’sacknowledgments of payments on account of the pay andallowances of government servants (See Rule 432 below).

Exception 2—The facsimile signature of the executive authority or amunicipality may be accepted as the payee’s signature onan acknowledgment of the payment of a municipal tax ona government building.

(b) If, in very exceptional circumstances, it is quite impossible tofurnish a proper voucher with the payee’s acknowledgment in support of apayment, a certificate of payment showing the particulars of the claim signedby the disbursing officer and endorsed by his immediate superiors shall beplaced on record.

(c) If a disbursing officer anticipates any difficulty in obtaining anacknowledgment in the proper form from a person to whom any moneys are* Substitution [G.O.(P) 434/81/Fin., dated 7th July, 1981]

RULE 430PART VII

309


due, he shall decline to deliver the cheque or cash to him or to make a remittanceto him, as the case may be, until he receives a proper acknowledgment of thepayment with all the necessary particulars.

Whenever a payment is made by remittance, a note of the date and modeof remittance shall be made on the bill or voucher at the time of remittance.When a remittance is made by postal money order, its purpose shall be brieflystated in the acknowledgment portion of the money order form in continuationof the entry “Received the sum specified above on ………………”, andsufficient space shall be left below the manuscript addition for the signatureor thumb impression of the payee.

Whenever a disbursing officer of the Public Works or Forest Departmenttenders money orders to the Post Office for issue with a cheque in lieu of cash,he shall demand an individual receipt for each such money order.

(d) When an article is obtained by value payable post, the valuepayable cover, together with the invoice or bill showing full details of theitems paid for, shall be treated as a voucher, and the disbursing officer shallnote on the cover that the payment was made through the Post Office andincludes the postal commission.

(e) A disbursing officer may retain a certified copy marked‘Duplicate’ of a receipted voucher, when this is necessary in order to completethe record in his office, but the payee shall not be required to sign any suchcopy or to give a duplicate acknowledgment of the payment.

NOTE— Whenever copies of invoice are required to be furnished by thesuppliers such number should be restricted to the minimum and thenumber required should be indicated in the supply order. The copyshould be distinctly marked as ‘Duplicate’; ‘Triplicate’ etc. (See alsoNote 6 of the Form of the Supply Order in Appendix XIII of the StoresPurchase Manual specifying the number as triplicate).

431. No voucher shall be treated as a valid voucher unless it bears adistinct pay order, specifying the amount payable both in words and in figuresseparately and signed and dated by hand and in ink by the responsibledisbursing officer. Cashiers and other government servants who are authorizedto make payments on passed voucher shall not make any payment on a voucherunless it bears pay order satisfying the requirements. The fact of paymentwith date, the manner in which payment is made (whether by cash or cheque)and the details of the bill in which the amount was drawn should also berecorded on the voucher and attested by the dated signature of the disbursingofficer.


310


NOTE 1—The pay order on the voucher shall be in the following form, viz.,

“Pay `....................(Rupees……………..) to (name ofpayee)………………………………by cash/cheque……………..

Signature,

Station…………......……… Name and Designation of theDate……………………. Disbursing Officer.”

The facts of payment should be recorded on the voucher in the followingform viz.,

“Paid by cash/cheque No……………….. date…………….on ………………No…………. Date ………………….and amount of bill…………………

Entered as item No………………… in the …………………………………(contingent or other register.)

Head of debit ………Station…………......……… Signature, Name and DesignationDate…………………… of the Disbursing Officer.”

The pay order and the details of payment may be recorded on the reverseof the payee’s receipt, preferably by means of rubber stamps. But the signatureand dates should invariably be by hand and in ink.

NOTE 2— The pay order should always be on the invoice marked ‘original’.When the ‘original’ is lost the pass order should not be recordedin the copies marked ‘duplicate’ etc., instead an authenticatedtrue copy should be obtained and passed. In the ‘duplicate’ or‘triplicate’ copies of the invoices a certificate of the paymentshould, however, be recorded as below:—

“Certified that the original of the invoice/bill has been passed andpaid-Vide item No…………in……………………(contingent or other register).”

RULE 431PART VII

311


(c) DISBURSEMENT OF PAY AND ALLOWANCES OFGOVERNMENT SERVANTS

432. (a) The head of an office is personally responsible for all moneysdrawn as pay, leave salary, allowances, etc., on an establishment bill signedby him or on his behalf until he has paid them to the persons who are entitledto receive them and has obtained their dated acknowledgments, duly stampedwhen necessary. These acknowledgments shall be taken as a rule on theoffice copy of the bill. When the head of the office concerned considers thatan establishment is so large or scattered that the payee’s acknowledgmentscannot, without undue inconvenience, be obtained on the office copy of thebill, he shall maintain a separate acquittance roll in Form T.R. 95 and obtain thepayees’ acknowledgments in it.

The leave salary of a non-gazetted government servant who is on leavein India shall be drawn in the district in which he was last on duty and he mustmake his own arrangements for having it remitted to him, when necessary. Asan exception to the procedure prescribed in the preceding paragraph, when agovernment servant is on casual leave or other leave, any moneys due to himmay be remitted by postal money order at his expense, if he has made a writtenrequest for this to be done, in that case, the receipt given by the Post Officeand the payees’ receipt shall be attached to the office copy of the bill or to theacquittance roll, as the case may be. Alternatively, a government servant whois on casual or other leave may make a written request that any money due tohim be paid to a specified government servant belonging to the same office;payment shall then be made accordingly, provided that the Government servantnominated produces an acknowledgment signed by the absentee (and stampedwhen the amount exceeds 20) and that the disbursing officer is satisfied thatthe absentee’s written request and acknowledgment of the payment may beaccepted. *The government servant who receives the moneys shall sign onthe back of the absentee’s acknowledgment in token of his having receivedthe moneys on the absentee’s behalf. The acknowledgment shall be attachedto the office copy of the bill or to the acquittance roll, as the case may be, andthe remark “Separate receipt attached” shall be entered in the appropriateplace in the office copy of the bill or in the receipt column of the roll. Any suchpayment is made entirely at the risk of the government servant to whom theamount is due, and no claim shall lie against the Government under anycircumstances on account of any loss which he may suffer in connection withit.

*Omitted [G.O.(P) 380/81/Fin., dated 10th June, 1981]

RULE 432PART VII

312


**For the disbursement of the pay and allowances etc. due to non-gazetted Government Servants on tour or on camp or working at out of theway places other than the headquarters of the drawing officer, any one of thefollowing methods may be adopted at the written request of such GovernmentServants, namely:-

(i) remittance to the camp by postal money order at the cost of theGovernment;

(ii) remittance to the camp by a Reserve Bank of India draft (to be sent byregistered post) provided the Government Servant gives anacknowledgment signed by him (and duly stamped when necessary)along with the request to make such remittance to camp; and

(iii) payment to another employee of the same office as specified in therequest provided that the employee produces an acknowledgmentsigned by the absentee (and stamped when necessary).

NOTE—In case of remittances made by draft under the method (ii) above anacknowledgment of the draft should be obtained from the payee andfiled in serial order.

If a government servant who is entitled to receive any moneys drawnfrom the treasury on his behalf fails to claim payment in person or in accordancewith preceding paragraph before the end of the month in which they are sodrawn the moneys drawn for him shall ordinarily be refunded by short drawalin the next bill, and drawn afresh when he claims them, if the rules regardingarrear claims permit it. When the drawing officer considers that the earlierrefunding of any such moneys would cause undue inconvenience, he mayretain them for any period not exceeding three months, but he will continue tobe held personally responsible for them and must make satisfactoryarrangements for keeping them safely. Undisbursed pay, allowances and leavesalary shall not, under any circumstances, be placed in deposit.NOTE—Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, Government may,

in special circumstances authorize payment of such part of the claimof a government servant, who does not draw his own bills, to bemade to a person and to the extend, as may specifically be so askedfor, in writing, in this behalf by the government servant concerned.In such a case, the receipt given by the person so authorized toreceive the sum specified, shall constitute a valid acquittance for theamount paid to him and the receipt for the balance only, if any, whenpaid shall be obtained from the government servant concerned.

**Addition [G.O.(P) 380/81/Fin., dated 10th June, 1981]

RULE 432PART VII

313


(b) As far as possible, a clerk who has helped to prepare a bill forestablishment pay, etc., shall not be allowed to have anything to do with thedisbursement of the pay, etc.

(c) A large office in which it would be inconvenient to watch thedisposal of undisbursed pay and allowances through the office copies of billsor the acquittance roll shall maintain a register in Form T.R. 22 for the purpose.The same register shall also be used, when necessary, for watching the disposalof the undisbursed balances, if any, of amounts drawn on contingent bills inexcess of the permanent advance.

(d) The drawing officer shall either check each acquittance roll himselfby adding up the items, comparing the total of the corresponding establishmentbill and the money received from the treasury, and seeing that any differencebetween the totals is properly accounted for, or have it so checked by aresponsible government servant. The government servant who checks anacquittance roll shall sign a statement at the foot of it as follows:—

“Checked in accordance with Rule 432 (d) of the Kerala Treasury Code.”

(e) A disbursing officer shall not make the last payment of pay,allowances, etc., to a government servant who is finally leaving the service ofthe government on retirement, resignation or dismissal or is placed undersuspension, until he has satisfied himself that no amount is due to theGovernment from the government servant. In regard to the recovery ofoverpayments, etc., from any such government servant, he shall follow thedetailed procedure laid down in Rule 212. A disbursing officer shall also notpay, any pay, allowances, etc., due to a deceased government servant to theheirs of the government servant after his death until he has satisfied himselfthat no amount is due to the government from the government servant.

NOTE—For amounts recovered at the time of disbursement of salary fromofficials in cash such as recoveries on account of attachment orderissued from a co-operative society, a receipt should be given asrequired in Rule 90 (a).

(d) DISBURSEMENTS OUT OF THE PERMANENT ADVANCE

433. Every government servant who has been granted a permanentadvance shall regularly check the correctness of the balance with the help ofhis contingent registers or, if the advance is used for other purposes besidesmeeting contingent expenditure, with the help of a register in Form T.R. 96which he shall maintain for the purpose.


314


(e) CUSTODY OF VOUCHERS AND ACQUITTANCES

434. All vouchers and acquittances are important documents and shouldbe filed and preserved carefully in the office concerned, when they are not sentelsewhere for audit in accordance with the rules.

(f) CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF SUB-VOUCHERS

435. (a) Sub-vouchers to contingent bills should be ‘cancelled’ in sucha manner that they cannot subsequently be used fraudulently to claim or supporta further payment.

(b) *Whenever a drawing officer signs a fully vouched contingent billfor presentation at the Treasury for payment or a detailed contingent bill forsubmission to the controlling authority, he should at the same time cancel all thesub-vouchers which relate to the bill. He should endorse the word “cancelled”across each sub-voucher in red ink or by a rubber stamp, and initial it with date. Heshould certify on the bill that all the sub-vouchers relating to it have been socancelled that they cannot be used again. When the amount of a sub-voucherexceeds the permanent advance it should be cancelled as soon as the paymenthas been made and entered in the contingent Register.

(c) [Omitted]

[G.O.(P) 653/81/Fin., dated 15th October, 1981]

(d) No sub-voucher should be destroyed until three years have elapsedfrom the date of the payment—See Article 358 of the Kerala Financial Code.

SECTION III

Special rules for drawing officers of certain departments

(A) SPECIAL TO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

436. In the case of the Public Works Department, every voucher shouldbe enfaced with the word “checked” over the dated initials of the DivisionalAccountant, as well as of any clerk who may have applied a preliminary check.Vouchers not submitted to audit (See Article 232 of the Kerala Account Code,Volume III) should be cancelled by means of perforating or endorsing stamp andkept carefully, to be made available for test audit whenever demanded by theAccountant General*Substitution [G.O.(P) 653/81/Fin., dated 15th October, 1981]


315


Stamps affixed to vouchers should be so cancelled that they cannot be usedagain, and, if with this object they are punched through, care should be taken thatthe acknowledgment of the payee is not destroyed thereby.

Vouchers relating to new supplies of tools and plant should be completed bynoting on them the name of the month in the accounts of which the articlesacquired were brought on the Tools and Plant Received Sheet, Form 12 of Book ofForms (Public Works Accounts).

437. Government servants should encourage contractors, suppliers ofstores and other persons making claims against the Government to submit theirbills and claims on the proper departmental forms. A disbursing officer should not,however, reject a bill prepared in another form if it contains all the necessarydetails of the claim, but should add any additional particulars that are required.

438. When a contractor or supplier endorses in favour of a bank a billpayable by the Government, payment should be made to the bank only if he hasalso receipted the bill and after verifying the genuineness of the signature in boththe receipt and the request to pay the amount to the bank. For this purpose thedisbursing officer should require the contractor or supplier to furnish a specimensignature in his presence. If the contractor or supplier has authorized an agent todraw bills or receive payment on his behalf, the disbursing officer should requirethe agent to furnish a specimen signature in his presence and the contractor orsupplier to attest it in his presence. Before paying the amount to the bank, thedisbursing officer should compare the signature on the receipt and the request topay the amount to the bank with the specimen signature furnished separately inhis presence and satisfy himself that they are genuine. The disbursing officershould keep a file of the specimen signature of contractors or suppliers and theiragents for reference.

439. The disbursing officer should see that in every voucher relating tocharge for works, the following particulars are prominently specified:—

(1) the full name of the work as given in the estimate,

(2) the name of the component part (or sub-head) of it, if separateaccounts are kept for the several component parts,

(3) the charges, if any, which are of the nature of recoverable paymentsand the name, of the contractors or others from whom they are recoverable, and

(4) the head of account to which the charges are to be debited and thatto which any deduction made in the voucher is to be credited.


316


440. When a voucher or account exhibits any expenditure from whichrevenue may prima facie be expected to accrue, e.g., when a bill includes a chargefor removing material from a building or other work which is being dismantled oris undergoing repairs or for clearing jungle or cutting trees in the compound of abuilding or on the bank of the canal, the account or voucher should show how theold materials removed or the trees cut have been disposed of, and, if they havebeen sold, the approximate date when the sale proceeds will be credited in theaccounts. The Divisional Officer should make a note on each voucher whichincludes a charge of this kind as to whether the timber, etc., has any sale value andif so, by what approximate date the value realized by sale in auction or otherwisewill be credited in the accounts.

441. The disbursing officer should deal with bills received from firms forthe supply of stores in original and submit them to the Accountant General asvouchers. He should not keep a copy of any such bill in his office, except asprovided for under Rule 430 (e).

*#(B) SPECIAL TO CHEQUE DRAWING DEPARTMENTS MENTIONED IN SUB-RULE (D) OF RULE 162

442. When any moneys due by the Government to any person** anypayable by means of a departmental cheque are attached by a prohibitory order ofa court of law, the disbursing officer should give effect to the court’s order unlesshe has reason to think that the amount payable is exempt from attachments, inwhich case he should report the matter to the Government for orders beforemaking the payment. In giving effect to the court’s order, he should deduct theattached amount from the bill and pass it for the net amount only; if the prohibitoryorder was issued by a court not situated at his headquarters, he should alsodeduct from the bill the money order commission required for remitting the amountto the court. If the court which issued the prohibitory order is situated at hisheadquarters, he should remit the attached amount deducted from the bill to thecourt by drawing a cheque in its favour on the treasury and sending it to the courtif the court is not situated at his headquarters, he should draw the amount fromthe treasury on a cheque and send it (less the money order commission) to thecourt by money order. He should invariably obtain a receipt for the attachedamount from the court either before or after remitting the amount to the court. Thereceipt should show that the payment is on account of an attached debt andshould set forth inter alia the name and capacity of the actual creditor to whom

* Substitution [G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]** Omitted [G.O.(P) 386/80/Fin., dated 18th June, 1980]# Substituion [G..O (P) No. 175/84/Fin., dated 26-03-1984]


317


amount is due from the Government and on what account it is due and thenumber and date of the court’s attachment order in accordance with which theamount is paid to the court. If the attached amount relates to a disbursement inrespect of which the rules require that sub-vouchers for amounts in excess of$ 1000 should be sent to the Accountant General, the court’s receipt should,if it is for an amount of $ 1000 or more, be attached to the relevant bill in whichthe particulars of the creditor’s claim are recorded (or sent to the AccountantGeneral later on to be attached to that bill), and a reference to that bill should beenfaced on it in red ink. A reference to the court’s receipt should be similarlyenfaced on the bill, if possible.

When the attachment relates to an amount for which a bill has to be drawnon the treasury, the procedure laid down in Rule 211 should be followed. (Seealso Articles 102 and 103 of the Kerala Financial Code).

443. Payments due to contractor may be made direct to a financing bankprovided that the department concerned has obtained (1) a legally valid document,such as a power of attorney or transfer deed signed by the contractor andauthorizing the bank to receive the payments due to him by the Government, and(2) the contractor’s written acceptance of the correctness of the account preparedto show what is due to him by the Government or his signature on the bill or otherclaim preferred against the Government on his behalf, before settlement of theaccount or claim by payment to the bank. A receipt given by a bank in favour ofwhich a contractor has executed a power of attorney or transfer deed authorizingit to receive payments due to him by the Government constitutes a valid dischargefor the payment due to him, but contractors should, as far as possible, be inducedto present their bills duly receipted and discharged through their bankers.

(C) BUDGETARY CONTROL

444. *Appropriation control by the Treasuries- (1)The system ofappropriation control by the treasuries laid down hereinafter in this rule shallbe applicable to the following departments, namely:

(i) Health Services.(ii) General Education.

(iii) Collegiate Education.(iv) Technical Education.

$ Substitution [G.O.(P) 5/84/Fin., dated 3rd January, 1984.]* Insertion [G.O.(P) 39/77/Fin., dated 31st January, 1977]


318


(v) Industries and Commerce.(vi) Agriculture.

(vii) Medical Colleges.(viii) Indigenous Medicines.

(ix) Community Development.(x) Animal Husbandry.(xi) Dairy.

(xii) Co-operation.(xiii) Harijan Welfare.(xiv) Land Revenue.(xv) Police.

(xvi) Any other department which may be specified by the Governmentfor the purpose.

(2) (a) The heads of the departments and other chief controllingauthorities shall, within the time limits prescribed in the Budget Manual distributethe provision to the extent necessary under each unit of appropriation mentionedbelow among their subordinate officers each of whom shall further distribute thesame among the disbursing officers subordinate to him.

(i) Travel expenses.(ii) Office expenses.

(iii) Payments for professional and special services.(iv) Rent, rates and taxes/royalty.(v) Publications.(vi) Advertising, sales and publicity expenses.

(vii) Grant-in-aid/contribution/subsidies.(viii) Scholarships and stipends.

(ix) Hospitality expenses/Sumptuary allowances etc.(x) Machinery and equipments / tools and plants.(xi) Motor Vehicles.

(xii) Maintenance.(xiii) Investments/loans.(xiv) Materials and supplies.(xv) Other charges.

RULE 444PART VII

319


*Explanation 1— For the purposes of this sub rule—

(a) Travel expenses shall cover all expenses on account of travelon duty including conveyance and fixed travelling allowancesbut excluding leave travel concessions if any.

* This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 23rdday of September, 1985.

**Explanation 2—Wherever no sub head/detailed head is provided inthe Budget estimates under a particular minor head/sub head, such minor head/sub head should be treatedas the unit of appropriation. The Controlling Officersconcerned should in such cases distribute the provisionunder the minor head/sub head among the subordinatecontrolling officers/drawing and disbursing officers.The appropriation control by Treasuries should beexercised with reference to such minor heads/sub headsconcerned.

**This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on 23rdday of September, 1985.

(b) Office expenses shall include all contingent expenditure forrunning an office, such as furniture, postage, purchase and maintenance ofoffice machines and equipments, liveries, hot and cold weather charge(excluding wages of staff paid from contingencies) telephones, electricity andwater charges, stationery, printing of forms, purchase and maintenance ofstaff cars and other vehicles for office use as distinct from vehicles for functionalpurposes like ambulance vans etc.

(c) Payment for professional and special services shall includecharges for legal services, consultancy fees, remuneration to examiners,invigilators, etc., for conducting examination remuneration to casual artistsby the All India Radio and other types of remuneration for professional services.It will also include payment for services rendered, supplies made by otherdepartments such as Railway, Police, etc., a distinction being made inrespect of supplies made of services rendered for the running of an office inwhich case the expenditure will be recorded under “Office Expenses”.

* Explanation renumbered vide G.O.(P) 81/88 dated 3rd February, 1988.** Insertion vide G.O.(P) 81/88 dated 3rd February, 1988.

RULE 444PART VII

320


(d) Rent, rates and taxes/royalty shall include payment of rent forhired building, municipal rates and taxes, etc and lease charge for land.

(e) Publications shall include expenditure on printing of OfficeCodes and Manuals and other documents, whether priced or non-priced anddiscount to agents on sales but will not include expenditure on printing ofpublicity materials.

(f) Advertising, sales and publicity expenses shall includecommission to agents and printing of publicity materials.

(g) Hospitality expenses, sumptuary allowances, etc., shall includeentertainment allowance of high dignitaries, etc. Expenditure on refreshmentsserved in inter departmental meetings, conference etc., will however, berecorded under “Office Expenses”.

(h) Machinery and equipments/tools and plants shall includemachinery, equipment, apparatus, etc., other than those required for the runningof an office and special tools and plant acquired for specific works.

(i) Motor vehicles shall include purchase and maintenance oftransport vehicles used for functional activities as distinct from those usedfor running an office, e.g. ambulance vans.

(j) Maintenance shall cover expenditure on maintenance of works,machinery and equipment and repairs incidental to maintenance.

(k) Other charges shall constitute residuary head and shall includerewards and prizes;

(3) The controlling officer immediately superior to each disbursingofficer shall communicate direct to the treasury with which the respectivedisbursing officer has got transactions, the allotments under each unit ofappropriation placed at the disposal of that disbursing officer, in Form T.R. 109.

If one disbursing officer has got transactions with more than onetreasury, separate allotments for operation at each treasury shall be made bythe concerned superior officers under intimation to the treasuries.

(4) The budget allotments at the disposal of the Head of theDepartment or the Chief Controlling Officer and operated directly by him shallalso be intimated by him separately to the concerned Treasury for the purposeof verification by the Treasuries and admitting the bills drawn by him.

RULE 444PART VII

321


(5) Appropriation Control Registers in Form T.R. 110 shall bemaintained in all Treasuries separately for each financial year. The Registersshall be maintained disbursing officer-wise, allotting sufficient number of pagesconsecutively for each disbursing officer. Separate volumes of the registershall be maintained for each major or sub-major head of account or groups ofmajor heads according to the number of disbursing officers.

(6) Each Treasury shall maintain a Register of disbursing officerswith the names of their controlling officers in Form T.R. 111. To enable theTreasuries to maintain the Appropriation Control Register correctly the ChiefControlling Officer shall furnish a list of sub controlling officers to therespective District/Sub Treasuries at which the latters are authorized to drawbills. The Sub Controlling Officers shall similarly furnish a list of drawingofficers under their control to the Treasury Officer concerned. Any change inthe lists once given shall be promptly intimated.

(7) As and when the allotment order is received in the treasurynecessary entries shall be made in the appropriation control register under theattestation of a responsible supervisory officer. When a bill is presented forpayment at the treasury, the availability of budget provision to cover thepayment shall be checked with reference to the entries in the above register.The progressive total of the expenditure shall be struck after each transaction.In case the balance provision according to the Register is not adequate tocover the payment the bill shall be returned nothing the facts.

(8) Since the distribution of budget provision among the variousdrawing officers in the departments down to the lowest level will be completedonly by the 20th April, the treasuries are authorized to make payments duringthe month of April pending receipt of allotment orders. *Such payments shallnot however exceed 1/12 of the previous year’s allotment for the purpose andshall be so certified by the drawing officer on the bill. The amounts so paidshall be promptly entered in the relevant columns in the Appropriation ControlRegister:

Provided that no payment shall be made in respect of items that arecovered by this scheme to any disbursing officer after the first May unlessthe allotment order from his superior officer is received in the treasury.

*This amendment shall be deemed to have come into force on the25th day of August, 1986.

* Insertion [G.O.(P) 85/89/Fin. dated 18th February, 1989]

RULE 444PART VII

322


(9) If for any reason the allotment letter is lost or destroyed, aduplicate may be issued indicating boldly in red ink “Duplicate”. In suchcases, the Treasury Officers will take special precaution to avoid duplicateentries in the Appropriation Control Register.

(10) Disbursements relating to salaries, wages and pensions shall beexempted from the purview of the above rules. For the purpose of this rulesalary includes all emoluments paid to government employees other thantraveling allowance and permanent conveyance allowance and wages includespay of menials and other contingent staff.

(11) The expenditure on permanent travelling allowance andpermanent conveyance allowance shall be debited to the detailed head “Travelexpenses”. The disbursing officers shall ensure the correct debit of expenditurerelating to permanent travelling allowance and permanent conveyanceallowance under ‘Travel Expenses’ separately by attaching abstract to eachbill in which the above two items are also claimed. The authorities who distributethe budget appropriation shall indicate separately against the provision for‘Travel Expenses’ the amount required for payment of permanent travellingallowance and permanent conveyance allowance for the entire period. Thetreasuries shall note in the Register maintained by them the provision for eachitem and drawals regulated accordingly.

(12) The Disbursing Officer shall prefer the claims relating to eachunit of appropriation mentioned in sub-rule (1) above separately show thatthe treasuries shall check up the availability of provision before makingpayments.

(13) If a disbursing officer has to separate funds provided underdifferent major heads and or controlled by different controlling officers,separate allotment orders relating to the provisions under each major headshall be issued by the respective controlling authorities

(14) *The following items of expenditure in respect of the CollegiateEducation Department shall be exempted from the purview of the above Rule

* Insertion vide G.O.(P) 215/83/Fin. Dated 27th April 1983

RULE 444PART VII

323


1. Unified concessions

2. Harness fee concessions.

3. Concession to the children of disabled persons.

4. Concession to the children/grand children of political sufferers.

5. Concession to the dependants of defence personnel who arekilled in action on front.

6. State Scholarships.

7. Sports Scholarships.

8. Sanskrit scholarships

9. Cultural Scholarship awarded to the winners of the UniversityYouth Festivals and State Youth Festivals.

10. Scholarships sponsored by Government of India

(a) National loan scholarships

(b) National Merit Scholarships

(c) Merit Scholarships to the children of School teacherssponsored by the Government of India

(d) Grant-in-aid scheme of scholarship to the student from non-Hindi speaking states for post-metric studies in Hindi.

11. Scholarships newly Sanctioned by State Government.

(a) District- wise merit scholarships.

(b) State Scholarships to Muslim and Nadar girl students.

RULE 444PART VII

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS STATUTORY RULES AND EXECUTIVE

INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER I

*THE INDIAN COINAGE RULES

(Deleted)

CHAPTER II

COIN

A Statement of denomination-wise coins under circulation withdesccription of size, weight, composition, etc., is given below:

*Under revision by the Union Government

324

PART VIII KERALA TREASURY CODE

325

Den

omin

atio

n-w

ise

coin

s un

der

circ

ulat

ion

with

des

crip

tion

of s

ize,

wei

ght,

com

posi

tion,

etc

..

D

enom

inat

ion

Gro

ss w

eigh

t C

ompo

sitio

n (p

ropo

rtio

nD

iam

eter

Ed

geSh

ape

of m

etal

s)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

Ten R

upee

s

.

.

Five

Rup

ees (

Old

) 9

.00

gms

C

upro

-Nic

kel

23 m

m

..

C

ircul

ar

Seve

nty F

ive

Rupe

es

.

.

Five

Rup

ees

6.

00 g

ms

Fer

ratic

Sta

iless

Ste

el23

mm

..

Circ

ular

Qua

rtern

ary A

lloy

Si

lver

-50

%

Cop

per

- 40%

4

4 m

illim

eter

s

..

C

ircul

ar

Nic

kel

- 5

%

Out

er R

ing

Cop

per

-92%

Alu

min

ium

- 6%

2

7 m

illim

eter

..

Circ

ular

Nic

kel

-2%

Cen

tre P

iece

(C

upro

Nic

kel)

C

oppe

r -

75%

N

icke

l -

25%


326


Two

Rup

ees

5

.62g

ms.

Ferr

atic

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

27m

m

..Ci

rcul

ar(N

ew)

Two

Rup

ees(

Old

)

6.0

0 gm

s.

Cup

ro-N

icke

l 2

7 mm

..

Elev

en S

ided

One

Rup

ees(

Old

)

4.85

gm

s

Fer

ratic

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

25 m

m .

.Ci

rcul

ar

Fifty

Pai

se

3.79

gm

sFe

rrat

ic S

tain

less

Ste

el 2

2 mm

..

Circ

ular

Twen

ty F

ive P

aise

2.8

3 gm

sFe

rrat

ic S

tain

less

Ste

el 1

9 mm

..Ci

rcul

ar

Ten

Pais

e 2

.00

gms

Ferr

atic

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

16 m

m..

Circ

ular

Nic

kel C

oins

180

gm

sN

icke

l 100

per

cent

Mill

ed an

dR

ound

Rup

ee*

1.1``

secu

rity

coin

Hal

f Rup

ees

90

,,,,

0.95`

`M

illed

,,

Qua

rter R

upee

*

45 ,,

,,

0.75

`` ,

, ,,

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

edge

d

* Th

e is

sue

of t

hese

coi

ns h

as b

een

disc

ontin

ued

326

PART VIII KERALA TREASURY CODED

ecim

al C

oins

SIV

ER C

OIN

(

1) (

2)(3

) (

4)

(5)

(

6)M

ahat

ma G

andh

i

15.0

0 gr

ams

80 p

erce

nt S

ilver

and

20M

illed

with

Rou

nd C

ente

nary

Ten

per c

ent C

oppe

r34

Mill

imet

erse

rrat

ions

coi

n R

upee

num

berin

g15

5

Wor

ld F

ood

and

15.0

0 ,,

,

,

,,

,,

,,

NIC

KEL

CO

INS

Mah

atm

a Gan

dhi

10

.00

,,N

icke

l 100

per

cent

Mill

ed an

d

,, C

ente

nary

One

28 M

illim

eter

secu

rity

Rup

eese

rrat

ions

num

berin

g20

0

327

328


(1)

(2)

(3)

(

4)

(5)

(

6)

Dec

imal

Rup

ee

10.

00N

icke

l 100

per

cent

2

8 M

illim

etre

sM

illed

and

Rou

nd C

oins

g

ram

sSe

curit

yed

ged

Jaw

ahar

lal N

ehru

10.

00 ,,

,,

,

,M

illed

with

,,

Com

mem

orat

ive

a se

rate

d or

Dec

imal

Rup

eeup

right

mill

ing t

hese

rrat

ions

num

berin

g20

0M

ahat

ma G

andh

i 5

.00

,,

,,

24

mill

imet

res

Mill

ed w

ith

,,C

ente

nary

Fift

yse

rrat

ions

Pais

enu

mbe

ring

150

Fifty

Pai

se/N

aye

5.

00 ,,

,,

,

, M

illed

,,

Pai

se

Jaw

ahar

lal N

ehru

5.

00 ,

,

,,

,,M

illed

with

,, C

omm

emor

ativ

ese

rrat

ions

Fifty

Pai

senu

mer

ing

150

Twen

ty-f

ve 2

.50

,,

,,

19

Mill

imet

res

Mill

ed

,,

Pais

e/N

aye P

aise

329


ALU

MIN

IUM

BRO

NZE

CO

INS

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

Mah

atm

a Gan

dhi

4

.50

,,92

per

cent

Cop

per,

6 pe

r22

Mill

imet

res

Mill

ed w

ith

,,C

ente

nary

Tw

enty

cent

Alu

min

ium

and

2se

rrat

ion

Pais

epe

r cen

t Nic

kel

num

berin

g21

2

Wor

ld F

ood

and

4

.50

,,,,

,,

,,

,,A

gric

ultu

ral

Org

anis

atio

nCo

mm

emor

ativ

eTw

enty

Pai

se

Twen

ty P

aise

4

.50

,,

,,

Mill

ed w

ithse

rrat

ion

num

berin

g21

2

Ten

Pais

e

4.2

5,,

23 M

illim

etre

sPl

ain

Scal

lope

d C

oin

acro

ss s

callo

ps

330

KERALA TREASURY CODEPART VIIICO

PPER

-NIC

KEL

CO

INS

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

Fifty

Pai

se

5.0

0 ,,

75 p

er c

ent C

oppe

r and

24 M

illim

etre

sM

illed

with

Rou

nd c

oin

25 p

er ce

nt N

icke

lse

rrat

ions

num

berin

g15

0

Twen

ty-f

ive P

aise

2

.50

,,,,

19 M

illilm

etre

sM

illed

with

,,

serr

atio

nsnu

mbe

ring

100

Ten

Pais

e/N

aye

5

.00

,,,,

23 M

illim

etre

sPl

ain

Scal

lope

d co

inPa

ise*

Five

Pai

se/N

aye

4.

00 ,

,,,

22 M

illim

etre

s

,,Su

are c

oin

Pase

†ac

ross

cor

ners

,w

ith ro

unde

d19

Mill

imet

res

corn

ers

acro

ss f

lats

* Is

sue

and

reis

sue

of th

ese

coin

s ha

ve b

een

disc

ontin

ued.

† T

he is

sue

of th

ese

coin

s ha

s be

en d

isco

ntin

ued.

Two

Pais

e/N

aye

3.0

0 gr

am75

per

cen

t Cop

per a

nd18

Mill

imet

res

Plai

Scal

lope

d co

inPa

ise*

5 p

er ce

nt N

icke

l(O

uter

)

331

KERALA TREASURY CODEPART VIII

ALU

MIN

IUM

MA

GN

ESIU

M C

OIN

S

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

Ten

Pais

e

2.

30 ,

,96

.5 p

er ce

nt A

lum

inum

26 M

illim

etre

s

1

2

,,

an

d 3.

5 pe

r cen

tSc

appe

d

M

agne

sium

with

unlim

itted

rim

Five

Pai

se

1.5

0 ,,

Alu

min

ium

with

3.5

to 4

22M

illim

etre

sU

nlim

ited

Suar

e coi

n

per c

ent M

agne

sium

acro

ss c

orne

rs r

imw

ith ro

unde

d19

Mill

imet

res

corn

ers

acro

ss f

lats

Thre

e Pai

se

1.2

5,,

19.55

Plai

nH

exag

onal

Mill

imet

res

shap

e w

ithac

ross

fla

tsro

unde

d co

rner

s22

Mill

imet

res

acro

ss c

orne

rs

Two

Pais

e

0.7

5 A

lum

iniu

m w

ith 3

.5 to

420

Mill

imet

res

,,

Scal

lope

d

per c

ent M

agne

sium

332

KERALA TREASURY CODEPART VIII

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(

5)

(6)

One

Pai

sa 1

.00

,,,,

17 M

illim

etre

s

,,

Suar

e coi

nbe

twee

nw

ith ro

unde

dop

posi

teco

rner

sco

rner

s, 14

.70

Mill

imet

res

acro

ss f

lats

BRO

NZE

CO

INS

One

Nay

a Pai

sa 1

.50

,,

9

7 pe

r cen

t Cop

per,

2 1/

216

Mill

imet

res

,

,R

ound

coi

n

per c

ent Z

inc

and

1/2 p

erce

nt T

in

NIC

KEL

- BRA

SS C

OIN

One

Pai

sa/N

aya

1.5

0 ,,

78

to 8

3 pe

r cen

t Cop

per,

,

,

,,

,

,Pa

isa

17

to 2

0 pe

r cen

t Zin

c

and

9 /10th

to 14

/10th

per

cent

Nic

kel

*The

issu

e of

thes

e co

ins

has

been

dis

cont

inue

d.

333


CHAPTER III

CURRENCY AND BANK NOTES

Instructions issued by the Reserve Bank of India

1. Denominations of Notes.—Under the provisions of the Reserve Bank ofIndia Act (India Act II of 1934) the sole right to issue bank notes in India has beenvested in the Reserve Bank with effect from the 1st April 1935 and the Governmentof India have ceased to issue, currency notes. The Reserve Bank has taken overthe liability for the currency notes issued by the Government of India.

2. Currency notes of the denominational values of one rupee, five rupees,ten rupees, twenty rupees, fifty rupees, one hundred rupees, five hundredrupees, one thousand rupees and ten thousand rupees have been issued bythe Government. Under the provisions of the Reserve Bank of India Act, thesenotes are now legal tender throughout India. The issue of currency notes ofthe denominational value of one rupee, and twenty rupees has beendiscontinued and currency notes of the other denominational values suppliedby the Government have been issued by the Reserve Bank in addition to itsown notes.

3. Bank notes issued by the Reserve Bank will be of the denominationalvalues of two rupees, five rupees, ten rupees, one hundred rupees, one thousandrupees, five thousand rupees and ten thousand rupees unless otherwisedirected by the Government on the recommendations of the Central Board ofthe Bank. Bank notes and currency notes issued by the Bank are legal tenderthroughout India.NOTE— Bank notes and currency notes of the denominational values of five

hundred rupees, one thousand rupees, and ten thousand rupees priorto 13th January 1946 were demonetized with effect from that date andare no longer legal tender. Bank notes of the denominational valuesof one thousand rupees, five thousand rupees and ten thousandrupees in the Asoka Pillar design have been issued with effect from1st April 1954 and are legal tender.

RECEIPT AND ISSUE OF NOTES

4. One rupee notes issued by the Central Government are unlimitedlegal tender, and although these notes are treated as rupee coin for all purposesof the Reserve Bank of India Act, the instructions contained in the following

Instructions 1-4PART VIII

334


paragraphs will, save where the contrary intention appears, apply to thesenotes as they apply to currency and bank notes.

5. No restrictions are imposed on the issue of notes at treasuries inexchange for coin or for notes of other denominations.

6. Although no person has a legal claim to obtain coin for notespresented at treasury, this accommodation should be given whenever possible,and all applications for exchange should be granted, provided that the coinsor notes applied for are available, subject to any general or special limitationswhich the Reserve Bank or the Government of India may find it necessary toimpose from time to time.

7. Subject to any limitations which may be imposed in particular casesthe Treasury Officer should, whenever he is satisfied that no inconveniencewill be caused to the treasury, exhibit in some conspicuous place a placard inEnglish and the Indian language in local use notifying that he is prepared togive coin for notes.

NOTE 1—Notes to limited extent may be cashed for the convenience totravellers when the treasury is unable to cash them for the generalpublic.

NOTE 2—Facilities should be given as far as possible for encashment ofnotes at sub treasuries.

8. Whenever there are reasons to believe that notes are selling in thelocal market at a discount or a premium in large amounts, the Treasury Officershould at once bring the fact to the notice of the Currency Officer.

9. The ordinary exchange with the public mentioned in Instructions 5 to7 should be made from the treasury balance. When, however, the amount ofrupees or notes of any denomination in the treasury balance is insufficient tomeet the demand for exchanges, rupees or notes of the required denominationsmay be obtained from the currency chest in accordance with Rule 152 (iv) ofthe Kerala Treasury Code.

10. It is desirable from the point of view of the popularity of the noteissue that clean notes only should be put into circulation. This has, at thesame time, the advantage of making it more difficult for forged notes to escapedetection, as these are frequently intentionally soiled or smudged in order toconceal their defects. In the case of district treasuries, however it is not feasibleentirely to discontinue reissue, but Currency Officer will arrange to keep the


335


treasuries in their jurisdiction supplied with sufficient stocks of clean notes inorder to meet all probable demands. Notes much soiled, defaced or torn shouldnot in any case be reissued to the public and cut notes should not ordinarilybe reissued. Notes unfit for reissue should be sent to the Issue Department ofthe Reserve Bank (or the treasury named by the Currency Officer for thepurpose) in the first remittance sent thither in accordance with rule 332 of theKerala Treasury Code.

11. Subject to the remarks in the preceding instruction, all notes, if fit forissue may be issued to the public irrespective of the circle from which they wereissued, or deposited in the currency chests under the relevant orders.

Currency notes of the denominational values of one rupee, and twentyrupees should not be issued to the public, but should be remitted to the CurrencyOfficer (or the treasury named by the Currency Officer for the purpose)—See rule332 of the Kerala Treasury Code.

12. In order to prevent the older issues of notes being stored for anindefinite period in a treasury, notes fit for reissue should be arranged in thedouble lock treasury balances and the currency chest balances in the order ofreceipt and should be reissued from these balances in the same order. Notesreceived across the counter in the course of daily transactions may be reissuedat once provided that they are in good condition.

13. Notes unfit for issue should be kept separately in the currencychest balance pending remittance to an Issue Department of the ReserveBank in accordance with rule 332 of the Kerala Treasury Code.

FORGED, DEFECTIVE AND LOST NOTES14. (a) In the event of a forged note being presented, the note and the

presenter should be made over to the Police, if the Treasury Officer considers itadvisable to do so. If, however, the Treasury Officer is convinced that the presenterhas presented the forged note in good faith, believing that it was genuine heshould impound the note and take the name and address of the presenter and hisstatement regarding the person from whom he received the note. The forged noteand presenter’s statement should be sent to the Police for further enquiry. Afterthe enquiry has been completed, the Police will forward the forged note to theIssue Department of the Reserve Bank along with a report.

NOTE— When a forged note is impounded, it should be stamped with the word‘Forged’ or the word “Forged” should be written on it in red in largeletters before it is sent to the Police for enquiry.


336


(b) Notes disfigured by oil or other substances should be scrutinizedwith special care, as forged notes are sometimes intentionally thus disfiguredto render detection difficult.

(c) The managers of certain joint stock banks and exchange bankshave instructions to send forged notes presented to them to the nearesttreasury for impounding. When a Treasury Officer receives a forged notefrom a bank he should take action in accordance with clause (a) above.

(d) The Reserve Bank has authorized the Head Offices and otheroffices, branches, sub-branches and Treasury Pay Offices of the State Bankof India and the branches of its subsidiary banks conducting Governmentbusiness to impound forged notes.

(e) At places where there is neither an Issue Department of the ReserveBank nor a branch, sub-branch or Treasury Pay Office of the agency bank, treasuryand sub treasury officers are authorized to accept, for disposal in the usual manner,suspected currency or bank notes tendered by Post and Telegraph Office.

When suspected notes sent to treasuries by Post Offices or managersof joint stock banks for adjudication are adjudged by Treasury Officers asgenuine their value will be accounted for under the head “Civil Deposits—Revenue Deposits”, pending repayment of the amount to the partiesconcerned. If these deposits remain unclaimed for one whole account year,they lapse to the credit of the Central Government.

NOTE— These instructions apply mutatis mutandis to coins send by PostOffices to Treasury Officers.

15. No person is of right entitled to recover the value of any lost, stolen,mutilated or imperfect currency or bank notes, but rules have been framedunder the Reserve Bank of India Act prescribing the circumstances, conditionsand limitations under which the value of such notes may be refunded as ofgrace. The rules are contained in Appendix 24.

16. Half mutilated, mismatched or altered notes and notes disfigured by oilor other substances in such manner as to render their identification doubtful,should never be received in payment of Government dues or cashed. The holdershould be advised to apply to the Currency Officer competent to deal with thematter in accordance with the rules in Appendix 24 for instructions regarding theprocedure under which the value of such notes can in some cases be recovered.


337


NOTE 1—Notes with only a slight mutilation which does not interfere withidentification or suggest fraud may be received at the treasury and dealt withunder Rule 332. The features necessary for the identification of a note are,besides the number, which must, including the serial letters be all intact, thedenomination, the place of issue where indicated, the signature and thewatermark.

NOTE 2—Defective notes should be stamped with “Half note-Paymentrefused”, “Mutilated-Payment refused”, “Mismatched-Paymentrefused”, or “Altered-Payment refused” as the case may be, orsuch words should be written in red ink in large letters beforethey are returned to the presenter.

17. The value of lost, stolen or wholly destroyed notes of thedenomination of ` 100 and below will not be refunded. Persons applying to aTreasury Officer for a refund of the value of lost, stolen or wholly destroyed notesof the denomination above 100 should be referred to the Currency Officer of anyoffice of issue.

18. Procedure in treasuries the cash business of which is conductedby the Bank.—The provisions in Instructions 1-17 apply mutatis mutandis totreasuries the cash business of which is conducted by the Bank.

INDENTS FOR NOTES

19. The Treasury Officer is responsible for keeping the currency chestand treasury balances sufficiently stocked with all denominations of notes toprovide for issue to the public in payments on behalf of the Government andin exchange for coins. He should, as far as possible, submit to the CurrencyOfficer his requisitions for the supply of notes with the Cash Balance Report.Ordinarily, remittances of notes will be sent to the district treasury anddistributed to sub treasuries by the Treasury Officer, but in certain cases, e.g.,when a sub treasury is on a Railway, it may be more economical to sendremittances to a sub treasury for distribution.

20. At places where the cash business of the treasury is conductedby the Bank, the Manager or Agent of the Bank is responsible for keeping inthe currency chest a sufficient stock of notes to meet all demands from thepublic at the district treasury and also demands from the Treasury Officer forsupply to sub treasuries. When the Treasury Officer wishes to replenish thestock of notes in a sub treasury, he will obtain the necessary supply of notes


338


from the bank unless the sub treasury requirements are large and it is moreeconomical and convenient to obtain a direct remittance from an IssueDepartment of the Reserve Bank. In the case of treasuries the cash businessof which is conducted by the branches of the agency Bank, the Agent of theBank will submit his indents for supply of notes to his Local Head Office orLink Branch which will arrange with the Currency Officer for the necessaryremittance.

CHAPTER IV

RESERVE BANK OF INDIA

Cypher Code and Treasury AgenciesPrivate Check Signal Book

1. The Currency Officer of the Reserve Bank of India, Delhi, suppliesCypher Code and Treasury agencies Private Check Signal Book of the ReserveBank of India to each Treasury Officer and to the Sub Treasury Officer of eachsub treasury which has a currency chest. The Cypher Code contains a list ofphrases and expressions ordinarily required in telegraphic communicationson matters concerning resource, currency and transactions under the ReserveBank of India’s scheme of remittance facilities and as such it should be usedfor telegrams relating to such matters. The Check Signal Book should be usedfor authenticating all telegrams relating to telegraphic transfers.

2. Safe custody of Code and Check Signal Books.—The Code andCheck Signal Books are confidential and shall be kept locked up carefullyovernight, and during the day when they are not in actual use, in a safe or inthe strong room. The keys of the safe or the receptacle in which the books arekept shall remain in the personal custody of the Officer-in-charge of the Treasuryor sub treasury or of any other government servant duly authorized in thisbehalf. If the books are kept in box or other receptacle as provided above, thelatter must be kept in a safe or in the strong room overnight. When the booksare taken out for use during day, they must invariably remain in the personalcustody of the government servants mentioned above, and must, on no account,be allowed out of their possession. All spare copies of the Code and Check SignalBook must invariably remain in a safe or in the strong room. Negligence in theobservance of these instructions may involve Government and Reserve Bank inconsiderable loss before protective measures could be adopted. Holders shall,therefore, exercise extreme care in regard to the custody and handling of thesebooks.

PART VIII Instructions 1-3

339


3. Procedure to be followed in connection with the distribution andacknowledgement of amendment slips.—Amendments to the Code and CheckSignal Book will be distributed by the Currency Officer, Delhi, in the form ofconfidential circular letters with acknowledgement forms appended to them. Thecovers will be despatched by Registered Post Acknowledgement due, direct to allholders. Immediately on receipt of the confidential circular the acknowledgementform appended to it shall be duly completed by the holders, and returned byOrdinary Post to the Currency Officer.

4. Procedure to be followed in dealing with amendment slips.—Immediately on receipt of an amendment slip, the reference number and dateappearing thereon shall be serially recorded on the fly leaf at the beginning of theCypher Code or Check Signal Book, as the case may be, under the signature of theOfficer-in-charge. No correction shall , however, be made at the appropriate placein the books until the date from which the amendment takes effect. For this purpose,a careful diary note shall be taken of the date from which the amendment comesinto force which will be stated in the covering letter and/or each slip and thereafterthe amendment slip shall be carefully filed along with the covering letter, if any, ona special file expressly opened for the purpose. On the day the amendment becomeseffective the relative slip shall be removed from the special file, cut out and pastedat the appropriate place in the books, a suitable note of the amendment beingmade in the proper place. Should it be found more convenient to carry out theamendments in manuscript in the body of the books instead of pasting the relativeslips therein, there is no objection to that course being adopted, but in that eventit is imperative that the amendment slips shall be carefully retained on the separatefile referred to above. On the date on which each amendment becomes effectivethe fact that the amendment has been carried out shall be noted in a separatecolumn, under the signature of the Officer-in-charge against the entry alreadymade on the flyleaf when the amendment slip was received.

Where files are used for recording amendment slip or the covering letters ofboth, the above instructions for the safe custody of the Code Books shall applymutatis mutandis to such files. All spare copies of amendment slips must also bekept in a safe or in the strong room.

5. Procedure to be followed in the event of the Cypher Code, CheckSignal or amendment thereto being lost or falling into unauthorized hands.—Should the Cypher or the Check Signal Book get lost or fall into unauthorizedhands at any time the fact shall immediately be reported by telegrams to theChief Accountant of the Reserve Bank of India at Bombay (telegraphic address


340


“Reserve Bank” Bombay) for necessary action. The telegraphic message shallalso be repeated to the Currency Officer for his information. A detailed reportregarding the circumstances attending the incident, the steps taken to tracethe Code or the Check Signal Book in the case of a loss, and the precautionstaken to prevent a recurrence, shall be submitted to the Currency Officer assoon as possible thereafter. In the event of amendment slips being lost orfalling into unauthorized hands, an immediate report by letter, and not bytelegram, shall be made to the Currency Officer. This report shall be followedby a detailed report similar to that prescribed above for the Cypher Code, andthe Check Signal Book.

6. Procedure to be followed in the event of transfer of charge.- When agovernment servant who holds copies of the Code and Signal Book is relieved ofhis charge he shall hand over the copies in his custody to the relieving governmentservant and the latter shall certify as follows in the certificate of transfer of charge:-

“I hereby certify that I have received and hold in my personal custody…………………… copy/copies of the Cypher Code of the Reserve Bank of Indiawhich has/have been corrected up-to-date. The last amendment slip received isNo……………..,dated the ……………………………., for the Code.

“I also certify that I have received and held in my personal custody…………………… copy/copies of the ‘Treasury Agencies Private Check SignalBook’ of the Reserve Bank of India which has/have been corrected up-to-date. The last amendment slip received is No………………………..,dated the…………………………. for the Check Signal Book.”

“I further certify that I have received and held in my personal custody…………………… copy/copies of the ‘Secret Memorandum on differenceslikely to be found between forged and genuine notes’ of the Reserve Bank ofIndia which has/have been corrected up-to-date. The last amendment slipreceived is No……………., dated ………………… for the SecretMemorandum”.

7. Annual Possession Certificate.—On the 1st day of April each yearall holders of the Code and Check Signal Book shall send direct to the CurrencyOfficer a certificate in the following form—

“I hereby certify that I hold in my personal custody …………………………copy/copies of the Cypher Code of the Reserve Bank of India which has/havebeen corrected up-to-date. The last amendment slip received isNo………………., dated the ………………………. for the Code.”


341


“I also certify that I hold in my personal custody copy/copies of ‘TreasuryAgencies Private Check Signal Book’ of the Reserve Bank of India which has/have been corrected up-to-date. The last amendment slip received isNo………….., dated the …………………… for the Check Signal Book.”

“I further certify that I hold in my personal custody copy/copies of the‘Secret Memorandum on differences likely to be found between forged andgenuine notes’ of the Reserve Bank of India which has/have been correctedup-to-date. The last amendment slip received is No………………., dated the…………………….. for the Secret Memorandum”.

Signature:

Designation:

Date………20…. Place:

Sub Treasury Officers shall also send a copy of the certificate to theirrespective District Treasury Officers. In order to obviate unnecessary reminders,a careful diary note of this shall be maintained by all holders.

CHAPTER V

INSTRUCTIONS ON MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS

A. Local Funds

I. The expression ‘local funds’ covers*—

(1) The moneys received and administered by a body which thoughnot part of the Government’s departmental organization, has been placedunder the control of the Government by a law or a rule having the force of law,whether in regard to its proceedings generally or to specific matters, e.g., itsbudget, creation of particular posts in its service and appointments to suchposts, and the leave, pension and other rules applicable to its servant;

(2) the moneys received and administered by any other specifiedbody when the Government have published a special notification to the effectthat they constitute a local fund; and

(3) the moneys recovered from District Boards for any specificpurpose and constituted into a separate fund under any law or rule having theforce of law, provided that the fund is specially notified by the Government asa ‘local fund’.*See Article 7, Kerala Financial Code.

Instruction 7PART VIII

342


*The transactions of local funds are not included as such in theGovernment Account except in so far as their cash balances are deposited withthe Government under the rules and accounted for under the deposit head“Deposits of local funds” within the Public Account. The Government’sfunction in regard to such deposits is that of a banker.

II. Some of the important classes of local funds are:—

(1) District funds.(2) Municipal Funds (i.e., the moneys of Municipal Councils and City

Corporations governed by the District ‘Municipalities Acts andCity Municipal acts’ respectively).

(3) Panchayat Funds, i.e., the moneys of Panchayats governed by theKerala Panchayat Act, 1960 (Act 32 of 1960).

(4) The Kerala State Road Transport Corporation Working Fund.(5) The Kerala State Electricity Board Working Fund.(6) Market Committee Funds.(7) Library Funds.

III. The administrators of the local funds should generally follow theprinciples and procedure prescribed in the Acts Constituting the funds or therules and orders issued under those Acts, in the matter of receipts, custody,withdrawal, payment and investment of their moneys. But when according tothose rules any money is to be paid into or withdrawn from their bankingaccounts with the Treasury, the procedure for such remittance and withdrawalprescribed in this code should be followed. Any money payable by theGovernment to a local fund which has a banking account with a treasury, shallordinarily be paid by adjustment to the credit of that account and not in cash.

IV. The balance at a credit of each local fund should be verified by theTreasury Officer in consultation with the Accountant General and the authorityadministering the fund. The Treasury Officer should obtain from the latterauthority a certificate of balance as worked out in the administrative accountsand forward it to the Accountant General so as to reach him not later than the10th July, explaining the differences, if any, between that balance and the balanceappearing in the treasury accounts as corrected by adjustments in the accountsfor March Final. The balance as shown in the books of the Accountant Generalshould be followed by the Treasury Officer and not that shown in theadministrative accounts.*See Article 324 and 325 of the Kerala Financial Code.

Instructions I-IVPART VIII

343


B. Public debt

1. PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY LOANS

V. When, under the terms of a Loan Notification by the Government,subscriptions to any new loan under the terms of the notification are receivableat the treasury the procedure to be observed by Treasury and Sub TreasuryOffice in receiving such subscriptions and crediting them into the Governmentaccount will be regulated by the provisions of Chapter VII of the GovernmentSecurities Manual and by such supplementary instructions, if any, as may beissued by the Government in this behalf.

VI. The procedure to be followed by the Treasury and Sub TreasuryOfficers and the Public Debt Offices in making payments in respect of theprincipal of any loan when it falls due, will be governed by the rules containedin Chapter VIII of the Government Securities Manual and supplementaryinstructions, if any, issued by the Government in this behalf.

2. FLOATING DEBT

(a) Treasury Bills

VII. Unless the Government direct otherwise, Treasury Bills will be issuedfrom and repaid at the offices of the Reserve Bank at Madras, Bombay and Calcutta.

Subject as hereinafter provided, the procedure to be observed by theBank in connection with the sale and discharge of such bills will be governedby such instructions as may be issued by the Government to the Bank.

VIII. Treasury bills can be paid on maturity only at the office or branchof the Reserve Bank from which they were issued. After payment, thedischarged bill should be transmitted to the Accountant General in the sameway as other paid vouchers.

(b) Ways and Means Advances

IX. When Ways and Means Advances are taken by the Governmentfrom the Bank, the request to the Bank will be accompanied by a demandpromissory note for the amount on behalf of the Governor. At the same time,

Instructions V-IXPART VIII

344


the particulars of the advance, that is, the amount and the interest payablethereon, should be communicated by the Government to the AccountantGeneral.

X. When notifying a repayment, a copy of the instructions to theBank should be endorsed to the Accountant General concerned. The Bankwill cancel the promissory note for the advance repaid and make a note on thepromissory note if it is a part payment. The note on final cancellation will bereturned to the Government.

XI. Interest on a Ways and Means Advance will be debited againstthe Government account by the Bank at the time of repayment.

C. Transactions relating to Government of other countries

XII. Unless the Government by any general or specific order directotherwise, a Treasury Officer may not receive or authorize the Bank to receivemoneys tendered on behalf of Government of other countries, nor make orauthorize payment of any claims against such Governments that may bepresented to him, except under the authority of the Accountant General.

XIII. In receiving or authorizing the Bank to receive such moneys andin making or authorizing such payments as aforesaid, the Treasury Officer beguided generally by the provisions of the relevant rules in Parts III and V ofthe Kerala Treasury Code except in so far as they may be supplemented ormodified by any general or special instructions issued by the AccountantGeneral. In all cases of doubt, the Treasury Officer should take the orders ofthe Accountant General.

XIV. Moneys received into or paid out of the State Government accountin respect of transactions with the Governments of other countries, will beadjusted by payment to, or recovery from the Governments concerned, by theAccountant General.

Instructions IX-XIVPART VIII

345


D. Destruction of Accounts Records

XV. The general rules regarding the destruction of records appertainingto the accounts audited by the Indian Audit Department are contained inArticle 358 of the Kerala Financial Code. The preservation and destruction oftreasury records are regulated by those rules and such other rules as may beprescribed by the Director of Treasuries in consultation with the AccountantGeneral. (See Appendix 25, Kerala Treasury Code, Volume II).

E. Rounding off of paise in Government Accounts

XVI. (1) The following transactions of Government involvingfractions of a rupee shall be brought to account in multiples of 5 paise, portionnot below 2½ paise being rounded off to 5 paise and those below that amountbeing ignored.

(i) Personal claims of government servants and pensioners, providedthat—(a) in the case of bills for pay, including leave salary, and pension, theamount in respect of pay or leave salary or pension, and no other item ofpayment or recovery, shall be so increased or reduced by the addition of anamount not exceeding 2½ paise or subtraction of an amount below 2½ paiseas the case may be, as will make the net amount payable to an individual onany bill a multiple of 5 paise.

Instructions XV-XVI

Example—1 Claim

Rs. Bill to be

made Rs.

Pay .. 300.00 300.02

D.A. .. 40.00 40.00

C.C.A. .. 24.00 24.00

Gross Total .. 364.00 364.02

PART VIII

346


*Insertion [G.O.(P) 747/82/Fin., dated 8th December, 1982]

Deductions

P.F. .. 30.00 30.00

H.R. .. 19.12 19.12 I.T. .. 2.06 2.06 P.L.I. .. 8.19 8.19

C.H.S. .. 2.50

2.50

Total deductions .. 61.87 61.87 Net amount .. 302.13 302.15

*Example—II

Claim Rs.

Bill to be made Rs.

Pay .. 300.00 299.99

D.A. .. 60.00 60.00

H.R.A .. 40.00 40.00

400.00 399.99

Deductions

P.F. .. 40.00 40.00

H.R.A. .. 19.12 19.12

P.L.I. .. 8.19 8.19

Total deduction .. 67.31 67.31

Net amount .. 332.69 332.68

Less L.I.C. .. 10.03 10.03

322.66 322.65

Instruction XVIPART VIII

347


NOTE 1—In the case of bills exclusively for allowances, other than travelingallowance, involving fractions of a rupee, any one part of theclaim of an individual may be rounded off by addition of anamount not exceeding 2½ paise, or by subtraction of an amountbelow 2½ paise, as the case may be, as will make the net amountpayable to the individual on a bill a multiple of 5 paise.

NOTE 2—**In respect of personal claims of Government servants involvingdeduction towards Life Insurance Corporation premium, therounding shall be made with reference to the net cash payablefrom the Treasury/Bank as per the endorsement;

(b) in the case of Travelling Allowance bills, the rounding shall bedone only at the last stage and not in respect of each item, e.g., railway fare,mileage, daily allowance, etc., comprising the claim of an individual;

(c) transactions which do not involve cash payment shall not berounded off; and

(d) in the case of emoluments fixed by law, amounts which are not anexact multiple of 5 paise shall always be rounded off to the next higher multipleof 5 paise.

(ii) Transactions between one Government and another of betweentwo departments of the same Government, unless it is possibleto eliminate from the original transactions, fraction of a rupeewhich is not an exact multiple of 5 paise.

(iii) Amounts converted into Indian currency from Sterling or otherforeign currencies.

(iv) *In the case of payments for claims in respect of contingent andother charges, the rounding off of the fraction of a rupee to amultiple of 5 paise shall be done only in respect of the net amountpayable on a bill and not in respect of the individual items ofclaims or adjustments in the bill.

(v) Reserve Bank remittances, other than those of sum representingdues fixed by or under any law or under any contractualobligation of the Government.

**Insertion [G.O.(P) 747/82/Fin., dated 8th December, 1982]*Substitution [G.O.(P) 747/82/Fin., dated 8th December, 1982]

Instructions XVIPART VIII

348


(vi) Deposits and receipts other than those which are fixed by orunder any law or are specially exempted by the Governmentfrom the operation of this rule.

(2) In the case of payments of water charges in the Public HealthEngineering Department, the rounding off shall be done as follows:-In thecase of all payments up to a bill amount of 10 the odd paise will be eliminatedand the bills rounded off to the higher even paise. But where the bill amountexceeds ` 10 the bill should be rounded off to the multiple of 5 paise.

F. Remittance of moneys due by Government to payeesconcerned at their cost

PAYMENT BY POSTAGE STAMPS

XVII. (1) In cases where moneys due by Government to a payee areto be remitted to him by Money Order at his cost and the exact amount cannotbe paid by Money Order after deducting Money Order Commission, postagestamps of equal value may be sent to him by ordinary post, for the amountless than one rupee left over after remitting the maximum amount by MoneyOrder. The acknowledgement of the payee on the money order receipt shall,as usual, be watched by the disbursing officer, but it is not necessary to callfor a formal receipt from the payee concerned on the value of the postagestamps and it would suffice if only a certificate to this effect is recorded by thedisbursing officer against the entry recording the payment.**

**Omitted [G.O.(P) 347/81/Fin., dated 28th May, 1981]

Instructions. XVI-XVIIPART VIII

349



Abstract

DISBURSEMENT OF PERSONAL ENTITLEMENTS OF EMPLOYEES INCLUDING SELF

DRAWING OFFICERS OF ALL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS THROUGH BANKS-SANCTIONED—ORDERS ISSUED

FINANCE (STREAMLINING) DEPARTMENT

G. O. (P) No. 402/11/Fin. Dated, Thiruvananthapuram, 23-9-2011

Read:— 1. G. O. (P) No. 439/09/Fin dated 12-10-2009.2. G. O. (P) No. 476/09/Fin dated 2-11-2009.3. Circular No. 14/2011/Fin dated 17-2-20114. G. O. (P) No. 658/10/Fin dated 3-12-2010.

O R D E R

As per Government Order 1st read above, sanction was accorded tooperationalise the system of disbursement of salaries and personal entitlementsexcept retirement benefits of Non-Gazetted employees of all GovernmentDepartments, through nationalised banks on optional basis. This order wascancelled vide reference 2nd cited in the wake of proposal to introduce ATMin Treasuries. Accordingly, instructions were issued to follow the procedureprescribed in the Kerala Treasury Code for salary disbursement vide circularread 3rd above. As per G.O read 4th above, Government have ordered thatdisbursement of salaries and entitlement of all Self Drawing Officers in theState should be made through their Treasury Savings Banks accounts witheffect from 1.1.2011.

2. The full computerization of treasuries to facilitate introduction ofATM in Treasuries has not materialised so far. Now, major Head of Departmentslike State Police Chief, Transport Commissioner, etc. have pointed out difficultiesin handling huge amount of physical cash, especially in respect of those

350


employees who are deployed for field duty and requested for sanction by theGovernment for disbursement of pay and allowance of their employees throughtheir bank accounts. Those Departments, which had earlier switched over tothe system of salary payments through banks, also expressed their difficultiesin moving away from that system. Reserve Bank of India has also suggestedthe State Government to consider switching over to e-mode of transactionsby using Electronic Clearance Service (ECS), National Electronic Fund Transfer(NEFT), etc. Further, Government also consider that fruits of advancedtechnology in banking system like ATM, mobile banking, etc. should not bedenied to its employees.

3. In the above backdrop, Government have reviewed the position inits entirety and are pleased to reintroduce the system of disbursement ofpersonal entitlements except retirement benefits of all government employeesincluding Self Drawing Officers in the State through Public Sector Bank accountof the employee concerned on an optional basis in supersession of all ordersissued in this regard. The heads of offices should obtain willingness of theiremployees before switching over to the new system of payment.

4. In order to implement the system of disbursement of entitlementsexcept retirement benefits of non-Gazetted employees through an authorisedbank, the following procedures shall be followed.

(i) The Drawing and Disbursing Officer concerned shall present thebills relating to the personal claims of Non-Gazetted employees through thebill book to the Treasury Officer for passing the bills after exercising theprescribed checks, together with the authorisation in favour of the BankManager to encash and credit the proceeds of the bill in accordance with thestatement attached. Together with the bill, the Drawing and Disbursing Officerwill present a statement containing the details relating to each employee suchas full name with initials, designation, Savings Bank account number, Netamount due to the individual as per the bill, details of amount to be deductedfrom the net amount (such as Co-operative recoveries, Profession tax, etc.),the name and address of those to whom these amounts are payable and themode of payment (DD/account transfer, etc.) and the final amount to be creditedto the savings bank account of the persons concerned. If required by thebank, these details shall be made available in a floppy disk/CD also.

(ii) Self Drawing Officers shall present their bills to the treasury

351


with a request to credit the proceeds of the bill to the bank account of theirchoice along with the details mentioned above. The Treasury officer afterexercising proper checks, shall pass the bill and send credit advice to thebank concerned, showing the net amount to be credited to the bank accountof the officer concerned and the amount to be transfer-credited such as co-operative dues, profession tax, etc. with the required details.

(iii) The Drawing and Disbursing Officers shall ensure that the netamount, after co-operative recoveries and other recoveries, due to theemployees is credited to the individual account concerned and also thatrecoveries effected from the net amount of the bill are remitted by the bank tothe societies or other agencies concerned under proper acknowledgement.

(iv) The procedure now followed by Treasury will continue and willissue Pay Order Cheque to the Bank. In the Pay Order Cheque “Pay` …………… in cash” shall be replaced by “Pay . ……………..by crediting toSB account and …………………..by DD/account transfer.”

(v) After effecting the deductions from the net amount towards duesto the Societies or other agencies in accordance with the statement furnishedby the Drawing and Disbursing Officer, the bank will credit the amount to theSavings Bank account of the employees concerned in any bank/branch wherethe employee has a live bank account. The Bank will ensure, in the case of payand allowances that credit is allowed only on the date due for disbursement ofsalary. The bank shall also intimate the employee concerned about the amountcredited to the account through SMS alerts.

(vi) The bank will furnish to the Drawing and Disbursing Officer, acertified statement containing the details of credit particulars and remittancesof deductions made as per the statement in respect of each employee afterremitting the deductions made from the ‘net amount’ to the institutionsconcerned, in the format in which the details were furnished by the Drawingand Disbursing Officer.

(vii) The services rendered by the banks will be free of service charges.

(viii) The Drawing and Disbursing Officer and the authorisedsignatory of the bank will enter into a comprehensive agreement incorporatingthe above conditions before introducing the system.

5. The following modifications to the provisions in the Kerala Treasury

352


Code are ordered to facilitate the new dispensation.

(i) The existing Rule 163 (k) Kerala Treasury Code Volume I shall bemodified as follows:

“Recoveries from the salary of government servants on account of duesto co-operative societies registered under the various Co-operative SocietiesActs where such Acts impose a statutory obligation on the Government tomake such deductions shall be made by the drawing and disbursing officersor the authorized banks in the case of Non-Gazetted Government servantswho do not draw their own bills, and in other cases by the Treasury Officersor the authorized banks/other disbursing officers concerned, as the case maybe, in accordance with such procedure as may be laid down by Governmentfrom time to time”.

(ii) First paragraph of Rule 432(a) Kerala Treasury Code Volume Ishall be modified as follows:

“The head of an office is personally responsible for all moneys drawnas pay, leave salary, allowances, etc. on an establishment bill signed by him oron his behalf until he has paid them to the persons who are entitled to receivethem or credited them to the bank account of the persons who are entitled toreceive them and has obtained their acknowledgement, duly stamped whennecessary. If disbursement of the amount drawn in the bill is through theauthorised bank by crediting the amount to the savings bank account of thepersons who are entitled to receive them, the Drawing and Disbursing Officershall be personally responsible for obtaining the details of amount creditedto the savings bank account of the employees concerned. Theseacknowledgements shall be taken as a rule on the office copy of the bill.When the head of the office concerned considers than an establishment is solarge, or scattered that the payees acknowledgements cannot, without undueinconvenience, be obtained on the office copy of the bill, he shall maintain aseparate aquittance roll in Form TR 95 and obtain the payees’acknowledgements therein. In offices where the entitlements are disbursedthrough banks, acknowledgements shall be obtained on the office copy ofthe bill or on the aquittance roll in Form TR 95 after getting the creditdetails from the Bank”.

353


6. The orders issued in Government order 2nd & 3rd read above standmodified to the above extent.

7. Suitable amendments to the relevant rules in Kerala Treasury Codewill be issued separately.

BY ORDER OF THE GOVERNOR,

Dr. A. K. DUBEY,PRINCIPAL SECRETARY (FINANCE).

354

INDEX(N.B.—This index deals only with the rules in the several chapters of this

Volume and does not cover the appendices or the forms. It has been

compiled solely for the purpose of assisting references and no

expression used in it should be considered as in any way interpreting

the rules.)

Rules

Absentee statements-

Consolidated .. 173

No leave certificate to be furnished in lieu of -, .. 173 if there are no absentees

Should accompany establishment pay bill .. 173

Account-

See “Government Account”

Accountant-

See “Head Accountant”

Account’s Department .. 53

Accountant General-

Definition of .. 2(a)

Audit objections of-should be promptly replied .. 425 to

To furnish Treasury Officers with specimen .. 210(2)(b) signatures of audit officers authorizing payment

Powers of - in respect of withdrawal .. 12

355

Accounts

Destruction of - records .. Part VIIIChapter V,Instrn.XV

Closing for the day .. 75

Acquittance roll-

Acquittance may be taken on bill itself, if .. 432(a) convenient

Advances-

Bills for .. 201

Survey .. 202

Ways and means .. Part VIII Chapter V,

Instrn.XI

Advice lists-

Of drafts .. 393

Of Telegraphic transfer .. 381

Agents-

For drawing pay, allowance and leave salaries .. 167

For drawing pensions .. 278

Alterations-

In bills and other vouchers .. 163(d) and210(2)(c)

In cheques .. 241

In rates of pay, allowances, leave salary, etc. .. 165(d) of Gazetted Officers

356

Anamaths-

Anamath receipts .. 114

Balance register .. 114,118 and 127

Money not included in the general treasury .. 114 balance

Money sent by Government servants from a .. 114(c) and distance or by postal money order received in 117 the treasury when it is not open for transactions

Money in cash chests, etc., deposited for safe .. 114(d) custody in the treasury

Undisbursed balances of pay, permanent .. 114(e) and advance, etc. 119

Unshroffed village remittances .. 114(a),115 and 128

Arrear claims-

Procedure for dealing-at the treasury .. 210(2)(f)

Attachments-

Recoveries of-pay, etc., of Gazetted Officers .. 163(j) andmade by the Accountant General 211(a)

Responsibility of treasury and drawing officers .. 163(j) andfor recovery 211(a)

Audit objections-

Of Accountant General to be replied to punctually .. 426

Responsibility in clearing of .. 428

Of Treasury Officer-

See “Pre-audit at treasury”

357

B Banderols-

Receipts, custody and issue of .. 155

Bank

Definition of

Agreement between the - and the Government .. 3

List of offices of the Reserve Bank and Local .. 3 Head Offices and branches of the State Bank of India

List of branches of-In the State of Kerala .. 3, Note

Payment of money by the -Payment of bills .. 230 and 231

Payment of interest on public debt .. 233

Payment of cheques drawn by the Forest and .. 268 and 269 Public Works Departments

Repayment of deposits .. 237

Receipt of money by the

Moneys received from government servants .. 126

Moneys received from private persons .. 124

The-, to be kept open for treasury business .. 67 on gazetted holidays, if so required by the District Treasury Officer of the District

Village remittances .. 128

Bank drafts

Advice of-drawn and encashed .. 393 and 402

Cancellation and refund of .. 413 to 415

Duplicates of .. 410-412

358

Encashment of .. 397-401

Exchange of .. 416 and 417

Form of .. 387-389

Issue of .. 390-392

Lapse of .. 419

Supply of forms of .. 420

Unpaid .. 41

Bills Abstract-for contingencies .. 187(d) Amount payable in cash and amount payable .. 221(d) by transfer should be separately entered in payment order Arithmetical computation should be checked .. 22 and 210(2)(d) by the Treasury Officer Arrear-Procedure for dealing with .. 210(2)(f)

Coloured-”not payable at the treasury” should .. 222 be forwarded to departmental officers with certificates of payment

Copies of orders regarding promotions, etc. .. 163(m) should not be attached to-sent to the

Accountant General

Detailed-for contingencies .. 187(d)

Doubtful .. 16

Duplicates of .. 163(r)

Endorsement of .. 163(q) and210(2)(g)

Form and preparation of-for-Advances for .. 203

replacing missing boundary marks

359

Advance to cultivators .. 201

Claims of Government servants who may draw- .. 164-170

Contingencies countersigned before payment .. 187(c)

Contingencies countersigned after payment .. 187(d)

Miscellaneous expenditure .. 163(f)

Payments to contractors for demarcation and .. 202 for other charges recoverable from ryots

Refunds of revenue .. 200

Repayment of deposits .. 204

Works assigned to Civil Departments .. 190

Of department to be included in the Treasury .. 223,235 Bill Book

Payable at Sub Treasuries not to be paid at .. 228 the District Treasury also

Payment of-at Sub Treasuries .. 227 and 228

Payment of-at Sub Treasury without pre-audit .. 227 at the District Treasury not permissible

Payment of-partly at the District Treasury and .. 221(e) partly at Sub Treasuries

Payment of - Wholly or partly in drafts .. 232

Payment of-at the Bank, the Bank’s .. 231(c) and (d) responsibility

Payment of-passed, should be made the .. 210(1) same day

Procedure for Payment of-presented by .. 214 persons not in Government service

Procedure for payment of-sent by post .. 163 (p) and 217

360

Procedure for payment of -in the Public .. 162 and 194 Works Department

Procedure for payment of-of Survey Officers .. 224 or other officers at a distance from the Treasury

Recoveries adjusted to be shown clearly at .. 425(d) foot, quoting the number and date of objection statement, etc.,

Register of-received for pre-audit .. 225

Rules regarding-completion of .. 210(2)(a)

Stamping of-”Paid” by Treasurer .. 210(1)

Treasury objection to be separately .. 210(2)(e) communicated and not written on

Allocation of charges in-relating to service in .. 183 more than one post

Bond

Agents who have executed indemnity-for .. 167 drawing leave salary, etc.

Security of treasury officials .. 80-81

CCash (Departmental)- Custody of .. 130Verification of-balance- General .. 46,131 By Forest Officers .. 133 By Public Works Officers .. 134

361

Cash (Treasury) Bag of coin or bundle of notes to contain slip .. 139(h) Methods of storage of-in strong-room .. 138 Normal-balance .. 309 Verification of-balance by Collector or other .. 144 Government servant-Procedure Verification of -balance in the Sub Treasury- .. 144 and 148 ProcedureCash Balance Report- Monthly-Form and preparation .. 311 To be submitted to the Accountant General .. 4(4) and 147 on change of Treasury Officer Daily-Form and preparation .. 310Cash Book- Departmental .. 92 Treasurer’s .. 69,106 and 107Cash orders- Custody and use of forms .. 213(a)(iii) and

(iv) Duplicates, issue of .. 213(a)(viii) General procedure .. 213 Lapse of .. 213(a)(vii) Not to be issued for remittance of moneys of .. 213(a)(ii) private parties Not to be issued by Sub Treasuries .. 213(b) Payment of lapsed-procedure .. 213(a)(vii)Chalans- Forest revenue remitted by Forest Officers .. 103(2) into the treasury, signing of-by Head Clerk for Officers absent from head quarters Form and preparation of-

362

For payments made into the Treasury … 102 For payments made into the Bank- By Government servants .. 126 By private persons .. 124 Not required for forest revenue remitted to the .. 103(1) Treasury by money order Numbering of .. 112 Office copy to be initialled only .. 120(h) Note 1 Presentation in duplicate .. 102(e) Presentation in triplicate .. 102(e) and (g) Procedure for the checking of-in-District .. 106 Treasuries Sub Treasuries .. 107 Public Works Deposits, particulars to be .. 104 shown in Register of-Issued to the Bank .. 124 para 3, Note

2 Repayment of loans and advances, .. 102(h), Note 3 particulars to be shown in Village Remittances- Payments into the treasury .. 113 and 115 Payments into the Bank .. 128Charitable Endowments- Interest, etc.- Payment into and withdrawal .. 93(d) Note from the Government AccountCheques- Acceptance of-in payment of Government dues .. 95 Acceptance of on private banks, conditions for .. 89 and 99 Cancelled .. 251 Crossed .. 240 and 242

363

Drawal on Sub Treasuries .. 239 Lost .. 250 Minimum amount for which-may be issued .. 245 Payments to unknown persons, precautions .. 240 to be taken Intimation by drawing officer of Cheque .. 264 Book No. Procedure for payment of- .. 258,259,267 Forest Department .. Note and 268 Public Works Department .. 260-262,267

Note and 269 Quarterly statement of -supplied .. 265 Register of-received .. 106(b) and 124

Supply of-to drawing officers .. 252

Time-expired .. 249

Chief Treasurer-Responsibilities of .. 51

Remittance of-in adjustment of departmental .. 100 receipts appropriated for departmental payments

Collector- Definition of .. 2(d) Examination of all locks and keys in the .. 137(g) treasury and certifying in the register on taking charge Verification of monthly cash balance and .. 42 signing of monthly accounts to be made by when at headquartersCommutation- Of Revenue pensions .. 305(b) Of Service pensions .. 305(a)Contingencies- Abstract bills for- .. 187(b)

364

Bills for-Instructions for the preparation of .. 187-188 Bills for-paid by post, rules of procedure .. 163(p) and 217 Cancellation of sub-vouchers for .. 435 Certificates to be furnished in certain specific .. 188(iv) and (x) cases or classes of cases of and 191 Countersigned before and after payment .. 187(c) and (d) Detailed bill for .. 187(d) and (e) Non-countersigned-form of bills and record .. 187(d) and (e) of expenditure Pay and allowances not to be drawn on .. 188(vi) contingent bill except in specified cases Permanent advance .. 188(vii) Petty bills for-not to be cashed by Treasury .. 210(2)(j) Officers except in certain cases Recovery of-overdrawn to be made from the .. 425(a) next contingent billCurrency Chest(s) At branches of the State Bank of India .. 149 Note 1 At treasuries .. 150 Custody of .. 135(b), Note 1,

141 and 150 Exchange between treasury balance and .. 313,314 and 318-

321 Notes held in-not in circulation .. 135(b), Note1

and 314 Report of-transactions of .. 318-321 Safe custody of balances in .. 135(b),Notes 1

and 2 and149Note 1 and150

Transfer of funds through .. 318-321 Verification of-balance .. 153Currency chest balance- Nature of .. 321

365

Currency remittances- Nature of .. 317 Proving of-Currency Chest Book .. 152Custody- Of currency chest balance- .. 135(b)

Note1,149 Note 1 and 150

Of cash chest, valuables, etc. .. 157-160 Of duplicate keys of strong-room, chests, etc. .. 137(f) Of banderols at treasuries .. 155 Of opium at District Treasury and Sub Treasury .. 156 Of stamps at District Treasury and Sub Treasury .. 154 Of treasure in District Treasury and Sub .. 130-149 Treasury

D

Death Certificate-

To accompany claim for arrears due to .. 300(b) deceased pensioners

Debt

Permanent and temporary loans .. Part VIII, ChapterIV B, InstructionsV-VI

Floating-Treasury Bills and ways and .. Part VIII, Chapter means advances IV B, Instructions

VII-XI

Definition(s)-

Cheque .. 2(c)

Collector .. 2(d)

Government Account .. 2(g)

366

Government servant .. 2(i)

Indian Audit Department .. 2(j)

The Accountant General .. 2(a)

The Bank .. 2(b)

The Constitution .. 2(e)

The Government .. 2(h)

The Governor .. 2(h)

The State .. 2(h)

Treasury .. 2(k)

Departmental payments-

At the Bank .. 162,258-262, 268and 269

Deposits (Civil and Criminal)

Repayment of-At a non-Banking Treasury .. 206(a), 219

Repayment of-At a banking treasury .. 205(b) and 237

Repayment order to be presented at the .. 207treasury within three months of issue orbefore close of financial year

Deposits (Personal)-

Withdrawal by administrators to be made .. 208only on cheques

Opening of-Account .. 93(b)

Deposits (Revenue)-

Form of voucher for repayment .. 204

367

Payment by transfer .. 205(c)

Refund of lapsed .. 204 and 210(2)(q)

Repayment at a treasury .. 204-205

Repayment at the Bank .. 237(3)

Repayment to be made only on the order .. 210(2)(p)of the authority who originally ordered theacceptance of the deposit

Director-

Responsibilities of .. 30,39(a)

Not relieved of because of inspection by .. 4(5)Indian Audit Department

Disallowances-

Recovery of .. 424

Disbursers-

Procedure for obtaining funds required by .. 162(d)Forest and Public Works

Discount-

On stamps .. 193

Disputable claims-

Not to be honoured by Treasury Officer .. 16 and 306(b)

Drawing Officers-

Government servants who are .. 164 and 169

Instructions to -In using cheques .. 24,239-266

Specimen signatures of .. 25

Drafts .. 385-400

368

Duplicates-

Of Bank Drafts .. 410-412

Of cash orders .. 213(a)(viii)

Of receipts granted or bills and other .. 94,Note1 todocuments paid for, issue of-Prohibited 120(h), and 163(r)

EEndorsement-

Pay order or other endorsement not to .. 222be made on coloured bill “Not payable attreasury”

Erasures-Bills, documents, registers, etc.-prohibited .. 72,163(d) and

210(2)(c)Escort-

Escort accompanying remittances by railway .. 363-364Escort officers accompanying remittances-Duties of .. 335-338

Establishment-Absentee statement .. 173Arrear bills of-Claims .. 176Distribution of pay of .. 432Pay bill for-Form and preparation of .. 169-177Pay bill to be accompanied by increment .. 175certificate, if increment is drawnPayment of pay and allowances to non- .. 188 (vi)pensionable contingent employeesTravelling allowance bills of .. 178Travelling allowance bills of Public Works .. 180Undisbursed pay, etc., of .. 432

369

Examination (Government)-Fees for-Procedure for issue of receipts .. 120(d)

Fees for procedure for refund .. 200, Note 6

FFees

Payment of overtime .. 181

Refund of college examination, etc. .. 200, Note 6

Refund of poundage and process service .. 200, Note 3

Fines

Payment of compensation .. 199

Payment of grants in lieu of .. 196

Forest payments

By Forest Officer or a government servant .. 258of some other department acting as a Forestdisburser

Procedure for obtaining funds for .. 162

Forest receipts-

At outlaying stations may be remitted to .. 103(1)treasury by money order

Chalans for-Remitted to treasury, signing .. 103(2)by Head Clerks of Divisional Forestcertain cases

Consolidated receipts for-To be sent .. 122monthly by the treasury

Sums credited as revenue deposits to be .. 122assigned numbers in the consolidatedreceipts

370

Fund deductions-

Responsibility of Treasury Officer to check .. 210(2)(d) the correctness of

GGazetted Officers-

Alterations in pay of .. 165(d)

Pay of-Absent from India .. 168(b)

Claims of-To be paid only under the .. 18authority of the Accountant General as tothe rate at which payment is to be made

Form of pay bill for .. 164(a)

Form of travelling allowance bill .. 164(c)

Pay of-To be disbursed on personal receipts .. 165(a)

Payment of leave salaries, etc. of-Through .. 167banks or other authorised agents

Place of payment of pay bill of .. 17 and 168

Government Account-

Definition of .. 2(g)

Inclusion in-Of quasi-public moneys .. 93handled by Government servants inofficial capacity

Location of moneys standing in .. 3

Payment of revenues of the State into the .. 8

Transfer of moneys in .. 26

Withdrawal of moneys from .. 14

371

Grants-in-aid-

Adjustment of-Towards dues to .. 198Government by a local body

Educational-To private institutions, .. 197(a)procedure for drawal

To local bodies, private institutions, etc. .. 306(a)(2)to be disbursed on bills countersigned byDepartmental Officers/copies of Governmentsanction

Gratuities-

Payable only on order communicated by .. 303(a) the Accountant General

Payable only to gratuitant or other legal .. 303(b)recipient

Payment order to be returned to the .. 303(c)Accountant General if undrawn formore than three months

HHealth Certificates-

To be attached to first pay bills on .. 164(b) and 174permanent appointment or appointmenton probation, etc.

IIncrement Certificates-

Rules regarding submission with pay bills .. 175

Indemnity bond-

See “Bond”

Inspections-

372

By the Inspection Wing of the Finance .. 132Department

Of District Treasuries-By the Director .. 39(a)By an Officer of the Indian Audit .. 39(b)Department

Of Sub Treasuries-By a Deputy Director once in 2 years .. 63By Treasury Officer once in a year .. 64By an Officer of the Indian Audit Department .. 65

Interest-

On public debt, procedure for drawal of .. 223

Inter-Government Transactions-

Procedure of accounting-Under directions .. 29(i)of Comproller and Auditor General

Adjustment by the Accountant General .. 31

Receipts and disbursements on behalf .. 30of Union Government

Receipts and disbursements in the .. 33United Kingdom

LLapse-

Of deposits, cash orders, cheques,drafts, etc.-See the relevant separateheadings

Last Pay Certificate-

Form and preparation of .. 19 and 182

373

To be presented with pay bill when pay is .. 19drawn for the first time, from a treasury

Letters of credit .. 210(2)(u), 257A,267A

Life Certificate-

Of pensioner-See “Pensioner”

Loans and advances- Bills for- Should quote the sanction .. 201

Advances, etc., requiring the sanction of .. 210 (2)(m)

the Government to be disbursed only after the bill is countersigned by the authority

specified in the sanction and attaching a

copy of sanction

Repayment chalan to show particulars to .. 102, Note (3) enable identification

Local Funds-

Definition of .. Part VIII, Chapter V, Instructions 1

and 2

Adjustments in the banking accounts of-

Communication by the treasury to the bank .. 238

Investment of moneys .. Part VIII, ChapterV, Instructions 3

Payment into the treasury of deposits of .. 102(h), Note (4)

Withdrawal on cheques .. 248, Notes 1-3

Monthly Accounts and Returns .. 78,79

Closing of .. 76,77

374

MMoneys-

All-Received on Government Account to .. 6(1)be paid in full without undue delay into at reasury or the bank

Custody of-In the treasury .. 9(1)

Custody of-In the bank .. 9(2)

Held in Anamath, rules of procedure .. 114 and 127

Investment of-Withdrawn from theGovernment Account .. 7

Location of-Standing in the Government .. 3Account

Procedure for payment of-Into the treasury .. 8

Procedure for payment of-Into the bank .. 8

Quasi-public-Inclusion in Government .. 93 Account

Receipt of-Into and issue of-From double .. 139 locks

Received after the treasury has closed for .. 117transactions, to be entered in the registerof valuables

Responsibility for-Withdrawn from the .. 27-28 Government AccountSpecial rules regarding receipt of-By .. 96-97officers of the Judicial and Public WorksDepartments

375

Transfer of-Standing in the Government .. 26,308 Account

Tendered not to pass through the .. 88Departmental Officer not authorised tocollect

NNormal balances-

Fixation of-At treasuries and sub treasuries .. 309

Notes-

Altered-Treatment of .. Part VIII, ChapterIII, Instruction 16

Denominations of .. Part VIII, ChapterIII, Instructions 1 -3

Discount on, report regarding .. ,, Instruction 8

Exchange of, for coin and vice versa .. ,, Instructions5-7

Forged-

Precautions regarding .. ,, Instruction14(b)

Received from bank .. ,, Instruction14(c)

Treasury -Procedure on presentation of .. ,, Instruction14(a)

Half-notes-Treatment of .. ,, Instruction 16

Issue of-From double locks .. ,, Instructions 12and 139

376

Lost or destroyed-Procedure for recovery .. ,, Instruction 17of value of

Mismatched-Treatment of .. ,, Instruction 16

Mutilated-Treatment of .. ,, Instruction 16

Receipt of-Into double locks .. 139

Remittance of-See “Remittance”

Storage of-In strong-room .. 138

Supply of-

To branches of the bank .. Part VIII, ChapterIII, Instruction 20

Conducting treasury business-

To treasuries .. ,, Instruction 19

Withdrawal of soiled or worn .. ,, Instruction 10

Notices-

Exhibition in Treasury of-Regarding hour .. 50,58 and 120(g)of closing, officers competent to sign receipts, etc.

Number book-

Form and use of .. 106 (a)

OObjections-

Of the Accountant General-Duties .. 424-426 of Treasury Officer with regard to

377

Of Treasury and Sub Treasury .. 210(2)(e)

Objection statement-

Accountant General’s-Copy to be kept in .. 426

Treasury

Procedure in Treasury on receipt of-From .. 424-426the Accountant General

Opium-

Receipt, custody and issue of, at Distrit .. 156 Treasury and Sub Treasury

PPass Book-

Of departmental officers to be written up .. 255by Treasury and returned the same day

Of Public Works Department Officers .. 286

Pay, allowances, etc.-

Bill for-Of Gazetted Officers .. 164-167

Bill for-Of Non-Gazetted Officers .. 169-178

Bill for-Public Works establishments, .. 180special rules

Bill for-Over-time fees .. 181

Bill for - To be accompanied by .. 175increment certificates

Bill for-To be accompanied by absentee .. 173statement

Classes of Government servants whose .. 171

names may be omitted from bill for

378

Deductions from bills on account of .. 163(j) and 211attachments by courts

Distribution of-Of establishments .. 432

Efficiency bar, declaration of crossing to .. 175be attached to bills for

Fund deductions from bills for .. 210(2)(d)

First payment of .. 19,164(b) and 174

Last payment of-To Government servants .. 212 and 432(e)

to be made after obtaining certificates f rom the Head of Department or satisfying that no amount is due to the Government

Of deceased Government servants .. 212A

Not to be paid to an officer to whom last .. 182pay certificate has been granted

Of officers to be passed after reference to .. 427register of recoveries

Place of payment of bills for .. 17,18 and 168

Record and check of undisbursed .. 432(c)

Recoveries of overdrawn .. 425

To officers out of India .. 168(b)

Undisbursed of establishments .. 432(c)

Payments-

Arithmetical errors, etc., in bills for .. 22

At Treasury, not to be made except .. 210under orders of Treasury Officer

At Sub Treasury without pre-audit at .. 227District Treasury

379

At the Bank .. 230-234

Authority of Treasury Officer to make .. 13 and 15

By transfer bill to be stamped “paid by .. 221(a) transfer” by the Accountant

By transfer-Form of pay order .. 221(b) and (d)

By postal money order .. 216(b), 217

Certificate of-Of original bill to be given .. 222on duplicate coloured bill “Not payable atTreasury”

Deposit repayments-See “Deposits”

Doubtful claims for .. 306(b)

Emergency .. 23

Final-To officers quitting service .. 212 and 432(e)

First-Of Pay, allowances, etc., to .. 19Government servants

For works .. 190

General procedure at Treasuries .. 210-214

General procedure at Sub Treasuries .. 227 and 228

Nature of-To be recorded formally in .. 163(a) 1 and

every voucher 210(2)(a)

Of arrear claims .. 210(2)(f)

Of cheques .. 239-251,258-262,267 and 269(a)

Of grants-in-aid, contributions, etc., to be .. 306(a)(2) made on bills countersigned by thedepartmental officer with copies of sanction of Government

Of pensions-See ‘Pension Payment’

380

Of pay and allowances to non- .. 188 (vi)pensionable contingent employees

On account of the Forest Department .. 258-259

On account of Local Funds .. 248

On account of Public Works Department .. 260-266

To non-officials-Intimation to income tax .. 226 authorities

Place of-Of Government servant’s claims-

Preparation and presentation of claims for .. 163-209

Rules for-At the Bank .. 230-231

Rules for-To persons not in Government .. 214 service

Pay office-See Treasury Pay Office

Pay order-

Form of-On bill payable partly at District .. 221(e)

Treasury an partly at Sub Treasury

For interest on public debt .. 233

On bills, to be given by Treasury Officer .. 210(1)

On bills, not to be endorsed on duplicate .. 222coloured bills “Not payable at theTreasury”

On cheques and bills, to be paid by transfer .. 221

Period of currency-For payment at the Bank .. 231(d)

Register of-On the Bank .. 231(a)

381

To show amount payable in cash and .. 221(d)amount payable by transfer separately

Pension-

Can be drawn for day of death .. 215,270,298Commutation, both halves of PensionPayment Order should be returned to

Audit Office after payment .. 272(d)

Commutation of Revenue or Political-

Some special rules .. 305(b) and (c)

Lapse of .. 294-297

Payable by money order-Procedure .. 286,286A

Payable in India may be paid in any .. 289

Treasury in India

Payment of arrears of - Due to deceased .. 299-300 pensioner

Transfers in India .. 290

Undrawn for more than one year ceases .. 294to be payable

Pensioners-

Death of-To be promptly reported to the .. 301

Accountant General

Deceased-Procedure for drawal of arrears .. 298-300

Drawing first pension, to produce copy of .. 274(a)order sanctioning pension

Exempted from personal appearance to give .. 280(a)proof to Treasury Officer annually of theircontinued existence

382

Exemption from personal appearance to be .. 280(c) noted on the Pension Payment Order

Identification-

General Rules .. 274 and 287

Special Rules

European ladies .. 287(a)

Ex-Gazetted Officer .. 287(a)

Illiterate persons .. 297(b)

Indian Princes .. 287(a)

Title-holders .. 287(a)

Women not accustomed to appear in public .. 275,287(b)

Life certificate of-Exempted from personal .. 276appearance

Political-Transfer of place of payment may .. 290(b)be arranged for by Collectors

Pension Payment-

At Sub Treasuries, both halves to be sent .. 273(c) to Sub Treasury Officer

Bills and receipts, procedure rules .. 281 and 282

By postal money order .. 286, 286A

Certificates and declaration of pensioner .. 283 and 284

Lapsed orders .. 294-297

Made only on Pension Payment Orders .. 272(a) and (c)issued by the Accountant General

Manner of-

On life certificate, precautions .. 277 and 280

383

On life certificate, to be made for months .. 274

completed on or before date of certificate

On non-employment certificate .. 283

On certificate of events not taken place .. 284

Place of-In India and transfer .. 289-292

To agents, procedure .. 278 and 288(b)

To an insane person .. 186A, 285

To leper pensioners .. 279

To women who do not appear in public .. 280(d) precautions to obviate risk of fraud

Transfers within district may be arranged .. 292 by Treasury Officer

Pension Payment Orders-

Both halves should be returned to Audit .. 272(d) Office on payment of commutation

Entry of payments in .. 281(b)

Must be produced for every payment of .. 272(c)

pension

Pensions paid only on-Issued by .. 272

Accountant General

Registers of .. 272

Renewal of .. 293

For first time on production of Last Pay .. 186

Certificate

Treasury Officer’s halves should be .. 272(f) pasted in files in his personal custody

384

Pensioners halves to be surrendered to .. 286Athe Treasury Officer in cases of paymentsby postal money order

Personal deposits-See “Deposits”

Political pensions-

Change of place of payment of .. 290(b)

Commutation of, some special rules .. 305(c)

Postage stamps-

Procedure for obtaining service .. 192 and 221

Pre-audit at Treasury-

Amount disallowed to be intimated to .. 210(2)(d)drawing officer

Arithmetical computations in bills to be .. 22 and 210(2)(d) checked

Objections to be recorded in the .. 210(2)(e)prescribed book and then communicated todrawing officer

Objections not to be written on bills .. 210(2)(e)

Of Gazetted Officer’s claim .. 210(2)(d)Public Debt-

Interest on-Payment order .. 233Public Works Department-

Bills for pay and allowances, encashment of .. 258Bills for contingencies, encashment of .. 258Cheques-Drawn on Treasuries specified by the .. 260 Accountant General

Letters of credit not necessary .. 265

385

Cheque BooksReturns of books supplied .. 260Pass Books-Form and upkeep .. 255 and 266

Payments-At Sub Treasuries .. 260(b)By cheques .. 260Methods of drawing money from treasury .. 162On bills .. 162ReceiptsGeneral procedure .. 97,104 and 105Monthly verification .. 123Subordinate Officers-Funds not to be supplied by Drafts .. 261(d)Limitation on the drawing of .. 261(b) and (c)May be empowered to draw against .. 261Divisional Officer’s AccountTransactions with the Bank .. 269

Anamath .. 114

RReceipt(s)

To be given .. 90(a)Departmental-Not to be appropriated for .. 6(2)departmental expenditure

Departmental-Authorised for .. 6(3)departmental expenditure

Deposit-See “Deposits”Receipt(s)-(concld.)Duplicate-Issue of .. 94 and 120(h) Note 1

386

For moneys by Civil Courts .. 96(a)For moneys by Criminal Courts .. 96(b)For moneys paid into the Treasury .. 120For payments for service postage stamps .. 120(h) Note (3)For sums paid by transfer .. do. Note (2)Grant of temporary and final .. 92(b) and 97Of cash chests and valuables in .. 157-160 the Treasury

Special procedure for-Of the Forest Department .. 103 and 122Local Funds .. 102(h) Note (4)Public Works and Commercial Services .. 97,104-105 and 123

Stamping of-For sums exceeding 20 163(s)Records-

Destruction of accounts .. Part VIII, Chapter V,Instruction 15

Recoveries-Of contingent charges overdrawn to be .. 425(a)made from next contingent bill

Of amounts attached by Courts .. 195Of pay and travelling allowance, .. 424 and 425(b) andprocedure to obviate delays (c)

Ordered by the Accountant General, .. 424-426Treasury Officer’s duty

Procedure for-Of overdrawals or other .. do.sums under objection

Rate of-From Government servants .. 424 NoteRegister of .. 427

Refunds-Bills for .. 200

387

By money order .. 218Refunds-(concld.)Of college fees .. 200 Note (6)Of deposit-See “Deposit”Of examination fees .. 200 Note (6)Of excess receipts on account of .. 200 Note (5)advertisement in the Gazette and other official publication

Of fines .. 200 Note (7)Of land revenue .. 200 Note (1)Of poundage and process-service fees .. 200 Note (3)Of registration fee .. 200 Note (4)On account of stamps .. 200 Note (2)Preparation of bills for-of revenue .. 200

Register-Of anamath balances .. 114Of bills received for pre-audit .. 225Of chalans issued for payment of .. 124 para 3, Note (2)money into the Bank

Of cheques presented at Treasuries .. 106(b) and 124Of late Treasury or currency remittances .. 114(b) and 116Of locks and duplicate keys of Treasury .. 137strong room, chests, etc.

Of objections on bills presented at treasury.. 210(2)(e)Of orders for payment issued on the Bank .. 231(a)Of pensions payable by money order .. 286,286AOf powers of attorney .. 167(a)Of recoveries ordered by Accountant .. 427GeneralOf undisbursed pay, etc. .. 119Of unshroffed remittances .. 116Of Reserve Bank of India drafts encashed .. 406

388

Of village remittance .. 115 and 128See also “Deposits, Pensions, etc.”

Remittance (s) Cash-General .. 323Coin - packing of .. 327-331withdrawn from circulation .. 331Currency .. 317Escort officer accompanying-duties of .. 335-338Invoices of-of coin .. 329Invoices of- of notes .. 334Notes-New and fit for issue .. 333Packing of .. 334Unfit for issue .. 332Police escort .. 335

Receipt of-Procedure at a Treasury .. 339-352Procedure at a branch of the State Bank .. 374 of India

Rules for-By Railway-

Escort .. 363-364Loading .. 360-361Payment of freight charges .. 366Previous notice to Railway authorities .. 359Special rules .. 359-367By steamer .. 368Treasury Officer’s powers regarding .. 324(b)

Remittance(s)-Reserve Bank of India-Drafts-

General .. 376-426

389

Advice of-drawn .. 393-394Cancellation and refund of .. 413-415Drawings and encashments .. 385-388Doubtful drawings .. 403Duplicates of .. 410-412Encashment of .. 397-402Exchange of .. 416-471Form of .. 387-389Form of receipt for payment of .. 404Issue of .. 390-392Lapse of .. 419Of policemen-Rules of procedure .. 421-423Record of drawings and encashments of .. 405-409Regularity of signature of drawer of .. 395-396Schedule of drawings and encashments .. 407-409Supply of forms of telegraphic transfers, .. 420drafts, etc.

Telegraphic transfers-Issues and .. 380-384encashments

Unpaid .. 418Remittances by postage stamps- .. Part, VIII.F.XVII(1)Remittance book-

Use of-In the Public Works Department .. 98 and 105Resource-

Normal balance .. 309Provision of funds at-

Branches of the Bank .. 316Treasuries and Sub Treasuries .. 315Surplus-Transfer of .. 314-315 and 318-322Transfer of funds through currency chest .. 318,319,320-391

Treasury Officer’s general responsibility for-At banking treasuries .. 316

390

At non-banking treasuries .. 315Retrenchments-Representations and protests against-

Ordered by the Accountant General, .. 424 procedure

To be made without reference to the .. 424 officer concerned

See also “Recoveries”Report-

Half-yearly-Of non-drawal of pensions .. 295(c) and 297Revenue-

Deposit-See “Deposits”Refunds of-See “Refunds of Revenue”

Revenue deposits-Payment by transfer .. 205(c)

Revenue pensions-Commutation of, some special rules .. 305

S Scholarships, stipends, etc.-

Bills for-, to be accompanied by duplicate .. 197coloured “Not payable” bills for transmission to departmental controlling office through the treasury

Securities-

Interest on Government-See “Public debt”

To be furnished by treasury officials, .. 80 rules relating to

391

Section Heads-

Responsibilities of-In the Accounts .. 53-55 Department

Security bonds-

Of treasury official .. 81-82

Service postage stamps-

Cash not to be received from Government .. 109 servants for supply of

Cheques paid in for value of -to be entered .. 221(a) in Treasurer’s Cash Book on both sides

Drawal on contingent bill .. 192

Payments for .. 109 and 124 para3, Note (3)

Procedure to be adopted by Government

officials for obtaining .. 192

Will be issued direct from Sub Treasuries .. 228(c) Note

Stamps

Cheques for service, should be entered .. 221(a) on both sides of Treasurer’s Cash Book

Custody, supply and issue .. 154

Discount on sale of-procedure for payment .. 193

On bill, to be punched by Treasurer .. 210(1), 220

Should not be unnecessarily stocked in .. 43(b) Note and Treasuries 65

392

Strong rooms-

Double locks and double keys .. 135

Duplicate keys of-at treasuries, rules .. 137 regarding

Iron safes in-how to be kept .. 136(b)

Security of-rules regarding .. 136

Storage of coin in .. 138(a)

Storage of notes in .. 138(b)

Storage of treasure in-of Sub Treasuries .. 138 and 140

Sub Treasuries-

Custody of money at-procedure .. 140

Inspection of-by Deputy Director of .. 63,64 and 65 Treasuries, Treasury Officer and by officers of the Indian Audit Department

List of treasuries .. 66 Note

Note to issue cash orders .. 213(b)

Payment of moneys at-procedure .. 227 and 228

Receipt of moneys at-procedure .. 107

Rules relating to receipt, custody and .. 156 issue of opium and gunja

Rules relating to receipt, custody and .. 154 issue of stamps

Strong room and storage of treasury .. 138

Technical examination of-By Treasury .. 64

Officers

393

Verification of cash balance and submission .. 60,61 and 62 of monthly account

Sub Treasury Officer-

Definition of .. 57

Division of duties between-And his Head .. 58 and 59 Accountant

Sub Vouchers-

Certificates of cancellation and defacementof .. 435

Defacement of .. 435

See also “Vouchers”

Survey Officers-

At a distance from the Treasury-Bills .. 224

of special instructions

TTelegram-

Telegraphic transfer .. 380-384

Transfer of-

Government moneys .. 308

Of funds between Treasury Balance and .. 319,320 Currency Chest

Travelling allowance-

Bills for certain Public Works .. 180Establishments

394

Bill for establishments .. 178

Bill for Gazetted Officers .. 164(c)

Payment of bus fares to Police Constables .. 179

Treasurer-

Amount held in sole custody of .. 135(b)

Cash book of-Cheques in payment of .. 221(a)service stamps should be entered on both

sides

See also ‘Cash Book’

Cash book of-Note to contain any entry of .. 221(a)bills paid by transfer

Duties with regard to receipt with and .. 106 and 210 payments

Handling over his keys to Treasurer or .. 138(b) Note

Accountant during casual leave

Responsibility of -And his security .. 51,80,81 and 85

Security bond of - Form, preparation and .. 81-82 other rules

Treasury-

Definition of .. 2(k)

General system of control over .. 4

Inspection of-By the Director .. 43(a)

By an officer of the Indian Audit Department .. 43(b)

Irregularity reported by Accountant General .. 44,48 to be investigated by the Director personally

List of Treasuries and Sub Treasuries .. 66 Note

395

Notice regarding hours of work in the, etc .. 50

Pre audit at - See ‘Pre audit at Treasury’

Treasury balance-

Amount held in Treasurer’s sole custody .. 135(b)

Verification of .. 47-52

Cash balance report-

Monthly .. 311

Weekly .. 310

Distinguished from currency chest balance .. 135(b) Note

Double lock balance-

Issue of coin from .. 139(d)

Issue of notes from .. 139(c)

Receipt of coin into .. 139(a)

Receipt of notes into .. 139(b)

Register of double lock transactions .. 139(g) and 140

To be telegraphed to the Currency Officer .. 312

on the first of each month

Nature of .. 135(b) Note

Verification of-Rules regarding .. 144

Daily report on amount of .. 310

See also “cash”, “cash balance”

Treasury OfficerDuties in regard to recoveries ordered .. 424,425 by the Accountant General

396

Duties of - With regard to objections and .. 424,426 recoveries

Memorandum to be furnished when cashingbills of Survey Officers and others at adistance from the Treasury .. 224Precaution to be observed in payment of .. 240cheques when payee is unknown

Responsibilities and duties of-In paying .. 16,21 claims

Responsibility of-Regarding fund .. 210(2)(d) deductions

Responsibility of-To get sufficient .. 21 and 210(2)(a) information regarding nature of every payment he makes and to record it on the voucher

To affix his private seal to both locks .. 135(a) of strong room in addition to official seal

To verify the signature of authorising .. 210(2)(b) Audit Officer, if any, before passing bill for payment

To check arithmetical computations in bills .. 22 and 210(2)(d)To check gazetted officer’s claims with .. 210(2)(d) reference to latest orders

To check the receipt, issue and balance of .. 252 cheque forms and see that issues to

officers are promptly acknowledged

To intimate to drawing officers amounts .. 210disallowed

To keep disburser’s halves of pension .. 272(f) payment orders in personal custody

397

To make recoveries ordered by the .. 27 Accountant General without entering into correspondence with the officers concerned

To observe the rules regarding completion .. 210(2)(a)of vouchers

To obtain orders of Accountant General, if .. 425(c) recoveries are delayed or appear likely to be delayed

To obtain annually the Public Works .. 136(c)Officer’s Certificate of safety of strong room

To examine all locks and keys of treasury .. 137(g)and certify in the register on taking charge

To see personally that notices regarding .. 50currency conveniences to the publicare hung up conspicuously

To record on Pension Payment Orderof pensioner’s continued existence, in the . . 280(e) case of pensioners exempted from personal apperance

To report defalcation or loss of money, .. 45

stamps, etc., to the Accountant General and the Director of Treasuries

To see that moneys (including stamps, .. 135(b)opium and gunja) in sole charge ofTreasurer at any time does not exceed his security

398

Transfer of-

Relieving Officer’s specimen signature to .. 396be sent to other treasuries by outgoingofficer for the purpose of Reserve BankDrafts

See also “custody, payment, receipts,

treasury procedure, etc.”

Treasury procedure-

At places where treasury business is conducted by the Bank-

In the absence of the agent .. 68

Advices and certificates to departmental .. 234officers

Register of chalans issued .. 124 para 3

Note (2)

Register of orders for payment .. 231(a)U

Uncurrent coin-Withdrawal from circulation-See “coin”Undisbursed pay, etc.-Of establishments. How treated and .. 432accounted for

VVillage remittances-

Accounts procedure at sub treasury and at .. 128 the Bank

Advices by the Bank and sub treasury .. 128 to the Currency Officer

399

Entries in Treasurer’s cash book and .. 128examination by Sub Treasury Officer

Procedure for receipt of-in non banking .. 113 and 115sub treasuries

Unshroffed .. 115Vouchers-

Cancelling of .. 435Cancellation of sub-relating to .. 435contingencies

Certificate of cancellation and .. 435 defacement of

Completion of .. 163 and 210(2)(a)See also “Bills”Delegation by head of office to sign .. 163(g)Filing of-Not submitted to audit .. 434For repayment of deposits .. 204Payment certificate to be recorded in .. 430(b)absence of

Punching the stamp and stamping ‘Pad’ .. 210-220Rules for the preparation of .. 163,210 and 430To be in prescribed forms .. 429,430,431Special rules for drawing officers of .. 436-440Forest,P.W.D. etc.

WWages

To staff borne on contingency establishments

Drawal of .. 188(vi)

400

Withdrawal of moneysFrom Government Account-See “Moneys”

Works

Preparation and payment of bill for .. 190

401

Notes

402

Notes

403

Notes

404

Notes

THETHETHE KERALA TREASURY CODE

Documents

Transcript of THETHETHE KERALA TREASURY CODE